-•^■'?^5^K"5.*:-s::->-C''^'"^° 
 
 *-'N.^c 
 
 
 
 
 A^V o 
 
 '*-..'^* 
 '^^\ 
 
 
 
 

PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 HARSHBERGER 
 
BY THE SAME AUTHOR 
 
 A TEXT-BOOK 
 
 OF 
 
 Mycology and Plant Pathology 
 
 271 Illustrations 
 i2mo. xiii + 779 Pages Cloth, $4.00 
 
 P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO. 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
TEXT-BOOK OF 
 
 PASTORAL AND 
 AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 FOR THE STUDY OF THE 
 
 INJURIOUS AND USEFUL PLANTS 
 
 OF COUNTRY AND FARM 
 
 BY 
 
 JOHN W. HARSHBERGER, Ph.D. 
 
 PROFESSOR OF BOTANY, UNIVERSITY OF PENNSYLVANIA; FORMER LECTURER FARMERS' INSTITUTES 
 
 OF THE STATE OF PENNSYLVANIA; IN CHARGE OF THE FIELD AND SYSTEMATIC BOTANY, 
 
 MARINE BIOLOGICAL LABORATORY, COLD SPRING HARBOR, LONG ISLAND, 
 
 NEW YORK; PRESIDENT OF THE PHILADELPHIA NATURAL 
 
 HISTORY SOCIETY, PHILADELPHIA, 1920. 
 
 WITH 121 ILLUSTRATIONS 
 
 PHILADELPHIA 
 
 P. BLAKISTON'S SON & CO. 
 
 1012 WALNUT STREET 
 
SB 101 
 
 ■ H 3 
 
 Copyright, 1920, by P. Blakiston's Son & Co. 
 
 OC; - 1 1920 
 
 ©CI.A597590 
 
 TUE'MArLE- I'UESS.TORK-PA 
 
PREFACE 
 
 During and since the great world war there has been a growing demand 
 for information on the injurious and useful plants of America. The in- 
 jurious plants are represented by those belonging to the lower phyla, the 
 thallophytes, which include the fungi, destructive to farm crops, and the 
 higher flowering plants, which are some of them also injurious. In 
 the following pages, particular attention will be given to the flowering 
 plants with casual mention of the flowerless forms, which come within the 
 purview of this book. The contents of the pages, which follow, epitomize 
 the laboratory and research work of the writer connected with a course in 
 botany given to the veterinary students of the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania for the past twenty-five years. The course has been given during 
 the college year for two hours per week, one lecture and one laboratory 
 hour. The first term (October to February) is devoted to a study of the 
 general morphology and physiology of plants, and the second term (Febru- 
 ary to June) to the consideration of the plants (injurious and useful) of 
 economic importance. The laboratory exercises supplement the lectures. 
 The injurious plants are considered first, because they lend themselves 
 peculiarly to indoor laboratory work of a technical kind, which can be 
 pursued in the northern states, while wintry conditions prevail out of doors. 
 Then too, professional students are anxious after the preliminary work 
 has been given, such as the morphology and physiology of plants, to start 
 at once upon the part of botany which apphes directly to the scientific 
 preparation for their life's work. The study of the stock-killing and 
 poisonous plants with the medical apphcations does this in a pecuHar way. 
 These two reasons are the ones which determined the placing of the tech- 
 nical laboratory methods first in the arrangement of the subject matter 
 of this text-book. The study of the forage plants (grasses and legumes), 
 of the weeds and of seed testing, which are presented in the final chapters of 
 the book, is pursued naturally most satisfactorily, when the weather 
 conditions permit the gathering of fresh material for lecture and labora- 
 tory purposes, and when to some extent outdoor work is made possible 
 and pleasant. The teacher in the southern states, or on the Pacific slope. 
 
viii PREFACE 
 
 or elsewhere, where the climatic conditions of the winter months permit, 
 can reverse the treatment of the subject by beginning the course with the 
 contents of Chapter lo and end the course with the perhaps less familiar 
 and technical chapters (Chapters 1-9 inclusive). In fact this arrange- 
 ment was suggested by a prominent teacher of agricultural botany, as 
 the logical treatment of the subject matter of the text-book. 
 
 Where a text-book is considered advisable by the teacher for the work 
 of the first term, the following books may be recommended for study in 
 connection with the lectures and the laboratory work in general botany: 
 Allen, Charles E. and Gilbert, Edward M., Text-book of Botany. Boston, 
 D. C. Heath & Co.; Gager, C. Stuart: Fundamentals of Botany. Phila- 
 delphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co.; Ganong, William F.: A Text-book of 
 Botany, New York, The MacMillan Company, 1918; Martin, John N.: 
 Botany for Agricultural Students. New York, John Wiley and Sons, 
 1 91 9; Transeau, Edgar Nelson: Science of Plant Life. Yonkers-on-the- 
 Hudson, New York, 1919. For the laboratory course the writer uses 
 Ilarshberger, John W.: Students' Herbarium for Descriptive and Geo- 
 graphic Purposes. Philadelphia, Christopher Sower & Co. 
 
 The chapters end with laboratory exercises and the methods of utilizing 
 the illustrative material, which should accompany the detailed treatment 
 of the subject. In order to appeal to a large number of teachers of agri- 
 cultural botany, both in this country and abroad, the plants suggested 
 for the laboratory exercises are selected from the common plants of the 
 different countries and regions concerned. The good teacher, however, 
 will be able to adapt the means to the end without slavishly depending 
 ujion the laboratory exercises, which with him will serve as suggestions 
 of the Une of work which he can undertake successfully in the allotted 
 time. It is hoped, that the bibliographies at the ends of the chapters will 
 prove helpful. The book, bulletins a,nd papers mentioned in these bibli- 
 ographies indicate the sources of the information in the text and in order 
 to simplify printing such references are omitted as foot notes from the 
 pages cf the book. What material of the text, which is not mentioned 
 specifically as derived from the author's own research and study, has been 
 gleaned from a great variety of sources, such as personal interviews with 
 farmers, agricultural professors and stockmen, or from books, bulletins 
 and magazine articles, which have been read anrl the information contained 
 therein has been absorped and has become part of the mental equii)ment 
 of the writer. Where the subject matter of the text has been taken from 
 
PREFACE IX 
 
 t 
 
 printed books and bulletins, it has been rewritten and recombined, so as 
 to become a part of the warp and woof of the finished literary fabric 
 herewith presented. 
 
 It is hoped, that this handbook will appeal to the student of plant 
 life, particularly to the people, who, as agriculturalists, stock raisers and 
 veterinarians, want to know something concerning the botany of the 
 economic plants of interest to them in their agricultural, pastoral, or 
 professional work. The plants chosen for treatment in the descriptive 
 text, as the injurious, or useful, are those which have proven to be so. 
 Plants of doubtful position in these respects have .been omitted. The 
 writer wishes to acknowledge the help of Dr. John A. Kolmer of the 
 Medical School, of the University of Pennsylvania, who has read the pages 
 on the phytotoxins and Ehrlich's theory of immunity; of Dr. C. Dwight 
 Marsh, Expert, Poisonous Plant Investigations, Bureau of Plant Indus- 
 try, U. S. Department of Agriculture for cooperation in securing the use 
 of published departmental photographs and to Mr. C. V. Brownlow of 
 the firm of P. Blakiston's Son & Co. for the encouragement, which he 
 has given during the publication of the book. 
 
 John W. Harshberger. 
 Philadelphia, July 31, 1920. 
 
CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER 1 
 
 Page 
 
 Stock-killing Plants i 
 
 Aspergillus fumigatus; Grasses which are mechanically injurious; ^Egagropilse 
 and Phytobezoars; Clover hair balls; Cactus spine balls; Leaf hairs of plane 
 trees; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 2 
 
 Poisoning by Plants. General Principles 9 
 
 Blyth's classification of poisons; Kobert's classification of poisons; Bernhard H. 
 Smith's classification of poisons; Conditions influencing the formation of plant 
 poisons; Chemical nature of poisoning; Ptomaines; Phytotoxins; Ehrlich's 
 theories; Bibliography; Laboratory work; Experimental pharmacology. 
 
 CHAPTER 3 
 
 Poisonous Fungi and other Spore-bearing Plants 28 
 
 Poisonous Fungi; Golden-rod rust; Amanita muscaria; Amanita phalloides 
 General Considerations; Groups of poisonous Fungi; Bibliography; Laboratory 
 work. 
 
 CHAPTER 4 
 
 Gymnospermous Poisonous Plants 42 
 
 Yew; Common juniper; Red cedar; Bibliography. 
 
 CHAPTER s 
 
 MONOCOTYLEDONOUS PoiSONOUS PLANTS 45 
 
 Fodder or silage poisoning; Pellagra; Darnel; Death camas; Stagger-grass; 
 White hellebore; Lily of the valley; Meadow saffron; Red root; Lady slipper 
 orchid; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 6 
 
 Dicotyledons as Poisonous Plants 55 
 
 Poke; Corn cockle; Aconite; Buttercup; Larkspurs; Marsh marigold; May- 
 apple; Celandine; Poppies; Wild black cherry; Bibliography; Laboratory 
 work. 
 
Xii CONTENTS 
 
 CHAPTER 7 
 
 Page 
 
 Loco Wkeds and othkr Poisonous Plants 70 
 
 Black locust; Broom; Burma bean; Lupines; Stemless loco weed; Wooly loco 
 weed; Rattleweed; Loco weeds in general; Rattlebox; Box; Spurges; Castor oil 
 plant; Poison ivy; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 8 
 
 Miscellaneous Dicotyledonous Plants S6 
 
 St. John's wort; English ivy; Water hemlock; Poison hemlock; Death of So- 
 crates; Lambkill; Calico-bush; Stagger-bush; Great laurel; Chinese primrose; 
 Privet; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 9 
 
 Principally Solanaceous and Compositous Plants 9<S 
 
 Oleander; Whorled milkweed; Thorn apple; Bittersweet; Garden nightshade; 
 Potato; Sneeze-weed; White snakeroot; Ragwort; Hay-fever plants; Biblio- 
 graphy; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 10 
 
 Feeds and Feeding 117 
 
 Chemical constituents; Nature of feeds; Digestion; Rations; Digestibility of 
 animal foods; Nutritive ratios; Energy of food; Bibliography. 
 
 CHAPTER II 
 
 The Structure AND General Economic Importance OF Grasses 122 
 
 Structure; Economic uses of grasses; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 12 
 
 Description of Important Grass Forage Plants 133 
 
 Timothy; Kentucky blue grass; Red top; Orchard grass; Meadow foxtail; 
 Smooth brome grass; Blue-joint grass; Fescue grasses; Sweet vernal grass; 
 Perennial rye grass; Marram grass; Seaside oats; Bermuda grass; Johnson 
 grass; Guinea grass; Grama grass; Buffalo grass; Short grass vegetation; 
 Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 13 
 
 The Most Important American Cereals 155 
 
 Maize; Oats; Wheat; Barley; Rye; Rice; Buckwheat; Bil)li<)graphy; Labora- 
 tory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 14 
 
 General Characteristics of the Leguminos/e i8i 
 
 Structure; Economic plants; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
CONTENTS XUl 
 
 CHArTER IS 
 
 Page 
 
 The Forage Plants of the Family Leguminos.e 187 
 
 Alfalfa; Red clover; Alsike clover; Crimson clover; White clover; Sweet 
 clover; Field pea; Cowpea; Soy; Peanut; Miscellaneous leguminous forage 
 plants; Miscellaneous forage plants; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 16 
 
 Leguminous Root Tubercles and the Accumulation of Nitrogen; Nitrogen- 
 consuming Plants 218 
 
 Loss of soil nitrogen; Nitrification; Nitrogen-storing plants; Types of legu- 
 minous nodules; Leaf nodules of Rubiacese; Use of green manures; Encourage- 
 ment of leguminous crops; Microbe-seeding; Nitrogen-consuming plants (Root 
 crops, bulb crops, stem crops, leaf crops, flower crops, fruit crops, cereal crops, 
 seed crops); Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 17 
 
 Weeds and Weed Control 241 
 
 Definitions; Injurious nature of weeds; Introduction and distribution; Means 
 of distribution; Lines of travel; Special weed examples; Classification of weeds; 
 Destruction; Weed legislation; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 CHAPTER 18 
 
 Agricultural Seeds, Seed Selection and Testing 259 
 
 General Considerations; History; Apparatus for seed testing; Purity tests; 
 Germination tests; Practical seed testing; Means of detecting source of seeds; 
 Number of seeds; Bibliography; Laboratory work. 
 
 Glossary and Index 273 
 
CHAPTER I 
 STOCK-KILLING PLANTS 
 
 The injurious plants of country and farm may be divided for conven- 
 ience of treatment into those which cause physical injuries to animals 
 and to man in a mechanical way and into those which cause injury, disease, 
 or death by some deleterious, or poisonous substance possessed by the 
 plant. The former have been termed stock-killing plants and the latter 
 poisonous plants. There is no sharp demarcation between the two kinds 
 of plants, but the distinction has proved to be a useful one. 
 
 The first group includes those plants which are mainly harmful to 
 cattle, causing serious troubles, which may result eventually in the death 
 of the animal. This group includes a considerable number of species 
 none of very close taxonomic relationship. The anatomical and mor- 
 phological peculiarities upon which the injury depends are very diveise 
 and consequently they become active in a great variety of ways. 
 
 Aspergillus fumigatus. — This grayish-green mould fungus was first 
 discovered by Fresenius in the bronchial tubes and air cavities of the 
 bustard. The fungal herbage on culture media is greenish turning to gray 
 and even to dirty brown. It is readily identified by the short conidio- 
 phores (0.1-0.3 J^^^- long) with club-shaped extremity and simple upright 
 sterigmata forming long chains of very small (2-3 n), globular conidio- 
 spores. True perithecia are known with thin-skinned asci and light-red, 
 lenticular, tough-skinned spores (4-4.5 ju) surrounded by a pale, radially 
 striped, equatorial band. The fungus grows at a high optimum tempera- 
 ture (about 40°C.) and hence is well adapted to thrive in living animals at 
 blood temperature. 
 
 Pathogenicity. — It causes pathogenic conditions in animals and man by 
 growth in the lung tissue and in the air passages, where its presence causes 
 difficulty of breathing and develops a toxin comparable to the toxins of the 
 bacteria. Death may be caused by the filling of the air cavities which 
 leads to the final asphyxiation of the host, as well, as to a generalized 
 affection similar to hemorrhagic septicemia. It occurs in the human ear 
 producing otomycosis, and in the bronchi (bronchomycosis), and in the 
 
2 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 lungs of birds, calves and man causing pneumomycosis. Pigeon-fatteners 
 in Paris are men who feed thousands of young pigeons daily by filling their 
 mouths with a mixture of grain and water, which they force into the 
 mouths of the pigeons, much as the parent pigeons feed their young. 
 These men suffer from aspergillosis, which is a pulmonary disorder re- 
 sembling tuberculosis and occasionally fatal. 
 
 Cases. — The most remarkable case was the presence of the fungus in 
 the lungs of ^ calf, which had died of a form of pneumonia. An autopsy 
 by Dr. M. P. Ravenel in which the writer participated revealed the pres- 
 ence of lumps on the external surface of the calf's lungs. Celloidin 
 sections of these pseudo-tubercular lesions mounted as double-stained 
 microscopic preparations revealed the ramifications of the mycelium 
 through the lung tissues and the emergence of the conidiophore with its 
 mass of radiating spores extending into the cavities of the lungs from which 
 by being coughed up in the sputum the conidiospores have been distrib- 
 uted. Some few lung spaces had three large fruit-bodies of the fungus 
 present, almost completely filling the cavity. 
 
 Bromus tectomm. — The awned brome grass is a slender, eiect annual 
 with narrow pubescent leaves and nodding panicles of spikelets. The 
 lemmas of each floret are rough and hairy terminating in awns at least 
 13-20 mm. long ()2~% inch). The flowers appear from June to August 
 and in Utah and Colorado during this period it has become a serious pest. 
 Its injurious effects are due to the mechanical presence under the teeth of 
 the awned glumes where they cause inflammation and suppuration, 
 the animals which have eaten the grass frequently losing their teeth as a 
 consequence. 
 
 Cenchrus tribuloides. — The sand bur is a grass common in sandy places 
 and along railroads from Maine to Florida and in Texas, the Dakotas and 
 California. The spikelets of this annual grass are surrounded by a spiny 
 involucre which forms a hard, rigid bur with strong, barbed spines. The 
 bur is readily detached from the plant and its spines enter the skin and 
 flesh of animals, especially the lower part of the extremities, causing 
 serious inflammation in man and the lower animals. 
 
 Heteropogon contortus. — A grass native of New Caledonia is one 
 which liores into the skin and intestines of the lower animals causing fatal 
 inflammation and peritonitis. 
 
STOCK-KILLINa PLANTS 3 
 
 Hordeum jubatum. — The squirrel-tail grass, or wild barley, is found 
 widely distributed in North America being an annual, or a winter annual. 
 The flowers are arranged in a dense spike, each consisting of a number of i- 
 flowered spikelets, three occurring at each joint. The central spikelet has 
 the perfect flower and produces one seed, while the lateral spikelets are 
 reduced to awns and together with the subulate, rigid glumes and the awned 
 lemma of the fertile flower simulate a bristly involucre at each joint of 
 the rhachis. At maturity, the joints fall with the spikelets attached. 
 
 It has been recognized for some time that the barbed spikelets of this 
 species of Hordeum, along with perhaps two other species, act injuriously 
 in a mechanical way, causing deep ulcerations, or sores, of the tongue and 
 lips of cattle and horses with the awns buried deeply in the tissues. 
 They are frequently found between the teeth, where they cause suppura- 
 tion of the gums and ulceration of the bones of the jaw. 
 
 Stipa capillata, S. comata, S. setigera, S. spartea. — The first species 
 is indigenous to Russia; the second, known as needle grass, is distributed 
 in western Iowa, Nebraska, Utah, Oregon, California and Arizona. The 
 third species, known as porcupine grass, is widely distributed in western 
 North America, while 5. setigera is found in Uruguay and other South 
 American countries. The species of Stipa are perennial grasses with i- 
 flowered spikelets with bristle-tipped glumes. The lemmas are hard, 
 terminating in a twisted awn, and these lemmas tightly inclose the seed 
 at maturity. This twisted awn is very hygroscopic, twisting up in dry 
 weather, and untwisting, when the air is moist. When such an awn with 
 its pointed, hard, sharp point below becomes entangled in the wool of sheep 
 the pointed fruit by the gimlet-like motion of its spirally twisted, some- 
 times feathery awn bores into the skin and the flesh of the animal by the 
 hygroscopic movements of the awn. The entrance of a large number of 
 these barbs into the skin and underlying tissues produce an inflammation 
 that is sometimes followed by the death of the animal. The Uruguayan 
 species {S. setigera) injures the eyes of sheep, producing intense keratitis 
 often followed by inflammation of the cornea and ultimate blindness, so 
 that the sheep, thus injured, are unable to find their food and die of starva- 
 tion and thirst. 
 
 Aegagropilae and Phytobezoars. — These two words connote the same 
 idea as that of hair balls. An aegagropila is a hair ball found in the 
 stomach and intestines of some ruminants, as the goat alyaypos, the wild 
 goatH- pila, a ball), formed by the goat, or other animal licking the hair 
 
PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 ofif from the breast and f orelimbs and swallowing it, so that in the stomach 
 and intestines it is rolled into a large ball the size of the fist. These balls 
 may cause the death of the animal in which they form by a stoppage of 
 the bowels. The same word _^has been appUed by extension of the idea 
 to the balls of seaweed found on the Mediterranean Coasts. The Ligu- 
 rian grass-wrack, Fosidonia oceanica, is found in the bay between the old 
 
 town of Antibes and the projecting 
 Cap in such great quantities that the 
 shore is heaped high with its torn off 
 leaves. To the west of the Cap, on 
 the san(^s of the GoKe Jouan, round 
 balls of a light brown color and fibrous 
 structure are often found. These used 
 to be seen in chemists' shops under the 
 name of "pilae marinae. " They are 
 loose pieces of the rootstock of Posi- 
 donia covered with the frayed remains 
 of leaves. These are tossed about on 
 the beach by the waves until they are 
 formed into balls (aegagropilae, phyto- 
 bezoars), a decimetre in circumference. 
 A bezoar (or where caused by plant 
 materials, a phytobezoar) is a concre- 
 tion found in the digestive tract of 
 ruminants and formerly supposed to 
 be eflicacious in preventing the fatal 
 
 Fig. I. — Details of the flower of the efifectS of poisons and Still held in re- 
 crimson clover (Trifolium incarnalum). . • . . • u iT_ 
 
 A. Hairy calyx with withered corolla; P^te m eastern countries, hence the 
 
 B, calyx opened out; c, one of the derivation of the word from the Persian 
 
 shorter hairs of the calyx; D, standard; n j 7 / i ^^• 1 i, 
 
 JS. wing petals; F. keel petals. 'Podzahr (pad, expelhng -f- zahr, 
 
 poison) becoming in Arabic badizahr, 
 bazahr and in new Latin bezoar. 
 
 Clover Hair Balls. — Since 1895, when Dr. F. V. Coville described the 
 result of cattle eating the crimson clover, Trifolium incarnatum, when in 
 the flowering condition, a large number of cases of the death of animals 
 by the formation of crimson clover phytobezoars have been reported. 
 The earlier evidence recorded by Coville in his bulletin is given herewith. 
 Mr. William P. Corsa forwarded to the Department of Agriculture a* ball 
 
STOCK-KILLING PLANTS 
 
 of peculiar appearance, stating that it had been taken from the stomach of 
 the horse belonging to Joseph W. Messick of Milford, Del., which had 
 been eating crimson clover, and the death of which was ascribed to the 
 ball formed from the branched hairs and fibers of the calyces of the crim- 
 son clover flowers (Fig. i). Another man, Mr. Alexander Ryan, a few 
 days before the above report had been filed, had lost a horse from which 
 two similar balls had been taken. Later another letter from an entirely 
 
 -^•'''riT|mrTTrrrfflf|Tp 
 
 Fig. 2. — Crimson- 111 i.iv riair balls taken from horses which had died from the 
 presence of these masses in the ahmentary tracts. The larger one is the largest of six 
 taken from a horse which had been fed on crimson-clover hay for 12 years before his 
 death. Horses have died within a few months after commencing to eat crimson clover. 
 The smaller hair ball is as large as a regulation baseball. {After Westgale. J. M.: Crim- 
 son clover: Utilization. Farmers' Bulletin, 579, 1914, p. 6.) 
 
 d'fiferent locality, Kellar, Va., was received by the Department written by 
 B. W. Mears & Son accompanied by a ball taken from the horse imme- 
 diately after death. The statement was made that the horse had worked 
 as usual without any signs of disease up to the time of its fatal illness which 
 lasted five hours with sharp pain before death. Another ball, similar to 
 that taken from the stomach, was found in the large intestine. Several 
 other horses in the vicinity had died the preceding week, all apparently 
 
6 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 from the same cause, and ihe farmers had ascribed it to the feeding of 
 crimson clover. Another case was reported in the summer of 1895 by 
 Dr. Charles F. Dawson of Washington, who received from a veterinary 
 surgeon of Raleigh, N. C, three balls which he had removed from the 
 intestine of a horse after death. The personal acquaintance of the writer 
 with crimson clover phytobezoars happened some years later when his 
 attention was called to the death of six horses near Westville, N. J. with 
 the receipt of two large balls sent as museum specimens by a former stud- 
 ent, a practicing veterinarian. A ball in the possession of the writer 
 taken from a horse at Oxford, Penna, is about the size of a fist. Coville 
 states that they are nearly spheric and measure from three to four and one- 
 half inches in diameter. The stiff, bristly calyx hairs are matted together 
 and are cemented to some extent by the mucus derived from the digestive 
 tract of the animal in which they form (Fig. 2). 
 
 Cactus Spine Balls. — Prof. William Trelease reported in 1897 a still 
 more interesting phytobezoar. "In January, 1897, Dr. Francis Eschan- 
 zier of San Luis Potosi, Mexico, sent to me two specimens, one a ball of 
 surprising accuracy of surface, measuring a little over three and one-half 
 inches in diameter, and weighing seven and one-half ounces, and the other, 
 one-half of a similar ball, about four inches in diameter, and weighing 
 about four ounces, stating that sixteen such balls had been taken from 
 the stomach of a bull at the Hacienda de Cruzes, and adding that he 
 believed them to be composed entirely of an agglomeration of the fibres 
 of some cacti, an undigested portion of which formed the nucleus." 
 Inspection of the balls by Prof. Trelease proved this supposition to have 
 been the correct one. The specimens were of a brown color, and consist- 
 ed of the barbed hairs with which the mamillae of the Platopuntias are 
 armed. In the West and Southwest, where one of the opuntias with long 
 spines is fed to cattle {Opuntia Engelmanni) , it is customary to remove 
 the long spines by the use of fire, but this does not entirely remove the 
 danger of their use. The late Dr. Vasey of the U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture gives a number of instances in which cattle have died from 
 an accumulation of spines in the mouth and stomach. 
 
 Leaf Hairs of Plane Trees.^ — Dioscorides and Galen, two early Greek 
 physicians, called attention to the injurious effects of the hairs found on 
 newly expanded leaves of plane trees (Plalanus) and on the surface of 
 the ball-like clusters of pistillate flowers. These hairs, which fall off in 
 great numbers, in the spring of the year, if inhaled, produce inflamma- 
 
STOCK-KILLING PLANTS 7 
 
 tion of the nose and throat. Severe coughs are the result of the inhalation 
 and accumulation of the star-like hairs in the respiratory passages. See 
 Gardeners' Chronicle 3d. Ser. Ill, 370, March 24, 1888. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Brixton, N. L. and Brown, Addison: An Illustrated Flora of the Northern United 
 States, Canada and the British Possessions, second edition, volumes I and II. 
 Genera Bromus, Cenchrus, Hordeiim, Stipa, Trifolium. 
 
 CoviLLE, F. v.: Crimson Clover Hair-balls, Circular No. 8, Div. of Botany, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, June 15, 1895. 
 
 Harshberger, John W. : A Review of Our Knowledge of Phytobezoars. The Journal 
 of Comparative Medicine and Veterinary Archives, xLx, 143, March, 1898. 
 
 Kerner von Marilaun, Anton and Oliver, F. W. : The Natural History of Plants. 
 Half Volume II, 616-620. 
 
 Pammel, L. H. : A Manual of Poisonous Plants. Part II, 191 1, pages 262-266; 336-369. 
 
 Pearson, Leonard and Ravenel, M. P.: A Case of Pneumonomycosis Due to Asper- 
 gillus Fumigatus. University Medical Magazine, August, 1900. 
 
 Robinson, B. L. and Fernald, M. L.: A Handbook of the Flowering Plants and Ferns 
 of the Central and Northeastern United States and Adjacent Canada. (Gray's 
 New Manual of Botany, 7th edit., 1908.) Same genera as in Britton and 
 Brown. 
 
 Strasburger, Edward: Rambles on the Riviera. English translation by O. and B. C. 
 Casey, 1906, 411-412. 
 
 Trelease, William: Cactus Hair Balls. Transactions of the Academy of Science of 
 St. Louis, vii, 493, Nov. 30, 1897. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — Cultures of Aspergillus fumigalus should be kept on 
 nutrient agars in test tubes as stock material. Fresh transfers of this fungus should 
 be made at least once every two months throughout the year. Such stock material, 
 allowing sufficient time for new growth to take place after inoculation of fresh agar, 
 can be kept conveniently in the ice box, or refrigerating plant, of the laboratory. When 
 the culture is used for laboratory study by the class, transfers should be made to slices 
 of wet bread fitted into Petri dishes and sterilized in the autoclave before use. Asper- 
 gillus fuviigatus makes a rapid growth on the surface of the bread and is removed 
 easily for examination by the menibers of the botanical class. 
 
 Dried specimens of the injurious higher plants should be kept between folded news- 
 papers, having been collected for the purpose during the growing and flowering season. 
 Some of the material at the discretion of the teacher can be preserved in alcohol, or 
 formalin. A number of hair balls should be kept on hand for the lecture table and for 
 detailed study by the class. 
 
8 pastoral and agricultural notany 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Remove some of the mycelium with the conidiophores of ^5/»ergi7/tt5/Mmiga/Mi 
 from the surface of the bread in the Petri dishes with a pair of smooth forceps. Place 
 on a slide in 50 per cent, alcohol, so as to wet the hypha;. Drain off the alcohol and 
 mount in acetic acid (2 per cent.), applying a ring of asphaltum. Study and draw. 
 
 2. Study and draw the awned brome grass, Bromus Icclornm, and dissect out the 
 parts which collectively become injurious to animals. 
 
 3. Do the same for the sand bur, Ccuchrus irihuloides, and the squirrel grass, 
 Hordeum jubaium. 
 
 4. Compare the three, or four, species of feather grass, SHpa capillala, S. comala, 
 S. sparlea and make detailed drawings of the spikelets with attached spirally twisted 
 awns. 
 
 5. Macerate portions of the crimson clover hair balls in potassium hydroxide dis- 
 solved in water in a porcelain evaporating dish over the Bunsen burner flame. Com- 
 pare the parts thus released with the hairs on the calyces of crimson clover flowers 
 preserved in alcohol. Draw the material from the two sources for comparison. 
 
 6. Remove the hairs from the leaves of plane trees and study under the microscope. 
 A supply of the leaves for this purpose should be gathered in the spring. Young leaves 
 of plane trees should be preserved in alcohol for later class study. 
 
CHAPTER 2 
 POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 
 
 Poisonous plants are those which contain some deleterious or toxic 
 substance, which injures health, causes intoxication,^ lowers the physical 
 and mental tone, produces at times convulsions and in many cases results 
 in the death of the victim. 
 
 The classification of poisons has been attempted by a number of toxi- 
 cologists. While their classifications are a scientific attempt at arranging 
 the facts known about poisonous substances, they are only approximations. 
 Much remains to be done along the Hnes opened up by modern chemistry, 
 physiology and toxicology. Blyth gave one of the earlier and simpler of 
 the classifications proposed for poisons. 
 
 Blyth's Classification of Poisons. 
 
 A. Poisons causing death immediately, or in a few minutes. 
 
 Prussic acid, strychnin. 
 
 B. Irritant Poisons. Symptoms mainly pain, vomiting and purging. 
 
 Savin, ergot, digitahs, colchicum, yew, laburnum. 
 
 C. Narcotic and Irritant Poisons. Symptoms of an irritant nature, 
 with more or less cerebral indications. 
 
 Oxalic acid, or oxalates. 
 
 D. Poison more especially afifecting the nervous system. 
 
 1. Narcotics. Chief Symptoms : insensibihty which may be preceded 
 
 by more or less cerebral excitement. Opium. 
 
 2. Deliriants. With delirium as a prominent symptom: Bella- 
 
 donna, hyoscyamus, stramonium and other Solanaceae, poison- 
 ous fungi, Indian hemp, darnel, etc. 
 
 3. Convulsives. Alkaloids of the strychnin class. 
 
 4. Nervous phenomena of complex character. Aconite, digitalis, 
 
 poison hemlock, curare. 
 
 Koberfs Classification of Poisons. — The writer has used this classi- 
 fication of Kobert for a number of years in his exposition of the subject 
 of poisonous plants at the University of Pennsylvania. It is a useful one 
 in emphasizing the organs of the animal affected by poisons. 
 
 ^ Not used in sense of drunkenness, as after an alcoholic debauch. 
 
lO PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 T. Poisons which Cause Gross Anatomic Changes of the Organs. 
 
 A. Those which act as irritants. 
 
 I. Acids; (2) Caustic alkaHs; (3) Caustic salts; (4) Locally irritating 
 substances such as cotton oil and savin; (5) Gases and vapors 
 which cause local irritation when breathed, as chlorine. 
 
 B. Those with little local effect, but alter other parts of the anatomic 
 
 structure, as lead and phosphorus. 
 IT. Blood Poisons. 
 
 1. Those which interefere in physical manner with the circulation, 
 
 as: ricin, abrin. 
 
 2. Poisons which have the property of dissolving the red corpus- 
 
 cles, as saponin. 
 
 3. Poisons which with or without solution of the red corpuscles 
 
 produce methaemoglobin, as picric acid. 
 
 4. Poisons which have a peculiar action on the coloring matter of 
 
 the blood, or on its products of decomposition, such as carbon 
 monoxide. 
 
 III. Poisons which Kill without Anatomic Change. 
 
 1. Cerebro-spinal poisons, as cocaine, atropin, morphin, nicotin, 
 
 coniin, aconitin, strychnin, etc. 
 
 2. Heart poisons, as digitalis, helleborin, muscarin. 
 
 IV. Poisonous Product of Tissue Change. 
 
 1. Poisonous albumin. 
 
 2. Poisons formed in foods. 
 
 3. Auto-poisoning, as uraemia. 
 
 4. Products of tissue change, as ptomaines, etc. 
 
 Bernhard H. Smith's Classification of Poisons. — This is one of the 
 most complete classifications proposed, and is adopted by L. H. Pammel 
 in his Manual of Poisonous Plants (1910). 
 
 The main facts of this classification without going into a consideration 
 of the treatment which Pammel gives in his outline are as follows: 
 
 Poisons Acting on the Brain 
 
 I. Narcotics. 
 
 Symptoms. — Giddiness; dimness of sight; contracted pupils; head- 
 ache; noises in the ears; confusion of ideas, and drowsiness, passing into 
 insensibility. 
 
 Example. — Poppy {Pa paver somniferum). 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES II 
 
 II. Deliriants. 
 
 Symptoms. — Special illusions; delirium; diluted pupils; thirst and 
 dryness of the mouth; occasionally, though rarely, paralysis and tetanoid 
 spasms. 
 
 Examples. — Thorn Apple {Datura Stramonium). Black Nightshade 
 {Solaniim nigrum), Hemp {Cannabis saliva), Dsirnel {Lolium temulentum) 
 and Fly Agaria {Amanita muscaria). 
 
 III. Inebriants. 
 
 Symptoms. — Excitement of cerebral functions, and of the circulation; 
 loss of power of co-ordination, and of muscular movements, with double 
 vision; leading to profound sleep, and deep coma. 
 
 Examples. — Wormwood {Artemisia Absinthium), Jamaica Dogwood 
 {Piscidia Erythrina) . 
 
 Poisons Acting on the Spinal Cord 
 Convulsives. 
 
 Symptoms. — Clonic (intermittent) spasms, extending from above 
 downwards. Opisthonas very violent; but trismus (lock-jaw) rare. 
 Swallowing spasmodic. Death, usually, in less than three hours, or 
 rapid recovery. 
 
 Examples. — Nux vomica {Strychnos Nux-vomica), St. Ignatius's Bean 
 {Strychnos Ignatii) . 
 
 Poisons Acting on the Heart 
 
 I. Depressants. 
 
 Symptoms. — Vertigo; vomiting; abdominal pain; confused vision; 
 convulsions; occasional delirium; paralysis; syncope; sometimes asphyxia. 
 
 Examples. — Tobacco {Nicotiana Tabacum), Hemlock {Conium ma- 
 culatum), Indian Tobacco {Lobelia inflata). 
 
 II. Asthenics. 
 
 Symptoms. — Numbness, and tingling in the mouth; abdominal pain; 
 vertigo; vomiting; purging; tremor; occasional delirium; paralysis; 
 dyspnoea, ending in syncope. 
 
 Examples. — Aconite {Aconitum Napellus), Cohosh {Cimicifuga race- 
 mosa), Oleander {Nerium oleander), Foxglove {Digitalis purpurea), 
 White Hellebore {Veratrum album), Green Hellebore {Veratrum viride). 
 
12 pastoral and agricultural botany 
 
 Vegetable Irritants 
 
 I. Purgatives. 
 
 Symptoms. — Abdominal pain; vomiting, and purging, cramps stran- 
 gury and tenesmus, followed by collapse, and sometimes accompanied 
 by drowsiness, and slight nervous symptoms. 
 
 Examples. — Castor Bean {Ricinus communis), Green Hellebore 
 {IJelleborus viridis), May Apple {Podophyllum peltakim), Marsh Marigold 
 (Caltha palustris). 
 
 II. Abortives. 
 
 Symptoms. — Nausea; vomiting; stupor; sometimes tenesmus; abortion 
 may or may not occur; coma. 
 
 Example. — Ergot {Claviceps purpurea). 
 
 III. Irritants with Nervous Symptoms. 
 
 Symptoms. — Abdominal pain; vomiting and purging; dilated pupils; 
 headache; tetanic spasms; occasional covulsions; sometimes rapid coma. 
 
 Examples. — Indian Pink {Spigelia marilandica) Fool's Parsley (Aeth- 
 usa Cynapium). 
 
 IV. Simple Irritants. 
 
 Symptoms. — Burning pain in the throat and stomach; thirst; nausea; 
 vomiting; tenesmus; purging; dysuria; dyspnoea and cough occasionally, 
 death through shock; convulsions; exhaustion; or starvation due to 
 throat or stomach. 
 
 Examples. — Bouncing Bet {Saponaria officinalis), Poison Ivy (Rhus 
 Toxicodendron), Kinnikinnik (Arctostophylos Uva-ursi). 
 
 V. Simple Irritants when Taken in Large Quantities. 
 Symptoms. — Burning pain in throat and stomach. Vomiting; purg- 
 ing; difficulty in swallowing. Recovery usual. 
 
 Examples. — White Mustard {Brassica alba), Black Mustard {B. 
 nigra), Black Pepper {Piper nigrum), Common Ginger {Zingiber offici- 
 nalis). 
 
 Conditions Influencing the Formation of Plant Poisons. — The com^ 
 mercial study of drug plants in which the substances used as drugs are 
 poisonous to. animals in uncontrolled doses has shown that the amount of 
 poison found in the plant and its activity varies considerably. It has 
 been found by a comparative study of the drug content of such plants and 
 also by experimental investigation, that there are various conditions which 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 1 3 
 
 influence this variation. The following are some of the reasons for this 
 difference in the amount and activity of the poison derived from the same 
 species of plant. 
 
 1. Glucoside Transformation. — It has been found that in some plants 
 the poisonous substance does not exist in the plants themselves, but 
 appears only when one substance in the plant comes in contact with and 
 is acted upon by another substance which may be called the activator. 
 This is illustrated in the leaves of_the wild black cherry, Prunus serotina, 
 which do not contain any active poison until they become dried, when its 
 glucoside substance, probably amygdalin, is acted upon by emulsin, 
 an enzyme, and converted into the poisonous hydrocyanic, or prussic acid. 
 
 2. Influence of Age of Plant. — The age of the plant materially influ- 
 ences the virulence and the amount of poison present in the plant. Some- 
 times a young plant is more actively poisonous than an old plant and vice 
 versa. The death camas, Zygadenus venenosus, native of Montana and 
 other western states is more poisonous before it comes into bloom. On 
 the other hand, the seeds of the lupines (Lupinus) are the only parts of the 
 plants positively known to be poisonous. 
 
 3. Character of Organ. — Different organs of the same plant vary as to 
 their content of poison. Some parts are inert, others are deleterious. 
 The green leaves and stems of the common potato. Solatium tuberosum, 
 are poisonous, especially when wilted, while the tubers form an everyday 
 article of diet. The fruits of spotted cowbane, Conium maculatum 
 and the seeds of Datura Stramonium, the thorn apple, are more poisonous 
 than the foliage. 
 
 4. Seasonal Variation Poisons. — There is a considerable variation in 
 the amount of poisonous material produced in plants from season to season. 
 Thus the mature bulbs of Colchicum contain a much larger amount of 
 toxic substance than the growing bulbs. Miss Alice Henkel in a paper 
 on "American Root Drugs" notes that the roots of the American 
 hellebore, Veratrum viride, should be collected in the autumn after the 
 leaves are dead. 
 
 5. Influence of Climate. — Climate has a marked influence on the 
 development of poisonous substances in plants. Dunstan has shown 
 (Bui. Imp. Inst. 1905) that Hyoscyamus muticus grown in India yielded 
 0.3 t00.4percent.0f hyoscyamin,but that the same species grown in Egypt 
 produced 0.6 to 1.2 per cent. Esser states that no coniin is found in the 
 spotted cowbane, Conium maculatum, in the far north. 
 
14 PASTORAL AND AtlKlCULTUKAL HOTANY 
 
 6. Influence of Soil. — The soil has considerable influence on the 
 amount of poisonous substance developed in plants. The trailing, 
 yellowish-green form of poison ivy, Rhus radkans, found on the coastal 
 sand dunes is less virulent than the climbing form found inland. This 
 difference in the poisonous properties is to be attributed to growth on the 
 barren sand of the sea coast. 
 
 7. Influence of Cultivation. — Cultivation has a marked influence. 
 In general, wild poisonous plants have larger amounts of alkaloids and 
 glucosides than the same species when cultivated, although this does not 
 always hold true. The wild forms of the Lima bean, Phaseolus lunatus, 
 contains much more HCN than the cultivated forms. 
 
 8. Variation in Amount of Poison. — The amount of poison contained 
 in plants of the same species depend upon the race or variety of that 
 particular species utilized for the extraction of the drug, or poison. Blyth 
 records the following percentages of nicotin in various tobaccos as given by 
 Cox (Pharm. Journ., Jan. 20, 1894). Syrian leaves (a) .612 per cent.; 
 Syrian leaves (h) 1.093 per cent.; Gold Flake (Virginia) 2.501 per cent.; 
 Navy Cut (light colored) 3.640 per cent.; Best Shag (b) 5.000 per cent.: 
 Algerian tobacco (a) 8.813 per cent. 
 
 9. Weather and Poisoning. — The state of the weather has consider- 
 able elTect on the number of cases of poisoning among cattle on the free 
 range. The death camas, Zygadenus venenosus, found in California, is 
 a case in point. The bulbs of this plant are dangerous only after rains, 
 since at other times, it is almost impossible for sheep to pull them out 
 of the ground. Many serious cases of stock poisoning have occurred after 
 late spring and early autumn snow storms, because the grasses and other 
 low plants are covered with snow and only the taller plants remained 
 visible and then were poisonous. 
 
 10. Seasonal Distribution of Cases of Poisoning. — There are more 
 cases of poisoning of stock in certain seasons of the year than others. 
 Laurel, Kalmia latifolia, is more likely to be browsed in winter and 
 early spring, because of its attractive, bright green color, when other 
 plants are dormant. Cattle are more subject to loco disease in the 
 spring, because the loco weeds become green early in the spring and are 
 lirowscd upon hy animals while (he other green herbage is scarce a 1 this 
 time of the year. 
 
 11. Specific Differences of Animal Susceptibility. — The different kinds 
 of live stock are affected quite differently by poisonous plants. Human 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 1 5 
 
 beings are most susceptible to the deadly night shade, Atropa Belladonna. 
 The cat and dog are less susceptible. The horse is much less so, and the 
 pig, goat, sheep and rabbit are little susceptible to poisoning, even on 
 eating the root, the most poisonous part. 
 
 12. Individual Susceptibility. — There is a difference in the individual 
 susceptibility to poisons. The best illustration of this is the case of 
 poison ivy producing the characteristic inflammation on fair persons with 
 blue eyes (blondes), and the immunity of persons with dark, swarthy 
 complexions (brunettes). This individual difference varies with the health 
 of the animal, or man. The healthy individual having greater immunity 
 than the one in a depleted condition. Animals familiar with certain 
 ranges escape poisoning, while those not so familiar may be poisoned. 
 
 13. Physical State of Animal. — The physical state of the animal, 
 whether hungry, or well-fed, whether kept in confinement, or allowed the 
 freedom of the open fields influences the number of cases of poisoning. 
 When animals are hungry; or are turned out into the open fields after con- 
 finement, they are more likely to eat of poisonous plants than otherwise. 
 This has been shown recently in the case of laurel poisoning of heifers at 
 Narberth, Pennsylvania. 
 
 14. Animals with Depraved Appetite. — The animal may acquire a 
 depraved appetite where it leaves off feeding on the nutritious pasture 
 plants and takes to eating the deleterious ones. This happens with the 
 loco weeds; when the depraved appetite of the animals leads them to eat 
 only the plants which have induced the loco disease. 
 
 15. Unpalatable Poisonous Plants.^ — Poisonous plants are frequently 
 unpalatable and so are not usually eaten, but in dry spells, when other 
 forage is scarce, they may be eaten with poisonous results. 
 
 16. Secondary Fermentations in Fodders. — Perfectly wholesome fod- 
 ders may become poisonous owing to secondary fermentations within them, 
 as occurs sometimes in maize silage. 
 
 17. Poisonous Plants as Impurities. — A perfectly harmless feed may 
 become poisonous owing to the admixture of a poisonous plant, or plant 
 part with it, as oats with corn cockle and barley with darnel. In Europe 
 dry meadow-saffron may be included in hay. 
 
 18. Removal of Animals to New Locality. — Farm stock reared in a 
 locality where certain poisonous plants al)ound are much less likely to be 
 poisoned by these plants than animals brought from a region where they 
 Jo not occur. 
 
1 6 pastoral and agricultural botany 
 
 Chemical Nature of Poisoning 
 
 The modern chemical investigation of poisonous plants has resulted 
 in the isolation of the active principles of many plants which have been 
 determined to be nitrogenous substances of basic character, and to this 
 class of substance the name of alkaloid has been given. It has been found 
 also that all poisonous plants do not contain alkaloids, but in addition 
 there are non-alkaloidal active principles, which include a large number 
 of different types of chemical compounds, including the substances known 
 as glucosides, which are readily hydrolyzed by dilute acids, or by ferments 
 into a sugar and another constituent, which is generally physiologically 
 active. The isolation of the active compounds has been of importance in 
 determining the strength of the dosage of the drug, which could be safely 
 administered to animals. The study of these actively poisonous substances 
 led to various attempts at their production synthetically. Chemists 
 owing to the backward condition of their science were unable to produce 
 the complex active substances, but their study has led to the discovery 
 of the portion of the molecule which produces the physiological effect 
 and this has led to the discovery of simpler analogous compounds possessing 
 the action of the drug, or poison. ' 
 
 The discovery was made that the physiological action of the drug, or 
 poison, was dependent in general on its chemical nature, although modified 
 naturally by differences in physical properties such as solubility, volatility 
 and the like. Thus, a very small change in the chemical constitution of a 
 poison, is often accompanied by a complete change in its physiological 
 action. There is often a great difference in the activity of stereo-isom- 
 erides. In the case of optically active stereo-isomerides, we find marked 
 differences in their physiological action. For example, atropin (racemic 
 hyoscyamin) differs in some respects from /«w-hyoscyamin, and lavo- 
 nicotin is twice as actively poisonous as the (/e.v/ro-variety. Adrenalin 
 is a striking example, the natural lavo form being about eleven, or twelve 
 times as active as the dextro. Derr/ro-asparagin is sweet. LcBvo-SLspsLra.- 
 gin is tasteless. Unsaturated compounds are usually far more toxic 
 than the corresponding saturated ones. Propyl alcohol, CH2 — CH2 — 
 CH2 — OH, is a narcotic, causing intoxication, although not really poison- 
 ous, whereas allyl alcohol, CH2 = CH — CHo — OH, is a strong poison, 
 although not having narcotic action. The influence of increasing un- 
 saturation is displayed in the graphic formulae below: from May's 
 "The Chemistry of Synthetic Drugs," page 32. \ 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 1 7 
 
 CH3 CH2 — CH2 — OH , CH3 CH=CH2 
 
 CH3— N CH3— N 
 
 CHs OH CH3 OH 
 
 Cholin (slightly toxic) Neurin (very toxio) 
 
 CHs C=eH OH 
 
 \/ / 
 
 CH3— N (CH3)3^N 
 
 CH3 OH CH2— CH=CH2 
 
 Far more toxic than neurin A homologue of neurin only slightly poisonous 
 
 The study of the physiologic action of ortho, meta, and para compounds 
 has shown differences, such as that the para compounds are more poison- 
 ous than the ortho, although occasionally the reverse is the case. An 
 example of these differences may be cited. Saccharin, an orthocompound, 
 
 I I NH is five hundred times sweeter than" sugar, while the 
 
 \/\S02/^ 
 
 corresponding para compound is without taste. 
 
 The Organism and The Poisonous Substance 
 
 Hydrolytic cleavages in the alimentary canal, more profound oxidation 
 changes and sometimes reduction in the blood or tissues are chemical 
 processes taking place in the organism. The sahva acts on few drugs, 
 but in the stomach many drugs can be absorbed and where unpleasant by- 
 effects are often manifested. This has led to the synthesis of new drugs 
 which are not absorbed in the stomach. When the substances enter the 
 intestine, they enter an alkaline medium and are acted upon by the 
 pancreatic enzyme, trypsin, which hydrolyzes esters, anilides and similar 
 bodies. The drugs are able to exert their specific action after saponifica- 
 tion in the intestine and the pharmacologist recognizing this fact prepares 
 derivatives the components of which would cause unpleasant effects on 
 the stomach, but for the fact, that they are not decomposed in that organ, 
 but are hydrolyzed in the intestine, where they can exert the desired result. 
 
 The aliphatic hydrocarbons have narcotic properties, and these are 
 increased by the introduction of an hydroxyl group to form alcohols. 
 If more hydroxyl groups are introduced, as in glycerol, the narcotic action 
 disappears, the hydroxyl merely playing the role of an " anchoring " 
 
1 8 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 group. The narcotic action of many substances on the other hand is 
 associated with the presence of alkyl groups, especially ethyl groups. 
 The alkyl group is the active portion of the molecule in the alcohols, and 
 not the hydroxyl group. If halogen and especially chlorine replaces the 
 hydrogen atoms in a hydrocarbon, the narcotic action is greatly increased. 
 The presence of an ethyl group in a considerable number of compounds, 
 gives to the substance the power of connecting with the nervous system. 
 An excessively large dose of ethyl alcohol produces sleep, but a number 
 of compounds with ethyl groups have been discovered which have a hyp- 
 notic action in smaller doses. 
 
 Alkaloids. — The alkaloids are not widely distributed in the vegetable 
 kingdom. They are classified usually into five groups, as follows: (i) 
 Pyridin Alkaloids, such as coniin from Conium maculatum, nicotin 
 from Nicotina tabacum. (2) Pyrrolidin, Alkaloids. (3) Tropan Alkaloids, 
 such as atropin from Atropa Belladonna. (4) Quinolin Alkaloids, as 
 strychnin from Strychnos Nux-vomica. (5) Isoquinolin Alkaloids, as 
 morphin. Four elements carbon, hydrogen, nitrogen and oxygen enter 
 into the formation of the alkaloid. A few contain no oxygen. Most are 
 colorless crystalline solids, a few being liquid. Most are insoluble in 
 water, but dissolve in ether, alcohol, chloroform. They have a bitter taste 
 and have strong physiological, or toxic properties, even in small doses, 
 and a slight alteration in molecular structure often produces a decided 
 change in their physiological and toxic properties. For example, the 
 reduction of the nitrogenous ring generally produces a marked increase 
 in the toxicity and strength of the action of the poison and sorhetimes 
 alters its character. Pyridin is non toxic and lowers blood pressure, but 
 piperidin is very toxic and raises blood pressure. The size and position 
 of the side chains attached to the ring have an important effect. Pyridin 
 can by reduction yield more active substance by the entrance of aliphatic 
 chains which is accompanied by the appearance of intoxicating action. 
 The toxic action of piperidin itself, which is not very strong, is increased 
 in a methyl piperidin and still more in a methyl piperidin and a-propyl- 
 piperidin (coniin). The toxicity of these substances is in the ratio of 
 1:2:4:8. 
 
 Ptomaines. — The bacteria and certain fleshy fungi have associated 
 with their activities a number of basic substances with simple constitution, 
 such as methylamine CH3 NHo; dimethylamine, (CHs)^ NH; trimethy- 
 lamine, (CH3)3 N; putrescin, NH2 (CHo)^ NH2; cadaverin, NH2 (CH2).. 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 1 9 
 
 NHo, and cholin, muscarin,neuriii which are much more complex. These 
 substances are formed in decomposing flesh. Chohn and muscarin are 
 found in the toad-stool, Amanita muscaria. Muscarin and neurin are both 
 very poisonous, whereas cholin is slightly toxic. 
 
 Cholin is found in the seeds and fruits of Pinus cemhra, nut of Areca- 
 calechu, endosperm of coconut {Cocos nucifera) root of sweet flag Acorus- 
 calamus, hop Humulus lupulus. Betain another member of the group 
 occurs in the juice of the beet and in the tuber of Helianthus tuberosus. 
 All these substances are strong bases and answer the general reactions for 
 alkaloids. Immune substances are not produced for these chemical poi- 
 sons as for the phytotoxins later described. 
 
 Glucosides. These are chemical substances of considerable complexity 
 and yield glucose on decomposition with one or more other compounds, 
 usually of an aromatic nature. The reaction is mostly hydrolysis. For 
 example, amygdalin is hydrolyzed by emulsin, an enzyme, to glucose, 
 benzaldehyde and prussic acid. 
 
 C20 H27, NOn + 2H2O = sCeHisOe + CeHjCHO + HCN. 
 
 This reaction expresses that of the cyanogenetic glucosides or those 
 which on hydrolysis yield hydrocyanic, or prussic acid, a deadly poison. 
 
 Loew from the chemical standpoint states that all substances which 
 are capable of acting on aldehyde or amino groups, even when in dilute 
 solution, must be poisonous for living tissue on which they will exert a 
 substituting action. The greater the reactivity of a substance for alde- 
 hyde (CHO) or amino (NH2) groups, the greater will be its physiologic 
 effect and its toxicity. 
 
 Vegetable Toxins (Phytotoxins). — The production of substances 
 possessing the essential features of the toxins is not limited entirely to 
 the bacterial cell. They are found in the flowering plants and are called 
 phytotoxins. The chief phytotoxins are abrin from the Job's tear plant 
 Ahrus precatorius; crotin from the seeds of Croton tiglium; ricinfrom the 
 castor-oil bean, Ruinus communis; robin from the leaves and bark of 
 the black locust, Rohinia pseudacacia; phallin from the toad-stool Amanita 
 phalloides, and the toxin causing hay-fever found in pollen grains. These 
 substances are very similar, resembling proteins in many respects, for 
 they can be salted out of solutions in definite portions of the precipitate, 
 are precipitated by alcohol and are slowly destroyed by proteolytic 
 enzymes. Recent work by Harris, Mendel and Osborne has shown 
 
20 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 that the toxic properties of ricin are associated inseparably with the co- 
 agulable albumin of the castor beans, and were able to isolate this toxal- 
 bumin in such purity that one one-thousandth of a milligram (o.oooooi 
 gram) was fatal per kilo of rabbit and solutions of o.ooi per cent would 
 agglutinate red corpuscles. The phytotoxins have been used extensively 
 in the investigation of immunity, since they obey the same laws as bac- 
 terial toxins. They seem to possess haptophore and toxophore groups 
 and immunity is readily obtained against them. The immunity is speci- 
 fic, ricin antitoxin, for example not protecting against abrin. 
 
 Their poisonous action is manifested in agglutination of the erythro- 
 cytes, local cellular destruction, and in hemolysis. Such toxalbumins 
 as crotin and phallin are actively hemolytic, that is the hemoglobin escapes 
 from the stroma of the blood corpuscles into the surrounding fluid. Ricin, 
 abrin and robin are more marked by their agglutinating action, hemolysis 
 being produced only by relatively large doses. They resemble the bac- 
 terial toxins, in that immunity can be secured against them, and the 
 immune serum will prevent their hemolytic action. The hemolytic, 
 or agglutinating, action of these toxalbumins, except phallin,- is not de- 
 stroyed by exposure to 65° to 7o°C. of heat, but ioo°C does destroy it. 
 The action of these substances is not like that of the enzymes in being 
 quantitative, a given amount acting on a given amount of corpuscles to 
 which it is bound. 
 
 Another quite distinct group of vegetable hemolyzing agents are the 
 saponin substances closely related to the glucosides and found as strong 
 protoplasmic as well as hemolytic poisons. They differ from the true 
 toxins in being resistant to heat, having no resemblance to proteins and 
 do not give rise to antibodies on immunization of animals. The degree of 
 their toxicity is not directly proportional to their hemolytic activity for 
 they seem to chiefly injure the nerve-cells. Apparently hemolysis is 
 brought about by action on the lipoids of the red corpuscles, for addition 
 of cholesterol to saponin prevents its hemolytic eflfect. Robert has 
 shown that all cause hemolysis, some in dilutions as great as i : 100,000. 
 The following are the most important members of this group: sapotoxin 
 obtained from Quillaja, cyclamin from Cyclamen, solanin from members of 
 the potato family, helvellic acid from fungus Helvella esculenta, phallin 
 from toadstool, Amanita phalloides. 
 
 Applicability of Ehrlich's Theories. — As the theory of Ehrlich is applic- 
 able in the study of the activity of such toxins and the immunization of 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 21 
 
 animals, a brief statement of Ehrlich's views is given here. Ehrlich 
 reasoned that if it is by the chemical side chains of the organic molecules 
 that change in the chemical composition of toxic bodies is brought about 
 then the living cell has side-arms or receptors of the cell molecule by which 
 the haptophore (binding portion of the toxin molecule) fits ''like a key 
 fits a lock." Each molecule of the animal cell has innumerable receptors 
 of which only a certain number are suitable for the anchoring of the toxin 
 molecule to the living cell. If only a few toxin molecules are united with 
 the cell receptors then the toxin is of low toxicity and the effects on the 
 cell will be slight, if more are anchored, the poisonous effects will be greater 
 or entirely destructive to the cell. Regeneration of the receptors takes 
 place, and if these are produced in such numbers by the activity of the 
 antigen, or poison, they are crowded off and find their way into the blood 
 serum, where they are capable of anchoring the toxin molecules as before 
 and thus become the antibodies, or antitoxins, which finally bring about a 
 neutralization of the toxin. The persistence of these antibodies (anti- 
 toxins) in the animal system produces immunization. We may summarize 
 Ehrlich's conception of the nature of toxins, as follows: Each molecule of 
 toxin consists of a great number of organic complexes grouped as in 
 organic compounds generally as side chains about a central radical, or 
 ring. One or more of these complexes has a chemical affinity for certain 
 chemical constituents of the tissues of animals susceptible to the toxin with 
 which the toxin molecule reunites. The toxin molecule must contain two 
 separate atom groups. One of these must possess the power of binding 
 and be stable. This is the haptophore, or anchoring group. The other 
 one by which the toxin' molecule exerts its deleterious action, must be 
 more easily changed or destroyed. This is the toxophore, or poison 
 group. An animal is susceptible to a toxin only when its cells contain 
 receptive substances which possess a chemical affinity for the haptophore 
 of the toxin molecule and also substances which can be influenced harm- 
 fully by the toxophore of the same molecule. The nature of the changes 
 brought about by the toxophore of the toxin molecule is not understood, 
 but there are many resemblances to the action of enyzmes or ferments, 
 but the analogy is not complete. We find the closest analogy to the enzy- 
 mes in the toxic substances that destroy the bacteria and the red-blood 
 corpuscles (b act erioly sins and hemolysins). 
 
 The immunity against enzymes and toxic bodies seems to have an 
 identical origin in the over production of the cellular receptors which bind 
 
22 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 the haptophore groups to the cells. These excessive receptors find their 
 way into the blood where they combine with the enzyme, or toxin, so 
 that it cannot enter into combination with the cells. To emphasize this 
 point, the receptors eliminated by toxin absorption are not, therefore, 
 simply reproduced in the same quantity in which they are lost, but 
 are reproduced in excess of the simple physiological needs of the cell. 
 Continuous and increasing dosage with the poison, consequently, soon 
 
 m 
 
 -TOXOPHORE 2 
 
 X 
 
 
 f 
 
 '" HAPTOPHORE ^ K 
 -RECEPTOR 2 a 
 
 UJ 
 
 q: 
 O 
 
 X 
 
 
 
 a. 
 o 
 
 X 
 
 o 
 
 Pig. 3. — Diagram showing body cell molecule, cell receptors with linkage for toxin 
 molecule with a binding group (haptophore) and a toxic group (toxophore). The 
 receptors produced in excess by the stimulation of the body cell become the antitoxin 
 molecules which are set free into the blood and then unite, as shown in the diagram, 
 with the toxin molecules by means of their haptophores. The free antitoxin molecules 
 thus unite with the poison molecules in the blood and thus protect the body cell«. 
 
 leads to such excessive production of the particular receptive atom-groups 
 that the cells involved in the process become overstocked and cast them 
 off to circulate freely in the blood. These freely circulating receptor atom 
 groups with specific affinity for the toxins used in their production repre- 
 sent the antitoxins. These, by uniting with the poison before it can 
 reach the sensitive cells, prevent its deleterious action (Fig. 3). The 
 theory of Ehrlich, in brief, then, depends upon the assumptions that toxin 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 23 
 
 and antitoxin enter into chemical union, that each toxin possesses a specific 
 atom group by means of which it is bound to a preexisting side chain of 
 the affected cell, and that these side chains, under the influence of repeated 
 toxin stimulation, are overproduced eventually and cast off by the cell 
 into the circulation where they act as the antitoxin. 
 
 The phytotoxins act directly with erythrocytes in a manner like saponin. 
 They do not require the presence of amboceptors and complements as in 
 serum hemolysis, but produce hemolysis directly. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Greene, Charles W. : Experimental Pharmacology. A Laboratory Guide. P. 
 
 Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, 1909. 
 HA.'iS, Paul and Hill, T. G. : An Introduction to the Chemistry of Plant Products. 
 
 Longmans, Green and Co., second edition, London and New York, 191 7. 
 Hiss, Philip H. and Zinsser, Hans: A Text-book of Bacteriology. D. Appleton and 
 
 Co., New York, 1918. 
 KoLMER, John A.: A Practical Text-book of Infection Immunity and Specific Therapy. 
 
 W. B. Saunders Co., Phila., 191 7. 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge: at the University 
 
 Press, 191 7. 
 Marshall, Charles E.: Microbiology. P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, 1911. 
 May, Percy: The Chemistry of Synthetic Drugs. Longmans, Green and Co., New 
 
 York, 191 1. 
 Pammel, L. H. : a Manual of Poisonous Plants. The Torch Press, Cedar Rapids, 
 
 Iowa, Part I, 1910. 
 Pembray, U. S. and Phillips, C. D. F.: The Physiological Action of Drugs. Edward 
 
 Arnold, London, 1901. 
 Stitt, E. R.: Practical Bacteriology, Blood Work and Animal Parasitology. P. 
 
 Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, 1914. 
 Wells, H. Gideon: Chemical Pathology (second edition). W. B. Saunders Co., 
 
 Philadelphia, 1914. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestion to Teachers. — A supply of small animals can be kept in cages in the 
 basement of the laboratory for the purpose of testing out the poisonous effect of various 
 suspicious poisonous plants. White mice, whjte rats, guinea pigs, frogs and the like 
 can be kept in captivity. Wild mice and rats caught alive in traps might also be 
 used and the common kinds of pigeons. 
 
 A supply of poisonous drugs (carefully safeguarded) should be kept and the various 
 reagents used in testing them also. The laboratory should be equipped with the 
 necessary glass ware, Bunsen burners and chemical apparatus for the use of the class. 
 
24 pastoral and agricultural botany 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Place a thin transverse section of the endosperm of Strychnos Nux-vomicd on a 
 slide and treat with a few drops of sulphuric acid, if strychnin is present there will 
 be a red coloration of the cell-contents. Place a small crystal of potassium chromate 
 beneath the cover-glass and a violet color will be produced. 
 
 2. Place a thin transverse section of the rhizome of the monk's hood, Aconitum 
 Napelhts, on a slide and treat with a few drops of 50 per cent, sulphuric acid. A carmine 
 red coloration will appear and this is a specific reaction of aconitin found in the paren- 
 chyma surrounding the vascular bundles. This reaction is more intense, if the sections 
 have been previously warmed in a sucrose solution. 
 
 3. The presence of cyanogenetic glucosides may be detected as follows: Crush the 
 part of the plant in water and set aside for some time, then filter and add to the 
 filtrate a little silver nitrate. If hydrocyanic acid is present a white precipitate is 
 formed. 
 
 4. Place thick sections of the plant tissue to be examined in a 5 per cent, alcoholic 
 solution of potash for about a minute then transfer to a solution containing 2.5 per 
 cent, ferrous sulphate and i per cent, ferric chloride and keep at about 6o°C. for ten 
 minutes. Then treat the section with dilute hydrochloric acid (one part strong acid 
 to six parts of water) for five to fifteen minutes, if hydrocyanic acid is present a blue 
 precipitate of Prussian blue appears. 
 
 5. Guignard's test may be used as an alternative with four. White filter-paper is 
 dipped in a I per cent, solution of picric acid and dried. When ready to be used moisten 
 the treated papers with a 10 per cent, solution of sodium carbonate and again dry. 
 These test papers should be kept in stoppered bottles. Exposed to the fumes of hydro- 
 cyanic acid the paper rapidly changes to an orange-red color as the test is a delicate 
 one. 
 
 Experimental Pharmacoiogy 
 
 Experiments on the Action of Veratrin (See Greene, Charles Wilson, Experimental 
 Pharmacology. A Laboratory Guide for the Study of the Physiological Action of 
 Drugs, third edition, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1909, page 50 and fig. on page 51. This 
 book may be taken as a guide in such experiments. As the time for this course is 
 limited such experimental work should be performed as a class demonstration by the 
 professor and his assistant, rather than as individual student exercises. The work 
 below should be performed as a sample. 
 
 1. Veratrin on the frog. The dose for a frog is about 0.5 c.c. of a 1 per cent, solution 
 of the fluid extract of Veralrum viride, or 0.3 c.c. of o.oi per cent, veratrin. Compare 
 with the effects of aconite and barium. See experiment 4. 
 
 2. Veratrin on the mammal. Give a cat or rabbit i c.c. of o.i per cent, veratrin 
 hypodermically, or i c.c. of i per cent, for a dog. Keep under observation for a con- 
 siderable time. 
 
 3. Veratrin on the heart strip. Subject the contracting strip of ventricle to 0.005 
 to 0.05 per cent, veratrin in saline. 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 
 
 25 
 
 4. Veratrin on the frog's heart. Pith a frog, expose the heart and take a tracing 
 ,vhen perfused with 0.005 per cent, veratrin in Ringer's solution (o.oi per cent, destroys 
 ;oordination). 
 
 5. Veratrin on the isolated mammalian heart. Prepare the apparatus for the 
 solated heart experiment, isolate a cat's heart and perfuse with 0.0002 per cent, veratrin 
 n Locke-blood solution. See Figs. 4, 5, 6. 
 
 6. Veratrin on the simple muscle contraction of the frog. Ligate one leg of a 
 frog and give a hypodermic of 0.05 c.c. of o.i per cent, veratrin. After 15 minutes 
 
 Fig. 4. — Apparatus as set up to demonstrate the contractions of the apex muscle 
 of terrapin's ventricle. The glass L-shaped holder should be set on the stand high 
 enough to allow of easy change of solution tubes. The figure shows the tube of physio- 
 logical saline and other details for the better illustration of the mounting of the heart 
 strip. (Greene). 
 
 prepare the veratrinized muscle and take simple muscle contractions to show the form 
 of the contraction wave, using a tuning fork to record the drum speed. Compare this 
 curve with that of the undrugged muscle. 
 
 The frog of experiment i may be used to show the veratrin effect on muscle work. 
 Stimulate once in three seconds in this experiment, since the relaxation may not be 
 complete in an interval of two seconds. 
 
 7. Veratrin on the circulation and respiratiomof a mammal. Take a record of the 
 blood-pressure from the carotid of an anesthetized dog. Tracheotomize and take 
 respiratory tracings. Give i c.c. of i per cent, veratrin in the abdominal cavit3\ 
 When marked cardiac slowing appears cut the vagi and note the effects on the heart. 
 
26 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Fig. 5. — The terrapin's heart, ventral view, showing how to cut an apex strip for 
 experimental purposes and how to split this apex into smaller pieces. (Greene.) 
 
 Fig. 6. — Experiment showing the action of digitalis on the rhythm and tone of a 
 strip of terrapin's ventricle. The strip was contracting in physiological saline. Be- 
 tween the words "on" and "off" it was subjected to 0.06 per cent, of digitalis in saline. 
 (Greene.) 
 
POISONING BY PLANTS. GENERAL PRINCIPLES 27 
 
 8. See KoLMER, John A. : A Practical Text-book of Infection, Immunity and Specific 
 Therapy. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders Company (second edition), 191 7, page 898, 
 for the following experiment with phyto toxins: Prepare a i per cent, suspension of 
 washed rabbit and guinea-pig corpuscles. Into a series of six small test-tubes place 
 increasing doses of ricin or abrin solution as follows: o.i, 0.2, 0.3, 0.4, 0.5, and 0.8 c.c. 
 Add I c.c. of rabbit-cell emulsion to each and sufficient normal salt solution to make 
 the total volume in each tube equal to 2 c.c. A seventh tube is the corpuscle control 
 and contains i c.c. of the erythrocyte suspension and i c.c. of salt solution. Prepare 
 a similar series of tubes with the guinea-pig erythrocyte suspension. Shake the tubes 
 gently and incubate for two hours. 
 
 Queries. — Do any of the tubes show hemolysis or hemagglutination? Is the action 
 the same with both bloods? Does the plant toxin show a selective affinity? 
 
CHAPTER 3 
 POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 
 
 This chapter will deal with the poisonous character of the lower plants, 
 those which form spores instead of true seeds. The bacteria, such as 
 the organisms which produce anthrax and glanders, are not included, 
 because the study of their pathogenicity is elaborated in various works 
 on bacteriology and they are considered as a special phase of medical 
 research requiring an elaborate technique. There are a number of fungi, 
 such as corn smut, Ustilago Zece, reputed to be poisonous to stock, but such 
 belief needs confirmation. The following fungi have been studied thor- 
 oughly and there can be no doubt as to their poisonous action. 
 
 Ergot (Claviceps purpurea). — The ergot fungus is found on rye both in 
 America and Europe, where during wet, warm weather it may be extremely 
 prevalent. It gains entrance to the host at the base of the young ovary 
 penetrating the ovary wall and gradually replacing the tissues of the rye 
 ovary. This is accompanied by an enlargement of the ovary, which at 
 its upper end presents a somewhat spongy character. This is due to the 
 outgrowth of the mycelium in the form of twisted strands, the marginal 
 hyphae of which acting as conidiophores abstrict off conidiospores. This 
 early stage was known as the Sphacelia stage. Later, as the time for the 
 maturing of the healthy grains arrives the diseased ovaries will be found 
 to be replaced by bluish-black , horn-like bodies which project conspicuously 
 from between the glumes of the rye spikelet. The rye ovary is replaced 
 by a hard body with blackish surface and white interior known as the 
 sclerotium. The ergot spurs, or sclerotia, perennate as such until the 
 following spring, when they send up one or several outgrowths, or stroma, 
 with a knob-like end of a yellowislybrown color. In the hyphal tissue, 
 which comprises the knob-like portion of the stroma, flask-shaped peri- 
 thecia are formed with short necks and slightly protruding ostioles. The 
 asci contained in these perithecia are elongated and contain eight needle- 
 shaped ascospores, which measure 60 to 70/i in length, and issue from the 
 tip of the ascus by a small opening. These ascospores bud off condio- 
 
 28 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE -BEARING PLANTS 
 
 29 
 
 spores, which are capable of infecting the ovaries of rye plants, which 
 have started their growth toward maturity the following season. 
 
 Chemical Nature of Ergot. — The ergot spurs are used medicinally 
 under police regulations, for they are dangerous and poisonous. Ergot 
 contains 0.20 to 0.25 per cent, of ergotinin, as an amorphous compound, 
 and the physiologically active alkaloid ergotoxin or hydroergotinin 
 (C35H41O6N5). When taken in sufficient amounts ergot causes serious 
 
 Pig. 7. — Calf No. 2 after being fed diseased "paspalum" hcaii m. -lays. Note 
 stiff appearance with legs rather wide apart to assist in standing. {After Brown, H. B. 
 and Ranck, E. M.: Forage poisoning due to Claviceps Paspali on Paspalum. Technical 
 Bulletin No. 6, Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station, 1915, p. 21.) 
 
 poisoning of the domestic animals and man. Extensive outbreaks of 
 ergotism have occurred in the United States. In the Baltic provinces of 
 Germany and Russia, the peasants frequently eat bread made out of 
 flour in which ergot spurs have been ground. They suffer from gangrenous 
 affections of the extremities with a loss of the hair, teeth and finger nails. 
 A nervous form of ergotism has also been prevalent. Cattle eating ergoted 
 grain show similar gangrenous and nervous symptoms, the loss of hoofs, 
 tails and horns. Ergot can be controlled to some extent by the selection 
 
30 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 of the grain seed and the removal of all ergoted masses, when detected 
 in the fields. 
 
 A closely related species, Claviceps microcephala, was submitted to 
 the writer by the late Dr. Leonard Pearson on red-top hay in 1902, which 
 had been responsible for gangrenous affection of a herd of cattle at Scran- 
 ton, Pennsylvania. Claviceps paspali, found on grains of Paspalum in 
 
 Fig. 8. — Calf No. 2. This pieiure shows animal in stage of excitement during 
 which it cannot remain on its feet. Note peculiar expression of eyes, also the chin 
 resting on the ground to help maintain position. All that was necessary to cause the 
 animal to assume this position was to clap the hands and jump toward it. The nervous 
 paroxysm would immediately come on and last one or two minutes. (After Brown, 
 H. B. and Ranck, E. M.: Forage poisoning due to Claviceps Paspali on Paspalum. 
 Technical Bulletin No. 6, Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station. 1915, p. 22.) 
 
 Maryland on P. lave, according to J. B. S. Norton, is responsible for the 
 poisoning of cattle in Maryland and Mississippi (Figs. 7, 8, 9, 10). 
 
 Symptoms. — The detailed symptoms, as gathered from various sources, 
 are the following: Symptoms referable to the digestive tract such as 
 nausea vomiting, colic, diarrhcea or constipation occur in both the nervous 
 (spasmodic) and gangrenous forms of ergotism. Pregnant animals very 
 frequently abort. In the spasmodic form of the disease, there is an over 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 
 
 31 
 
 stimulation of the central nervous system. There is a tonic contraction 
 of the flexor tendons of the limbs, anaesthesia of the extremities, muscular 
 trembling, general tetanic spasms, convulsions and delirium. Death 
 usually occurs from secondary causes. 
 
 The gangrenous type of the disease is marked by coldness and anae^ 
 thesia of the extremities succeeded by dry gangrene of these parts with 
 loss of the feet, tips of the ears, dropping of the tail, shedding of the hair 
 
 Pig. 9. — Calf No. 2. Note that the entire lower jaw, neck, and breast are used 
 by the animal in maintaining this peculiar position. Note also that the eye is partially 
 closed and drawn; this is very different from the first symptoms noticed. (After Brown, 
 H. B. and Ranck, E. M.: Forage poisoning due to Claviceps Paspali on Paspalum. 
 Technical Bulletin No. 6, Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station, 1915, p. 24.) 
 
 and teeth, etc. Exhaustion is the cause of death in this form of ergotism. 
 Acute poisoning is characterized by profuse salivation, dilatation of the 
 pupils of the eyes, rapid breathing and frequent pulse with vomiting (in 
 dogs). The animal cries out, has twitchings of the convulsive sort, 
 staggering gait, paraplegia, intense thirst and coma, followed by death. 
 
 Golden-rod Rust {Coleosporium soHdaginis). — This fungus is found as 
 a rusty outbreak on the leaves of various Compositae, such as Solidago 
 
32 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 canadensis, S. rigida, S. serotina and as Vernonia noveboracensis, the iron- 
 weed. Horses have been poisoned in New Jersey and in Wisconsin by 
 eating golden-rod and the trouble has been attributed to the presence of 
 this rust fungus in growth on the plant. The disease has baffled veteri- 
 narians, but the fact that horses have remained healthy when feeding 
 in pastures without golden-rod, or when they are driven from pasture 
 before the golden-rod appears seems significant. The attention of the 
 
 Fig. 10. — Calf No. 2 prostrate. Note drawn expression of eyes and slight drawing 
 back of head (aposthotonus). In this condition the animal breathes rapidly, shows 
 consciousness, and responds to noise by twitching. (After Brown, H. B. and Ranck, E. 
 M.: Forage poisoning due to Claviceps Paspali on Paspalum. Technical Bulletin No. 6, 
 Mississippi Agricultural Experiment Station. 1915, p. 25.) 
 
 writer was first called to this fungus in material received from Newfield, 
 N. J., on Sept. 22, 1900. 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms are general dullness, ears drooped, tem- 
 perature elevated ranging from 103° to io7°F. during the entire course 
 or the disease. The visible mucous membranes are pallid and spots are 
 seen. The legs of the animal become swollen and oedematous enlarge- 
 ments appear under the abdomen. The spleen is enlarged, weighing from 
 xis to ten pounds. Blood disintegrated. The appetite is fairly good, but 
 emaciation begins as the disease advances. There is loss of coordination 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 
 
 33 
 
 and death takes place in from two weeks to two months from the onset 
 of the disease. 
 
 Description of Fungus. — The fungus is characterized, as follows: 
 The uredosori are rounded, soon become powdery and scattered. The 
 uredospores are orange colored produced in short chains. They are 
 spherical, oblong or subcylindrical and spiny, 20-35 X 15-20/x. The 
 
 Fig. II. — Amanita muscaria. {After Patterson, Flora W. and Charles, Vera K.: 
 Mushrooms and other common fungi. Bull. 175, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1915. FJg. 3.) 
 
 teliosori (teleutosori) are at first orange, later becoming red. They are 
 flat, often confluent and form frequently waxy crusts. The teliospores 
 (teleutospores) are cylindrical or somewhat clavate, generally four-celled, 
 60-70 X 15-25)"- 
 
 Fly Agaric, Fly Poison (Amanita muscaria = Venenarius muscarius) . 
 This is a fleshy toadstool widely distributed in woods, the borders of 
 woods and thickets in temperate regions, being especially abundant under 
 and near pine trees. It is a striking plant and because of its showy char- 
 acter and beauty additionally dangerous. Ite colors are paler in this 
 country than in Europe. The cap, or pileus, is convex-globose, flattening 
 out as it expands and from eight to twenty centimeters broad with a 
 3 
 
34 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 slightly viscid surface when fresh and slightly striate margin. The color 
 varies from red, or orange, to yellow and sprinkled with numerous whitish- 
 yellow flakes. The gills, or lamellae, are white, rather broad, reaching the 
 stalk or stipe and slightly decurrent upon it. The spores are white, sub- 
 globose to ellipsoid 9-10 X 7-8/i. The stipe is stuffed, or hollow 
 usually rough with scales and in color white, or pale yellow. The base 
 of the stipe is bulbous and the white, or yellowish volva breaks up early 
 so that it is rarely seen. The superior annulus is large, membranous, 
 white and persistent (Fig. 11). 
 
 Chemical Nature of Poison.^ — The fly agaric was so called because 
 decoctions of it were used for killing flies. The active poisonous principle 
 of chief interest in this fungus is an alkaloid muscarin, although Kobert 
 finds two other alkaloids cholin and a third fungous atropin. Muscarin 
 (HON (CH3)3CH2CH(OH)2) is a substance with tobacco-like odor and an 
 extremely violent poison, .003 to .005 of a gram (.06 grain) being a very 
 dangerous dose for a man. The amount of this poison varies with soil 
 and climate. Cholin when oxidized is converted into muscarin, and if 
 it is subject to bacterial decomposition, it is changed to neurin an ex- 
 tremely poisonous base. Hence old, partially decomposed specimens of 
 fly agaric are more actively poisonous than fresh ones. 
 
 Symptoms. — V. K. Chestnut sums up the symptoms, as follows: 
 "Vomiting and diarrhoea always occur, with a pronounced flow of saliva, 
 suppression of the urine, and various cerebral phenomena beginning with 
 giddiness, loss of confidence in one's ability to make ordinary movements, 
 and derangements of vision. This is succeeded by stupor, cold sweats, and 
 a very marked weakening of the heart's action. In cases of rapid recovery, 
 the stupor is short and usually marked with mild delirium. In fatal cases, 
 the stupor continues from one to two or three days, and death at last 
 ensues from the gradual weakening and final stoppage of the heart's ac- 
 tion." 
 
 Treatment. — The preliminary treatment should be the administration 
 of an emetic, such, as sulphate of zinc, or tepid mustard water, and after- 
 wards the use of a strong purgative, so as to remove all traces of the 
 offending substance. The hypodermic injection of atropin (^{00 to 
 ^^0 of 3- grain) should then be made, as it is an almost perfect physiological 
 antidote for muscarin (Fig. 12). Many lives have been saved by the use 
 of atropin. 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 
 
 00 
 
 i^*uvu\njvuvv\jv\njiAnAfu\AJxnnnAAnru\ruirij\nAri/u\AAJi^^ 
 
 - ^v 
 
 /uiruu"uviivuuu\jiA/inj\i\/^nfuariAn/inn/\nruTJuvv^ 
 
 Death Cup (Amanita phalloides, Venenarius phalloides). — This hand- 
 some, solitary toadstool is found in woods, or along the borders of woods, 
 very rarely indeed in open places. The cap, or pileus, is convex companu- 
 late and later expanded from three 
 to fifteen centimeters broad. The 
 upper surface smooth, slightly 
 viscid when moist and decorated 
 with fragments of the universal 
 veil. Its color is pure white to 
 yellow, yellowish-green, green, gray, 
 brown or blackish with a usually 
 entire margin, rarely striate. The 
 taste is not objectionable but the 
 odor is disagreeable. The lamellae 
 are broad and white, rounded at the 
 base, free or adnexed to the stipe. 
 The spores are globose, hyaline 
 7-10,1',. The floccose-scaly stipe is 
 bulbous at the base and stuffed, or 
 hollow. The superior annulus is 
 thin, membranous and ample. The 
 basal volva is white attached to 
 the base of the large, rounded bulb 
 
 (Fig- 13)- 
 
 Poisonous Substances.— ^ma- 
 
 nita phalloides owes its toxic prop- 
 erties to at least two poisonous 
 constituents. One is a powerfully 
 hemolytic agent which is destroyed 
 by heating thirty minutes at 65°, 
 acting directly upon the red blood 
 corpuscles, even, if removed from 
 
 "™'~»™'™*™■>™^™»'«nnJUuvnnrumTmn^uv^nrmJu^^v™u^nn^^ 
 
 Fig. 12. — Contraction of a frog's heart: 
 A, normal; B, three minutes after the 
 application of one drop of a lo per cent, 
 solution of muscarin; C, at the point in- 
 dicated by the star two drops of a lo per 
 cent, solution of muscarin were applied. 
 Two minutes after the end of this curve 
 the heart commenced to contract again 
 with a slow and feeble beat. D, three 
 minutes after the application of a weak 
 solution of atropin sulphate in normal 
 tap-water saline. It will be seen that 
 the rhythmic contractions are restored 
 and the contraction and relaxation be- 
 come so complete that the excursion of 
 the lever is greater than in Curve A , but 
 the frequency is less. The time is 
 marked in seconds. (Adapted from 
 Pembrey, M. S. and Phillips. C. D. F. 
 The Physiological Actiort of Drugs, 1907, 
 Figs. 52 and 53, pp. 76-77-) 
 
 the serum. Ford and his asso 
 ciates have shown that this hemolysin is a glucoside, and this 
 belongs to the saponin group, yielding on hydrolysis pentose and vola- 
 tile bases, and yet capable of acting as an antigen, since actively 
 antihemolytic sera can be produced by immunizing animals such as rab- 
 bits. Such rabbits can be immunized to extracts of Amanita phalloides 
 
36 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 and the serum of such rabbits will neutralize five to eight times the lethal 
 dose for guinea-pigs, and is anti-hemolytic for the hemolysin of Amanita, 
 when diluted to i-iooo. As he and Abel had found this hemolytic poison 
 
 of Amanita phaUoides to be a glu- 
 coside, this observation is to be 
 interpreted as a successful pro- 
 duction of an antibody for a 
 non-protein poison, a glucoside. 
 This substance corresponds to 
 the phallin of Kobert, which is 
 usually given as the active 
 principle of this deadly toad- 
 stool. Wells suggests that prob- 
 ably this hemolytic poison is 
 not the important agent in 
 poisoning hy Amanita phaUoides, 
 as it is easily destroyed by heat 
 and the digestive fluids. The 
 thermostable poison, amanita- 
 toxin, gives no reactions for 
 either glucosides, or proteins and 
 jdoes not confer any antitoxic 
 property to the blood of im- 
 munized animals, Amanita- 
 toxin kills acutely, the animals 
 dying in 24-48 hours, and show- 
 ing no changes beyond a fatty 
 degeneration of the internal or- 
 gans. The hemolysin kills 
 slowly in three to ten days, 
 causing local edema and hemo- 
 globinuria. 
 
 Fig. 13. — Amanita phaUoides. {After 
 Patterson, Flora W. and Charles, Vera K.: 
 Mushrooms and other Common Fungi, 
 Bull. 75, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1915, Fig. 2.) 
 
 Symptoms. — V. K. Chestnut gives a synopsis of the symptoms of 
 poisoning by Amanita phaUoides. ''The fundamental injury is not due, 
 as in the case of muscarin, to a paralysis of the nerves controlling the 
 action of the heart, but to a direct effect on the blood corpuscles (see above) 
 These are quickly dissolved by phallin, the blood serum escaping from the 
 blood vessels into the alimentary canal, and the whole system being 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 37 
 
 rapidly drained of its vitality. No bad taste warns the victim, nor do 
 the preliminary symptoms begin until nine to fourteen hours after the 
 poisonous mushrooms are eaten. There is then considerable abdominal 
 pain and there may be cramps in the legs and other nervous phenomena, 
 such as convulsions, and even lockjaw or other kinds of tetanic spasms. 
 The pulse is weak, the abdominal pain is rapidly followed by nausea, 
 vomiting, and extreme diarrhoea, the intestinal discharges assuming the 
 "rice-water" condition characteristic of cholera. The latter symptoms 
 are persistently maintained, generally without loss of consciousness, until 
 death ensues, which happens in from two to four days." There is no 
 known antidote by which the effects of phallin can be counteracted, but 
 the experiments immunizing rabbits against this poison suggest profitable 
 lines of experimentation in which man may be ultimately immunized. 
 
 Helvellic Acid. — Helvellic acid from Helvetia esculenta has the empiric 
 formula Ci2H2o07. It is a deadly poison soluble in hot water, so that if 
 the fungus is boiled in water and the water thrown away, the toadstool 
 becomes harmless. Helvellic acid, if intravenously injected, produces 
 hemoglobinuria and icterus with hemoglobuHn infarcts in the kidneys. 
 The symptoms of poisonous by this substance resemble in a marked 
 degree those of the deadly phallin, the dissolution of the red corpuscles 
 of the blood being one of the most marked and most dangerous. This is 
 accompanied by nausea, vomiting, jaundice and stoppage of the kidneys. 
 No antidote is known for helvelHc acid. 
 
 General Considerations. — Mushrooms may be injurious to man even 
 if poisonous varieties are not eaten by habits of gluttony and gorman- 
 dizing, where large quantities of food are ingested. There is the greatest 
 difference with regard to the digestibility of such fleshy fungi. Some can 
 digest them readily, others find considerable difficulty. When not pro- 
 perly digested by ferment action deleterious products may be formed in 
 the gastro-intestinal tract. Spoiled fleshy fungi may through the action 
 of bacteria develop a ptomaine called cholin C2H4OHN — (CH3)30H, 
 which becomes an active poison when oxidized. 
 
 Groups of Poisonous Fungi (Roch's Classification. — As this chapter 
 has dealt with the fleshy fungi and as questions of poisoning by them is of 
 general interest, the classification of the Dr. Roch from the clinical stand- 
 point, as given in a paper by Beaman Douglass summarizing his work, will 
 be found useful in elucidating the matter. Dr. Roch has made six groups. 
 \k Group I. — Fungus exciting Action of Muscle Fiber. — Ergot of rye, 
 Claviceps purpurea, which causes strong contraction of the 'muscles 
 
38 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 especially of the uterus and the blood vessels, belongs to this group. 
 
 Group 2. — Fungi containing a Hemolytic Substance. Gyromitra escu- 
 lenta, which has caused ten deaths in Europe within ten years, and 
 Amanita phalloides possess hemolytic powers. 
 
 Group 3. — Fungi producing Gastro-enteritis. This class includes such 
 forms as Panus stipticus, Boletus sensibilis, Cantharellus aurantiacus, 
 Lepiota Morgani, Russula emetica, Laclarius torminosus, Stropharia, 
 Amanita muscaria and all peppery tasting Russulae and Lactarii. The 
 usefulness of these forms is doubtful, but if boiled in acidulated water 
 (i cup vinegar to a pint of water) for ten minutes, washed afterwards and 
 all liquids thrown away, this class may be cooked and eaten with safety. 
 
 Group 4. — Fungi affecting chiefly the Nervous System and the Gastro- 
 intestinal System. This group includes Boletus luridus, Amanita cothur- 
 nata, A. muscaria, A. pantherina, Clitocybe illudens, Inocybe infida and 
 perhaps Pholiota autumnalis. These poisons affect the brain and spinal 
 cord. Roch states that Amanita muscaria does not deserve its bad re- 
 putation and states emphatically that it does not kill. He recalls the 
 fact that in Rlissia it is eaten freely, if the cap is peeled and the fungus 
 soaked in acidulated water. In Siberia also the natives use the poison 
 of this plant in religious ceremonies to produce cerebral intoxication, 
 excitement and ectasy. He points to the fact that the poison is eliminated 
 from the body by the kidneys with great rapidity and that in order to 
 continue this cerebral debauch the dose is frequently repeated by drinking 
 the excretion. The lesser symptoms are like a real alcoholic, or cocaine, 
 intoxication; excited heart action, dizziness, laughing and crying, a desire 
 to jump and dance, to run and sing. The devotees of muscarin are 
 perfectly happy, they are in high spirits, experience religious ectasy and 
 this is all increased by ocular hallucination, in which distances are greatly 
 increased, and size is distorted. They also have delightful visions of 
 singing birds, palaces and beautiful landscapes. Roch states, however, 
 that to meet death in this class the sufiferer must have eaten Amanita 
 pantherina. He states that poisoning by Amanita muscaria results in 100 
 per cent, recovery. These statements are in direct contradiction of those 
 usually accepted (see ante) and should be carefully reinvestigated. 
 
 Group 5. — Stimulating only the Nervous System. Panceolus cam- 
 panulatus, P. venenosus, P. retirugis and P. semiglobatus are included here. 
 
 Group 6. — Fungi causing Cell Destruction after a Prolonged Incubation. 
 The fungi of this group cause a destruction of certain cells of the body 
 after a prolonged period of unmanifested activity and are therefore 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 
 
 39 
 
 extremely dangerous and usually fatal. There are only eight species 
 belonging to this terrible class, viz.; Amanita phalloides, A. solitaria, 
 A. virosa, A. vena, A. citrina, A. mappa and Amanitopsis volvata. 
 Two poisons are found in fungi of this class: phallin and amanitatoxin 
 which have been discussed as to their activity on a previous page. 
 
 Horse-tail {Equisetum arvense). — This fern plant has underground 
 rhizomes divided into nodes and in- 
 ternodes. Short secondary roots arise 
 from the subterranean nodes which are 
 surrounded by brown, whorled scale 
 leaves. The first shoot to appear early 
 in the spring is chlorophylless with in- 
 ternodes and nodes. A whorl of brown 
 scale leaves arise from the nodes. The 
 summit of this shoot terminates in a 
 sporangiferous cone consisting of sporo- 
 phylls bearing bag-like sporangia filled 
 with green spores covered by four hygro- 
 scopic elaters. Later a green, branching 
 shoot arising from the rhizome and 
 persists through the season (Fig. 14). 
 
 Cases. — The investigations of Rich and 
 Jones show that the horse-tail causes 
 much and frequently fatal poisoning of 
 
 , -IT . T^ • . 1 Fig. 14. — Horsetail {Equisetum 
 
 horses m Vermont. Durmg the summers «^,,„,,). The pale fruiting stalks at 
 
 of 19OI and 1902 Rich in his professional the left come up in spring, the much- 
 , L .--ni- i- i-ji iii. branched stalk at the right is the 
 
 work about Burlmgton had twenty- three g^^^^ summer form which occurs in 
 
 cases of horses poisoned by this plant the hay; in the center are the under- 
 j 1 • 1 1 J r i. ground stems and tubers. {After 
 
 and his records showed forty-one cases }^^^^^ ^ ^ . y,,^^„i Grasses and 
 which he had attended within five years. Clovers. Bulletin 94, Vermont Agric- 
 T T^ r, X c • 1. • ultural Experiment Station, May, 
 
 In Lurope a number 01 cases of equisetosis ^ n 
 have been reported. 
 
 Sjnnptoms. — The first evidence of trouble is more or less an emaciated 
 conditions. The animal in two to five weeks loses control of its muscles, 
 sways and staggers about. Later it has paralysis of the hind legs and as 
 a result it falls down. Attempting to rise the horse becoming nervous 
 struggles violently to arise. Finally there is general paralysis, uncon- 
 sciousness and coma. The lungs and kidneys become congested, the pulse 
 
40 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 slow and toward the end rapid and weak. There is sugar in the urine. 
 Death may come suddenly or be postponed in chronic cases for several 
 weeks. 
 
 Poisonous Principle. — According to Lohmann there is probably 
 an alkaloidal nerve poison in species of Equisetum called by him equisetin. 
 
 Treatment.— Stop the feed containing horse-tail, follow with a purga- 
 tive pill of one ounce of Barbadoes aloes, one or two drachms of ginger, and 
 sufficient soft soap to make a ball. This is put down the throat of the 
 horse at one dose following with bran mashes night and morning until 
 the digestive tract is cleared. Nux vomica is later administered to 
 overcome the muscular incoordination. 
 > 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Atkinson, George Francis: Mushrooms Edible, Poisonous, etc. Andrus & Church, 
 
 Ithaca, N. Y., 1900, pages 52-76; 242-252. 
 Brown, H. B. and Ranck, E. M.: Forage Poisoning Due to Claviceps Paspalin Pas- 
 
 palum. Technical Bull. 6, Mississippi Agricultural E.xperiment Station, Feb., 
 
 1915- 
 Douglass, Beaman: Mushroom Poisoning. Torreya, 17: 171-175, October, 1917; 
 
 207-221, December, 1917. 
 Ford, W. W.: The Toxins and Antitoxins of Poisonous Mushrooms, Amanita phalloides. 
 
 Journ. Inf. Dis., 3: 191; The Distribution of Poisons in Mushrooms. Science, 
 
 30: 97-108. 
 Haas, Paul and Hill, T. G.: An Introduction to the Chemistry of Plant Products. 
 
 Longmans, Green and Co., New York and London, 191 7. 
 Harshberger, John W.: Ergotism Account of an Outbreak at Scranton, Pa., due to 
 
 Eating Red Top, Agroslis vitlgaris with Claviceps microcephala (Walh.) Tul., Rept. 
 
 Pa. Dept. Agr., 1902: 160; A Text-book of Mycology and Plant Pathology. P. 
 
 Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, 1917. 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 
 Press, 191 7. 
 McIlvaine, Charles: One Thousand American Fungi. The Bo wen-Merrill Company, 
 
 Indianapolis, Ind., 1900. 
 Murrill, William Alphonso: Edible and Poisonous Mushrooms. New York, 1916. 
 Pammel, L. H.: a Manual of Poisonous Plants. The Torch Press, Cedar Rapids, 
 
 Iowa, Part I, 1910; Part II, 1911. 
 Rich, F. A. and Jones, L. R.: A Poisonous Plant the Common Horsetail {Equisetum 
 
 arvense). Bulletin 95, Vermont Agricultural Experiment Station, June, 1902. 
 Scott, J. L.: Golden-rod Killing Horses. Garden and Forest, viii: 477-478, November 
 
 17, 1895. 
 Wells, H. Gideon :''Chemical Pathology. W. B. Saunders Company, Philadelphia 
 
 and London (second edition), 1914. 
 
POISONOUS FUNGI AND OTHER SPORE-BEARING PLANTS 4I 
 
 Wilson, A. Stephen: Observations and Experiments on Ergot. Gardeners' Chronicle 
 new ser., iv: 774, Dec. 18, 1875; 807, Dec. 25, 1875. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — A supply of ergot spurs should be kept in dried state 
 for the examination of the class. Ergoted rye heads should be kept in sufficient quan- 
 tities for class use. The teacher should gather as many specimens of Amanita muscaria 
 and A. phaUoidcs as possible and preserve these in alcohol for class use. For the 
 chemical tests, the teacher should have pure cholin, phallin and muscarin. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Draw and examine closely the ergoted heads of rye noting the relationship of 
 fungous sclerotia and rye host. 
 
 2. Study cross section of the ergot sclerotia stained with Bismarck Brown and 
 mounted in balsam. 
 
 3. Draw and study fresh (if obtainable) or alcoholic specimens of fly agaric {Amanita 
 muscaria) and death cup {Amanita phalloides) . 
 
 4. Mount spores from these two fungi for microscopic comparison. 
 
 5. If time permit paraffin sections of the cap and gills of one or both fleshy toadstools 
 can be given to the class for study. 
 
 6. Test for cholin (after Haas and Hill). 
 
 A. Boil a strong aqueous solution; decomposition ensues and trimethylamine is 
 given off, which may be recognized by its fish-like smell. 
 
 B. Add platinic phloride to the aqueous solution; a double platinum salt is formed 
 which crystallizes on standing. The crystals are soluble in 15 per cent, alcohol. Should 
 the crystals not appear, proceed as follows: Dissolve cholin in alcohol and add alcoholic 
 solution of platinic chloride. Fflter off the yellow precipitate, wash with alcohol and 
 dissolve in as little water as possible. Place the solution in a watch glass and stand in a 
 desiccator. Hexagonal plates will be deposited. 
 
 7. In order to detect very small quantities, Rosenheim recommends the following 
 method (Journ. Physiol., 2>y- 220, 1905). Prepare the double platinum salt, place a 
 drop or two on a glass slip, and allow to evaporate. Add a drop of solution containing 
 2 grams of iodine and 6 grams of potassium iodide in 100 c.c. of water and examine 
 under the microscope. Dark brown prisms or plates will appear and then disappear 
 as evaporation takes place. They will reappear on adding another drop of iodine 
 solution. 
 
 Experimental Pharmacology 
 
 (See Greene, Charles W., p. 55) 
 
 1. Ergot on the frog. Give 0.5 c.c. of the fluid extract of ergot. 
 
 2. Ergot on the heart muscle. Change a contracting heart strip from saline to a 
 10 per cent, solution of Squibb's fluid extract of ergot in saline solution. Allow it 
 to act for five minutes. Take a continuous record. 
 
CHAPTER 4 
 
 GYMNOSPERMOUS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 The plants treated of in this chapter are members of the division of 
 seed plants, Spermaphyta, but their seeds are naked at maturity not 
 inclosed in some seed vessel, or fruit. They are mostly resinous shrubs 
 and trees with evergreen leaves (the deciduous cypress and larch being 
 exceptions). They are included with Class Gymnosperm^, which com- 
 prises the sago palm (Cycas), ginkgo, yews, pines, junipers, etc. within its 
 confines. 
 
 Yew {Taxus canadensis) . — This low spreading shrub is found in woods 
 from Newfoundland to New Jersey, southeastern Pennsylvania on north- 
 facing slopes and Virginia west to Wisconsin, Iowa and Minnesota. It 
 contains the bitter-tasting alkaloid, taxin (C37H52NO10) which acts as a 
 heart depressant. The plant on account of its reputed poisonous character 
 is called poison hemlock in some places. The bark leaves and seeds are all 
 poisonous. The reddish, sweetish aril surrounding the seeds is not poi- 
 sonous and is eaten freely by fruit-loving birds. 
 
 Cases and Sjmiptoms. — Many cases of poisoning and of death of ani- 
 mals from eating the fresh foliage have been recorded in the veterinary 
 journals, and yet there are contradictory statements as to the results of 
 eating the foliage of this spreading bush. The symptoms of poisoning are: 
 Death may be sudden, resembling apoplexy. It may be preceded by stag- 
 gering and convulsions and in cases of long standing there is gastro-enteri- 
 tis. "There is a pronounced slackening of respiration and circulation, the 
 pulse being small, slow. Sensibility is diminished. There is a fall of 
 temperature, the skin and extremities being cold. The head is lowered, 
 the eyes are closed and there is decubitus. In some cases pregnant ani- 
 mals have aborted. In the horse, there are muscular tremors and fre- 
 quent urination. In cattle and sheep rumination is suspended and there 
 is more or less pronounced tympanites, with eructation, nausea and some- 
 times vomiting. Pigs bury the head in the litter and sleep, their sleep 
 being interrupted from time to time by nausea and groaning; or the ani- 
 mals rise, stagger about, and lie down again. With fatal quantities the 
 
 42 
 
GYMNOSPERMOUS POISONOUS PLANTS 43 
 
 foregoing symptoms may be followed by coma with death in two hours 
 or more after the poisoning, but more generally and usually in horses, 
 asses and mules (but also in cattle) there is no period of coma, the excite- 
 ment is less pronounced and often unobserved, and death appears very 
 sudden. The animals stop, shake their heads, respiration is modified, 
 there is falling, and death (sometimes with convulsions) results from 
 cessation of the heart's action" (Cornevin). 
 
 The western yew {Taxus brevifolia) is also said to be poisonous, as also 
 the English yew (Taxus haccata) with much circumstantial evidence 
 against it. 
 
 Common Jimiper (Juniperus communis). — This plant is poisonous 
 and yields a poisonous oil obtained from its berries. Rusby refers to the 
 poisonous nature of the plant and Schaffner records that goats are poisoned 
 by eating its foliage. It grows on limestone and sandstone in the north- 
 ern United States and Rocky mountains. 
 
 Red Cedar (Juniperus virginianus). — This is a tree of wide distribution 
 frorn New Brunswick to British Columbia, south to Florida, Texas, New- 
 Mexico and Arizona. Dr. Halsted has reported that goats have been 
 poisoned by browsing upon it. 
 
 Redwood (Sequoia sempervirens). — Redwood leaves are said to be 
 poisonous. The tree is confined principally to the coastal region of 
 California. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Garratt, Thomas and Radclyffe, W. F.: The Yew Poisonous to Cattle. Gardeners' 
 
 Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 1872, 715 (May 25). 
 J. G. J. S.: Yew Poisoning. Gardeners' Chronicle and Agricultural Gazette, 1872, 
 
 509 (April 13) 
 Long, Harold C. : Plant Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University Press, 
 
 1917, 72-76. 
 Pammel, L. H.: a Manual of Poisonous Plants. Part I, 1910, 101-102; Part II, 1911, 
 
 325-332- 
 SoHN, Charles E.: Dictionary of the Active Principles of Plants; Alkaloids; Bitter 
 
 Principles; Glucosides. Balliere, Tindall and Cox, London, 1894. « 
 
 Watney Helen G. Yew Poisoning. The Garden, vii, 311, Apr. 10, 1875. 
 WiTTSTEiN, G. C. and von Mueller, Baron Ferd; The Organic Constituents of 
 
 Plants and Vegetable Substances and Their Chemical Analysis. M'Carron, Bird 
 
 & Co., Melbourne, 1878. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 I. Study and draw dried specimens of eastern American yew (Taxus canadensis) 
 or western yew.(r. brevifolia) or the redwood (Sequoia sempervirens). 
 
44 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 2. Study and draw the aril and sectioned seeds of the yew shrub previously 
 preserved in alcohol. 
 
 3. Study and draw branches, berries, etc., of the r6d cedar (Juniperus virginiana) 
 similarly preserved. 
 
 4. Taxin obtained by purchase from the analytical chemist, is a white, loose 
 amorphous powder, very bitter, slowly soluble in water, readily in alcohol and ether, 
 fusible to a yellow resin by gentle heat, soluble in dilute acids. It should be kept as a 
 stock supply for the following tests which should be performed by each member of 
 the class. Precipitate by caustic alkalis and tincture of iodine. Test with concen- 
 trated sulphuric acid which produces a purplish-violet color. This color can be de- 
 colorized with water. 
 
CHAPTER 5 
 MONOCOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 The poisonous plants treated of in this chapter belong to the Monoco- 
 tyledoneae. Botanically the class is distinguished, as follows: The 
 permanent roots are secondary being produced adventitiously, or at the 
 time of embryonic development. The sap bundles in the stem are scattered 
 and are closed, that is, each one is surrounded with a bundle sheath of 
 sclerenchyma, which prevents further enlargement of the bundle. The 
 principal veins of the leaves are parallel. The floral symmetry is of the 
 trimerous kind and the embryo, usually surrounded with reserve food, 
 possesses only one seed leaf, or cotyledon. 
 
 Fodder or Silage Poisoning. — Two grasses are considered responsible 
 for poisoning when fed as dry fodder or silage. These grasses are maize, 
 or Indian corn {Zea Mays) and soxg}\\xra{Andropogon Sorghum). The 
 author is not aware that any profound investigation has been made of the 
 exact conditions under which poisoning is to be attributed to cattle eating 
 fodder, or silage. Two alternatives seem to be possible. Corn stalks 
 and the stems of sorghum are not easily digestible and the impaction of 
 their fibers in the digestive tract may bring on severe cases of indigestion, 
 especially where the cattle do not have access to plenty of water. The 
 other alternative is in the poisonous action of toxic substances developed 
 in the stored maize, or sorghum. It is known, that when corn silage is 
 not properly stored, that is, where air has free access to all parts of the 
 silage, that prussic acid develops. A glucoside occurs in the maize stem 
 and this is capable of being converted into hydrocyanic acid, HCN, by an 
 enzyme in the plant. After periods of extreme drought in the case of 
 sorghum, the leaves of the plant contain considerable quantities of hydro- 
 cyanic acid. This acid is an extremely toxic substance being the most 
 rapidly acting drug we possess. Lethal amounts paralyze the respira- 
 tory center and the heart muscles, death, as a rule, being due to failure of 
 respiration with almost simultaneous cessation of the action of the heart. 
 
 Twenty-one head of cattle, out of a total number of 32 animals, were 
 poisoned at Aurora, Colorado on August 3, 1901 by eating Kafl&r corn, a 
 
 45 
 
46 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 form of sorghum in which considerable amounts of prussic acid were 
 detected. Eleven head lived, but four had violent spasms, but recovered. 
 The symptoms were drowsiness, running at the eyes, twitching of the 
 muscles, numbness of the limbs, staggering gait, inability to stand, 
 involuntary passing of the urine and feces. The statement was made 
 that the cattle seemed to all go crazy at once, then stagger like a person 
 intoxicated, fall in all directions and die where they fell. 
 
 Pellagra. — Pellagra has in the past been attributed to eating mouldy 
 corn, or maize. Pellagra is a severe and chronic skin disease occurring 
 among the squalid and destitute, who live largely, as in the southern 
 states, upon maize, or Indian corn. The disease begins in the spring being 
 characterized by eruptions over the entire body associated with indigestion 
 and diarrhoea. The skin exfoliates and ulcerates and the person loses 
 flesh. The disease occurs in southern Europe, in northern Africa and 
 among the "crackers" of the southern United States and the inmates of 
 insane asylums and state penitentiaries. The disease has been attributed 
 to eating spoiled corn, to a colloidal silica in the food, but the current 
 view is that it is due to the lack of vitamines in the food. These are 
 present in minute quantities, but are essential to health , When they are 
 absent from food the nutrition is at once affected and a deficiency disease 
 results. Scurvy, beri-beri and pellagra belong to this class. The lack 
 of one vitamine causes scurvy, the lack of another beri-beri, while the 
 absence of a third in certain foods like corn causes pellagra. This seems 
 to be the latest and most satisfactory explanation of the cause of the 
 disease. 
 
 Darnel (Lolium temiilentum). — The injurious character of this grass at 
 least from its weedy side have been known since early times, for in the 
 New Testament attention is drawn to the tares and the wheat. It is an 
 annual grass with smooth stems growing from 2-3 feet tall with rough leaf 
 sheaths and short ligule. The spikes are 6 to 12 inches long and the 
 spikelets 5-7 flowered. The lower glumes are sharp pointed, equally in 
 length the spikelets, and the lemma is awned, or awnless. 
 
 Symptoms. — The grains of darnel, when ground up with wheat and 
 made into flour, show their poisonous effects in producing headaches, 
 drowsiness, giddiness, uncertain gait, and stupefaction, in older animals 
 convulsions, loss of sensation and death. Loliin is the narcotic principle 
 occurring in the pure state as a dirty white, amorphous, bitter substance 
 causing, according to Hackel, eruptions, trembling and confusion of sight 
 
MONOCOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 47 
 
 in man and flesh-eating animals and very strongly in rabbits, but it does 
 not influence pigs, horned cattle or ducks. 
 
 Nature of. Poison.- — It appears from recent investigation that the 
 grains of darnel, which are 
 injurious, contain a poiso- 
 nous fungus (Endoconidium 
 temulentum) upon which 
 their poisonous effects prob- 
 ably depend. It is believed 
 that grains of darnel with- 
 out the fungus are not 
 poisonous. The darnel 
 fungus, according to Free- 
 man, lives in the outer 
 layers of the grain penetrat- 
 ing the aleurone layer and 
 invading the starchy end- 
 osperm. There exists in 
 the nucellus, at the base 
 of the scutellum of the 
 darnel embryo and at the 
 base and at the lower end 
 of the inner groove a layer 
 of hyphae which lies 
 directly against the 
 embryo" constituting an 
 infective layer. When the 
 embryo pushes out during 
 germination, the hyphae 
 grow into the developing 
 seedling and keep pace 
 
 with its growth and can ^^G. 15. — Death camas (Zygadenus venenosus.) 
 
 , , J • ■, . (After Hall, Harvey M. and Gates, Harry S.: Slock 
 
 be detected m the growmg Poisoning Plants of California. Bull. 249, University 
 point throughout the life of "-^ California Agricultural Experiment Station, 191 5, 
 
 the plant. 
 
 Deathcamas (Zygadenus venenosus). — The Indians of the northwestern 
 United States were acquainted with the medicinal and poisonous proper- 
 ties of this plant and the earliest white explorers mention it in their 
 
48 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 journals. At least nine species of Zygademis are poisonous and the above 
 mentioned one may be taken as the type of their action. The plant is 
 also called wild onion, wild leek. It arises from a tunicated bulb and has 
 narrow, erect, basal leaves and a scape, a foot or more high, becoming a 
 spike of yellowish-white flowers, which blossom about June ist (Fig. 15). 
 It matures its fruit in July and then the whole aerial part of the plant dies 
 down to the ground. It is native to the west from Assiniboia and Neb- 
 
 Hi If II 
 
 
 *^ii **»^ 
 
 |^-M/>»»».«...- 
 
 "' ;; __k- — 
 
 
 
 Fig. 16. — Sheep No. i68 at 1.30 p.m., showing weakness in forelegs after being fed 
 Death Camas (Zygadenus venenosus). {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and 
 Marsh, Hadleigh: Zygadeus or Death Camas, Bulletin 125, U. S. Department of Agricul- 
 ture, 1915. Plate V, Fig. i.) 
 
 raska westward to the Pacific coast. The chief period of danger is in 
 May and June when its dark green leaves are attractive to stock. Cattle 
 are susceptible to the poison and some deaths have been reported, but 
 cases among cattle are uncommon. Swine are said to eat the bulbs 
 without bad results, but horses are poisoned. Sheep are the animals most 
 frequently poisoned (Figs. 16 and 17). Detailed experiments by agents 
 of the United States Department of Agriculture show that the principal 
 symptoms are salivation, nausea, muscular weakness, coma and sometimes 
 
MONOCOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 49 
 
 Fig. 17. — Sheep No. 168 at 5.45 p.m., when unable to rise after being fed Death 
 Camas (Zygadenus venenosus) . {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B., and Marsh, 
 Hadleigh: Zygadenus, or Death Camas, Bulletin 125, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1915, Plate V, Fig. 2.) 
 
 
 
 
 > 
 
 A 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 4, 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 1 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 § 
 
 
 
 
 
 V. 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 /OS 
 
 /oo 
 
 Pig. 18. — Curve of temperature of sheep No. 291 fed on Death Camas {Zygadenus 
 venenosus. {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, Hadleigh: Zygadenus, 
 or Death Camas, Bulletin 125, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 19x5, p. 26.) 
 
50 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 attacks of dyspnoea (Fig. i8). The toxic dose varies according to the 
 conditions of feeding. In drenched animals, it may be put at about one- 
 half a pound for an animal weighing a hundred pounds and in fed animals 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 \ 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 i 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 V 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 / 
 
 k.^ 
 
 
 
 
 r<«s 
 
 
 
 ^ 
 
 
 
 
 
 V 
 
 
 
 
 -J 
 
 ^V 
 
 —^ 
 
 
 
 /so 
 /so 
 
 /70 
 /60 
 
 /SO 
 /^O 
 
 ^ /20 
 
 \ //O 
 
 \ '°° 
 SO 
 
 ^ so 
 
 70 
 
 eo 
 so 
 ■^o 
 
 30 
 SO 
 /O 
 
 Pig. 19. — Curve of respiration of sheep No. 174 fed on Death Camas, Zygadenus 
 venenosus. The sheep was drenched at 12 o'clock noon and died at 11. 15 p.m. The 
 respiratory rate rose to 200 between 2 and 3 o'clock, when the animal had one of the 
 spasmodic struggles for breath. It then fell to 9 and remained low, with comparatively 
 slight variations, until the time of death. (After Marsh, C. Dwigfit, Clawson, A. B. and 
 Marsh, Hadleigh: Zygadenus, or Death Camas, Bulletin 125, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1915, p. 27.) 
 
 it varies from 1.6 pounds to 5.6 pounds (Fig. 19). The poisonous principle 
 is an alkaloid or alkaloids, allied to veratrin and cevadin. Sick animals 
 should be kept quiet as if this is done there are chances of recovery. No 
 satisfactory riiedical remedy has been discovered for camas poisoning. 
 
MONOCOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS SI 
 
 Stagger -grass (Chrosperma {Amianthium) musc(Rtoxicum) . — This is 
 an erect smooth herb with a tunicated bulb and numerous long blunt 
 basal leaves. The white flowers are arranged in a dense terminal raceme. 
 The fruit is a capsule filled with reddish-brown, ovoid seeds. It is found in 
 dry, sandy woods from Long Island to eastern Pennsylvania and south 
 to Florida, Tennessee and A]:kansas, flowering from May to July. In 
 March 1911, reports were received by the United States Department of 
 Agriculture from Wilmington, North Carolina of the poisoning of cattle 
 by this plant. Feeding experiments conducted by the Marshes and Claw- 
 son confirmed the general opinion of the poisonous properties of the fly- 
 poison plant. 
 
 White Hellebore {Veratrum viride). — This is a common perennial herb 
 in the damp alluvial soil along streams in North America, ascending to 
 5000 feet in the White Mountains and other eastern ranges. There is a 
 Californian species, V. californicum. Its stem is stout, tall, very leafy 
 with broad light green parallel-veined leaves. The flowers are numerous 
 greenish-yellow in a branching panicle. It arises from an erect, under- 
 ground rootstock. Cases of poisoning are known in man, various animals 
 and birds. 
 
 Symptoms. — Animals do not relish the plant, as it is acrid and burning 
 in the fresh condition, but young animals sometimes eat it with fatal re- 
 sults. The seeds have been eaten by chickens with a fatal termination. 
 The most marked symptoms of white hellebore poisoning are burning in 
 the throat and oesophagus, salivation, defective vision, itching, vomiting, 
 diarrhoea, severe headache and death by paralysis of the heart. The 
 number of poisonous substances found in this plant is quite large. Vera- 
 trin C32H19NO11 has an alkaline reaction and a burning taste, producing 
 violent sneezing and dilatation of the pupil. It has been recently separated 
 into several bases: the very poisonous cevadin C32H49NO9, vetratri- 
 din CstHssNOii and sabadillin C34H53NO8 besides sabadin C29H51NO8, 
 sabadinin C27H45NO8, jervin C26H37NO3, rubijervin C26H43NO2, pseudo- 
 jervin C29H43NO7, protoveratrin C32H5iNOu, protoveratridin C26H45 
 NOs and the bitter glucoside veratramarin. Jervin is a powerful depres- 
 sant of the heart muscles and vasomotor centers. It depresses respira- 
 tion and death occurs from asphyxiation. 
 
 Treatment. — Treatment should consist of the use of cardiac and respira- 
 tory stimulants, such as amyl nitrate (by inhalation), alcohol, strychnin, 
 and atropin. Tannic acid can be used as a chemical antidote; opium to sub- 
 due pain and demulcents to relieve local irritation of the digestive tract. 
 
52 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Lily of the Valley {Convallaria majalis). — The lily of the valley is a 
 smooth, perennial herb with horizontal rhizomes from which arise two or 
 three oblong, parallel-veined leaves. Later in May to June, there is 
 found a short scape with a short raceme of bell-shaped, white flowers 
 having six included stamens. The fruit is a round, red berry with a few 
 seeds. Apparently sheep and goats eat the leaves with impunity. The 
 Revue Horticole published a number of years ago an account of the 
 poisoning of a flock of fowls after eating the decaying flowers of this plant. 
 Only the parent bird survived and one out of ten chickens. Two glu- 
 cosides are found in the plant. Convallamarin C23H44O12 is an ex- 
 tremely poisonous, crystalline compound with a bitter sweet taste. Its 
 physiologic action on the heart is like digitalis. Convallarin C34Hh2 
 Oi/ is crystalline with sharp taste and purgative in its action. The action 
 of the poisonous principles on the heart is infrequent and irregular. 
 Death occurs from paralysis. 
 
 Meadow Saffron (Colchicum autumnale) . — The autumn crocus is found 
 in meadows in many parts of Europe, but is not known in America 
 outside of gardens. All parts of the plant are poisonous and many horses, 
 cattle and pigs have been killed in Europe by eating it, although sheep 
 and goats are almost immune. Children have died from eating its seeds. 
 The toxic principle is cumulative in its action. It is a poisonous alkaloid 
 colchicin C22H05NO6 which causes after small but not fatal doses 
 loss of appetite, suppression of rumination, salivation, light colic, diar- 
 rhoea and voiding of small quantities of urine. Blood has been seen in 
 the milk of poisoned cows. Fatal quantities cause total loss of appetite, 
 stupefaction, loss of consciousness, dilatation of the pupils, unsteady gait, 
 and even paralysis of limbs, sweating, severe colic and bloody diarrhoea, 
 bloody urine; rapid, small imperceptible pulse, labored breathing and 
 death in one to three days. Recovery is very slow, if it takes place. 
 
 Red Root {Lachnanthes (Gyrotheca) tinctoria). — This plant occurs in 
 the coastal, fresh- water marshes and cranberry bogs from southeastern 
 Massachusetts, Rhode Island and New Jersey to Florida. It is a tall 
 stout herb with yellow flowers and pink rhizomes. It poisons only white 
 pigs, but not the black ones, so that there develops a preponderance of 
 black pigs over white ones in regions where the plant is abundant. Post- 
 mortem examination of the bones of white pigs reveals the curious fact 
 that they are colored a reddish-pink. 
 
 Lady Slipper Orchid {Cypripedium hirsutum). — This species may be 
 taken as illustrating the poisonous activities of a number of eastern Ameri- 
 
MONOCOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 53 
 
 can species of Cypripedium. It is found in woods and swamps from Nova 
 Scotia, Ontario and Georgia west to Minnesota and Iowa. The glandular 
 hairs on the leaves, stem and flower parts secrete a poisonous oil which 
 produces an irritation of the skin, or a dermatitis. Mac Dougal, who 
 first reported such poisonous action, experimented personally with a 
 mature specimen and states "a slight tingling sensation was felt at the 
 time, and, fourteen hours later the arm was greatly swollen from the shoul- 
 der to the finger tips. The portion covered by the plant was violently 
 inflamed and covered with macules, accompanied by the usual symptoms 
 of dermatitis and constitutional disturbances." Nestler discovered that 
 the secretion of these hairs was a fatty acid readily soluble in alcohol and 
 benzol. No specific antidote has been discovered. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Black, O. F. and Alsberg, C. L: The Determination of the Deterioration of Maize, 
 
 with incidental Reference to Pellagra. Bulletin 199, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1910; Contributions to the Study of Maize 
 
 Deterioration, Bulletin 270, do, 1913. 
 Blankinship, J. W. : The Loco and some other Poisonous Plants in Montana. Bulletin 
 
 45, Montana Experiment Station, June, 1903, pages 91-93. 
 Hall, Harvey U. and Gates, Harry S.: Stock Poisoning Plants of California. Bull- 
 etin 249, College of Agriculture, Agricultural Experiment Station, Berkeley, 
 
 California, 1915, pages 225-228. 
 Lily of the Valley Poisonous to Fowls. Gardeners' Chronicle, 3d Ser., iv, ^y. 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 
 Press, 191 7, pages 78-84. 
 M,\RSH, C. D.: Stock-Poisoning Plants of the Range. Bulletin 575, U. S. Dept. of 
 
 Agriculture, 1919, with colored plates. 
 Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, Hadleigh: Zygadenus or Death 
 
 Camas. Bulletin 125, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture, 1915; Stagger Grass (Ckrosperma 
 
 muscaltoxicum) as a Poisonous Plant. Bulletin 710, 19 18. 
 Moore, Veranus A.: Cornstalk Disease {Toxaemia maidis) in Cattle. Bulletin lo, 
 
 Bureau of Animal Industry, 1896. 
 Niles, George M.: Pellagra An American Problen^. Philadelphia, W. B. Saunders 
 
 Company, 191 2. 
 Pammel, L. H. : Manual of Poisonous Plants. Part 2, 1911, pages 333-395. 
 Pellagra Due to Colloidal Silica in Food. Geographical Review, October, 191 7, 
 
 page 321. 
 Perkins, W. B.: Sorghum Poisoning of Cattle. Mississippi Report, 1901, page 35. 
 Sorghum Poisoning {Sorghum vulgare) Qu. Agr. Journ., xiii; 59, July, 1903; 98. 
 
 .\ug., 1903, 473; Review Journ. Roy. Hort. Sci., 28, 711. 
 V'itamines. The Youth's Companion, June 10, 1918, page 24. 
 
54 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL UOTANY 
 
 Wilson, Alexander Stephen: Further Experiments with Lolium temulentum. 
 Gardeners' Chronicle & Agricultural Gazette, 1873, 1702-1703 (December 20). 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestion to Teacher. — Dried specimens with flowers should be kept of each of 
 the plants in the list below and in quantity sufficient to supply each member of the 
 class. These specimens should be made when the material is available, one set of 
 plants should be mounted conveniently for use in demonstration. Darnel with grains, 
 Death Camas, Stagger-grass, White Hellebore, Lily of the Valley, Meadow Saffron, 
 Red Root, Lady Slipper Orchid. As many of these listed plants should be distributed 
 (usually one or two in the single laboratory hour), as can be described conveniently. 
 Selected plants above will be found in the eastern and western parts of America and in 
 Europe_(Meadow Saffron). 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Describe each specimen according to the accompanying outline, or to the outline 
 with maps and other data in the Students' Herbarium for Descriptive and Geographical 
 Purposes published by Christopher Sower Company, 124 N. i8th Street, Philadelphia, 
 1901. European and western American botanists can use the species corresponding 
 to those in the above list. 
 
 Outline for Study of Plant 
 Root. — Primary, or secondary, kind (fibrous, fleshy, etc.), shape. 
 Stem. — Dicotyledonous, or monocotyledonous, size (height, girth, etc.), kind, shape, 
 
 peculiarities. 
 Leaf. — Phyllotaxy, stipulate, or exstipulate, petiolate, or sessile, simple or compound, 
 
 general shape, venation, margin, apex, base, etc. 
 Flower. — Inflorescence, perfect, or imperfect, complete, or incomplete, regular, or 
 
 irregular, symmetrical, or unsymmetrical, bracteate, or ebracteate, bracts (kind, 
 
 etc.) 
 Calyx. — Aposepalous, or gamosepalous, insertion, aestivation, number of sepals, 
 
 shapes, etc. 
 Corolla. — Apopetalous, or gamopetalous, insertion, aestivation, number of petals, 
 
 shapes, color, etc. 
 Stamens. — Insertion, relation to each other, relation to other parts, number. 
 Pistil. — Apocarpous, or syncarpous, number of carpels, ovary superior, or inferior, 
 
 number of cells, placentation. 
 Fruit. — Simple, etc. 
 Seeds. — Albuminous, or exalbuminous. 
 
 2. Distribute stained sections of darnel fruit in oil of cloves, or xylol, for the study 
 of the fungus symbiotic in the grain of the plant. 
 
 3. Distribute for permanent mounting sections of the stem and of the leaves of the 
 lady slipper orchid to show position and structure of the glandular hairs of the epi- 
 dermal surface. 
 
CHAPTER 6 
 DICOT\XEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 The poisonous plants dealt with in the next four chapters are dicoty- 
 ledons. Dicotyledons are plants with permanent primary root, which 
 produces secondary, lateral roots. The sap bundles are arranged collater- 
 ally with pith in the center surrounded with a cylinder of xylem, 
 cambium, bast (hard and soft), cortex and bark. The principal veins 
 of the leaves are arranged to form a net, or reticulum. The floral sym- 
 metry is dimerous, trimerous, or pentamerous. The embryo has two 
 seed leaves, or cotyledons. A careful selection has been made of those 
 known to be poisonous to stock. There are in Europe three hundred and 
 fifty plants which are injurious to man and the domestic animals. There 
 are probably as many in America, but the poisonous effect of many have 
 not been demonstrated. Statistics in regard to poisonous plants are 
 lacking, owing to ignorance of the subject and it is, therefore, impossible 
 to give ah estimate as to the amount of damage done by these plants. 
 
 There are probably more cases of poisoning on the great stock ranges 
 than in the farming regions, because the conditions on the great stock 
 ranges are different. The stock on the great ranges do not have invariably 
 a sufficient amount of food, and this probably leads to the use of plants 
 which with a more abundant supply would be avoided. New sheep, 
 which are totally unfamiliar with the range plants, are brought in from 
 farms and naturally fail to discriminate the poisonous from the harmless 
 food plants. Some believe that alkali waters, when used by stock for 
 drinking purposes, serve as a substitute for salt, and induce an unnatural 
 appetite in the stock, which results in their use of the injurious plant 
 species of the range for food. We are thus introduced to the species of 
 plants which have been chosen to represent the great dicotyledonous class. 
 
 Poke or Garget {Phytolacca decandra). — The crowberry, chongras 
 or ink plant is a smooth tall perennial growing 5 to 8 feet tall with a 
 thick root, purplish stems, alternate leaves and elongated racemes of 
 greenish-white flowers followed by purple-black berries, which yield 
 
56 
 
 I'ASTOKAL AND AdRICULTURAL MOTANY 
 
 juice used as a suljstitute for red ink (Fig. 20). The plant is a native of the 
 United States, extending from Maine and northern IlHnois to Florida 
 westward to Texas, eastern Kansas and southern Minnesota. The young 
 fresh shoots as they appear above the ground are used for greens, 
 but the root should be rejected as it is bitter and poisonous if taken in 
 large amount. The water in which the plant is boiled should be thrown 
 away, as it contains the poisonous substance. 
 
 Fig. 20. — Tall plant of Poke {Phytolacca decandra) in abandoned manure pit in front 
 of stable at Belmar, N. J., August 23, 19 19. The ripe fruits may be seen on close 
 inspection. 
 
 Action and Symptoms. — Poke is a violent, but slow acting emetic, 
 vomiting beginning after about two hours have elapsed from the ingestion 
 of the food. It affects the muscles and nerves causing retching, spasms, 
 severe purging and occasionally convulsions. Accidental cases of poison- 
 ing have occurred where the root has been mistaken for parsnip and horse- 
 radish. A few fatal cases of the poisoning of children have followed the 
 eating of the juicy berries. 
 
 Active Principal. — The active principal of poke is an amorphous, bitter 
 and acid substance very similar to if not identical with saponin. The 
 alkaloid phytolaccin occurs in small amount. Nozi reports a toxic sub- 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 57 
 
 stance phytolaccotoxin (C24H30O8). The juice of the berry is a delicate 
 test for acids, when lime water is added to it. 
 
 Com Cockle. — {Agrostemma githago). — This is an erect annual herb 
 growing as tall as wheat in the wheat field. It is densely pubescent with 
 whitish, appressed hairs. Its 
 leaves are opposite, linear-lanceo- 
 late and acute (Fig. 21). 
 
 Symptoms. — If the seeds (Fig. 
 2ih) are ground with wheat, they 
 impart to baker's flour a bitter 
 taste and poisonous properties. 
 Fatal results have followed the 
 use of bread containing ground 
 corncockle seeds. A few years 
 ago a number of horses died in a 
 stable connected with one of the 
 larger Philadelphia breweries by 
 eating oats that had come from 
 the bottom of the grain bin. No 
 deleterious substance was found 
 in the sample of oats submitted 
 to the writer for examination ex- 
 cept a large number of corncockle 
 seeds and this indirect evidence 
 points to these seeds as respon- 
 sible for the death of the animals 
 and a report was made to the 
 owner of the horses accordingly. 
 It is known that the symptoms 
 of poisoning in horses is yawning, 
 heavy colic, stamping and evacua- 
 tion of rather soft feces. If 
 larger quantities are eaten there 
 is salivation, frequent yawning 
 and turning of the head with coHc, pale mucus, hurried and weak pulse, 
 rise in temperature and accelerated respiration. There are muscular 
 tremors followed by rigidity and the feces are diarrhoeic and fetid. The 
 horse Hes down. It gets up painfully. These symptoms are succeeded 
 
 Pig. 21. — Corncockle {Lychnis githago). 
 Cominon in grain fields. {Chestnut Division 
 of Botany, U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) {Re- 
 produced in Pammel, L. H.: Some Weeds of 
 Iowa, Bull. 70, Experiment Station, Iowa 
 State College, 1903, p. 326.) 
 
58 J>ASTOKAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 by coma and death without convulsions. In cattle the symptoms 
 observed one hour after eating are grinding of the teeth, restlessness 
 and abundant flow of the saliva with colic and coughing, a state lasting 
 five to eight hours followed by coma, fetid diarrhoea, rapid respiration 
 and pulse, a gradual loss of motor and sense powers and a progressive 
 decline of the temperature. In twenty-four hours the cattle are dead. 
 Pigs are also susceptible. Young pigs especially so.^ A chronic form of 
 the disease is known as githagism. 
 
 Poisonous Principles. — The poisonous principle in cockle seeds is a 
 glucoside known under different names as githagin, saponin, agrostemin, 
 sapotoxin,smilacin(Ci7H260in). Seeds contain up to 6.56 per cent, of this 
 principle which is soluble in water and froths like soap when shaken up. 
 
 Aconite (Aconitum columhianum) . — This is the only native American 
 species which may be considered dangerous like the European plant 
 Aconitum Napelliis, as the other three American species are very local and 
 not very poisonous. The western American ficonite, or monkshood, 
 grows at an altitude of 5,000 to 10,000 feet in low grounds near brooks 
 and springs from Montana, Wyoming and Colorado to the sierras. 
 
 Symptoms. — Prof. V. K. Chestnut says of this western species: "All 
 of the parts are poisonous, but the seeds and roots are the most dangerous. 
 The active principle is not well known, but chemical and physiologic 
 experiments point to the existence of one or more alkaloids which resemble 
 aconitin. The effect of the poison is characteristic. There is first a 
 tingling sensation on the end of the tongue which gives rise shortly to a 
 burning sensation, and is rapidly followed by a very pronounced sense of 
 constriction in the throat. The choking thus produced is made the more 
 alarming by the retarding effect which the poison has upon the respiration. 
 The tingling and prickling over the entire body is also characteristic. 
 Besides these symptoms there are generally severe headache, abdominal 
 pains, confused vision, vomiting and diarrhoea. Delirium is usually 
 absent. Death ensues from a stoppage of the respiration in from one to 
 eight hours." 
 
 Nature of Poisons. — Horses, cattle, sheep, pigs have been poisoned in 
 Europe from eating Aconitum Napellus. Cows have died in Victoria. 
 Linnaeus states that it is fatal to cows and goats when eaten fresh, but 
 
 ' The writer had some seeds sent to him on .\ugust 23, 1916, from Dr. W. C. Keeder 
 of Rising Sun, Md., which had been taken from the "chop'' feed of hogs, that had 
 been poisoned as a result and were vomiting and showing other signs of debilitj'. 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 59 
 
 in the dried state it is nontoxic to horses. All parts of the European 
 plant are poisonous, but the root is especially so, and next the seeds and 
 the leaves of the plant. The toxicity varies with age and climate, but 
 slightly active when young. It is most active just before the flowers develop. 
 The cultivated plant is less poisonous than the wild, and the poison is 
 partly dissipated upon drying. The plant contains the toxic alkaloid 
 aconitin (C34H47NOU) and also aconin (C25H41NO9). Aconite is an 
 extremely valuable drug being used when taken internally as a depres- 
 sant slowing the pulse and lowering the blood pressure. In over doses it 
 produces death by respiratory paralysis. 
 
 Buttercup {Ranunculus sp.). — The hands of the writer were poisoned 
 by removing Ranunculus bulbosus from 70 per cent, alcohol in which the 
 tops with flowers had been preservcid for class study. The inflammation 
 produced on the skin was a typical dermatitis resembling that caused by 
 the poison ivy, Rhus radicans. A number of species are known to be 
 poisonous when fresh, but the poisonous principle is volatile and is dissi- 
 pated on drying the plants, so that hay with included buttercups is non- 
 poisonous to stock, if fully dried. Boiling the plants also renders them 
 inocuous. The celery-leaved buttercup Ranunculus sceleratus, called by 
 the French Mortaux V aches and Herhe sardonique, is considered to be the 
 most toxic species, and the toxicity seems to increase up to the time of 
 flowering after which it decreases. The bulbous buttercup seems to vary 
 in its toxic properties having poisonous flowers, while the bulb-like rhiz- 
 ome becomes m6st harmful in autumn and winter. Ranunculus Ficaria, 
 the lesser celandine, has been the cause of the poisoning of three heifers, 
 while cattle have been poisoned frequently by the tall buttercup, R. acris. 
 
 Poisons. — Most of the species contain an acrid and bitter juice prob- 
 ably identical with anemonin, which has been obtained along with ane- 
 monic acid from the acrid crowfoot, R. acris. Some toxicologists assert 
 that the poisonous species contain the two alkaloids aconitin and delphinin. 
 
 Symptoms. — The buttercups are acrid, burning and narcotic causing 
 irritation of the mucous membrane, the intestinal tract becoming inflamed. 
 According to Cornevin, the celery-leaved buttercup induces colic, gastro- 
 enteritis, diarrhoea with black foul-smelling feces, vomiting in animals 
 which can do it, falling-off in milk yield in cows, nervous state, pulse 
 reduction and stertorous re^iration, pupils dilated, feebleness, difl&cult 
 mastication, spasmodic movements of the ears, lips, etc., convulsions, 
 eyeballs sunken. Death follows the convulsions in six to twelve hours. 
 
6o 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Larkspurs {Delphinium Ajacis, D. bicolor, D. camporum, D. Geyeri, 
 G. glauctim (Fig. 22), D. Menziesii, D. Nelsoni, D. scopulorum, D.tricornc 
 D. trolliijoliiim) are responsible for cases of poisoning. The principle 
 usually increases its virulence with age. Pammel in his "Manual of 
 Poisonous Plants" gives a circumstantial account of each of the principal 
 species of larkspurs, and the feeding experiments which have been tried 
 with each plant. With the exception of the European, Delphinium Ajacis, 
 
 Pig. 22. — Tall mountain larkspur {Delphinium glaucum). One-half natural size- 
 {After Hall, Harvey M., and Gates, Harry S., Stock Poisoning Plants of California. Bull- 
 249, University of California Agricultural Experiment Station, 1915, p. 232.) 
 
 all the other species mentioned above are western American (Fig. 23), a 
 few extending into the eastern United States. As the cattle ranges of 
 western America, as in California, include habitats such as moist meadows, 
 gulches, borders of springs, or ponds, open hillsides, sparsely forested 
 areas and the open steppes, we find the species varying with the habitat 
 conditions, and with this we find that next to the loco weed, the larkspurs 
 are the most harmful and poisonous of the plants found on the open 
 ranges (Fig. 24). 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 6l 
 
 Poisonous Principles. — Not all of the species have been studied 
 for their poisonous constituents, but there have been found in D. consolida 
 and D. staphisagria the alkaloids delphinin C22H35O6N extremely poi- 
 sonous and with a bitter taste; delphisin C22H33NO5 poisonous; delp- 
 hinoidin C42H68N2O7 poisonous and staphisagrin. Delphinin has a 
 
 fjl, ■*■■ , 
 
 gg|yM|g||g| 
 
 '^^M '^ijfcMl^iltog^^^^ '' ^ 
 
 M ^ . 
 
 ,^^^^ 
 -:#^'» 
 
 ^rf J^ *^^L,. jRj'^Ff'i*^^^^ '^ ^^JlbJ 
 
 '^m 
 
 ^K 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 Fig. 23.— Pass Creek Park, Colo., with low larkspur (Delphinium Menziesii) in 
 blossom. {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B., and Marsh, Hadleigh: Larkspur 
 Poisonifig of Live Stock, Bulletin 3657, U. S. Department of Agriculture, September 8, 1916, 
 Plate III.) 
 
 local irritative action. Its systemic action is mainly paralytic on the 
 heart and respiration and resembles that of aconitin in many respects. 
 Post mortem examination in poisoning by mouth with this body showed 
 marked reddening of the stomach. Recently in a number of Van Praag's 
 experiments with feeding solutions of Delphinium a marked increase in 
 urinarv secretion was noted. 
 
62 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Recently also Delphinium hicolor, D. Menziesii, and D. Nelsonii 
 have been found to yield an alkaloid, delphocurarin, which has been in- 
 troduced as a substitute for curare in vivisection work, and this introduc- 
 tion is indorsed by Lohmann's work. Methyl delphinin is said also to 
 possess this curare-like action. 
 
 Symptoms. — Froggatt states that the common garden larkspur will 
 kill locusts and advises planting them in masses around gardens as a pro- 
 
 /^^^f^^^ 
 
 — 
 
 W&^'y 
 
 M 
 
 
 
 ^./■.c::. ■ ' 
 
 '^^.\- ir 
 
 ■ :■# "' 3 (■ 
 
 
 ^;V-.;..<:..>.^ ■ ^ 
 
 >;•: J _ ... 
 
 wwma-wi^v' *'<'^mai 
 
 rf^''«as£^irr'«^H».7i 
 
 
 Pig. 24. — Sheep feeding upon larkspur (Delphinium Menziesii). (After Marsh, 
 C. Dwighl, Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, Hadleigh: Larkspur Poisoning of Livestock. Bulle- 
 tin 36s, U. S. Department of Agriculture, September 8, 1916, Plate XV, Fig. i.) 
 
 tective measure against insects as the locusts and the grasshopper. Other 
 species kill maggots and ticks. 
 
 The animals affected show symptoms similar to those produced by 
 overdoses of aconite. There is general stiffness and irregularity of gait 
 as the first symptoms. The hind legs show pronounced straddling (Fig. 
 25) and these actions become more pronounced until locomotion becomes 
 difficult or impossible, and the animal finally falls to the ground, making 
 attempts to get upon its feet, the movements being more and more irregu- 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 63 
 
 lar and incoordinated (Fig. 26). The skin is sensitive to the touch 
 and the muscles of the legs and sides of the body begin to quiver spasmod- 
 
 FiG. -'5. — Case 117, August 15, re- 
 maining on its feet with great difficulty. 
 Animal poisoned by eating larkspur. 
 {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B., 
 and Marsh, Hadleigh: Larkspur Poisoning 
 of Live Stock. Bulletin ^6$, U. S. Depart- 
 ment of Agriculture, Septe?nber 8, 1916, 
 Plate X, Fig. 3.) 
 
 Fig. 26. — Case 117, August 15, in 
 the act of backing in the manner charac- 
 teristic of larkspur poisoning. Animal 
 poisoned by eating larkspur. {After 
 Marsh, 'C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and 
 Marsh, Hadleigh: Larkspur Poisoning of 
 Live Stock. Bulletin 365, U. S. Depart- 
 ment of Agriculture, September 8, 1916, 
 Plate X, Fig. 4.) 
 
 Pig. 27. — Case 78, when feeling the worst. Horse poisoned by eating larkspur. 
 {After Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, Hadleigh: Larkspur Poisoning of 
 Live Stock. Bulletin 365, U. S. Department of Agriculture, September 8, 1916, Plate XIV, 
 Fig- 3-) 
 
 ically and this continues for several hours. The special senses seem to be 
 seldom impaired, hearing and sight are both normal. There is sHght 
 saHvation. Violent convulsions follow the above premonitory symptoms 
 
64 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 the animal dying in one of the fits. The digestive action appears normal. 
 There is a slight lowering of the temperature, the pulse becomes frequent 
 and the respiration rapid and shallow. The nervous symptoms are 
 simply those of excitement and the appetite is fair. Cattle and horses 
 are the animals usually killed by eating these plants (Fig. 27). Sheep are 
 rarely injured. 
 
 Treatment. — The California Experiment Station recommends the 
 following medicine for subcutaneous injection by a hypodermic syringe. 
 
 Physostigmin salicylate, one grain. 
 
 Pilocarpin hydrochloride, two grains. 
 
 Strychnin sulfate, one-half grain. 
 
 These quantities are for an animal weighing five hundred or six hundred 
 pounds. This remedy relieves constipation and stimulates respiration. 
 The dose should not be repeated. Poisoned animals should be kept quiet 
 with the head kept higher than the other parts. Grubbing out the plants 
 has been found to be the best method of preventing loss of cattle from 
 larkspur poisoning. 
 
 Marsh Marigold (Caltka palustris). This stout, smooth herb is a 
 native of Europe and in America it is found in swamps and meadows 
 from Newfoundland to South Carolina and Nebraska, flowering from Apiil 
 to June. The reports about the plant are most contradictory. In some 
 places, the flower buds are pickled, eaten and used fresh as a pot herb. 
 Stebler and Schroeter say that it is poisonous in a green state, and Rusby 
 states that fed with hay, it produces diarrhoea and stoppage of the flow of 
 milk. Rafinesque asserts that cattle die of the inflammation of the stom- 
 ach, while it causes hematuria, according to Freidberger and Frohner. 
 
 May-apple {Podophyllmn peltatum.) — This perennial herb has a 
 long creeping rootstock from which the stem with 2 peltatel eaves arises 
 bearing a single, creamy-white flower with 6 unequal sepals, 6-9 
 petals, 12-18 stamens and a single-celled ovary. 
 
 Symptoms. — The Indians were acquainted with its medicinal virtues 
 and the writer on inquiring the use of the plant of an old negro herb doctor, 
 who was gathering the rhizomes in the woods near Philadelphia, replied, 
 "boss, it is good for the bowels." , The old colored man recognized its 
 purgative qualities in small doses. Dr. Winslow says: "The action is ex- 
 erted mainly on the duodenum, which is intensely inflamed and even 
 ulcerated in poisoning. Podophyllin directly increases the secretion 
 of the bile in small doses, while purgative quantities hasten its excretion 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 65 
 
 by stimulation of the muscular coat of the gall bladder (except in 
 the horse, and small intestines). It is probable that the intestinal 
 secretions are somewhat augmented. The fecal movements after 
 medicinal doses of podophylHn are liquid, often stained with bile, and 
 may be accompanied by some nausea and griping." Eaten by cows, 
 while pasturing in open woodlands, it imparts to the milk of such 
 animals purgative properties, which may be dangerous to infants fed 
 upon such milk contained in the bottle. Cases of poisoning have been 
 reported occasionally. In the Philadelphia Medical and Surgical 
 Reports (XIX: 308), a fatal case is recorded in which the evidence 
 is perfectly clear that poisoning resulted from continual large doses 
 administered by an ignorant and careless physician. The poisonous 
 symptoms were all referable to the intestines as enteritis. Inhalation of 
 the dust of the dried rhizome and administration of podophylUn in ^^ to 
 ^'2 grain doses cause inflammation of the eyes, soreness and pustulation of 
 the nose; salivation and white-coated tongue; extreme nausea, followed by 
 vomiting; severe pains in the transverse colon and abdomen, followed by 
 a call to stool; thin, offensive, copious stools; weak pulse, prostration, 
 drowsiness, and cold extremities." 
 
 Active Properties. — The active properties of the plant appear to reside 
 in the resinous substance podophyllin. This contains podophyllotoxin 
 CuHi402 + 2H2O and picropodophyllin, C11H8O2 + H2O with a bitter 
 taste, berberin C20H17NO4 (feebly toxic to many) and saponin. 
 
 Celandine {Chelidonium majus). — The celandine is a member of the 
 poppy family (Papaverace^) introduced from Europe into America 
 and in some localities thoroughly naturalized. Its leaves are thin once 
 to twice pinnatifid and glaucous beneath. When the rootstock, stem and 
 leaves are bruised, a yellow juice or later exudes. The flowers are yellow 
 with two sepals, four petals and numerous stamens. The ovary is 
 superior, one-celled with two parietal placentae. It has long been used 
 as a drug plant having emetic and purgative properties and is a danger- 
 ous poison. There are no cases on record of domestic animals being killed 
 by eating it, as it has an unpleasant odor. 
 
 Properties. — The plant contains a bitter alkaloid chelidonin (C20H19NO5 
 + H20) and an additional poisonous alkaloid chelerythrin (C21H17NO4) 
 related to sanguinarin and protopin (C20H17NO5). Cornevin states that 
 the poison is not removed by drying the plant, but Pott (1907) believes 
 that it becomes harmless to animals on desiccation. 
 
66 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 The plant is acrid, irritant and narcotic, emetic and purgative. Chel- 
 erythrin causes violent sneezing, if inhaled, and causes vomiting if taken 
 internally. 
 
 Poppies {Papaver spp.). — Two old world plants of this genus the corn 
 poppy (Papaver Rhoeas) and the long smooth fruited poppy {Papaver 
 dubium) are of sufficient interest to be included in our list of poisonous 
 plants, especially as their relationship to the opium poppy {Papaver 
 somniferum) enables us to refer to this perhaps the most important plant 
 of a medicinal kind, the source of a useful drug, which properly controlled 
 is beneficial, but if improperly used is the cause of more misery than any 
 other drug employed by mankind. 
 
 General Considerations. — Poisoning by the above mentioned poppies 
 is not common, but the corn poppy has been known to poison animal? 
 when mixed with green fodder, or by the ingestion of seeds and capsules 
 with waste materials taken in with the food. Ordinarily stock refuse 
 to eat the plants, because they have an unpleasant odor and taste. Horses, 
 cattle and pigs have been poisoned by eating Papaver diibium. 
 
 The drug acts more powerfully upon man than upon the lower animals, 
 especially ruminants, who are comparatively insusceptible. 
 
 S3nmptoms. — With regard to the symptoms produced in animals. 
 Dr. Winslow says: "Ounce doses of the drug cause, in cattle, restlessness, 
 excitement, hoarse bellowing, dry mouth, nausea, indigestion and tym- 
 panites. Sheep are affected much in the same manner. One to two 
 drachms of morphin have led to fatality in cattle. Fifteen to thirty 
 grains of the alkaloid comprise a lethal dose for sheep. Swine are various- 
 ly influenced, sometimes excited, sometimes dull and drowsy." With 
 horses it sometimes causes drowsiness at other times has no visible effect. 
 Horses have recovered from an ounce of opium, but two and one half 
 ounces of the drug and one hundred grains of morphin have proved fatal. 
 Cornevin describes the symptoms in cattle as excitement, pawing of 
 the soil or litter, increased respiration and more rapid pulse, followed by 
 stoppage of digestion sometimes with a swelling of the eyelids and coma. 
 Cattle move about with an unsteady gait. Finally the animals fall, and 
 if poisoned fatally, it remains stretched on the ground respiration becomes 
 slower, the temperature falls, with convulsions and death by asphyxia. 
 Muller notes wildness of look, dilatation of pupil convulsions, coma and 
 symptoms of depression. There is bloating, constipation, bloody diar- 
 rhoea (at times) and salivation. Death is rare. 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 67 
 
 Nature of Poisons. — The opium poppy contains a long list of alkaloids 
 enumerated by Fliickiger and Hanbury. The most important of the alka- 
 loids is morphin (C17H19NO3 + H2O) which in the pure state is a colorless 
 or white shining, odorless substance with a bitter taste. Codein, also of 
 considerable importance is a nearly transparent odorless substance with 
 a faintly bitter taste and narcotin is also present. 
 
 Wild Black Cherry {Prunus serotina). — This is a medium sized forest 
 tree found in the Middle Atlantic and Ohio River states very commonly. 
 Less commonly in southern New England and Gulf states and westward 
 from Illinios, South Dakota, eastern Nebraska and Arkansas. The 
 leaves are alternate and dark green. The white flowers, which appear in 
 April and May, are produced in racemes, followed in the fall by the shining- 
 black, edible fruit, suggesting a small bunch of grapes. 
 
 Nature of Poisoning. — Poisoning is frequently caused in cattle by 
 eating the wilted leaves from branches, which have been accidently 
 broken off from the tree. A case of poisoning in horses on a stock farm 
 at Chestnut Hill, Pa., was called to the attention of the writer, where the 
 animals in passing from the paddock, where they had been feeding, to the 
 stable had browsed upon the leaves from several branches that had been 
 broken down by the passing of a wagon loaded with hay. The prominent 
 symptoms observed in cattle are labored breathing, diminished pulse, 
 numbness, protruding eyeballs, convulsions, and death from paralysis 
 of the lungs. Sometimes there is frothing at the mouth and nearly always 
 a perceptible odor of prussic, or hydrocyanic, acid on the breath. 
 
 Active Principles. — The fresh parts of the plant, including the leaves, are 
 nonpoisonous, but contain a gluccside called amygdalin (C20H27NO11) 
 when the leaves are partially withered this glucoside is acted upon by a 
 ferment known as emulsin, and by a complex chemical change, the amyg- 
 dahn is converted into the poisonous prussic, or hydrocyanic acid (HCN) 
 with the formation of grape sugar and benzaldehyde (bitter almond oil). 
 It is the formation of the hydrocyanic acid, which causes the poisoning, 
 and if the leaves are thoroughly dried the prussic acid, being volatile, is 
 dissipated, and they become harmless. 
 
 Other Poisonous Species of Prunus. — Several other species of the 
 genus Prunus similarly become poisonous. Among them are the cherry 
 laurel {Prunus laurocerasus) of Europe, wild red cherry {Prunus pennsyl- 
 vanica), found in rocky woods from Newfoundland to the Rocky moun- 
 tains to Georgia, and Prunus demissa found on river banks from British 
 
68 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Columbia to Idaho and California, also in the Black Hills of South Dakota. 
 Many cases of poisoning have been recorded from persons eating the seeds 
 of bittei almonds and peaches. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 .'\ldous, a. E.: Eradicating Tall Larkspur on Cattle Ranges in the National Forests. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 826, U. S. Department of Agriculture, August, 191 7. 
 
 Anon.: Poisoning of Cattle Jjy Acorns. Gardeners' Chronicle & Agricultural Gazette, 
 1870, 482 (September 5)-. 
 
 Anon: Uses and Distribution of the Pokeberry (P/ry/o/arra decandra). The Garden 
 Vr, 508-509, Nov. 28, 1874. 
 
 Chestnut, V. K.: Principal Poisonous Plants of the United States. Bulletin 20, 
 Division of Botany, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1898, pages 21-27; Pre- 
 liminary Catalogue of Plants Poisonous to Stock. Annual Report, Bureau of 
 Animal Industry, 1898, pages 398-403; Thirty Poisonous Plants of the United 
 States. Farmers' Bulletin 86, U. S. Department of Agriculture, pages 9-14; 
 Some Poisonous Plants of the Northern Stock Ranges. Yearbook of the U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 1900; 314-318. 
 
 Chestnut, V. K. and Wilcox, E. V.: Stock-poisoning Plants of Montana. Bulletin 
 26, Division of Botany, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1901, pages 65-80. 
 
 Crawford, Albert C: The Larkspurs as Poisonous Plants. Bulletin in. Part i, 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1907. 
 
 Hall, Harvey M. and Gates, Harry S.: Stock Poisoning Plants of California. Bull- 
 etin 249, College of Agriculture, Agricultural Experiment Station, Berkeley, 
 California, 1915, pages 229-232. 
 
 Harshberger, John W.: Ranunculus acris, An Additional Poisonous Plant. Bo- 
 tanical Gazette, 19, 159; Garden and Forest, 7, 170. 
 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 Press, 1917, pages 9-21, etc. 
 
 Marsh, C. D.: Stock Poisoning Plants of the Range. Bulletin 575, U. S. Dept. of 
 Agriculture, 1919 with colored plates. 
 
 Marsh, C. D., Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, H.: Larkspur Poisoning of Live Stock. 
 Bulletin 365, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Sept. 8, 1916. 
 
 Marsh, C. D., Clawson, A. B., Marsh, H. : Larkspur or Poison Weed. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 988, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 19 18. 
 
 Pammel, L. H.: Manual of Poisonous Plants, Bart II, 191 1, pages covering description 
 of the above mentioned plants. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 I. The students with the outline of plant description before them should describe 
 fresh, or dried, specimens of the poke, corncockle, aconite, butter cup, marsh marigold, 
 larkspur, mayapple, columbine, poppy and wild black cherry. Flowers of these plants 
 
DICOTYLEDONS AS POISONOUS PLANTS 69 
 
 can be kept in alcohol for winter study and many of them can be obtained in Europe and 
 in eastern and western America. 
 
 2. Apply the delicate Dunstan and Carr test for aconitin. A dilute solution of the 
 alkaloid, even i part in 4000 parts of water, faintly acidulated with acetic acid, de- 
 posits a red crystalline precipitate or the addition of a few drops of solution of potassium 
 permanganate. This reaction is quite characteristic and extremely delicate. 
 
 3. Morphin dissolved in concentrated sulphuric acid containing formaldehyde 
 (2 drops of 40 per cent, solution to 3 c.c. of sulphuric acid) produces a fine violet to 
 almost blue coloration (Marquis, 1900). 
 
 4. Experimental work in pharmacology following the directions of Charles W. 
 Greene, Experimental Pharmacology, pages 15 and 48, can be made with morphin and 
 aconite. 
 
CHAPTER 7 
 LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 Black Locust — (Roblnia pseudo-acacia). — This is a tall forest tree of 
 eastern North America with a rough bark, pinnately compound leaves. 
 Its papilionaceous flowers are white, sweet-scented and borne in pendulous 
 racemes. Its wood is hard and during the world war, 1914-18, was much 
 sought after to make the wooden pins used in building the emergency 
 fleet of wooden vessels. The bark and leaves of this tree contains a 
 powerful poison which has proved fatal in a number of cases. The bark 
 of this tree contains a toxic albumose and a toxic glucoside, named robitin, 
 which has now been isolated by B . Tasaki and U. Tanaka. In the fresh bark 
 one per cent, of the glucoside is present, and the toxic reaction is caused 
 by a dose of 0.0015 gram in the horse and 0.02 gram in cattle. The reac- 
 tion of robitin when injected into horses is exactly that produced by the 
 fresh bark, and consists in dyspnoea, increase of secretions and excretions 
 and paralysis of the hind quarters. The seeds also are poisonous. 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms of poisoning are like those produced by 
 belladonna and this is manifested in the cases of several horses that ate 
 the bark off the tree for the animals had colic, tympanites and paralysis. 
 The most prominent case where human beings were poisoned is given by 
 Dr. Z. P. Emery. In March 1887, thirty-two boys inmates of the Brook- 
 lyn Orphan Asylum were poisoned at one time by eating the bark of the 
 tree. The symptoms were the vomiting of a ropy mucus, flushing of the 
 face, dilated pupil, dryness of the throat, feeble pulse, extremities cool, face 
 pale, vomiting of blood, cold extremities, heart feeble and intermittent, 
 face deathly pale with stupor. A rash similar to that of belladonna poi- 
 soning was present, but only temporary. A high-fever was noticed in the 
 beginning. The treatment consisted of sinapisms over the stomach, 
 subcarbonate of bismuth, camphor and brandy. 
 
 BTOom{Cytisus {Sarothamnus) scoparius). — This European shrub is 
 rather uncommon in America, but on Nantucket, Naushon and elsewhere 
 it has been planted to hold embankments. It has also become adventive 
 on the Pacific coast. The tough, wiry stems are dark green and the leaves 
 
 70 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 71 
 
 are trifoliate. The alkaloid in the plant is cytisin C11H14N2O which occurs 
 also in other species of Cytisus and in some other leguminous plants. 
 Spartein (C15H26N2), as a volatile alkaloid, if administered to rabbits in 
 single doses, is sufficient to produce death. The symptoms of poisoning 
 are those of narcotics resembling coniin, which causes paralysis of the 
 central nervous system. 
 
 Burma Bean {Java Bean, Paigya, (Phaseolus lunutus). — As some 
 cargoes of Bui ma beans were found 
 to be of a poisonous character, the 
 Burma Department of Agriculture 
 was urged to encourage the cultiva- 
 tion of beans containing less cyanide 
 than Phaseolus lunatus. As the result 
 of experiments reviewed in Bulletin 
 79 of the Agricultural Research 
 Institute, Pusa, it has been found 
 that the Madagascar beans are not 
 suitable for replacing the Pe-gya and 
 Pe-byangale beans so largely grown 
 in Burma, and moreover after two 
 years cultivation their prussic acid 
 content increased. From tests made 
 with common cultures of the Paigya 
 bean, it is concluded that those with 
 a low hydrogen cyanide content give 
 low figures when grown in different 
 localities, but the content varies con- 
 siderably with different soil and cli- 
 matic conditions. The Prussic acid 
 is developed from a cyanogenetic glucoside, phaseolunatin (CiuHiyOeN). 
 The colored forms of beans yield the largest amount of hydrocyanic acid. 
 
 Lupines {Lupinus spp.). — The lupines have been known from the 
 earliest times and their value as a fodder crop was recognized. Bread 
 was also made out of lupine meal by the ancient Egyptians. Pliny men- 
 tions the use of lupine seeds in medicine. Poisoning by lupines were 
 noted as early as i860, but in 1872, following heavy losses of sheep in 
 northern Germany, considerable attention was given to the poisonous 
 properties of lupine hay. In this country from 1899 on, the experimental 
 
 Fig. 28. — Lupine (^Lupinus leucophyl- 
 lus) . One-half natural size. (After Hall, 
 Harvey M. and Gates, Harry S.: Stock 
 Poisoning Plants of California. Bull. 249, 
 University of California Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, 1915, p. 237. 
 
72 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL 1U)TA>A' 
 
 studies of Chestnut, Wilcox, the Marshes and Clawson have thrown 
 considerably light upon the subject of lupinosis (Fig. 28). 
 
 Loss of Animals. — Sheep have mainly suffered from feeding upon the 
 lupines and the losses have been heavy, but horses, cattle, goats, swine and 
 fallow deer have been poisoned and experiments with small animals show 
 that none were immune to the toxic substances. The losses in Europe 
 have in some years been very great. In 1880 in Pomerania, the loss of 
 sheep was almost 6 per cent. The loss of sheep in America has been heavy. 
 Chestnut and Wilcox (1901) cite that of 2,000 sheep pastured over a 
 region rich in lupine plants, 1,000 sheep were sick and 700 died. In 
 another locality, 1,150 animals died out of a flock of 2500. 
 
 Nature of Poisons. — Lupinus luteus the European species, which 
 has been investigated most carefully contains two alkaloids, lupinin (C21 
 H40N2O2) and lupinidin (CsHuN). Investigations in Europe, how- 
 ever, suggest that these alkaloids are not responsible, but that the active 
 substance is ictrogen formed as the result of the growth of microorganisms 
 upon the plant. Investigation of American species has failed to show the 
 presence of ictrogen, but the American lupines contain alkaloids which 
 are toxic or fatal, if a sufficient quantity of the plant is consumed. The 
 lupine alkaloids produce a stimulation and then paralysis of the respira- 
 tory and vasomotor centers, some convulsive centers, the vagus end 
 mechanism and perhaps the vagus center. Large doses given intra- 
 venously paralyze the heart muscles. The fatal doses for rabbits by the 
 stomach are between 30 and 50 grams per kg. of the seeds of Lupinus 
 leucophyllus and L. sericeus and between 70 and 100 grams per kg. for the 
 seed of Lupinus cyaneus. The cause of death is paralysis of the respira- 
 tion. The seeds are the most poisonous, then in order the pods and the 
 leaves. 
 
 Symptoms. — Sheep poisoned by lupine froth at the mouth, their 
 breathing is heavy and labored, subsiding into a condition of coma, the 
 animal falling over as in a deep sleep. In acute cases, there is dyspnoea 
 with the tongue and mouth cyanotic and the peripheral blood-vessels 
 congested. Sometimes in these attacks of dyspnoea the animal dies in 
 convulsions. In other cases, the animal dies in coma. The convulsive 
 attacks of dyspnoea, however, may be considered typical of lupine poison- 
 ing. Dropping of the ears is an early symptom and in many cases the 
 poisoned animal is continuallly pushing its head against surrounding 
 objects. When affected on the range, they run about in a frenzied 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 73 
 
 way, butting into other animals and objects. If the sheep does not die in 
 the period of excitement, it staggers until it falls, then lies in a stupor, 
 which in fatal cases gradually grows more pronounced. The pulse and 
 respiration are very high in the acute stages of poisoning, but there is no 
 effect on the temperature except in prolonged cases where the temperature 
 
 Fig. 29. — Loco Weed (Aragallus (Oxylropis) Lamberti) natural size. (After Blank- 
 inship, J. W.: The Loco and some other poisonous plants in Montana Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, 1903, p. 80, originally after U. S. Department, of Agriculture.) 
 
 gradually falls to between 98° and 99°F. The symptoms may appear in 
 I or 2 hours after the food is eaten, or in other cases nearly 24 hours may 
 elapse. Death may follow quickly, or the animal may live for 2 or 3 days. 
 The result of autopsies show the peripheral blood vessels strongly 
 congested. The left heart is strongly contracted, the lungs and liver 
 
74 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 congested. The blood-vessels of the brain are congested, as well, as 
 those of the inner wall of the ileum. With horses the general symptoms 
 noticed are twitching of the surface muscles, constipation, dullness, and 
 a tendency when walking to lift the fore feet high. 
 
 Stemless Loco Weed {Aragallns (Oxyiropis) Lambertii). — This is a^ 
 perennial herb arising from a vertical thick, persistent tap root and with 
 radical, compound leaves with 11-17 narrowly lanceolate leaflets. The 
 racemes are erect, elongate and bear white to dark bluish-purple papihon- 
 aceous flowers succeeded by an erect, lance-oblong pod (.Fig. 29). The 
 
 Pig. 30. — Map of the United States, showing the distribution of the stemless loco 
 weed. {Aragallus Lamberli). {After Farmers' Bulletin 380, 1909, p. 9, The Loco Weed 
 Disease.) 
 
 plant is distributed over the plains region from Alberta and Assiniboia 
 in Canada south into Mexico, and from Minnesota and Kansas westward 
 to the Rocky mountains (Fig. 30). Plants bloom in Colorado in the latter 
 part of April. In parts of Colorado, Wyoming and Montana at the time 
 of flowering, large areas are as white as though covered with snow 
 
 (Fig- 31)- 
 
 Wooly Loco Weed (Astragalus mollissimus). — This perennial herb is 
 frequently designated as "stemmed," because it has a leafy stem, which is 
 somewhat decumbent, bearing compound leaves with 23-29 leaflets 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 
 
 75 
 
 covered with silky-villous hairs, hence wooly. The bright-purple papili- 
 onaceous flowers are borne in short racemes and are followed by cylindric 
 pods about 2 cm. long. The geographic distribution of this plant partly 
 overlaps that of the first mentioned loco weed. It ranges from South 
 Dakota south to Mexico and through western Nebraska, Kansas, Okla- 
 homa, Texas, nearly the whole of New Mexico, eastern Arizona, Colorado 
 and southwestern Wyoming. It grows on adobe soils in depressions 
 rather than in elevated situations, occurring in patches covering several 
 
 ^K 
 
 'jfthi mi 
 
 
 1^ --IIF 
 
 - ■'■'""' ■*" *jiriipy'3»k ^99^"t^' ~^ 
 
 WP^I^T°*X: -^ 
 
 
 Fig. 31. — Stemless loco-weed (Aragallus (Oxytropis) Lamherti) on cattle range of 
 the western plains. {After photograph reproduced as cover illustration of Marsh, C. 
 Dwight: The Loco-weed Disease, Farmers' Bulletin 1054, July, 1919.) 
 
 acres, rather than in continuous stretches of country. It blooms in 
 Colorado about June i, but further south in New Mexico, it flowers as 
 early as April. 
 
 Blue Loco Weed or Rattleweed {Astragalus diphystis = Cystium di- 
 physum). — This perennial herb is more western and southwestern in its 
 distribution than the other two loco weeds. It ranges through Colorado, 
 New Mexico, Arizona extreme southern Nevada and southern California, 
 and is the common loco weed, or rattleweed, of New Mexico and Arizona. 
 
70 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 It is very dififerent in its appearance from the former two loco plants. 
 The stems are ascending, or decumbent, 2-4 in. high becoming small ovate 
 to oblong leaflets, 19-21 in number to each compound leaf. The plant has 
 in its vegetative condition a rough resemblance to alfalfa. The flowers 
 are produced in a dense spike and are blue, purple, or violet in color. 
 The pods are inflated, hence bladder-like and in the immature sta e are 
 streaked with purple. 
 
 Loco Weeds in General. — The three plants described above are usually 
 considered together as loco weeds. They have occasioned the poisoning 
 of horses, cattle and sheep in the field. The wooly loco weed poisons horses 
 generally, and is rarely injurious to cattle, which will not eat the plant 
 
 Fig. 32.- — Case 8. Siclt pasiureil on stemless loco-weed (A, L.f,.i,.u.^ Lamberli.) 
 Showing the effect of the plant in leaping unnecessarily high in going over a rut in 
 the road. {After Marsh, C. Dwight: The Loco-weed Disease of the Plains, Bulletin 112, 
 Bureau of Animal Industry, Plate III, Fig. 4, June 28, 1909.) 
 
 readily. Horses as a rule begin to feed upon the plant when they are short 
 of food. Both the wooly and stemless loco weeds are green during the 
 winter, when all the plains grasses are dry and brown. Hence, they are 
 especially dangerous in the spring, when the horses and cattle are turned 
 out to pasture. Once the animals feed upon the plant, they acquire the 
 habit and this shows the development of a depraved appetite, which was 
 attributed by some to the presence of tape worms. 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms of poisoning in horses are quite marked. 
 A high-spirited horse becomes dull followed by irregular gait and irregular 
 mode of feeding. The horse drags its feet more or less (Fig. 33). Asso- 
 ciated with this partial paralysis is an apparent loss of muscular control 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS TLyVNTS 
 
 77 
 
 Fig. 33- — Case 525. Horse showing peculiar gait which is exhibited by an animal 
 which has been locoed. After Marsh, C. Dwight: The Loco-weed Disease of the Plains, 
 Bulletin 112, Bureau of Animal Industry, Plate V, Fig. 3, June 25, 1909.) 
 
 Pig. 34. — Case 525. Locoed horse rearing when suddenly startled by a hat thrown 
 out in front of it, August 23, 1905. This horse was very poor, being Httle but skin and 
 bones, with rough coat and shaggy mane and tail. • (After Marsh, C. Dwight: The Loco- 
 weed Disease of the Plains, Bulletin 112, Bureau of Animal Industry, Plate V, Fig. 4, 
 June 25, 1909.) 
 
78 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 the animal stepping high (Fig. 32) in approaching a stone; or a rut in the 
 road, and shies at imaginary objects (Fig. 34). As the disease progresses, 
 the animal seeks solitude, rearing up if approached. The jaws have a 
 stiff motion in eating, or drinking. The animal loses flesh, its coat be- 
 comes rough, it ceases to eat and soon dies. The symptoms of locoed cat- 
 tle are similar to those of locoed horses. There is the same lack of mus- 
 cular control, a violently shaking head, frantic running into obstructions. 
 A locoed animal is almost impossible to drive, as it is likely to run into the 
 driver, and in the opposite direction. Locoed cattle have staring eyes, 
 rough coats and gradually lose flesh. They go to water less and less fre- 
 quently and eventually die of starvation. 
 
 The symptoms of poisoning in sheep are not so marked as with horses 
 and cattle. Locoed sheep are generally more weak, stumbling, falling and 
 rising again with difl&culty. Post-mortem examinations show accumula- 
 tions of coagulated serum in a gelatinous form in various parts of the body 
 especially about the heart and spinal column. The nervous system in 
 locoed animals is more richly supplied with blood than in normal animals. 
 
 Cause of Locoism. — The specific cause of poisoning by loco weeds was 
 sought early in the presence of some toxic substance, in the plants, but 
 chemical analysis failed to reveal such. Recourse was then made to the 
 presence of tapeworms in the alimentary tract of various animals, but 
 these can hardly be the real cause of the characteristic symptoms of 
 locoism. Dr. Albert C. Crawford from his laboratory work concludes; 
 "The symptoms in stock on the range can be reproduced in rabbits by 
 feeding extracts of certain loco plants. It is the inorganic constituents, 
 especially barium, which are responsible for this poisonous action. There 
 is a close analogy between the clinical symptoms and pathological find- 
 ings in barium poisoning and those resulting from feeding extracts of 
 certain of these plants. Small doses of barium salts may be administered 
 to rabbits without apparent effect, but suddenly acute symptoms develoj) 
 analogous to those reported on the ranges." Marsh dismisses the previ- 
 ously suggested causes of the disease, other than the plants themselves, 
 as having no reasonable basis as to render rtiem tenable. The adminis- 
 tration of sulphates, especially epsom salts to form the insoluble barium 
 sulphate, is suggested by the above discovery of the inorganic cause of 
 the loco disease. The dose used in experiments with mature cattle was 
 about one pound given in the form of a drench. For horses, the dose 
 should be about 8 ounces and for full-grown sheep 4 ounces. To improve 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 7*9 
 
 the nervous condition of the horses, Fowler's solution in daily doses of 
 4 to 6 drams in the drinking water was found best. The use of strych- 
 nin was found best for cattle. Sodium cacodylate administered hypo- 
 dermically to cattle in injections of 6 grains, or 0.4 gram, daily gave 
 beneficial results. Recovery is generally shown with chronically locoed 
 animals. Loco weeds may be destroyed by cutting off below the crown of 
 buds, because sprouting is rendered impossible. 
 
 Rattle-box {Crotalaria sagittalis). — This is an annual plant growing 
 3 inches to a foot high with small straight root and branched stem with 
 yellow flowers and an inflated pod, which finally contains a lot of loose seeds 
 which rattle about when the pod is dry. The plant is distributed from 
 Maine to Minnesota, South Dakota, Iowa, Nebraska, and northern Texas. 
 It is very common on the sandbars of the Missouri Rivejr, hence_^the '^disease 
 produced by it which resembles in general that induced by loco weeds, is 
 known as the Missouri Bottom Disease. Animals have been locoed 
 by. eating rattle-box in New Jersey. 
 
 Box (Buxtis sempervirens) . — This is a tall, evergreen shrub with small, 
 dark-green, leathery, elliptical leaves. The flowers are small and rather 
 inconspicuous. The shrub has been used for hedges in old-fashioned 
 gardens and has been much planted in cemeteries. All parts of the 
 plant are bitter and poisonous. Animals, horses and pigs, may browse 
 upon box, or eat the hedge trimmings and be killed. Buxin is the toxic 
 alkaloid, while three other substances have been isolated from the plant. 
 Small amounts of box have an emetic and purgative action. The symp- 
 toms of poisoning are nervous symptoms, lameness, muscular tremors, 
 vertigo, then a period of coma. Large amounts cause death preceded by 
 intense abdominal pains, dysentery, tenesmus, convulsions, circulatory 
 and respiratory troubles. Pigs are most susceptible displaying thirst, 
 uncertain movements, delirium. Death occurs in twenty-four hours. 
 
 Spurges {Euphorbia spp.).— The spurges are erect, spreading or pros- 
 trate herbs, with milky, acid juice and opposite, or alternate leaves, the 
 upper in whorls and frequently colored at the tops. The acrid, milky 
 juice is poisonous, but poisoning cases are rare because cattle usually 
 rarely eat of them because the taste is repulsive. Euphorbia marginata 
 is one of the many species in the United States. In Texas, it is used in 
 the branding of cattle. The seeds of this species have proved nearly 
 fatal to children that have eaten them. Dr. Millspaugh gives the physio- 
 logical action of the caper spurge {Euphorbia Lathyris) as staring, wide- 
 
8o PASTORAL AxNU ACiKlCULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 open eyes, dilated pupils, death-like pallor, retching and vomiting, violent 
 purgation, frequent stools, copious and in some cases bloody, irregular 
 pulse, whole body cold and rigid, succeeded by heat and perspiration. 
 Country people in England have used the fruits of this plant as a purge 
 and as a pickle, but their poisonous character renders them dangerous. 
 Cows that have eaten of the spurges give a reddish or sharp-tasting milk 
 and the milk of aflfected goats caused diarrhoea in human beings. 
 
 Castor Oil Plant (Ricinus communis) . — The palma christi is an annual 
 plant in temperate regions, but in the tropics it becomes a small, perennial 
 tree. Its leaves are large, broad, palmately lobed and veined. Its 
 flowers are borne in separate clusters, as pistillate and staminate on the 
 same plant. The fruit is covered with soft spines and the seeds contained 
 therein are provide4 with a terminal spongy mass of tissue, the carunculus. 
 The seeds are albuminous with an oily reserve food. The oil expressed 
 from the seeds is the medicinal castor oil with strongly purgative proper- 
 ties. The seeds, as a whole, are poisonous and were used in Europe by 
 farmers to poison recalcitrant sheep, that developed the habit of jumping 
 fences into strange pasture fields. Pigs and poultry have been poisoned 
 by eating the seeds. The press cake was the cause of the death of 80 
 sheep, as reported by M. Audibert near Beaucaire, France. 
 
 Poisonous Principles. — Ricin is the toxic body similar to bacterial 
 toxins. Animals can be immunized by the use of an antitoxic body anti- 
 ricin. Ricinin (CSH8O2N0) is an alkaloid obtained from the seeds. Its 
 toxic action is doubtful. Symptoms of poisoning appear some days after 
 ingestion of the beans or press-cake. Purging is marked. In the case of 
 horses, they lose their appetite, shiver, have cold extremities, dejection, 
 abdominal pain, constipation with a temperature of io3°F. and a pulse of 
 70. Death follows in about three days. 
 
 Poison Ivy. — {Rhus radicans, Rhus Toxicodendron). — The poison ivy 
 is a vine which climbs up the trunks of trees by short aerial roots, or 
 grows in a spreading prostrate manner over the ground, over stone piles, 
 or the dunes along the seashore. An upright form of the plant is occa- 
 sionally seen. Its leaves are trifoliately compound, lustrous green turn- 
 ing to a red in autumn. Its flowers are greenish-yellow and its drupace- 
 ous fruits white. The plant is poisonous at all seasons of the year as the 
 writer has been poisoned in midwinter by forcing his way through brush 
 over which this ivy had grown. It is especially virulent after a rain on a 
 hot summer's day, when one is actively perspiring. Contact with the 
 plant seems to be necessary to induce poisoning. There is a current belief 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 8 1 
 
 that the wind blowing toward a person from a patch of poison ivy is suflEi- 
 cient to produce the usual rash on the skin of susceptible persons, but in 
 all likelihood such persons have crushed the plant under foot and in re- 
 moving their shoes before going to bed have removed the active principle 
 from the surface of the leather. They may also have inadvertently 
 touched the plant in passing by it. The smoke from brush fires in which 
 poison ivy has been placed will cause inflammation of the skin of face and 
 hands. Susceptible persons in our large department stores, who unpack 
 lacquer ware imported from Japan, frequently have the characteristic 
 dermatitis, as the lacquer is made from the juice of a Japanese sumach, 
 Rhus vernicifera, and the toxic oil is partially freed from the surface of the 
 lacquered objects during their transportation in closed cases in which 
 steaming may occur from one country to another in the holds of ocean 
 steamers. The southern shrub, Rhtis Toxicodendron, was formerly con- 
 sidered to be identical with the poison ivy, but recently the two species 
 have been separated as Rhus radicans and Rhus Toxicodendron. The 
 poison ivy ranges from Nova Scotia to Minnesota, Florida, Arkansas and 
 Nebraska, while the shrubby, Rhus Toxicodendron, the poison oak, is 
 found from North CaroHna south to Florida and southwestward to Texas. 
 
 A third shrub, known as poison sumach, poison oak, poison elder, 
 poison dogwood, thunder-wood is Rhus Vernix which is found in swamps 
 from Ontario and Minnesota south to Florida and Louisiana. It is more 
 virulent than the other two species mentioned above. It grows to be a 
 small freely branching tree. It has large pinnately compound leaves, 
 panicles of greenish yellow flowers and large, white, shining drupes pro- 
 duced in open clusters. The California poison ivy, Rhus diversiloba is 
 found on the Pacific Coast from California to Washington. It is an 
 erect, or climbing, nearly smooth shrub with compound leaves of three to 
 five leaflets and flowers in loose axillary panicles with white fruit.' A key 
 will enable one to distinguish these four species of Rhus. ' 
 
 Eastern and Southern Species. 
 
 A. Leaves trifoliate; vines or low shrubs. 
 
 Vine climbing by aerial roots. 
 
 Drupes 5-6 mm. in diameter. Rhus radicans 
 Upright shrubs. 
 
 Drupes 6-7 mm. in diameter Rhus Toxicodendron 
 
 B. Leaves pinnately 7-11 leaflets; tall shrub, or small tree Rhus 
 
 Vernix. 
 
82 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Western Species {Pacific Coast) 
 
 Leaves trifoliate to 5-foliate Rhus diversiloba. Rhus Metopium,^ 
 poison wood or doctor-gum of the south is a tree with poisonous juices. 
 
 Susceptibility. — As hundreds of persons are poisoned every year by 
 coming into contact with these plants, it is important to discover the causa- 
 tive principle. Immunity from the attack of the poison of these species 
 is relative. Some persons usually those with a blonde complexion are 
 very susceptible. Others are less so, while a large number of persons 
 usually with dark, or swarthy complexions (brunette type) are practically 
 immune. 
 
 Active Principle. — Experiments (1897) of Dr. Franz Pfaff of Harvard 
 University Medical School have shown that the poison is a fixed oil, 
 toxicodendrol, closely allied to cardol from the cashew-nut, Anacar- 
 diiim occidentalis. It is soluble in alcohol, ether, benzene, and chloroform. 
 It produces an insoluble compound with lead. It is found in all parts of 
 the plants described above. It is insoluble in water and therefore cannot 
 be washed off the skin with water alone. 
 
 The active principle is poisonous to the skin causing inflammation and 
 pustular eruptions known as dermatitis. Small watery vesicles appear 
 on the skin of the hands usually on the soft skin between the fingers. These 
 vesicles may be scattered in mild cases, as they may be very numerous. 
 Usually the eruptions are accompanied by inflammation and itchiness, 
 and the tendency is to scratch the inflamed areas. In severe cases the 
 pustules cover extensive areas with a swollen condition of the parts and 
 redness. Occasionally, if the skin about the eyes is poisoned, the eyelids 
 swell so that the eyes are entirely closed. Later the vesicles are ruptured 
 and their fluid contents are discharged upon the surface forming moist, 
 excoriated surfaces covered in part with crusts. Where the inflammation 
 reaches the mucous membranes of the internal organs by way of the ex- 
 cretory passages the consequences may be very serious. Death has been 
 the result of ivy poisoning- in relatively a few cases. 
 
 Remedies. — The most efficient remedy that has been found is a vigor- 
 ous washing and scrubbing of the skin of the affected parts with soap and 
 water using a brush for the purpose. This washes off the poisonous oil 
 before it has a chance to act upon the skin. The oil may also be removed by 
 washing with alcohol, but the washing must be thorough in order not to 
 spread the infection. Such simple remedies as washing the skin with hot 
 salt water, rubbing the juices of rib grass (Plantago lanceolata) the leaves 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 83 
 
 of touch-me-not (Impatiens) and bean leaves upon the part exposed 
 to the poison have been used. They are beneficial, although perhaps not 
 curative in their action. Dr. Pfaff recommends the use of an alcoholic 
 solution of sugar of lead (50 or 70 per cent, alcohol). The writer has used 
 all of these remedies with relief to the inflamed parts. In only one case 
 has his eyelids been swollen shut when he was a little boy not fully con- 
 scious of the virulency of the plants near which he played. 
 
 Desensitization. — Recently Schamberg, a Philadelphia physician has 
 discovered a means of desensitizing persons against ivy poison. The 
 method of treatment which he has devised is to administer the medicine 
 in half a glass of water after meals. The formula is Tincture of Rhus 
 toxicodendron i cc, rectified spirit 5 cc. and syrup or elixir of orange 
 100 cc. and it is used as follows: 
 
 Breakfast, drops Lunch, drops Dinner, drops 
 
 123 
 
 456 
 
 78 9 
 
 10 II 12 
 
 13 14 IS 
 
 16 17 18 
 
 19 20 21 
 
 Immunity established after one months administration will persist for 
 about a month afterward. The same mixture exerts a favorable influence 
 when given as a prevention and in abbreviating the duration of the attack. 
 Destruction. — The destruction of the poison ivy, which owes its 
 widespread distribution to crows, can be accomplished by the applications 
 of arsenate of soda at the rate of one half to one pound to five gallons of 
 water is effective, but several applications are necessary. A solution 
 containing one pound of white arsenic and two pounds of sal soda in five 
 gallons of water may be used with similar results. Sulphate of iron one 
 hundred pounds to a barrel of water has been found useful. Covering the 
 poison ivy with tar paper creosoted below is effective, according to Dr. 
 G. E. Stone. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Anon.: Ivy Poisoning. The Youth's Companion, Sept. 12, 1918, p. 466. 
 
 Blankinship, J. W.: The Loco and Some Other Poisonous Plants in Montana. Bull- 
 etin 45, Montana Experimental Station, 1903. 
 
 Chestnut, V. K.: Some Common Poisonous Plants. Year Book of the U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1896; 137-146, 1908; Principal Poisonous Plants of the 
 
84 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 United States. Bulletin 20, Division of Botany, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 
 1898; Thirty Poisonous Plants of the United States. Farmers' Bulletin 86, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1898. 
 Chestnut, V. K. and Wilcox, E. V.: Stock-poisoning Plants of Montana. Bulletin 
 
 26, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1901. 
 Crawford, Albert C: Laboratory Work on Loco-weed Investigations. Bulletin 
 
 121, Bureau of Plant Indtistry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1908. 
 Crawford, Albert C: Barium, a Cause of the Loco-weed Disease. Bulletin 129, 
 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1908. 
 Hall, Harvey M. and Gates, Harry S.: Stock Poisoning Plants of California. Bull- 
 etin 249, University of California, College of Agriculture, Agricultural E.xperiment 
 
 Station, 1915. 
 Harshberger, John W.: When is Rhus toxicodendron Most Active. Garden & 
 
 Forest, 8, 239, 1895. 
 Lerrigo, Charles H.: The Poison-ivy Victim, IMethods of Cure, Prevention and 
 
 Immunization. The Country Gentleman, May 2, 1914, page 905. 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 
 Press, 191 7. 
 Marsh, C. Dwight, Alsberg, C. L. and Black, O. F.: The Relation of Barium to the 
 
 Loco-weed Disease. Bulletin 246, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 191 2. 
 Marsh, C. D., Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, H.adleigh: Lupines as Poisonous Plants. 
 
 Bulletin 405, U. S. Department of Agriculture, Professional Paper, December 
 
 5, 1916. 
 Marsh, C. Dwight: The Loco-weed Disease of the Plains. Bulletin 112, Bureau of 
 
 Animal Industry, 1909. 
 Marsh, C. D.: Results of Loco-weed Investigation in the Field. Bulletin 121, Bureau 
 
 of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1908. 
 Marsh, C. D.: The Loco-weed Disease. Farmers' Bulletin 380 (1909) and 1054 
 
 (1919), U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1919. 
 Mohler, John R.: Cerebrospinal Meningitis ("Forage Poisoning"). Bulletin 65, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, Feb. 14, 1914. 
 Anon.: The Poisonous Bark of Black LocUst Tree. Nature, 103, 132, April 17, 1919; 
 
 Tasaki, B. and Tanaka, U.: Journal of the College of Agriculture, University of 
 
 Tokyo, III, No. 5, 337. 
 Pammel, L. H.: Manual of Poisonous Plants, Part 2, 1911. 
 Schamberg, Jay Frank: Desensitization of Persons Against Ivy Poison. Journal 
 
 American Medical Assoc, 73, 1213, Oct. 18, 1919. 
 Stabler, Harry Snovvden: A Poison-ivy Remedy, the Touch-Me-Not Weed as a Cure. 
 
 The Country Gentleman, September 19, 1914) page 1573- 
 Stone, George E.: Poison Ivy (Rhus toxicodendron L.). Nature Leaflet No. 9, Fourth 
 
 Edition Revised, State Board of Agriculture, Massachusetts, June 3, 1915. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestion to Teachers. — A supply of the plants described in this chapter should 
 be kept in the dried state for distribution to the class. Some of the material (such 
 
LOCO WEEDS AND OTHER POISONOUS PLANTS 85 
 
 as the flowers) may be kept in alcohol. Sections of the stems of one or two of the 
 spurges should be kept in alcohol. European teachers can make selections of European 
 plants mentioned in this chapter. The loco-weeds are found on the great plains and 
 the rattlebox in the east, etc. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 I. Describe the dried plant given you in all of its parts. The study of the flowers 
 may be facilitated by the use of fresh or alcoholic material. This will emphasize the 
 structure of the papilionaceous and euphorbiaceous flowers. 
 
 3. Stain mount and study the longitudinal section of the stem of some spurge, as 
 Euphorbia splendcns, to see the distribution and contents of the latex tubes. Other 
 species of Euphorbia occurring in Europe and elsewhere may be substituted for this one. 
 
 3. Examine and draw the seeds of the castor-oil, Ricinus communis. Draw the 
 young seedlings previously started by the teacher by planting the seeds in sand, or 
 sphagnum moss. Study the developmental stages of the same. 
 
CHAPTER 8 
 MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 
 
 St. John's Wort {Hypericum perforatum). — This is a perennial, much- 
 branched herb with sessile, elliptical leaves having punctate oil glands 
 with a few purple-spotted ones. The yellow flowers are found in cymose 
 clusters. The stamens are numerous, but arranged in five clusters 
 (pentadelphous). 
 
 Symptoms. — White-skinned cattle and sheep eating St. John's wort 
 show an acute inflammation of the white skin, although dark skin remains 
 unchanged. An entire herd of Holstein cattle has been seen with all the 
 white skin hanging in sheets, while the black skin remained intact. The 
 ears at times in sheep are greatly swollen, and if the eyes are effected total 
 and permanent blindness may develop. If the animal is entirely white 
 death may follow, as with extensive burns, the inflammation extending 
 over three-fourths of the skin area. This plant is a decided hindrance to 
 grazing in the French colonies of northern Africa, as in Tunis. Exposure 
 to sunlight is necessary to the development of the curious symptoms of 
 the disease, and animals rapidly recover, if they are protected from the 
 direct rays of the sun, for it appears, as if the herb sensitizes the skin to 
 the invisible chemical rays (the ultra violet) of the solar spectrum. Deaths 
 of horses poisoned by this plant have been reported at Norwood, Maryland 
 within a few years. As the herb preserves all its activities when dried, 
 it may cause trouble, if fed in hay to horses. The treatment consists 
 in blackening the white skin with a mixture of charcoal, linseed oil and 
 lime water. This is applied with a brush and the animals are kept from 
 sunlight and from eating St. John's wort. Cows pastured in a field with 
 this plant, if white-nosed animals, have their udders crowded with erup- 
 tions due to contact with the St. Johns wort especially on dewy mornings. 
 
 The symptoms other than those reported above are dullness, a sinking 
 of the head, loss of appetite, slackening of the pulse and respiration, dila- 
 tion of the pupils, defective sight and purple lips. 
 
 Poisonous Principle.- — The oil, which is responsible for the poisoning 
 of the animals, is located in Httle glandular areas which give the leaf a 
 
 86 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 
 
 87 
 
 perforated appearance, when the leaf is held between the eye and the 
 light. The purple coloring matter in the terminal glands has been isolated 
 and named hypericum red. This dye is fluorescent in solution and much 
 resembles certain aniline derivatives. 
 
 English Ivy (Hedera helix). — This climbing plant makes the ascent 
 of tree trunks, stone and brick walls by means of short, aerial roots. Its 
 leaves are lobed, dark, lustrous, evergreen. The plant is not known to be 
 poisonous to stock, but children 
 have been poisoned by eating the 
 berries. 
 
 The plant contains a bitter 
 principle with cathartic, emetic 
 and purgative properties. A 
 poisonous glucoside hederin 
 (C64H104O19) and a resin is found 
 in the English ivy. The 
 symptoms produced in children 
 were diarrhoea, nervous symp- 
 toms resembling those of intoxica- 
 tion, excitement at first, then coma, 
 convulsions, uncertain gait, ster- 
 torou^respiration and paralysis. 
 
 Water Hemlock, Oregon 
 Hemlock and European Hemlock 
 {Cicuta maculata, C. vagans and 
 C. virosa). 
 
 Descripiion. — These plants of 
 the family Umbellifer^ 
 (Apiace^) are also known as 
 cowbane, musquash root, musk- 
 rat weed. The American cow- 
 bane, Cicuta maculata, has tuberous rootstocks from which arise in 
 swampy situations a stem one to two meters tall bearing twice to thrice 
 compound leaves. The leaf segments are lanceolate, or ellyptic-lanceolate, 
 acuminate, coarsely serrate. The flowers are white borne in compound 
 umbels subtended by linear-subulate bracts. This species ranges from 
 New Brunswick to Manitoba to Virginia and Texas. The western 
 species, Cicuta vagans, is found about lakes, in wet meadows and swamps 
 
 Fig. 35. — Water hemlock {Cicula octi- 
 dentalis). One-half natural size. (After 
 Hall, Harvey M. and Gates, Harry S.: Stock 
 Poisoning Plants of California Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, 1915, p. 223.) 
 
88 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 from British Columbia, Montana, Idaho to California. Besides Cicuta vi- 
 osa, the European species, and the above-mentioned, the following species 
 of Cicuta have been reported as poisonous: C. hulbijera, C. Bolanderi, C. 
 occidentalis (P'ig. 35), C. calif ornica, C. Curtisii, C. Douglasii, C. purpurea, 
 and C. lenuifoUa. 
 
 Cases and Symptoms. — The number of cases of cowbane poisoning in 
 Europe has been large. In this country also, especially in the East, the 
 number of cases reported by physicians has been considerable. The 
 writer's personal acquaintance with poisoning by the cowbane of the 
 eastern states, Cicuta maculata, began with the receipt of specimens of 
 rhizome received from Dr. G. A. Ricketts of Smithmill, Pa., on April 2, 
 191 2. Excerpts from his letter of March 31, 191 2 are here given. "Yes- 
 terday, March 30 (11 to 12 M.) Chester Mulhollen, aged 8, Willard Mul- 
 hollen, aged 10 and Harold Fun aged 9 mistook these tubers for artichokes. 
 They ate of them for about half an hour, consuming I suppose about as 
 much as I mail to you. All three became suddenly ill a few minutes 
 after they stopped eating. Chester M. started toward the house about 
 100 feet distant and fell in the door in a convulsion, never regaining con- 
 sciousness. Harold F. dropped where he was in convulsions. Willard 
 M. became ill a few minutes later, and acteli exactly like the others. The 
 neighbors induced vomiting in the two latter, but were unable to force 
 Chester to swallow. He did not vomit at any time. Chester died at 
 3 p. M. The other two are recovering rapidly. Today both are able 
 to walk about, and have no pain. I did not reach the scene until two 
 hours after the convulsions began. The boys were totally unconscious 
 and do not remember anything that happened after becoming ill. Their 
 pupils were widely dilated, the iris hardly visible. They had a slow weak 
 pulse, 30 to 50 per minute. Vomiting was induced. No purging occurred. 
 The facial muscles contracted rapidly. Their eyelids would almost snap 
 with eyeballs protruding. Eyes turned inwardly. Extreme cyanosis 
 during the spasms. Jaws set so that it was almost impossible to force 
 the mouth open at any time. Convulsions almost continuous, both tonic 
 and clonic. All the muscles were rigid. The poisoning resembled that 
 of strychnin to some extent. Convulsions ceased in Willard and Harold 
 about half an hour after becoming ill. Women of the neighborhood gave 
 ipecac with milk and eggs before vomiting began. Chester's spasms 
 never ceased until death. Please let me hear from you at your earliest 
 convenience. I hope that you can identify the plant and inform me the 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 89 
 
 kind of poison it contains." An account of this case was published in 
 the daily press, but a full account, somewhat incorrect, appeared in the 
 Lancaster Intelligencer under date of May 13, 1912, with the heading 
 "A Death Dealing Plant. Warning to Woodland Wanderers by the 
 State Health Department." The loss of stock by Cicuta poisoning has 
 been considerable in the United States, although the data is inaccurate 
 and incomplete. One man in Oregon, presumably estimating the loss in 
 his immediate neighborhood, makes it 10 per cent. Slade, 1903, esti- 
 mates a loss of a hundred cattle a year in Oregon. Chestnut and Wilcox, 
 1 90 1, say that in 1900 in Montana 30 head of cattle and 80 head of sheep 
 were lost. 
 
 Poisonous Principles. — If one cuts open the rootstock of any of the 
 species of Cicuta drops of an aromatic oil exude, and they impart a peculiar 
 odor to the plant. The poisonous principle is not the oil, but a resin, which 
 has been isolated as cicutoxin. It has been studied by Boehm (1875-76), 
 Wikzemski (1875) and Pohl (1894). It has been found to have properties 
 similar to picrotoxin and with these two toxicologists usually group 
 coriamyrtin, oenanthotoxin and santonin. This poisonous principle, 
 according to Kunkel (1901), is a clear, brown, sticky resin with an acid 
 reaction and which does not harden when dried. It is soluble in alcohol, 
 chloroform, ether and dilute alkalis and is precipitated by acids from 
 alkaline solutions. Injected subcutaneously, by Wikzemski in 1875 into 
 frogs, it produced clonic-toxic convulsions of the whole body, and in 
 doses of 4 to 6 milligrams of the ether extract, it killed the frogs with 
 paralysis. The action of the poison is limited to the central nervous 
 system, that of the heart and organs of respiration are influenced second- 
 arily. The principal effect of cicutoxin is upon the "convulsion center" 
 at the end of the medulla oblongata. The upper part of the brain is not 
 affected, while the terminal paralysis of the spinal cord results from the 
 complete exhaustion following the convulsions. 
 
 Although the rootstocks are perhaps the most virulent parts of the 
 plant, yet, the leaves stems and basal parts or the plant contain sufficient 
 poison, especially in the early stages of growth, to produce death. The 
 plant is probably most poisonous in the spring, when the Mulhollen boys 
 were poisoned. Where the soil has been puddled by the trampling of 
 cattle in the swamps, where the cowbane grows, the resin is evidently 
 freed into the pools of water, which if taken by the animal to relieve thirst 
 produces poisoning. Gadd as early as 1774 related in some detail a case 
 of poisoning of cattle from drinking water in which were Cicuta roots. 
 
90 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Remedies. The older authors noticed that if the eating of cowbane 
 was followed by vomiting the patient usually recov^ered fsee ante). The 
 logical remedy, therefore, is an emetic. When the convulsions are 
 violent some opiate should be administered. Chestnut and Wilcox 
 recommended hypodermic injections of morphin to control the convul- 
 sions, giving sheep i) 2 grams and cattle and horses 3 to 10 grams. A 
 purgative would doubtless help to rid the system of the poison. 
 
 Poison Hemlock (Coniuni maculatum). — The poison hemlock is the 
 classical poisonous plant naturalized from Europe into America, where it 
 ranges in waste places from Canada to Indiana, California, Utah and Mex- 
 ico. It is an erect, much-branched herb, 6-15 decimeters tall. Its lower 
 and basal leaves are petioled, while its upper are usually sessile. All of 
 the leaves are pinnately dissected into ovate leaflets with dentate margin. 
 The umbels are broad with white flowers. Its fruit is 3 mm. long and 2 
 mm. wide with its ribs very prominent when dry. 
 
 Poisons. — The plant is very poisonous containing an alkaloid coniin 
 (CsHitN), which is volatile in vapor of alcohol, or water, and somewhat 
 volatile at ordinary temperatures. It has an alkaline reaction and a 
 burning taste and causes dilation of the pupil. Two other principal 
 alkaloids have been isolated: Conicein (CsHisN) said to be eighteen 
 times more poisonous than coniin and conhydrin (CsHiyNO). Fresh 
 leaves contain 0.095 P^r cent, of coniin and the ripe seed 0.7 per cent. 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms in man are due to a general and gradual 
 weakening of the muscular power. The power of sight is often lost, 
 but the mind, as in the case of Socrates quoted below, remains clear until 
 death ensues, as it does from the gradual paralysis of the lungs. There 
 are no convulsions. Many domestic animals have been killed by eating 
 the plant. The symptoms for cows being the loss of appetite, salivation, 
 bloating, much bodily pain, loss of muscular power, and rapid, feeble 
 pulse. 
 
 Socrates and the Plant.- — As the death of the ancientGreek philosopher 
 Socrates is usually associated with this plant the following account is of 
 interest. The form of the indictment of Socrates was as follows: Meletus, 
 the son of Meletus, of the deme Pitthis, on his oath brings the following 
 accusation against Socrates, the son of Sophioniscus of the deme Alopece. 
 Socrates commits a crime by not believing in the gods of the city and, by 
 introducing other new divinities. He also commits a crime by corrupting 
 the youth. Penalty, death. He is condemned by a vote of 281 to 220. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 91 
 
 The following account of the drinking of decoction of the poison hemlock 
 and the last conversations of the philosopher with his friends is taken from 
 the last part of the Phaedo. 
 
 Then Crito made a sign to his slave, who was standing by, and the slave 
 went out, and after some delay returned with the man who was to give 
 the poison, carrying it prepared in a cup. When Socrates saw him, he 
 asked, "You understand these things, my good sir, what have I to do?" 
 ''You have only to drink this," he replied, and "to walk about until your 
 legs feel heavy, and then lie down, and it will act of itself." With that 
 he handed the cup to Socrates, who took it quite cheerfully. Socrates, 
 without trembling, and without any change of color of feature, looked 
 up at the man with that fixed glance of his and asked, "what say you to 
 making a libation from this draught? May I, or not?" "We only 
 prepare so much as we t,hink sufficient, Socrates," he answered. "I 
 understand said Socrates. But I suppose that I may, and must, pray to 
 the Gods that my journey hence may be prosperous: that is my prayer 
 be it so." With these words he put the cup to his lips and drank the poison 
 quite lively and cheerfully. Till then most of us had been able to con- 
 trol our grief fairly well; but when we saw him drinking, and then the 
 poison finished, we could do so no longer: my tears came first in spite of 
 myself, and I covered my face and wept for myself: it was not for him, 
 but at my own misfortune in losing such a friend. Even before that 
 Crito had been unable to restrain his tears and had gone away; and 
 ApoUodorus, who had never once ceased weeping the whole time, burst 
 into a loud cry, and made us one and all break down by his sobbing, and 
 grief, except only Socrates himself, "what are you doing, my friends"? 
 he exclaimed. "I sent away the women chiefly in order that they might 
 not offend in this way; for I have heard that a man should die in silence. 
 So calm yourselves and bear up." When we heard that, we were ashamed, 
 and we ceased from weeping. But he walked about, until he said that his 
 legs were getting heavy, and then he lay down on his back, as he was told. 
 And the man who gave the poison began to examine his feet and legs, 
 from time to time: than he pressed his foot hard, and asked if there was 
 any feeling in it; and Socrates said, "No:" and then his legs, and so higher 
 and higher, and showed us that he was cold and stiff. And Socrates felt 
 himself, and said that when it came to his heart, he should be gone. He 
 was already growing cold about the groin, when he uncovered his face, 
 which had been covered, and spoke for the last time. "Crito, he said, 
 
92 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRJCULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 I owe a cock to Asclepius: do not forget to pay it. " " It shall be done, " 
 replied Crito. "Is there anything else that you wish?" He made no 
 answer to this question; but after a short interval there was a movement, and 
 the man uncovered him, and his eyes were fixed. Then Crito closed his 
 mouth and his eyes. 
 
 "Such was the end, Eshrecrates, of our friend, a man, I think, who 
 
 was the wisest and justest, and the 
 best man that I have ever known." 
 Ericaceae. — This family includes 
 a number of shrubs and under 
 shrubs which are poisonous to stock. 
 As they contain essentially the same 
 poisonous principles, although 
 belonging to different genera, they 
 are described botanically first and 
 cases of poisoning are cited after- 
 wards. The general symptoms 
 and the nature of the toxic principles 
 are discussed also. 
 
 Lamb Kill, Sheep-Laurel 
 {Kalmia angustifolia). This is an 
 underbush growing i8 inches to 2 
 feet tall with opposite, or whorled, 
 leaves, dark-green above, light- 
 green beneath. The floweis are 
 purple, or crimson, in umbels and 
 the capsular fruit is persistent in 
 whorls on the stems for a number 
 of years (Fig. 36). The sheep- 
 laurel is found in dry woods, or in 
 wet soil from Newfoundland to 
 Hudson Bay, south to Georgia and 
 Michigan. It is common in the pine barrens of New Jersey and on the 
 barren soils of the Pocono plateau of Pennsylvania. 
 
 The leaves of this plant are said to be poisonous to sheep and calves, 
 and cases of men being poisoned by eating the flesh of partridges which 
 had fed on the buds and fruits have been reported. There is a general 
 belief among farmers that the leaves of this plant are poisonous to lambs 
 
 Fig. 36.— Fruiting branch of sheep 
 laurel (Kalmia angustifolia) collected at 
 Mays Landing, N. J., January 2, 1920. 
 Successive whorls of fruits are shown of 
 different ages. 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 93 
 
 and sheep, hence the common names, but direct evidence is lacking for 
 this plant which we have for the broad-leaved species. 
 
 Calico-bush, Mountain-laurel {Kahnia latifolia). This is a shrub 
 growing 4 to 8 feet tall and with broad, evergreen, dark-green, lustrous 
 leaves and a large umbel of white, pink, or rose-pink flowers with ten 
 
 Pig. 37. — Mountain laurel {Kahnia latifolia). {After The Storrs and Harrison Co. 
 {Painesville, Ohio) Catalogue, 1913.) 
 
 explosive stamens placed in pockets of the cup-shaped corolla (Fig. 37). 
 The fruit is a persistent small capsule (Fig. 38). 
 
 Many cattle and sheep are poisoned annually by eating the leaves and 
 tops of this shrub. On Nov. 13, 1918, the writer was taken by Dr. F. 
 Boerner to see a herd of heifers on the Percival Roberts farm at Narberth, 
 
94 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Penna., which had been poisoned by eating the leaves of this plant grow- 
 ing in a piece of woodland into which the heifers had been turned to browse 
 and which was usually closed to the feeding of cattle. All of the heifers 
 in the herd were poisoned, but when the writer visited it, all of the ani- 
 mals, but two, had partly recovered through the care of the veterinarian 
 in charge, Dr. D. S. Deubler. The two heifers, which were still sufTering 
 from the poison walked about with unsteady gait, they hung their heads 
 low and showed a general lack of activity with considerable frothing at 
 the mouth. All the animals of this herd recovered. 
 
 Another case was of a number of educated or trained goats exhibited 
 during Christmas week in the Philadelphia Dime Museum, the stage of 
 
 Fig. 38. — Fruiting branch of laurel (Kalmia lalifolia) collected at Mays Landing, N. J.. 
 
 January 2, 1920. 
 
 which was decorated with festoons of laurel leaves. Between the per- 
 formances the goats roamed ovei the stage and behind the scenes partaking 
 very freely of the attractive, green lauiel foliage. Dr. C. J. Marshall, 
 then out-surgeon of the Veterinary Hospital of the University of Pennsyl- 
 vania, was called on the evening of December 24, 1894 to see the goats. 
 Six of them died in the Veterinary Hospital from the effects of the laurel 
 poison. Horses have died from eating the leaves, and in May 1895, a 
 monkey was killed at the National Zoological Park at Washington, D. C. 
 by eating a few flowers and leaves offered to it by a visitor. The honey 
 made from the flowers of the mountain-laurel by bees is said to be poison- 
 , ous. Cases of poisoning may be expected, therefore, from time to time 
 in the region where this shrub grows which is from Canada to Maine and 
 the Allegheny mountains through West Florida, Ohio, Kentucky and 
 
• MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 95 
 
 Tennessee. It is common on hill slopes in the Piedmont region west of 
 Philadelphia and in the pine barrens of New Jersey. 
 
 Stagger-bush {Lyonia {Andromeda) mariana). — A glabrous shrub 
 growing about two feet tall with deciduous, oblong, or oval leaves. The 
 flowers are white, or cream-colored, urn-shaped and produced in nodding 
 fascicles before the leaves are fully developed. The capsules are grayish 
 and persistent for some time. The stagger-bush occurs in low grounds 
 from Rhode Island to Florida, Tennessee and Arkansas. Sheep have been 
 poisoned and killed by eating the tops and foliage of this plant, which 
 gets its name, because of the intoxicatiom of sheep and cattle by eating it. 
 
 Rose Bay, or Great Laurel {Rhododendron maximum). — The great 
 laurel is a tall shrub, or small tree forming thickets in the hilly and 
 mountainous parts of the eastern United States from Maine to Ohio and 
 south along the mountains to Georgia. It has large evergreen leaves 
 which being sensitive to cold below 20° F, turn down and incurl during 
 the coldest days of winter. The flowers are large, bell shaped, produced 
 in short racemes from scaly large winter flower buds. This species and 
 several other species, as R. californicum R. catawbiense, are poisonous 
 to stock. Cases of death of goats in the Himalaya mountains of India 
 are recorded from eating the leaves of Rhododendron cinnabarinum. 
 \i^ General Considerations. — All of the above described ericaceous plants 
 contain the substance andromedotoxin CsiHsoOio, a bitter glucoside 
 more poisonous than aconitin, and more emetic than emetin. It is a 
 narcotic poison. 
 
 In the case of goats the symptoms are intense pain, diarrhoea, dis- 
 comfort, gritting of the teeth, salivation and frequently vomiting, while 
 there is trembling, spasms, vertigo, loss of power and death. Lander and 
 others report somewhat similar symptoms in cattle that have eaten freely 
 of any of the above shrubs. 
 
 Chinese Primrose {Primtda obconica). — This plant is a native of 
 China, but is cultivated in greenhouses and out of doors in summer in 
 this country and Europe. Its leaves are all radical and cordate and 
 covered with glandular hairs. The flowers are borne in umbels at the 
 top of a slender scape 6-12 inches long. The glandular hairs form a drop 
 of poison containing embelia acid"; C7H302(OH)2CiiH23, which is an 
 irritant causing eruptions on the skin of susceptible persons, similar to 
 those produced by poison ivy. The susceptible persons suffer from an 
 eczematous inflammation of the hands and face, and apparently there is 
 
96 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 a recurrence of the inflammation after some time. Mr. Thomas Meehan 
 describes a person, who after potting a lot of Primula obconica had his 
 face so swollen that he remained completely blind for a day. 
 
 Privet {Ligustrum vulgare). — The privet and several other species of 
 Ligustrum are used commonly as hedge plants, for which purpose they are 
 very suitable. The oval leaves are opposite and remain green well into 
 the winter. Cases of poisoning of children, who have eaten the fruits, 
 are recorded causing violent purging, a boy and a girl having died. Horses 
 are poisoned and killed, the symptoms being a loss of power in the hind 
 limbs with a weak and reduced pulse and a temperature of io2°F. 
 The mucous membranes are injected, sHghtly, the pupils are dilated and 
 death results in 36 to 48 hours. 
 
 The poisonous principles are the glucosides ligustrin and ligustron 
 together with syringin C17H24O9 and the bitter glucosidal principle 
 syringopicrin, C26H24O17. These also occur in the lilac, Syringa vulgaris. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Anon.: Poisoning bj' Primroses. Scientific American, Supplement 83: 411, June 
 30, 1917- 
 
 Chestnut, V. K.: Thirtj^ Poisonous Plants. Farmers' Bulletin 86, U. S. Department 
 of Agriculture, 1898, pages 23-29. 
 
 Crawford, Albert C: Mountain Laurel, a Poisonous Plant. Bulletin 121, Part II, 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1908. 
 
 Harshberger, John W.: Poisonous Plants. Standard Cyclopedia of Horticulture, 
 second edition, vi, 2728-2729. 
 
 Long, Harold C: Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 Press, 1917, pages 36-42, 46-49- 
 
 Lutz, O.: Poisonous Nature of the Stinging Hairs of Jatropha urens. Science News, 
 40, 609. 
 
 Marsh, C. D wight: Menziesia, a New Stock-poisoning Plant of the Northwestern 
 States. Drug and Poisonous Plant Investigations. U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, Bureau of Plant Industry, Preliminary Notice, June 10, 1914. 
 
 Marsh, C. Dwight, Clawson, A. B. and Marsh, H.vdleigh: Cicuta or Water Hem- 
 lock. Bulletin 69, U. S. Department of Agriculture, March 28, 19 14. 
 
 Nestler, A.: Plants Venomous tp Touch. Scientific American Supplement 75: 68, 
 February i, 1913. 
 
 Pammel, L. H.: Manual of Poisonous Plants. Part 2, 191 1, pages 645-679. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 I. The class should describe by use of the outline given on page 54 the various 
 plants described in this chapter, either as alcoholic, dried, or fresh specimens. With 
 
MISCELLANEOUS DICOTYLEDONOUS PLANTS 97 
 
 selections and substitutions of plants, the contents of this chapter are of world-wide 
 applicability. 
 
 2. The members of the class in botany should make the test for coniin as follows: 
 Concentrated sulphuric acid colors coniin blood-red, the color gradually changing to 
 green. Potassium-cadmium iodide causes an amorphous precipitate of coniin, which dis- 
 tinguishes the latter from nicotin, yielding a crystalline precipitate. 
 
 3. Study of sublimable principles. See for details Kraemee, Henry: Applied and 
 Economic Botany, 1914: 173-176 Quite a number of plant principles are capable of 
 being sublimed. Not only is this true, when they are in the pure state, but also when 
 they are associated with other compounds in the plant cell. This fact is of interest in 
 the examination of poisonous plants. The procedure is simple, and a small quantity 
 of material (0.020 to 0.050 gram) is required. In the study of flowers, a small piece 10 
 square millimeters is all that is required. The material is dried, and hence, the use- 
 fulness of the dried plants for laboratory study. The dried material is cut up, or 
 comminuted and placed in a small watch crystal, which is covered with a slide, or 
 another watch crystal, for the deposition of the sublimate. The watch crystal con- 
 taining the material is carefully heated on a sand bath, or on a bath containing sul- 
 phuric acid. The method is peculiarly suited for the study of the principles in the 
 ericaceous plants. Tunman (Berichte der Deutsche Pharmaceutische Gesellschaft, 
 191 1, 312) examined some of the Ericaceae by the microsublimation method and found 
 that they contained arbutin. The latter is a widely distributed glucoside in the 
 family and yields upon treatment/ with solutions of emulsin, or hydrochloric acid, 
 the sublimable principle hydrochinon. The latter forms prisms and plates and may 
 be examined further with acetone solution, dilute solutions of ferric chloride and water. 
 Arbutin occurs in the leaves of Arctoslaphylos Uva-ursi, Vaccinium myrtillus, Kalmia 
 angustifolia (see ante) , Pyrola rotundifolia and species of Rhododendron. This method 
 can be used for the study of the sublimable principles in stramonium, podophyllin. 
 
CHAPTER 9 
 PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS 
 
 Oleander {Nerium oleander). — The oleander is an old fashioned shrub 
 grown in tubs inside of houses in north temperate regions, but in the open 
 in the southern and southwestern United States, in southern Europe and 
 in the Bermuda islands, where it is a mass of color during the month of 
 June and even later in July. It is a native of the Mediterranean countries 
 of Europe also in Persia, Japan and the East Indies. The writer has 
 noticed three varieties in Bermuda, the white-flowered, the pink-flowered 
 and the rose-red variety. The leaves are lanceolate, leathery with the 
 stomata depressed in pits protected by hairs on their under surface. 
 
 Cases and Sjrmptoms. — Five soldiers were poisoned by stirring a pot of 
 barley soup with an oleander branch. Vomiting occurred. In one case, 
 there was dizziness and abdominal pain; in another, dulling of the senses 
 and insensibility to external pressure. Three hundred French soldiers 
 in the army corps of Marshal Suchet in Catalonia became sick after eating 
 roasted meat fastened together with skewers made of oleander sticks. 
 A number of these soldiers died. A cow and two goats were poisoned 
 with oleander leaves given with the other feed. The symptoms noted 
 were coldness of the nose and extremities, maiked tremors in the posterior 
 extremities and cramp-like contractions of all the muscles. The goats 
 passed into a general paralytic condition and died in about eleven hours, 
 while the cow died paralyzed twenty four hours after eating the leaves. 
 The Arizona Experiment Station records a considerable number of cases 
 of poisoning of horses about Phoenix and in other parts of the state. A 
 fine team of draft horses were lost by eating oleander leaves. Experiments 
 conducted by this station with cows, horses, lambs and mules amply 
 demonstrate the poisonous character of the shrub. 
 
 The amount of oleander necessary to cause death in horses ranges from 
 fifteen to twenty grams of green leaves and from fifteen to thirty grams 
 of dry leaves. The fatal dose for cows is from ten to twenty grams of 
 green leaves and fifteen to twenty-five grams of dried leaves. The fatal 
 amount of green or dry leaves for a sheep is one to five grams. 
 
 q8 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS 99 
 
 The symptoms, as given in the Arizona bulletin, are increased tem- 
 perature and pulse, as indicated by the graphs in the experimental portion 
 of the report, dilation of the pupils of the eyes, discoloration of the 
 mouth and nostrils, followed by a sore mouth. The body becomes wet 
 with perspiration, the animal refuses to eat or drink. The fecal discharges 
 are frequent and of a greenish color. The heart is powerfully stimulated 
 and the action of the kidneys is increased slightly and the color of the 
 urine is normal. 
 
 Remedies. — There is little or nothing that can be done in cases of 
 oleander poisoning except the administration of an emetic in the case of 
 human beings. Emetics do little good with the lower animals. The 
 physician should combat the human symptoms, as they arise, remember- 
 ing that oleander poisoning is practically identical with that produced 
 by digitalis. 
 
 Active Principles. — Three active principles all of them glucosides 
 reside in oleander. Oleandrin as an amorphous mass showing the charac- 
 teristics of digitalin is the most important. Neriin and nerianthin are the 
 remaining two and have much less marked poisonous properties. 
 
 Whorled Milkweed {Asclepias verticillata). — The whorled milk- weed 
 has only lately come into prominence as a poisonous plant in portions of 
 Colorado. The plant has angled stems, narrowly linear leaves in whorls 
 of two to four and greenish flowers tinged with purple of the usual milk 
 weed type. The plant is distributed from Maine to Florida to Texas to 
 Mexico and Arizona. The writer has found it on the Hempstead Plain in 
 western Long Island. 
 
 A sheepman near Colona, Colorado lost eighty-five head of lambs which 
 he had turned into his orchard after they were, brought down from the 
 range. The only poisonous plant in the orchard was the whorled milk- 
 weed. In the fall of 1916, a loss of 750 sheep out of a flock of 1400 was 
 reported from Cortez, Colorado. An examination of the stomach contents 
 was made by the Colorado station which showed that the sheep had eaten 
 practically nothing but milkweed. Grazing on the young plants, as 
 early, as June and throughout the summer months has proved disastrous. 
 
 Solanacese. — This family contains a number of plants which are 
 celebrated as poisonous plants yielding, however, things of great medicinal 
 importance. The belladonna {Atropa Belladonna) , is one of the most 
 important drug plants of this family, also poisonous. Hyoscyamns, 
 Scapola, Datura, and Mandragora are others. 
 
lOO PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Thorn Apple {Datura Stramonium and D. Tatula). — The Jamestown 
 Weed, or Jimson Weed, is a tall, much-branched annual with broadly, 
 ovate, shallowly lobed leaves and single, plaited, trumpet-shaped flowers, 
 either white {D. Stramonium) or purple in color {D. Tatula). The fruit is 
 a prickly imperfectly, four-celled capsule with sphericidal blackish-brown 
 seeds. 
 
 Cases. — The writer's earliest acquaintance with poisonous plants 
 was with this plant and poison ivy. While a lad about twelve years old, 
 three children of the neighborhood were brought into his father's drug 
 store having eaten the seeds of the Jimson weed. They were all suffering 
 from the effects of the poison. Emetics were administered and the writer's 
 father took all three children out into the back yard and compelled 
 them to run about by whipping the calves of their legs with a carriage whip 
 until they broke into a profuse perspiration. He succeeded in saving their 
 lives by this and other heroic treatment. Many cases have been recorded 
 of poisoning by these plants. The Philadelphia Ledger of October 12, 
 1909 gives this account of poisoning "A verdict of death by accidental 
 poisoning by eating seeds of stramonium, or jimson-weed plant was found 
 by a coroner's jury yesterday in the case of Martha Robinson, 3 years old 
 daughtei of Reserve Policeman James Robinson. The testimony showed 
 that Maltha and her little friend, Helen Bradley, attracted by the cur- 
 iously shaped seed pods of the weed growing on a lot at 55 th and Paschal 
 Avenue, where they were playing, had broken several of them open and 
 had eaten the seeds. Both children became sick and went home where 
 antidotes were administered to them, but failed to overcome the toxic 
 effects in the case of Martha Robinson, who died in agony. Helen 
 Bradley was apparently on the load to recovery yesterday, but her con- 
 dition at times was extremely critical." 
 
 Symptoms. — The symptoms of poisoning are about the same in all 
 cases. Large doses produce headache, vertigo, nausea, extreme thirst, 
 dry, burning skin and general nervous confusion, with dilated pupils, loss 
 of sight and of voluntary motion, sometimes with many convulsions and 
 death. Smaller doses act like ordinary narcotics. Emetics should be 
 administered and the stomach washed out with tea, tannic acid, or an 
 infusion of oak baik, if in the country. Pilocarpin is recommended by 
 physicians to counteract the drying effect upon the secretions and pro- 
 longed artificial respiration must be used to maintain the aeration of the 
 blood. 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS lOI 
 
 Poisons. — The thorn apple contains two poisonous alkaloids hyos- 
 cyamin (C17H23O3N) and atropin (C17H23O3N) together with scopolamin, 
 or hyoscin (Ci7H2i04N). The principal substance is hyoscyamin. The 
 true alkaloids together occur to the extent of 0.48 to 3.33 per cent, in the 
 leaves, 0.43 per cent, in the flowers and in the root o.i per cent. Daturin 
 was formerly believed to be in the plant, but it has been proved to be a 
 mixture of hyoscyamin and of atropir. 
 
 Bittersweet {Solanum dulcamara). — The bittersweet is a climbing 
 plant producing purple flowers with rotate corollas followed by a bright-red, 
 ellipsoidal berry. There is considerable divergence of opinion about the 
 poisonous properties of this plant, some denying that the fiuit is poison- 
 ous. Dr. S. C. Schmucker thinks that the berry fruit is haimless provided 
 the seeds are removed before it is eaten. Perhaps this explains the dis- 
 crepancies in the statements about the use of the berry as food. However, 
 the plant contains the toxic alkaloid found in other species of Solanum and 
 Gillam reports a case of poisoning in sheep and the writer has heard of the 
 poisoning of children on Long Island by eating the fruit. The symptoms 
 as recorded by Gillam in the case of the sheep mentioned above were 
 small, intermittent pulse, temperature io4°F, quickened respiration, 
 staggering gait, dilation of pupils and green bowel discharges. The 
 SA^mptoms seem to be the same in the poisoning of cattle. 
 
 Garden Nightshade {Solanum nigrum). — The black nightshade is a 
 smooth annual growing one to two feet high with ovate leaves having 
 wavy margins. There are drooping clusters of small, white flowers and 
 black, globose, juicy beriies, which ripen from July to October. It is 
 a common introduced weed in rich, shaded grounds and fields east of 
 South Dakota and Arkansas and in damp places westward to the Pacific 
 Ocean. 
 
 The amount of poison in this plant varies with the conditions of growth. 
 The plants with the musky odor aie the most poisonous. Children have 
 been poisoned by eating the berries, but occasionally owing probably to a 
 vaiiation in the poisonous content of the berries children may eat them 
 with no other ill effect than a pain in the stomach. Chestnut and Wilcox 
 record cases of poisoning in calves, sheep, goats and pigs. The character- 
 istics symptoms are about the same in animals and in man. They are 
 stupefaction, staggeiing, loss of speech, feeling and consciousness, cramps, 
 and occasionally convulsions. The pupils show dilation. Paralysis is 
 usually the cause of death. , 
 
I02 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Potato {Solanion tMberosum) .—Although, the potato plant is con- 
 sidered one of the principal food plants of the human race, yet there are 
 parts of the plant which are poisonous, and there are conditions in which 
 the tubers develop poisonous properties. The tops of the plants stems 
 and leaves are poisonous containing the active principle. Even the tubers 
 which are eaten with impunity by the majority of people may be injurious 
 to some persons with a susceptible idiosyncrasy. Again when tubers are 
 stored in a damp cellar to which sunlight has access, they may develop a 
 green color. Such greened tubers and the tubers from which young shoots 
 have sprung develop the poisonous properties of the tops and have been 
 the cause of accidental poisoning. Macfadyen has shown that old 
 sprouted potatoes, even after boiling, are poisonous to horses. Two cows 
 became ill after eating potato parings, as they contain more of the toxic 
 principle than the "flesh." 
 
 Poisonous Substances. — The three above mentioned species of the 
 genus Solanum, as well, as other species of the genus contain an alkaloid 
 solanin (C52H93NO18) having a hot, bitter taste. Solanum [dulcamara 
 the bittersweet contains in addition dulcamin, which gives it its peculiar 
 bitter-sweet taste. The black night shade contains also solanidin (C40- 
 HeiNOo) with strong basic properties. 
 
 Sneeze-weed (Helenium aulumnale) .—A perennial herb with smooth, 
 or puberulent, stem 6 to 18 decimenters high. The leaves are firm, 
 sharp-pointed with decurrent, sessile bases. The heads are numerous 
 3-5 centimeters broad borne on long peduncles. The ray flowers are 
 blight-yellow, 3-cleft and drooping, ten to eighteen in number. The 
 disk-flowers are perfect, fertile and yellow in color. The achenes are 
 pubescent on the angles, while the pappus scales are ovate, sharp-pointed, 
 or toothed. The swamp sunflower, or yellow star, is found in swamps 
 and wet meadows from Quebec to Connecticut, Florida, South Dakota, 
 Kansas and Alabama. It occurs in the Rocky mountains from Wyom- 
 ing to Montana in a v&ntiy grandifiorum. It is in flower from August until 
 October. Its common name refers to the sneezing of which it produces, 
 a fact kno\Yn to the Winnebago Indians, who used it for that purpose. 
 
 Symptoms. — Sheep, cattle and horses, that are unfamiliar with the 
 plant which is more or less bitter, acrid and pungent, are often poisoned 
 by it when driven to pastures where it is abundant. As a rule, because 
 of the above-mentioned qualities, animals avoid it, but they sometimes 
 acquire a taste for it and are quickly killed by eating it in large amounts. 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS 
 
 lO- 
 
 Little is known about the poisonous principle in the plant, but it appar- 
 ently is found in largest amount in the flowers. The symptoms, as deter- 
 mined in Mississippi by an observation of calves, are an accelerated pulse, 
 difficult breathing, staggering and extreme sensitiveness to touch. Death 
 is preceded in fatal cases by spasms and convulsions. The spasms in 
 
 Fig. 39. — Flowering branch of white sna,keToot{Eiipatorium urticcBfolium). (After 
 Crawford, Albert C: The Supposed Relationship of White Snakeroot to Milk Sickness, or 
 Trembles. Bull. 121, Part i, Bureau of Plant Industry, Plate i.) 
 
 several cases with sheep are epileptiform, yet a sheep may have such 
 violent convulsions and yet recover without treatment, but they may 
 acquire a mania for it after having been poisoned. The horse and mule 
 succumb to the injurious effects of the toxic substance quicker and more 
 completely than other animals. The influence of the poison appears 
 
I04 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 soon after ingestion and with violence. The horse is unable to control 
 his motions, plunges about blindly, falls dead, or breaks his neck in falling 
 forward with the head under the body. A pint or two of melted lard 
 poured down the animals throat has proved an effective antidote, but it 
 must be administered before the horse loses control of his limbs. The 
 lard probably acts as a local emollient relieving the burning in the throat 
 and stomach and hence allays the violent reflexes. 
 
 Fig. 40. — Clump of white snakeroot (Eupatorium urticaefolium) in yard of vacant 
 house at 41st and Baltimore Avenue, Philadelphia, October 9, 1919. 
 
 Helenium tenuifolium, the fine-leaved sneeze-weed, is often the 
 cause of bitter milk in the south and in the Gulf states. It is fatal to 
 horses and mules. 
 
 White Snakeroot {Eupatorium urlicaefoliiim = E. ageratoides). — The 
 plant has perennial roots and varies in height from one to five feet being 
 more or less branched. The leaves are opposite, ovate, slightly cordate 
 with long pedicles, and are strongly 3-ribbed. The margin is sharply 
 and coarsely serrate (Fig. 39). The heads are small but crowded in dense 
 clusters with a number of white florets to each head. The involucre is 
 narrowly bell-shaped consisting of linear, ovate bracts. The achenes are 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS 105 
 
 smooth. This species of Eupatorium has been collected in Ontario, 
 Maine, Vermont, Massachusetts, Connecticut, New York, New Jersey, 
 Pennsylvania, District of Columbia, Virginia, West Virginia, Georgia, 
 Louisiana, Michigan, Illinois, Indiana, Minnesota, Iowa, Nebraska 
 Oklahoma and Kentucky (Fig. 40). 
 
 Disease. — It is conceded by the latest evidence that this plant is the 
 cause of a disease known as trembles in cattle, or milk sickness in man. 
 The name "tires and slows," employed by Howard (1871), Logan (1849') 
 and Byford (1855), is used in some sections and there are other names, 
 such as swamp sickness, river fever, puking fever, stiff joints, colica 
 trementia, morbeo lacteo, ergodeleteria, gastritis, gastro-enteritis, muko- 
 soma, syro, caconemia and paralysis intestinalis. 
 
 Symptoms. — The first sign of the disease in cattle is a listlessness and 
 disinclination to move with muscular weakness and trembling, especially 
 when the animal is driven. Such animals, too, are generally constipated, 
 are greatly excited and are disposed to fight. The characteristic stage 
 of trembling is marked also by stiff joints. The animal may sink to the 
 ground showing great weakness and exhaustion, and may remain on the 
 spot where it has fallen. Animals in this stage may recover, but more 
 often die. Violent exercise causes the dormant poison to become active, 
 and this is especially noticeable when cattle, which have been fattened 
 for market, are driven from the infected localities showing marked trem- 
 bling, while those that remain at home remain healthy. The breath of 
 such animals has a foul odor described as "garlicky," "like chloroform 
 liniment" and "mildly like acetone," "singularly fetid,'* "pungent and 
 corrosive." 
 
 With sheep the onset of the disease is a loss of appetite and a gritting 
 of the teeth. Such animals are sluggish and manifest a marked disinclina- 
 tion to move. They remain standing in a droopy posture (Fig. 41). Res- 
 piration is accelerated, often jerky and somewhat labored. A marked 
 stiffness of the legs and ataxia characterize the movements in walking. 
 This is shown early and becomes aggravated as time passes. If after a 
 day or two the animal is forced to rise and is driven a few yards, muscular 
 spasm, especially in the limbs, is evident. The sheep then refuses to 
 move, stands with hind limbs placed well under the body and all feet 
 spread apart laterally. The back is arched, the neck is stretched and the 
 head lowered (Fig. 42). Quivering then spreads from the limbs over the 
 entire body becoming more intense until it becomes an invohtional tremor, 
 
loO 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 followed by slight, intermittent tetanic contractions. At this stage of 
 trembling, ataxia is pronounced and the animal is unable to stand. It 
 drops to the ground with its head and neck outstretched and jaw close to 
 the ground (Fig. 43). Trembling is repeated every time the animal is 
 made to rise. The animal becomes comatose after the second or third 
 day and may lie prostrate on its side until death occurs. The symptoms 
 of trembles in hogs are in general like those in sheep (Figs. 44 and 45). 
 
 Fig. 41. — Ewe 161 in a characteristic posture when the tremors following the eat- 
 ing of white snakeroot (Eupatoriutn urliccefolium) have become acute. The animal 
 has spread its feet apart to remain standing. {After Wolf, F. A., Curtis, R. S. and 
 Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph on Trembles or Milk Sickness and White Snakeroot. 
 Technical Bulletin 15, North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, July, 1918, Plate 
 2, Fig. B.) 
 
 The onset of milk sickness in man is gradual, and after a day or two of 
 weakness and debility accompanied by loss of appetite, the patient is 
 seized with epigastric distress. Violent vomiting follows, associated with 
 obstinate constipation with great thirst. Abdominal pain is noteworthy 
 and muscular tremors are generally present. The foul odor of the breath 
 is characteristic. The tongue is swollen. Respiration is normal, but the 
 temperatures is subnormal (97° to 98°). Severe cases show typhoid 
 symptoms with delirium. Coma precedes death, which may come as 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS 107 
 
 Fig. 42. — Ewe 161 a few seconds subsequent to stage in prrccdmg figure. The 
 animal is beginning to drop down to a resting posture. {After Wolf, J. A., Curtis, R. S. 
 and Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph on Trembles or Milk Sickness and While Snakerool. 
 Technical Bulletin 15, North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, July, 1918, 
 Plate 3, Fig. C.) 
 
 Fig. 43. — Ewe 12 in resting posture commonly assumed by affected animals. The 
 same evidences of stupor are present, but the head and neck are extended. '{After Wolf, 
 F. A., Curtis, R. S. and Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph on Trembles or Milk Sickness and 
 White Snakerool. Technical Bulletin 15, North Carolina Agricultural Experiment 
 Station, July, 1918, Plate 4, Fig. E.) 
 
io8 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 early as two days after the onset of the preliminary symptons. Lasting 
 debility appears to be a common sequel of recovery. The mortality in 
 
 Fig. 44. — A pi^; :u a'v !ucli the ircniors due to eating white snakcroot have become 
 so violent that the animal has settled backward upon her haunches and is squealing. 
 {After Wolf, F. A., Curtis, R. S. and Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph on Trembles or Milk 
 Sickness and While Snakeroot. Technical Bulletin 15, North Carolina Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, July, 1918, Plate 6, Fig. J.) 
 
 ■>^ - » - •• - - - 
 
 
 
 
 . ■ jmxma- ..ti,:,- 
 
 ^^^^^^^ 
 
 1 
 
 
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 
 
 
 I^^^^BH^ 
 
 ^^^^■|n^wy « i^*- - 
 
 ^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^^H 
 
 
 ^^'•^- --'i. 
 
 wtHW^^^'f^ " -*- „! ^ '^ " "".:- 
 
 
 
 jp»'^ — >*" 
 
 i^^T-. ,-.'. .,< j.^ . .J 
 
 "^f^n^^HBESBH 
 
 j_p^. 
 
 
 - ' • ■ ■*:. 
 
 
 ■ -.— ,- ,<>' 
 
 
 
 Fig. 45. — A pig which has assumed the resting' posture from the position shown in 
 the preceding figure. {After Wolf, F. A., Curtis, R. S. and Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph 
 on Trembles or Milk Sicffness and While Snakeroot. Technical Bulletin 15, North Caro- 
 lina Agricultural Experiment Station, Julv, 1918. Plate 7, Fig. K. 
 
 men, who have had milk sickness, is approximately 24 per cent, for out of 
 320 rejDorted cases, 77 persons died. No particular difficulty need be 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS lOQ 
 
 encountered in explaining the excretion of the poisonous principle in the 
 milk for milk acquires tastes and flavors from the feed of animals. The 
 medical practitioner well knows that such substances as opium, morphin 
 and atropin may pass into the mother's milk and act on the nursing child. 
 We have seen how the active principle of mayapple is thus secreted in 
 cow's milk. Notably do organic substances pass into the milk, but many 
 inorganic substances, such as, arsenic, iodine, bismuth, etc., are secreted. 
 
 Cause of Disease. — Numerous papers have been written discussing 
 the cause of the disease. These theories may be classified, as follows: (a) 
 mineral poison theory, the ingestion of something from the soil or water; 
 (b) the germ, or microbic theory; (c) the poisonous plant theory. All 
 the weight of evidence is in favor of the latter theory. The experiments 
 have narrowed the poisonous plants down to the white snakeroot, and 
 Mosely (1909) attributed the poisonous action to the presence of alumi- 
 num phosphate (AIPO4) in the plant, but experiments with this sub- 
 stance has not substantiated his claims. A synthetic study of the plant 
 has indicated that there arp glucosides present in the sap of the white 
 snakeroot, but the particular glucoside responsible for the disease has not 
 been isolated. Further studies on the nature of the active principle are 
 in progress. No efficient remedial treatment has yet been discovered. 
 
 Ragwort {Senecio Jacohoea). — The writer's first acquaintance with 
 this plant, or Stinking Willy, as it is called in Nova Scotia, was with the 
 receipt of specimens of the plant for identification from a former student, 
 Dr. A. E. Cunningham of Antigonish, Nova Scotia with the statement, that 
 it was the cause of the socalled Pictou cattle disease. Not much was 
 learned about the disease until the receipt of the Annual Report of the 
 Department of Agriculture of New Zealand for 1903 where a full detailed 
 account covering fifty pages is given. 
 
 Description. — The tansy ragwort, or staggerwort, is a perennial plant 
 with short, thick rootstocks. The stems are stout, simple, branched 
 above, smooth, or somewhat wooly. The lower leaves are petioled, the 
 upper sessile. The leaf segments are oblong-cuneate, dentate, or incised. 
 The heads are numerous, short-peduncled in large compact corymbs. 
 The involucre is narrowly campanulate with linear-lanceolate, acute 
 bracts. The number of ray florets varies from twelve to fifteen. They 
 are yellow with truncate, dentate apices. The disk florets are brownish- 
 yellow. The plant is found in waste planes in Nova Scotia, New Bruns- 
 wick and Ontario, and has been found on the ballast about New York 
 and Philadelphia having been introduced from Europe, where it is native. 
 
no PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Disease. — The Pictou cattle-disease is only found in Canada, in a dis- 
 trict spread along the northern shore of the Nova Scotia peninsula, a tract 
 of country extending about forty miles along that coast and stretching 
 from five to twelve miles inland. In this district, it has been noted for 
 some forty years, now at one end of the area, now at the other. Cattle 
 are in the main affected, but cases are on record in which sheep and even 
 horses have shown symptoms of the disease. The disease would seem to 
 be very chronic, and all the cattle upon a farm are not affected simultane- 
 ously. What appears to be a similar disease has been recorded in Great 
 Britain and in Germany, but the ragwort has not been associated ap- 
 parently with the disease as its cause. 
 
 Symptoms. — The most detailed account of the symptoms come from 
 New Zealand where the disease has occurred in the Southland and in a 
 small portion of the Waikato district, Auckland Province, in the Wairaropa 
 district and probably on the west coast of the South Island. The most 
 notable symptoms in horses are a weak, staggering, swaying gait, when 
 standing a tendency to stamp with one or both hind feet, twitching of the 
 muscles, an amaurotic condition of the pupils, yellowness of the visible 
 mucous membranes, a clammy condition of the mouth, irregular and gen- 
 erally weak intermittent pulse, a depraved appetite and a normal tem- 
 perature. The earliest noticeable symptom is drowsiness and general 
 dullness. There is a depraved appetite, the horse eating barn yard rub- 
 bish. There is inability to completely coordinate the muscles and in 
 advanced stages difficulty to keep from falling. There are symptoms like 
 drunkenness, a staggering, swaying gait followed by a frenzied condition, 
 such as madness, head held high, etc. Soon the animal falls down unable 
 to rise. Later the horse becomes unconscious, complete coma sets in 
 and death rapidly comes. 
 
 In dairy cows, the first notable symptom is diminution of the milk 
 supply. Later the milk has the peculiar odor of the animal's skin with an 
 acrid flavor. There is rapid emaciation, a voracious appetite, or a total 
 absence of any desire for food. Jaundice is more or less pronounced. 
 Dropsy of the abdomen is frequently observed, while the animal is alive. 
 There is a similar want of coordination of the muscles, as in horses, and 
 there is always chronic diarrhoea of a most persistent type accompany- 
 ing the rapid emaciation. Feeding cattle and covvsikept for purely breed- 
 ing purposes, do not exhibit quite the same symptoms. Diarrhoea is 
 not nearly so acute, dropsy of the abdomen is not so evident, and whereas 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS III 
 
 in the dairy cow symptoms may be exhibited for even ten days, or a 
 fortnight, in these cows death occurs in from two to five days, the animal 
 being in a visible state of excitement almost bordering on frenzy. The 
 proof that the milk is changed is the refusal of the calf to come to its 
 mother paying no attention to her bellowing. 
 
 Post-Mortem Study. — The most striking appearance on skinning an 
 animal in the post-mortem examination is the yellow, bile-stained condi- 
 tion of the tissues. The peritoneum, the fat, and the general viscera all 
 exhibit the same appearance, which may vary from a faint tinge to the 
 proverbial "yellow as a guinea." In cattle, there is frequently a large 
 accumulation of a semi-gelatinous, yellowish exudate, situated subcutane- 
 ously along the inferior borders of the thorax and abdomen. The most 
 marked change is in the liver, which is almost constantly in a state of 
 chronic cirrhosis. The organ is usually smaller than normal, of a dull, 
 mottled, slaty-blue color frequently pitted and almost "hob-nailed," there 
 being occasionally small dark-blue pitted areas underneath the capsule 
 and throughout the structure. The lymphatic glands are usually much 
 enlarged. 
 
 Feeding experiments and the fact that the Auckland District in New 
 Zealand, where Senecio Jacohaea occurs, is separated by thousands of 
 miles from the Pictou district of Nova Scotia, where the plant is also 
 found, is sufficient proof that the ragwort is the causative agent of the 
 same disease in cattle in both widely separated countries. 
 
 Hay-Fever Plants (Pollinosis) . — Hay-fever, or autumnal catarrh, is an 
 affection of the upper air passages occurring periodically, usually at or 
 near a fixed date in the early autumn, sometimes in the spring, or summer, 
 characterized by its sudden onset and as sudden termination, and by a 
 swelling of the mucous membranes of the nasal and adjacent cavities, 
 irritating discharges therefrom, and various syniptoms of coryza, and 
 occasionally by asthmatic paroxysms. It has been conclusively proved 
 by many authorities that hay-fever does not occur unless we have a 
 conjunction of three necessary factors: 
 
 1. An external air-borne irritant; 
 
 2. A sensitive, or diseased, nasal mucous membrane; 
 
 3. An unstable nerve center. 
 
 The second and third elements are usually associated with a functional, 
 or hereditary predisposition to the disease. The first is associated with 
 the external causative factor. 
 
112 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 The President of Ihe American Hay-Fever Prevention Association 
 states that about one per cent, of the population of the United States 
 suffers from the disease. As he beheves that the external cause is the 
 pollen of various plants, the extermination of these plants would result in 
 Ihe practical elimination of hay-fever. Various plants give rise to pollen 
 grains in sufficient number to provide the irritating material cause of hay- 
 fever. Such are the rose, rye, sweet vernal grass {Anthoxanthum odora- 
 lum) sweet-scented soft grass (Holcus odoratus), meadow grass, Indian 
 corn, barley, wheat, oats, bean flowers, lilies, elder bushes in bloom, the 
 goldenrods, hay, timothy, spiny amaranth, marsh elder, yellow dock, 
 Johnson grass and cockle-bur. E. Philip Smith enumerates the principal 
 hay-fever plants. The hay-fever plants par excellence are the common 
 ragweed {Ambrosia artemisicefolia) , great ragweed (Ambrosia trifida) and 
 western ragweed {Ambrosia psiloslachya). . These plants are widely dis- 
 tributed and blossom in late August and early September, producing an 
 abundance of wind-carried pollen. Perhaps more cases of hay-fever are 
 due to these plants than all others put together. 
 
 Common Ragweed {Ambrosia artemisiosfolia) . — This is a native, 
 annual, branching plant growing about two to three feet tall. It has 
 thin leaves, bipinnately divided and racemes of numerous staminate 
 htads with chaffy receptacle. The pistillate heads are clustered. The 
 plant is found from Nova Scotia to British Columbia, Florida and 
 Mexico. 
 
 Great Ragweed {Ambrosia trifida). — This is an annual plant with hir- 
 sute to hispid stems, 1-5 meters tall, and opposite, deeply three to five 
 lobed leaves with serrate margins. The racemes of staminate heads are 
 5-15 centimeters long with saucer-shaped involucres, while the pistillate 
 heads are clustered in the axils of the leaf-like bracts. The great ragweed 
 occurs in the rich alluvial soil along streams in moist, meadow soils from 
 Quebec to Northwest Territory, Florida, Arkansas and Colorado. The 
 third species of ragweed. Ambrosia psilostachya ranges from Northwest 
 Territory to IlUnois, Texas, Mexico and Cahfornia. Artemisia heter- 
 ophylla of California may also be classed with the hay-fever inducing 
 plants. The results of experimentation with various kinds of pollen have 
 been most discordant. As the digestive power of the nasal mucosa is 
 very slight and the pollen-grain is effectively sealed, it is difficult to 
 understand how any of the protein-contents could diffuse out passively. 
 The affects of the possible germination of pollen in the nasal passages may 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOL^NACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS II3 
 
 be set aside. Foreign bodies may produce sneezing, but not the after 
 effects. E. Philip Smith suggests that there is an oily substance on the 
 outer wall (exine) of the pollen grains which cause hay fever. Experi- 
 menting with pollen of Hibiscus, he found upon shaking it up with cold 
 ether, that an oil could be obtained by allowing the ether to evaporate. 
 This oily residue applied to the skin raised a severe blister. If this idea, 
 that the poisonous principle of pollen is an irritant oil, a new light is thrown 
 upon the nature of the poisoning which resolves itself into a kind of 
 dermatitis, or irritation of the delicate, ciliated epithelium lining the 
 nasal cavities. 
 
 Granted that the pollen of these plants is responsible for hay-fever, 
 the way of controlling the disease would be the extermination of the plants. 
 This might be accomplished by hand pulling, if every one would cooperate in 
 this laudable enterprise. Barring the entire destruction of these noxious 
 weeds, mowing just before they start to shed their pollen would be a 
 means of their final destruction, as this would prevent the formation of 
 seeds upon which the perpetuation of the species depends. Concerted 
 action should be taken to exterminate these useless and deleterious 
 ragweeds. 
 
 Remedies. — Recent work has been done along remedial lines by 
 securing a hay-fever vaccine to be used in the immunization of the suscep- 
 tible person. To secure this vaccine, the flowers of the various hay-fever 
 plants are collected when pollination has started. They are dried and the 
 pollen collected by means of fine sieves. The pollen is dried thoroughly 
 and preserved in a dry state until it is to be extracted. In the preparation 
 of the extract. 
 
 1. The pollen is mixed with sufficient physiological saline solution 
 (0.85 per cent.) to make a fairly thick paste. 
 
 2. The paste is transferred to a ball mill and ground for 24 hours, or, 
 until microscopic examination shows that the pollen grains are broken. 
 
 3. Physiological saline solution is added and the resultant mixture is 
 centrifuged to remove insoluble debris. 
 
 4. The extracted protein is purified by precipitation with acetone. 
 
 5. The precipitate is dried and thus preserved until needed. 
 
 6. For use, the precipitate is dissolved in physiological saline solution. 
 The amount of protein-nitrogen in this solution is determined by the 
 Kjeldahl method. 
 
 7. The solution is then diluted so that each cubic centimeter will 
 
114 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAJ. BOTANY 
 
 contain certain fractions of a milligram of protein-nitrogen. The lowest 
 dilution, i cc. of which may be used as the initial dose in treatment, 
 contains o.oo 25 mg. 
 
 8. The final solutions are preserved from contamination by the addition 
 of 0.35 per cent, tricresol and sterilized by filtration. Sterility is deter- 
 mined by careful aerobic and anaerobic cultural tests. 
 
 Vaccines.^Two kinds of vaccines have been prepared the "'spring" 
 and "fall." The hay-fever vaccine ''spring" contains the varieties of 
 pollen which are the causative agents in the great majority of hay-fever 
 cases occurring in the late spring and early summer. The hay-fever 
 vaccine "fall" contains only proteins fiom the pollens of ragweed, golden- 
 rod and maize. For immunization against hay-fever, the first dose of 
 the vaccine in a syringe should be given 30 days before the expected attack 
 and the vaccine should be used weekly at intervals during the entire 
 period of accustomed attack or until immunity is established. 
 
 Another preparation is pollantin, used as an antitoxic serum to secure 
 immunity against an attack of bay fever. 
 
 Walnut Pollen as a Cause of Hay Fever. — The spring type of hay fever 
 is very troublesome in the Sacramento Valley, California where it has 
 been found to be due to the pollen of the native Californian black walnut 
 (Juglans calif ornica, var. Hindsii), which produces pollen in abundance 
 during the peiiod of the prevalences of the malady, which disappears 
 after the close of the flowering period. Biological tests were made upon 
 eight hay fever subjects with positive results in each case with the use 
 of walnut pollen. Twelve susceptible persons were examined at Chico, 
 where cases are common, and where the walnut is planted as an ornamental 
 tree, and in every case positive reactions were obtained with extracts 
 prepared from the Californian black walnut pollen. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Bond, H. G.: Box Elder Poisoning. The Veterinary Alumni Quarterly, Ohio College 
 
 Veterinary Medicine, 19 16, iii. 
 Boston Globe: Hay Fever Causes. Health Board puts Blame on Certain Types of 
 
 Weeds. Boston, Sunday September 3, 1916, page 12. 
 Clark, George H. and Fletcher, James: Farm Weeds of Canada. Illustrated with 
 
 Colored Plates, Ottawa, 1906, pages 51, 52, 57. 
 Cox, Herbert R.: Hay-fever Season is Here. Some Weeds that Make Folks Sneeze. 
 
 The Country Gentleman, August 5, 1916, page 1467. 
 
PRINCIPALLY SOLANACEOUS AND COMPOSITOUS PLANTS II 5 
 
 Crawford, Albert C: The Supposed Relationship of White Snakeroot to Milk 
 
 Sickness. Bulletin 121, Part I, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 1908. 
 Dunbar, Prof. Dr.: PoUantin Specific Remedy for Hay-fever, Autumnal Catarrh, 
 
 Rose Fever and Similar Complaints. 
 Glover, Geo. H. and Rubbins, W. W.: Colorado Plants Injurious to Live Stock. 
 
 Bulletin 211, Agricultural Experiment Station of the Colorado Agricultural College, 
 
 1915- 
 
 Hall, Harvey M. : Walnut Pollen as a Cause of Hay Fever. Science new ser., Ivii, 
 516-517, May 24, 1918. 
 
 Harris, F. W. and Cockburn, F. : Alleged Poisoning by Potatoes. American Journal 
 of Pharmacy, 90, 722-726, October, 1918. 
 
 HiLGENDORF, F. W. : Plants Poisonous to Stock. Journal of the Canterbury Agri- 
 cultural and Pastoral Association, 3d Ser., vi, 15-21, June, 19 18. 
 
 HoLLOPETER, W. C: Hay-fever, its Prevention and Cure. Funk & Wagnalls Com- 
 pany, New York, and London, 1916, pages 1-347 with extensive bibliography. 
 
 Long, Harold C. : Plants Poisonous to Live Stock. Cambridge at the University 
 Press, 191 7, pages 44-46, 50-60. 
 
 Marsh, C. D wight: Prevention and Loss of Live Stock from Plant Poisoning. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 720, U. S. Department Agriculture, 1916. 
 
 Marsh, C. Dwight and Clawson, A. B.: Eupatorium uticaefolium as a Poisonous 
 Plant. Journal Agricultural Research, xi, 699-715, Dec. 24, 1917. 
 
 MuLFORD, H. K., Company: Hay Fever Vaccine for the Prevention and Treatment 
 of "Spring" and "Fall" Hay Fever. Mulford Working Bulletin No. i, pages 1-8. 
 
 Anon.: Hepatic Cirrhosis affecting Horses and Cattle (so called "Winter Disease"). 
 Annual Report of the Department of Agriculture of New Zealand, 1903, Division 
 of Veterinary Science, pages 227-278. 
 
 Pammel, L. H.: Manual of Poisonous Plants. Part 2, 1911, pages 713-733, 753-802. 
 
 ScHEPPEGRiLL, D. W. : Hereditary Hay Fever. Scientific American, cxix, 371, iv or 9, 
 1918. 
 
 Smith, E. Philip: PoUinosis ("Hay Fever"). The Journal of Botany, British and 
 Foreign, Iviii, 40-44, Feb., 1920. 
 
 Wilcox, W. F.: A Sheep-killing Plant. Colorado finds that the Whorled Milkweed 
 is Poisonous. The Country Gentleman, September 6, 1919, page 40. 
 
 Wilson, F. W.: Oleander Poisoning of Live Stock. Bulletin 59, University of Arizona, 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, April 15, 1909. 
 
 Wolf, F. A., Curtis, R. S. and Kaupp, B. F.: A Monograph on Trembles or Milk 
 Sickness and White Snakeroot. Technical Bulletin 15, North Carolina Agri- 
 cultural Experiment Station, July, 1916. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 I. Study and describe the several plants which form the themes for this chapter 
 preserved for the purpose in alcohol, dried or fresh specimens. The botanical teacher 
 with knowledge of his flora can use the facts of this chapter in laboratory work in any 
 part of the civilized world. 
 
Il6 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 2. Test the action of the leaves of Jimson weed, especially if fresh, by rubbing, the 
 leaves with the index finger and then rubbing the eye balls with the finger. Does the 
 pupil dilate as a result of such treatment? 
 
 3. The following test with hyoscyamin can be made. Hyoscyamin shows an alka- 
 line reaction with phenolptalein and causes a yellow to red precipitate when touched 
 with a 2 per cent, solution of mercuric chloride in diluted alcohol. 
 
 4. Examine microscopically and draw the pollen of the ragweeds, Ambrosia artemisi- 
 aefolia and Ambrosia trifida, preserved in weak formalin (2 per cent.) for this purpose, 
 or dried pollen may be substituted, when mounted in water for examination. 
 
« 
 CHAPTER lo 
 
 FEEDS AND FEEDING 
 
 The food of the domestic animals (excluding the carnivorous house 
 pets, the dog and the cat) is vegetable derived from living plants, or from 
 plants cured in various ways for preservation during that part of the year 
 when plant life is dormant. When we discuss the plants suitable as food 
 for cattle, whether fresh or preserved, we are dealing with forage plants. 
 If the cattle are turned into the open fields to eat the food plants found 
 there, they are consuming the pasture plants, usually the pasture, or 
 pasturage. Soilage, used as a term for the first time in 1900, means sup- 
 plying forage fresh from the field to animals in confinement. The plants, 
 which are grown for this purpose, are known as soiling crops. Fodder is 
 a comprehensive term for cattle food usually fed in bulk and in the dry 
 state,^ while hay is grass that has been cut and dried for use as fodder. 
 Ensilage, or silage, is the preservation of green forage such, as corn, beet 
 tops, and other plants in a pit dug in the ground, or in a large tank, or 
 vat, above ground known as the silo. By a process of fermentation, the 
 green plant parts are converted into silage. Stover, or corn stover, de- 
 notes the dried stalks of corn from which the ears have been removed. 
 Chemical Constituents. — The substances, which have been formed 
 in the living plant through the activity of its living protoplasm in the leaves 
 of the green plant principally, and have found their way into the plant 
 by the active absorption of the roots, or by a gaseous interchange of oxy- 
 gen and carbon dioxide with the air, have been classified by chemists into 
 several groups. These are water, ash, or mineral matter, crude protein, 
 fi er, fat, nitrogen-free extract, carbohydrates. Fresh mangels contain 
 90.6 per cent, of water, i per cent, of ash, 1.4 per cent, crude protein, 
 0.8 per cent, fiber, 6.1 per cent, nitrogen-free extract and o.i per cent. fat. 
 Timothy hay shows on analysis, 11.6 per cent, water, 4.9 per cent, ash, 
 6.2 per cent, crude protein, 29.9 per cent, fiber, 45.0 nitrogen-free extract, 
 2.5 per cent, of fat, while dent corn has the composition of 10,5 per cent. 
 
 1 Fodder corn is applied to stalks of corn green or dry with all the ears which have 
 been grown primarily for forage. 
 
 117 
 
Il8 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 water, 1.5 per cent, ash, lo.i per cent, crude protein, 2.0 per cent, fiber, 
 70.9 per cent, nitrogen free extract and 5.0 per cent. fat. 
 
 Nature of Feeds. — In the consideration of feeds, it is important to 
 differentiate between those which have a coarse, bulky character and 
 others which are more concentrated and nutritious. Accordingly the 
 terms ''roughage" and "concentrates" are used. Roughage represents 
 the coarser feeding stuffs, which have a considerable amount of fiber and 
 therefore, smaller amount of digestible matter. Roughage is necessary 
 to keep the animal in good condition, as it is an aid to digestion. Con- 
 centrates are feeding stuffs of a concentrated nature, which have a small 
 amount of fiber and, therefore, a relatively large amoun t of digestible ma tter. 
 
 Digestion. — As the bodies of the domestic animals are composed 
 of protein, fat, mineral substances, dry substances and water, these must 
 be supplied in the food which the animal consumes. The changes, which 
 the food undergoes within the digestive tract of the animal to prepare 
 it for absorption and for utiHzation by the animal bodies are known as 
 digestion. Digestion is accomplished by the enzymes, or feiments, pro- 
 duced by the glands of the mouth stomach, pancreas, the small intestines 
 and the liver. Bacteria found in various paths of the alimentary canal 
 help to break down the food also, especially the fibrous materials. A 
 nutrient is any food constituent, or group of food constituents, that help 
 in the support of animal life. There are three primary classes of nutrients, 
 viz., crude protein, the carbohydrates and the fats. Air, water and min- 
 eral matter might also be classed with nutrients, but are usually excluded 
 from this category. When it has been found that the above substances 
 are digested by the domestic animals, they are termed digestible nutrients. 
 
 Rations. — A ration on the farm is the feed allowed, or set apart, to 
 support a given animal for a day of 24 hours, whether all of the food is 
 given at one time, or is divided into portions given at intervals throughout 
 the day. There are several kinds of rations recognized in the feeding of 
 animals. A complete or a balanced ration is the feed or combination of 
 food stuffs which will supply the several nutrients, crude protein, carbo- 
 hydrates and fats in the right amounts, and in the right proportions with- 
 out excess of any nutrient, so as to nourish a given animal for one day. 
 A maintenance ration is one that furnishes enough, but no more, of each 
 and all of the several nutrients than is required to maintain a given resting 
 animal, so that it will neither gain nor lose in weight. 
 
 As the character of the alimentary tract with its associated glands 
 and other organs are considered by the ana tomist and as the processes of 
 
FEEDS AND FEEDING II9 
 
 mastication, the digestion in the simple stomach of the horse and pig and 
 in the three stomachs of the ruminants, and later in the small intestine, by 
 the pancreas, the liver and in the large intestine are discussed by the 
 animal physiologist, they are omitted from description here. It may be 
 said, however, that protein digestion is accomplished by the pepsin in the 
 stomach assisted by the trypsin and erepsin in the small intestine. The 
 digestion of either starch or sugars consists in converting them into 
 glucose, or glucose-like sugars and this transformation takes place 
 through the activity of the ptyalin in the saliva and by the amylase formed 
 in the small intestine, where the final carbohydrate digestion takes place. 
 The fats are digested by the secretions of the pancreas, where a fat splitting 
 enzyme lipase is formed which breaks fats into glycerin and fatty acids. 
 The bile secretions largely made up of alkaUne salts react with the fatty acids 
 to form soaps, which with the glycerin is absorbed by the intestinal wall. ' 
 
 Metabolism, or the process by which the digested nutrients of the 
 food are utilized for the production of heat and work, or built up with 
 the living matter of the body, or broken down and eliminated, is a sub- 
 ject for the consideration of the animal physiologist. 
 
 Digestibility of Animal Foods. — A large number of experiments have 
 been performed on animals of various kinds in order to ascertain the 
 digestibility of the feeding stufifs. The list of feeds, which have been used 
 in these experiments, is a long one. Out of these experiments a number of 
 important facts have been adduced. The average percentage of each 
 nutrient digested in a feeding stuff is termed the coefficient of digestibiHty, 
 or digestion coefficient, for that nutrient in the feed. The food is given 
 to the animal by weight and in these trials it is generally assumed that 
 all matter appearing in the feces has escaped the action of the digestive 
 ferments and so represents the indigestible part of the food. Thus for 
 dent corn 90 per cent, of the total dry matter, 74 per cent, of the crude 
 protein, 57 per cent, of the fiber, 94 per cent, of the nitrogen-free extract, 
 and 93 per cent, of the fat is digestible. Feeds with little fiber have high 
 digestibility. To determine the digestible nutrients in any feeding stufif, 
 the total amount of each nutrient in lop pounds thereof is multiplied by 
 the digestion coefficient for that nutrient. Thus loo pounds of dent corn 
 contain lo.i pounds of crude protein of which 74 per cent, is digestible, 
 which indicates that there are approximately 7.5 pounds of digestible 
 protein in 100 pounds of dent corn. 
 
 Nutritive Ratios. — As protein serves special uses in the body in dis- 
 cussions of feeds and rations the term nutritive ratio is used to show the 
 
I20 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 proportion of digestible protein contained in comparison with the other 
 nutrients, so that by nutritive ratio is meant the ratio which exists in 
 any given feeding stuff between the digestible crude protein and the com- 
 bined digestible carbohydrates and fat. The nutritive ratios for dent 
 corn is determined as follows: The digestible fat in loo pounds of dent 
 corn is 4.6 pounds, which is multiplied by 2.25, because fat will produce 
 2.25 times as much heat on being burned in the body as do the carbo- 
 hydrates. Add the product to 67.8 pounds, the digestible carbohydrate, 
 which gives 78.15 and divided by the amount of digestible crude protein 
 7.5, which gives as a quotient 10.4, which is the second factor of the ratio. 
 The colon is used to express the nutritive ratios thus i : 10.4, which is 
 read as follows: for each pound of digestible crude protein in dent corn 
 there are 10.4 pounds of digestible carbohydrates, or fat equivalent. It 
 follows from the above that a narrow nutritive ratio is one having much 
 crude protein in proportion to carbohydrates and fat combined. A wide 
 ratio is where the percentage of crude protein is small compared to the 
 carbohydrates and fats. Linseed meal rich in protein has the narrow ratio 
 of I : 1.6; oats I : 6.3, while oat straw has the wide ratio of i :44.6, because 
 of its low content of crude digestible protein. Carbonaceous feeds are 
 those with a wide nutritive ratio. Nitrogenous feeds are those with a 
 narrow nutritive ratio. 
 
 Energy of Food. — The energy of the animal body is derived from the 
 food which serves as the fuel in supplying that energy. The full value of 
 a feeding stuff is ascertained by burning a weighed quantity of it in pure 
 oxygen gas under pressure in an apparatus called a calorimeter. The 
 evolved heat is taken up by water surrounding the burning chamber and 
 is measured with a thermometer, the units of measurement being the calorie 
 and the therm. A calorie is the amount of heat required to raise the tem- 
 perature of I kilogram of water i°C. or i pound of water nearly 4°F., A. 
 therm is 1,000 Calories, or the amount of heat required to raise 1,000 kilo- 
 grams of water i°C. or 1,000 pounds of water nearly 4°F. 
 
 The full value of 100 pounds of 
 
 Anthracite coal 358.3 Therms 
 
 Timothy hay with 15 pc moisture 175.1 Therms 
 
 Pure digestible protein 263.1 Therms 
 
 Pure digestible carbohydrates 186.0 Therms 
 
 Pure digestible fat 422.0 Therms 
 
FEEDS AND FEEDING 121 
 
 The available energy is the fuel value of any food after deducting the 
 losses due to the evacuation of undigested food, the fermentations of 
 foods, the excretion of urea and other protein bodies. Besides the energy 
 yielding foods, there are a few substances like the vitamines which in 
 minutely small quantities are necessary for the maintenance of health 
 besides certain mineral substances, such as those which control the life 
 processes. 
 
 As a result of the knowledge of feeds and feeding given above, scien- 
 tists have drawn up tables showing the amount of each class of nutrients, 
 which are known as the feeding standards. Thus, Haecker of the Min- 
 nesota Station found that the i,ooo-lb. dry, barren cow can be maintained 
 on 0.6 lb. of crude protein, 6 lbs. of carbohydrates and o.i lb. of fat, all 
 digestible. A i,ooo-lb. milk-producing cow should be allowed 0.7 lb. of 
 crude protein, 7 lbs. of carbohydrates and o.i lb. of fat, all digestible. 
 These feeding standards are at variance with the Wolff-Lehmann feeding 
 standards where a cow yielding 22 lbs. of milk requires 29 lbs. of dry 
 matter, 2.5 lbs. of protein, 13 lbs. of carbohydrates, 0.5 lb. of fat. The 
 nutritive ratio is i :5.7. A horse at medium work, according to the Wolff- 
 Lehmann feeding standard requires 24 lbs. of dry matter, 20. lbs. of crude 
 protein, 1 1 lbs. of carbohydrates, 0.6 lb. of fat with the nutritive ratio i :6.2. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Allen, E. W.: The Feeding of Farm Animals. Farmers' Bulletin 22, U. S. Department 
 
 of Agriculture, 1895. 
 Armsby, Henry P.: The Maintenance of Rations of Farm Animals. Bulletin 143, 
 
 Bureau of Animal Industry, 191 2. 
 G.^RDNER, Frank D. with Collaborators: Successful Farming. Ready Reference 
 
 on all Phases of Agriculture for Farmers of the United States and Canada. The 
 
 John C. Winston Company, Philadelphia, 191 6, pages 562-572. 
 Hall, A. D.: The Book of Rothamsted Experiments. E. P. Dutton and Company, 
 
 New York, 1905, pages 240-259. 
 Henry, W. A. and Morrison, F. B. : Feeds and Feeding. A Handbook for the Student 
 
 and the Stockman. The Henry-Morrison Company, Madison, Wisconsin, 
 
 Fifteenth Edition, 1915. 
 LusK, Graham: Science of Nutrition. W. B. Saunders Company, 3d edition, 1918. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 The laboratory period corresponding to this lesson may be devoted to an oral or a 
 written test, which should be given occasionally as a matter of review and to try out 
 the proficiency of the different members of the class. 
 
CHAPTER II 
 
 THE STRUCTURE AND GENERAL ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE 
 
 OF GRASSES 
 
 The grass family, Graminaccoe, is the most important family econom- 
 ically speaking in the whole vegetable kingdom. It includes several 
 thousand species, all of them with a few exceptions (see ante) being with- 
 out any deleterious properties. The vegetational associations where 
 grasses control the faces are known as meadows, prairies, pampas, steppes 
 and savannahs. 
 
 Habit. — The grass family includes low, erect herbs. A few, such as 
 the bamboos, are shrubs, or trees. Some grasses are creeping, others 
 trailing, semi-erect, erect and unbranched, or very freely branching from 
 the base (Fig. 46). Several, although perennial, are monocarpic, flower- 
 ing and fruiting but once. In duration grasses are annuals, winter 
 annuals, living through the winter and sending up flower stalks the 
 next spring, or are perennials. 
 
 Roots. — Their roots are fibrous, and secondary, that is, there is never 
 at any time a primary root. The roots in such grasses as maize may be 
 divided into the horizontal, feeding roots penetrating the soil at no great 
 depth, the deep roots (3 3-^ feet in corn) for anchorage and the prop roots 
 which develop as aerial roots from the lowermost nodes of the upright 
 stem and later enter the soil bracing the stem during storms of wind. 
 Occasionally, the deep roots draw upon the deep-seated supplies of water, 
 especially in arid countries, where such grasses, as the bufifalo grass 
 (Buchloe), grow to a depth of seven feet. Ordinarily in the grasses with 
 horizontal underground stems, the roots spring freely from the nodes and 
 from tufts of short spreading character. The interlacement of the 
 subterranean roots and stems is so compact in areas where grasses domi- 
 nate in herbage, that shrubs and trees are unable to establish themselves 
 in competition with the grasses and this is one of the cogent reasons for 
 the treelessness of i)rairies and other characteristic grasslands, such as 
 the pampas of South America. 
 
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF GRASSES 
 
 123 
 
 Stems. — The stems of grasses are divided into nodes and internodes 
 and are called culms (halms, 
 haulms). The nodes are 
 usually enlarged always solid 
 joints, while the internodes 
 are hollow (bamboo and most 
 other grasses), or solid (maize 
 and sugar cane). The under- 
 giound stems, or rootstocks 
 (rhizomes) , are likewise jointed 
 and have sometimes, as in the 
 marram grass, a hard, sharp- 
 pointed, growing apex, which 
 enables the rootstock to push 
 its way through the resistant 
 soil. Occasionally, as in the 
 reed Phragmites communis of 
 our eastern fenlands, rhizomes 
 are found, as thick, as a 
 fountain pen, and 5.8 meters 
 long, enabling this marsh grass 
 to spread with great rapidity 
 in the occupation of new areas 
 of marshland. Two types of 
 branching of the erect stem 
 have been distinguished. The 
 extravaginal method is where 
 the new lateral branch breaks 
 through the sheaths of the 
 basal leaves of the stem giving 
 rise to horizontal branches. 
 This method of branching is 
 typical of the sod-, or turf- 
 forming grasses, and these 
 alone are suitable in the con- 
 struction of lawns, croquet Fi^. 46— Wheat plant showing the general habit 
 
 of grasses. (Robbtns.) 
 grounds and golf courses. The 
 
 prairies of the middle west owe their closed turf to the presence of 
 
124 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 grasses of Ihis sort. The second method of branching has been termed 
 the intravaginal where the new branches grow inside of the sheath 
 parallel to the stem, finally breaking out at the top of the sheath. 
 Such grasses are known as bunch, hassock, or tussock grasses and are 
 characteristic of the western plains, or steppes of the world, where the 
 tufts of grasses are separated by intervals of soil bare of grasses. When 
 the stem of grasses, especially agricultural grasses, such as maize, rye and 
 wheat, are prostrated by a wind storm, they are said to be lodged. 
 No mechanical tissue, which the stem may have, will prevent lodging, if 
 the wind be sufficiently strong. Frequently after lodging, the stem will 
 
 tertiary stem 
 —scale leaf 
 '-secondar'j stem 
 -primary stem 
 
 (J — -^crown roots 
 
 C— grain remains 
 
 l_j^9pnmaru roots 
 
 Fig. 47. — Diagrammatic representation ot tillering in cereals. {Rohbins after 
 
 Schindler.) 
 
 erect itself again, but at an angle. This is in response to the stimulus 
 of gravity (geotropism). There remains on the upper side of each grass 
 stem node a zone of cells capable of growth partly belonging to the 
 enlarged base of the sheath and partly to the swollen node. The cells 
 of the lower side of this nascent area begin to grow and the stem 
 bends upward in response to this growth. The production of a number 
 of new upright branches from the lower nodes of the stem in grasses is 
 known as "mooting," "stooling" or "tillering" (Fig. 47). The individual 
 branches are called " tillers '' and the entire mass of branches is known as 
 the "stool." This method of tillering is found in cultivated oats and 
 
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF GRASSES 
 
 125 
 
 wheat plants. Stoloniferous grasses are those which produce horizontal 
 stems at or above the surface of the soil. The horizontal stems are called 
 runners, or stolons, as in buffalo grass {Buchloe). 
 
 Leaves. — The leaves of grasses arise at the nodes, a single leaf at each 
 node. They are arranged in two ranks (distichous) with the third leaf 
 over the first leaf, so that this arrangement is represented by the frac- 
 tion i'^, standing for the distichy. The grass leaf consists of three parts, 
 the sheath, the ligule and the blade. The sheath is always open, or 
 split, along one side and may be half 
 as long as an internode, as long, one 
 and a half times as long, twice as long 
 as the internode along side of which it 
 arises from the node below. The ligule, 
 or rain-guard, takes on various forms. 
 Usually it is membranous and fits 
 tightly like a collar around the stem 
 preventing the dust-laden rain from 
 running down inside of the sheath (Fig. 
 48) . The blade of grass leaves is linear 
 or ribbon-like with parallel veins and 
 usually an acute, or acuminate apex. 
 Grass leaves capable of rolling and 
 unrolling show in cross sections a group 
 of enlarged epidermal cells, between the 
 vascular bundles, the bulliform cells. 
 These cells absorb water in wet weather 
 and the leaves flatten out. In dry 
 weather, the bulliform cells lose water 
 and the leaf blades roll up. 
 
 Inflorescence and Flowers. — The grass inflorescence, or flower clus- 
 ter, is a spike of spikelets, a raceme of spikelets, or a panicle of spikelets. 
 The spikelet is the ultimate division of the inflorescence and its parts are 
 arranged in a distichous manner on a shortened axis known as the rachilla. 
 The lower scales of the spikelet are bractlets known as the glumes. These 
 are always empty and do not have flowers in their axils. Above these 
 glumes are the flowers, or florets (Fig. 49). The variations in the mor- 
 phology, arrangement, etc., of the spikelets are of the most diverse kind, 
 and upon these characters depend largely the classification of the grasses. 
 
 Pig. 48. — Barley. A, portion of 
 leaf at juncture of leaf and blade; B, 
 stem cut in median lengthwise section. 
 X2j2- (Robbins.) 
 
126 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL JJOTANY 
 
 Sometimes there is only one flower in the spikelet. This may be herma- 
 phrodite, or it may be slaminate, or pistillate. Frequently the spikelet 
 has several to many florets all of which are perfect, or the upper florets 
 may be imperfect, or sterile, and the lowermost perfect, or vice versa. 
 Sometimes the flower is represented in the spikelet by one of its subtend- 
 ing scale leaves. The bractlet which subtends the floret is known as the 
 lemma (flowering glume) and the inner scale opposed to the outer is the 
 palet, or palea (Fig. 50). Frequently the lemma bears a bristle-like 
 outgrowth, or awn, and this may be barbed. In many grasses, the 
 
 Fig. 49. Fig. 50. 
 
 Fig. 49.— Single spikelet of common wheat (Trilicum'astivum). X2. (Robbins.) 
 Fig. 50. — Rye (Secale cereale). A, a single spikelet at a joint on the rachis; B, 
 grain, external view; C, grain in cross-section. A, X2^2! -^ and C, X5. (Robbins.) 
 
 perianth segments of ordinary monocotyledons, such as the lily, are repre- 
 sented by three (bamboos), two (most grasses), or a single small body 
 known as a lodicule, or a squamula. It is the swelling of these lodicules 
 which causes the separation of lemma from palet permitting the anthers 
 and styles to emerge. A floret without lodicules never opens. The 
 stamens of the grasses have long filaments and anthers, which are really 
 adnate, but by the growth of the anther lobes below the point of attach- 
 ment of the filament and the final swinging of the anther in the wind, the 
 whole arrangement strongly suggests the versatile anther. Most grasses 
 
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF GRASSES 
 
 127 
 
 11 ,i" 
 
 Fig. 51. — Timothy {Phleum praiense). A, single spikelet; B, spikelet with glumes 
 removed; C, pistil. {Robbins.) 
 
 't jiarch\j 
 I endosperm 
 
 "P^^flflU^ ^ aieurone-^ 
 
 coleoptile — ^ 
 
 (CO 
 
 epi 
 
 scutelium — V:;=^:::!l 
 
 h\jpocoiyl — 
 
 root 
 
 coleorhiza 
 
 ■ - groove 
 
 cylindnc 
 epithelium 
 
 vascalar 
 
 bunale of 
 
 scijielivm 
 
 drowinf^ 
 poini 
 'oj Mem 
 
 Pig. 52. Fig. 53. 
 
 Fig. 52. — Diagram of A, lily flower, and B, grass flower showing homologous struc- 
 tures. A, f, bract; ax, axis; op, outer part ot perigonium; ip, inner part of perigonium; 
 s, stamens; c, tricarpellary 3-celled ovary. B, shaded structures are aborted; le, glume 
 (bract); a:*:, axis; ^,palet, and p', lemma (outer perianth); I and I' lodicules (inner part 
 of perigonium); 5 and i', two whorls of stamens; c, tricarpellary i-celled ovary. (B. 
 Robbins after Schuster.) 
 
 Fig. S3- — Part of a median lengthwise section of a grain of wheat; much enlarged. 
 
 (Robbins after Strasbiirger.) 
 
128 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 have three stamens, some bamboos have six, while some grasses have 
 two and even one stamen. The pollen grains are smooth and wind dis- 
 tributed (anemophily). The grass ovary is superior one-celled, one- 
 ovuled and bears terminally two feathery styles, stigmatic along their 
 whole hairy surface (Figs. 51 and 52). Maize has only one hairy style, 
 but the presence of two vascular bundles suggests that it has arisen by 
 the fusion of two elongated styles. Rice has occasionally three styles. 
 
 The fruit of grasses is one-seeded, dry and indehiscent, and hence, 
 belongs to the class of achenial fruits. It is known as a caryopsis, 
 or grain fruit. In this type of fruit the ovary wall (pericarp) is closely 
 united to the seed coat, whereas in barley and oats the chaff firmly sur- 
 rounds the ovary wall. The embryo is usually in touch with the seed 
 coats on one side of the kernel and the reserve food, as starchy endo- 
 sperm fills up the remainder of the space (Fig. 53). Sometimes, as in 
 maize, there is in addition a horny endosperm which imparts hardness to 
 the grain. 
 
 Economic Uses of Ge asses 
 
 The forage grasses, those used as food for cattle, are of the most im- 
 portance from an economic standpoint. "All flesh is grass" is as true 
 today, as it was in bible times. They may be divided into three groups 
 to be considered in detail in the next chapter, viz., the pasture grasses, 
 the hay grasses and the fodder grasses. The cereals are those grasses 
 which are grown for their grain. The most important are the common 
 head wheat (Triticum acstivum), the durum wheat {Triticum durum), 
 the oats {Avena sativa), the barley (Hordeum vulgare), the rye {Secale 
 cereale), maize {Zca mays), the sorghums (Andropogon haUpensis), which 
 includes sorgo, kaffir, milo, broom corn, shallu, kowliang, dura, lice 
 {Oryza sativa), wild rice (Zizania aquatica, Z. palustris) and millet 
 {Panicum miliaceum). 
 
 The sugar-producing grasses are the sugar cane (Saccharum officinanim), 
 maize (Zea mays) and Chinese sugar-millet (Sorghum saccharatum) . The 
 medicinal grasses '\nc\\xdQ conch gxdiss {A gropyr on re pens), the dried rhizome 
 of which is collected in the spring, and a fluid extract made from it used 
 as a domestic remedy in fever, jaundice, gout, etc. Its sole employment 
 to-day is as a gentle, soothing diuretic in acute inflammations of the 
 urinary passages. Other grasses have somewhat similar diuretic properties. 
 The edible grasses are mainly represented by the species of bamboo in 
 
ECONOMIC IMPORTANCE OF GRASSES 1 29 
 
 China, the tops of which are used as vegetables. Canned bamboo sprouts 
 are not uncommonly found in the Chinese grocery stores in all of our large 
 cities. 
 
 The best lawn grasses are the Kentucky blue-grass {Poa pratmsis), 
 red-top {Agrostis alba var. vulgaris) and the Rhode Island bent grass 
 {Agrostis canina). For the extreme south, Bermuda-grass {Cynodon 
 dactylon) and crab-grass {Stenotaphrum americanum) are the best. 
 
 The grasses which are suitable for the edgings, beds and borders of the 
 garden are Provence cane {Arundo donax,A. conspicua), maize {Zta mays), 
 pampas-grass (Gynerium argenkum), Eulalia, ribbon-grass (Phalaris 
 arundinacea var. picta) and some of the Japanese bamboos which are 
 hardy in northern latitudes. For interior decoration, the above grasses 
 can be cut and used either smgly, or in masses, but the inflorescences of 
 the seaside oats ( Uniola paniculata) are gathered for this purpose and also 
 the tall red top {Tridens flavus), reed {Phragmites communis), reed 
 meadow grass {Glyceria septentrionalis) and others which can be tied into 
 bunches and placed in vases and other receptacles. The holy grass 
 {Hierochloe odorata) is manufactured into fragrant baskets by the eastern 
 Indians and the dried bleached straws of the Kentucky blue grass are 
 woven into straw hats. The marram grass {Ammophila arenaria) is 
 the most important species for the binding of the drifting sands of 
 wandering dunes. 
 
 Paper can be made from the fibrous matter in the stems of a number of 
 grasses principally maize from which a very good grade of paper can be 
 made. Corn stalks have not been used extensively in this country as yet 
 for paper, but with the fast disappearing spruce forests attention will no 
 doubt be directed to maize as an abundant source of material for paper 
 pulp. Esparto grass {Macrochloa tenacissima) is also extensively used in 
 the manufacture of paper. 
 
 In the tropics, the bamboos of the larger size are used for a variety of 
 purposes. They are used as the upright posts and rafters in house con- 
 struction. In the split condition, they form the walls and partitions of 
 the native houses and bungalows. They are used for roofing, for rain 
 spouts, for water pipes, for flower pots, for buckets, for bridge construction 
 and for many other purposes. The various species of bamboos are indis- 
 pensable to the dwellers of the tropical countries of the world. 
 
 The vetiver, or kus-kus, is the very sweet-scented fibrous root of 
 Andropogon muricatus, or grass of India, used to perfume rooms and to 
 
130 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 preserve clothing from the attack of insects. The roots are made into 
 fans and worked into slips of bamboo to form the screens used to mitigate 
 the heat in India. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Carrier, Lyman: The Identification of Grasses by their Vegetative Characters. Bull. 
 
 461, U. S. Department of Agriculture, January 19, 1917. 
 Clark, Geo. H. and Walter, M. Oscar: Fodder and Pasture Plants. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, Dominion of Canada, Ottawa, 1913. 
 Le Maout, Emm and Decaisne, J., transl. by Mrs. Hooker: A System of Botany, 
 
 Descriptive and Analytical. London, 1873, pages 880-892. 
 Li>fDLEY, John: The Vegetable Kingdom. London, 1853, pages io6-ii6i. 
 Rendle, Alfred B. : The Classification of Plants. Vol. i, Cambridge at the University 
 
 Press, 1904, pages 220-241. 
 RoBBiNS, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. A Text and Reference Book. 
 
 P. Blakiston's Son & Co., Philadelphia, 191 7, pages 69-90. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 I. As this part of the botanical study will come in the early spring months fresh 
 grasses, such as sweet vernal (Anthoxanllium odoraium), orchard grass (Daclylis 
 glomerata), perennial rye grass {Loliiim percnne) and Kentucky blue grass (Poa 
 pratensis) may be studied. If this chapter is reached in the dead of winter, dried 
 spikes of the common r>'e or any other large grass may be used to begin the study 
 of the structure of the grass spikelet, glumes, lemma, palea, stamens, ovary and 
 plumose styles. Whole rye plants, or other suitable grasses, should be gathered by the 
 teacher just before the stamens protrude from the chaffy scales of the spikelet. 
 Several hun^dred plants can be tied together with string and the bundle wrapped in 
 newspaper to protect the plants from dust and hard usage. Such dried plants are 
 almost as satisfactory for a detailed study of the rye as fresh specimens. Other 
 grasses preserved in a similar way should be used for comparison with the rye. The 
 drill should be on the structure of the spikelets and florets of each kind. Drawings 
 should be made. 
 
 2. Kernels of corn, wheat and oats should be drawn and at the same time examined 
 by the class. Attention should be drawn to all of the points in the external morphology 
 of such grains. 
 
 3. Cut longitudinal and cross sections with a pen knife of both dry and soaked 
 kernels of the above cereals and others, if time permits. Attention should be drawn 
 to the varieties of corn as shown in section for starchy oil and protein. Treat 
 the cut surfaces with iodine, which brings out nicely the relative position of embryo 
 and reserve starch. 
 
 4. The class should be provided with stained sections of wheat for microscopic 
 study to show pericarp, aleurone layer and starchy endosperm. 
 
CHAPTER 12 
 DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 There have appeared a number of important books on the subject of 
 forage plants, and as these books are readily available to the student of 
 agronomy, no attempt will be made in the following pages to give an 
 exhaustive treatment of the forage grasses. The object will be to give a 
 few of the essential details for the benefit of the student, who does not 
 expect to study the forage plants exhaustively, but yet desires to have an 
 acquaintance with the more important kinds. 
 
 Timothy. Herd's Grass {Phhum pratense). — This grass was intro- 
 duced by Timothy Hansom of Maryland from England in 1720, hence 
 the common name. It had an earlier introduction into cultivation by 
 John Herd, who found it growing wild in New Hampshire, as early as 
 1700. 
 
 Description. — The plant is perennial with short rootstocks and, there- 
 fore, it has a somewhat tufted growth. The smooth stems are from two to 
 five feet tall and in dry soil the base of the stem may be slightly bulbous. 
 The leaves are rolled inward at first from one side and then are later ex- 
 panded with short blades. The inflorescence is a close spike of spikelets 
 (Fig. '54). The spikelets are one-flowered. Each flower is subtended by 
 a hyaline, toothed, awnless lemma and a narrow hyaline palet. The 
 subtending glume^ of the spikelet are truncate with short awns and cov- 
 ered with stiff hairs. The caryopsis is ovoid from 3^15 to \^2 irich in 
 diameter, usually inclosed in the lemma and palet at maturity. There 
 are about 6co,ooo to 2,000,000 seeds to the pound, the weight varying 
 with the size of the seeds. The standard of germination is 90 per cent, 
 and the purity of the seed should be not less than 98 per cent. 
 
 Soils. — Timothy is superior to any other grass for hay and it is well 
 adapted for growth on cold, moist, or wet lands, particularly with heavy 
 clay soils, although it succeeds best on moist loams and clays. It is not 
 grown successfully on some soils, or in shallow soils with a rocky bed 
 underneath. This grass shows innumerable unrecognized varieties only 
 three or four of which are of agricultural importance. Although the 
 
 131 
 
132 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Fig. 54. — Timothy (Phleum pralense) grown in hard, dry soiL (After Smith, Jared G. 
 Meadows and Pastures — Farmers' Bulletin 66, 1904, p. 18.) 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORT-ANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 1 33 
 
 plant is perennial, there are biennial forms and tall annual forms. There 
 is also a great range in the time of blooming. 
 
 Seeding. — The customary amount of timothy seed to sow, if used 
 alone is 15 pounds, or one-third of a bushel per acre. If red clover is used 
 with timothy, then the usual amount of timothy seed is 9 pounds, or one- 
 fifth of a bushel per acre. It has been found by trial that better results 
 are obtained by sowing the above amount than twice that quantity. The 
 Rhode Island Agricultural Experiment Station recommends Tor meadows, 
 the following per acre : 
 
 Timothy seed 15 pounds 
 
 Fancy red top .' 7.5 pounds 
 
 Red clover 7.5 pounds 
 
 Rotations. — The farmers of the North Atlantic and North Central 
 states use timothy in nearly all of their rotations. The most common 
 rotation consists of maize, oats and wheat each one year, followed by 
 timothy and red clover for two or more years, the clover disappearing 
 after one or more years. Timothy may be sown either in the fall or in the 
 spring with any small grain that is sown at the time. A good stand will 
 be obtained more frequently by sowing in the fall except in the dry prairie 
 states of the northwest where the best results are obtained by spring 
 sowing. As timothy is a late grass, the usual time of cutting is in July, 
 and this is an advantage, because during the summer it cures more 
 quickly, than if cut earlier. 
 
 Yield. — The total yield of dry matter per acre of timothy in Connecti- 
 cut, when in full bloom, was 3,300 pounds, in Illinois 3,285 pounds, in 
 Pennsylvania 2,585 pounds. When the seed was nearly ripe the yield 
 per acre was in Connecticut 3,615 pounds, in Illinois 4,065 pounds, in 
 Pennsylvania 3,065 pounds. Timothy generally produces between five 
 and twelve bushels of seed per acre. The grass is most conveniently cut 
 with the self-binder and is threshed with the ordinary threshing machine, 
 using special sieves to clean the seed. Timothy hay contains about 
 6 per cent, protein, 45 per cent, of carbohydrates, 2.5 per cent, of fat and 
 29 per cent, of crude fiber, of these substances about half are digestible. 
 Kentucky Blue Grass, June Grass {Poa pratensis). — This useful grass 
 is perennial with an extensively creeping rhizome, which produces leafy 
 stems in bunches at intervals along its length. The stem of blue grass 
 grows from 18 inches to 2^^ feet taJl. The basal leaves are longer than 
 
I.u 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 the upper stem leaves. The panicle is pyramidal with, its slender remote 
 branches with 3 to 5 fascicles. The spikelets a^e crowded, 3-5 flowered. 
 The lemmas are cobwebby at the base (Fig. 55). This is a common grass 
 in meadows and fields throughout the United States and in British Colum- 
 
 FiG. 55. 
 
 -Kentucky blue grass (Poa pralensis.) (After Ball, Carleion R.: Winter Forage 
 Crops for the South, Farmers' Bulletin 147, 1902, p. 19.) 
 
 bia. It is naturalized in the east, but is indigenous in the north and west. 
 It gets its name Kentucky blue grass, because it thrives in the Umestone 
 soils of certain districts of Kentucky, which on this account are cele- 
 brated for their fine breeds of horses and cattle. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 135 
 
 Adaptability. — This grass and its congener the Canadian blue grass 
 {Poa comprcssa) (Fig. 56) are adapted to a cool, moist cUmate with 30 in- 
 ches of rainfall and upward. They are resistant to cold, never freezing 
 out in zero weather. They prefer well-drained loams, or clay loams some- 
 
 FiG. 56. — Canada blue grass {Poa compressa); a, spikelet; &, floret; c, magnified 
 view of cross section of flattened stem; d, magnified cross section of a leaf blade. {After 
 Smith, JaredG.: Meadows and Pastures, Farmers' Bulletin, 66, 1904, p. 24.) 
 
 what retentive of moisture, but are not well-suited for growth in sandy 
 soils. The Canadian blue grass will grow on poorer soils than the Ken- 
 tucky blue grass. The blue grasses are not suitable for hay, as the yield 
 is low, but as pasture grasses and for the construction of lawns, they are un- 
 
136 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 excelled in the temperate regions of North America. They are valuable 
 for summer pasture and winter pasture, and if used for the latter purpose 
 they should not be closely pastured during the summer months. Drought 
 inhibits the growth of Kentucky blue grass. 
 
 Seeding. — The number of seeds per pound varies from 2,185,000 to 
 3,888,000. Usually 40 pounds of commercial seed per acre is sown alone 
 when a good stand is desired. It is usually mixed with other seeds in the 
 formation of permanent pasture. The following is the usual composition 
 of such mixtures, costing about $3 to $4 per acre. 
 
 Timothy 15 pounds 
 
 Kentucky blue grass 10 pounds 
 
 Meadow fescue 2 pounds 
 
 Red clover 8 pounds 
 
 White clover 2 pounds 
 
 The grass seeds of such a mixture are sown in Septeniber and the clover 
 seeds, as early as possible in the spring. In the construction of lawns at 
 least 40 pounds of 50 per cent, viable seed of Kentucky blue grass should 
 be used alone or with white clover. In another formula for the making 
 of lawns, the bulk of the seed used is Kentucky blue grass mixed with 
 red-top and Rhode Island bent grass. The advantage of using several 
 kinds of grass is that the first comers hold possession of the ground, or act 
 as a nurse crop, until the stronger, but slower-growing, Kentucky blue 
 grass gets complete root hold when, in the struggle for life, the earlier 
 grasses are gradually excluded. Kentucky blue grass is considered one of 
 the most troublesome weeds in New Zealand. 
 
 Redtop {Agrostis alba). — This native grass of North America is perhaps 
 the third, or fourth most important perennial grass of our country. The 
 culms are a foot (3 dm.) to 3 feet (10 dm.) tall from a creeping or stolo- 
 niferous rootstock. The leaves are flat, stiff and upright to lax and 
 spreading. The panicle is contracted after flowering of a greenish, purple, 
 or brown color with its branches slightly roughish. The spikelet is one- 
 flowered. The lemmas nearly equal the glumes. They are 3-nerved, 
 rarely short awned. The palea are one-half to two-thirds as long as the 
 lemmas. 
 
 The variety vulgaris is known as Herd's Grass in Pennsylvania. It 
 has shorter, more slender culms with smaller more branching panicles 
 and narrow leaves. The variety stoloniftra (not the A . stolonijera) is a 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS I37 
 
 form with stoloniferous habit used for lawns and is known as ''creeping 
 bent," Agrostis canina, is the Rhode Island Bent cultivated also as a 
 lawn grass. Redtop resembles superficially Kentucky blue grass, but it 
 is distinguished from the latter by the purple color of the panicle and the 
 smaller and more numerous i -flowered spikelets, while the spikelets 
 of Foa praknsis are 3- to 5-flowered. Redtop flowers usually a month to 
 two months later than the Kentucky blue grass. The seeds of redtop 
 have a silvery appearance, one pound consisting of from 4,135,000 (Illi- 
 nois Station) to 6,400,000 (North Carolina Station). 
 
 Sowing. — Redtop seed is usually sowed in amounts from 6 to 30 pounds 
 per acre, when sown alone, and 6 to lo pounds, when sown with timothy, 
 or timothy and red clover. It should be sown about the same time as 
 timothy. Like Kentucky blue grass, it is aggressive and frequently 
 takes full possession of the land. Redtop thrives under a greater range 
 of climate and soil than any other cultivated grass. Its value as a hay 
 crop is next to timothy. It is adapted to low, moist lands and frequently 
 forms one of the stages in the succession of grass herbage on old abandoned 
 wagon tracts across grassland, or the open prairie. It will grow on poor 
 soil, which it gradually improves. 
 
 Yield. — The yield of hay ranges from 3,000 to 5,000 pounds per acre. 
 If harvested, when fully mature, it makes a fibrous and unpalatable 
 hay. Analyses show that redtop hay contains more nutrients than 
 timothy hay. 
 
 Orchard Grass (Dactylis glomerata). — Another name for this grass in 
 England and New Zealand is cocksfoot. This grass with a bluish-green 
 cast of foliage usually grows in clumps, as a bunch grass with culms 8 
 inches to 2 feet tall and broadly linear leaves. The spikelets are in dense 
 one-sided clusters in close panicles. The spikelets are 2-5 flowered, com- 
 pressed, nearly sessile in dense fascicles. The lemmas are 5-nerved with 
 ciliate keels and are short awned. The palea are shorter than the lemmas. 
 (Fig. 57)- 
 
 Seeding. — The commercial seeds are enclosed in the chaff. Orchard 
 grass can be purchased with 100 per cent, purity. The number of seeds 
 per pound may vary from 400,000 to 480,000. When sown alone, 35 
 pounds of seed are used per acre, when intended for hay, and 15 pounds 
 per acre, when intended for seed. It may be seeded either in the fall 
 or very early in the spring, but whenever sown, it rarely gives a hay crop 
 the first year. 
 
i3« 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Cultivation.- — Orchard grass may come through the winter unscathed 
 by the cold, but it is susceptible to late spring frosts after it has begun its 
 growth. It grows well in the shade and grows best on a fairly fertile, 
 well-drained soil. It requires a generous supply of moisture, but can 
 stand periodic droughts fairly well and its duration is superior to timothy, 
 
 when used for hay it should be 
 cut as soon as it is in full bloom. 
 Orchard grass is abundant about 
 Philadelphia, but it can scarcely 
 be said to be cultivated. Spillman 
 in his " Farm Grasses of the 
 United States" states that it is 
 relatively most extensively culti- 
 vated in Virginia, North Carolina, 
 Tennessee, namely, along the 
 southern border of the timothy 
 region. The Agricultural Experi- 
 ment Station of Arkansas recom- 
 mends the use of orchard grass 
 for permanent meadows and pas- 
 tures, as the best grass for that 
 purpose. It also thrives west of 
 the Cascade mountains in the 
 Pacific northwest. 
 
 Meadow Foxtail (Alopecurus 
 pratensis). — This grass resembles 
 timothy, for which it is sometimes 
 taken by the uninitiated, but its 
 stems are not so tall, its heads 
 are shorter, and it blooms fully a 
 month earlier than timothy. It 
 grows 1-3 feet tall and develops 
 short, creeping rhizomes. The 
 sheaths of its leaves are loose, the upper usually inflated. The spike- 
 lets are i-flowered, flattened. The lemma equals the acute, ciliate 
 glumes with an exserted awn. The seed is produced sparingly, is of poor 
 vitality, and therefore, costly. The number of seeds per pound is 
 1,216,000, and most of the commercial seed comes from abroad. 
 
 Fig. 57. — Orchard grass (Dactylis glome- 
 rala) . (After Ball, Carleton R. : Winter Forage 
 Crops for the South, Farmers' Bulletin 147, 
 1902, p. 21.) 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 1 39 
 
 Growth and Hay. — It grows best on good soils and it is the chief grass 
 of the richer natural pastures of Great Britain. It reaches maturity two, or 
 three years after sowing and growing best in wet meadows, where it is to 
 be ranked, as one of the earliest pasture grasses to start its growth in the 
 spring. The hay of meadow foxtail is sweet and nutritive, especially 
 before the formation of seed, as the sugar is drawn from stem and leaves 
 and is used in the formation of the reserve materials of the seeds. It 
 forms when grown an abundance of excellent pasture and all kinds of 
 stock like it. 
 
 Smooth Brome Grass (Bromus inermis). — This is a grass of recent 
 introduction, perennial by a creeping rootstock. The stems are stout form- 
 ing heavy clumps, but when the soil is seeded abundantly these clumps 
 unite to form a compact sod. The roots penetrate deeply, hence this 
 grass is adapted to a wide range of climatic conditions. The panicles are 
 large and with spreading branches. The spikelets are one inch long and 
 brownish-red when old. Each spikelet has from seven to nine flowers, 
 each enclosed by two more or less blunt scales. The lemmas are without 
 awns. 
 
 Smooth Brome Grass thrives on loose comparatively poor land, 
 where more valuable grasses might be a failure. It is valued because of 
 its drought-resisting qualities producing in dry summers more green forage 
 than any other grass. It is adapted to western Canada on account of its 
 hardiness. It is sown at the rate of ten to twelve pounds of seed to the 
 acre. It should be cut before flowering, as it becomes hard and less 
 palatable. The smooth brome grass has .been grown for centuries upon 
 the steppes of Russia, hence it is adapted to a cold climate and a dry soil. 
 
 Blue-Joint Grass {Calamagrostis canadensis). — The blue-joint grass is 
 a perennial with creeping rhizome which gives rise to culms 1-3 feet high 
 with a clustered habit. The leaves are very rough, glaucous, flat and 
 involute in drying. The panicle is spreading with the i -flowered spike- 
 lets on slender branches and of a reddish-brown color. The glumes are 
 equal, acute, scarcely longer than the lemma, which has an inconspicuous 
 awn. The callus hairs are copious about as long as the floret. This grass 
 is a native of wet places from eastern Quebec to New Jersey and westward 
 and it flowers from June to July. It may be distinguished from red top 
 by its awned lemma and the tuft of white silky hairs in each spikelet. 
 
 Blue-joint sometimes occupies large areas to the exclusion of other 
 grasses. Hay made from it is of excellent quality and much relished by 
 
I40 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Stock. Attempts to grow the grass experimentally at one of the agricult- 
 ural experiment stations met with failure, because most of the seeds were 
 found to lack vitality. Little is known about the feeding value of blue- 
 joint grass. It is, however, of special value for places with very wet soil. 
 
 Fescue Grasses {Festuca elaiior and F. ovina) . — The taller, or meadow 
 fescus is Festuca elatior ( — Festuca pratensis) and the sheep's fescue is F. 
 ovina. The first mentioned grass is the most important of the two species. 
 It is a perennial grass with long fibrous roots with its erect culms reaching a 
 height of 15 inches to two feet. The basal leaves have a shining surface 
 and an intense, green color, while the stem leaves are flat, not involute, 
 as in the sheep's fescue. The panicle is rather close with its branches 
 bearing spikelets nearly to its base. The spikelets have lanceolate 
 glumes, oblong-lanceolate lemmas, rarely short awned and scabrous at 
 the apex. This grass is native to the meadows and waste places through- 
 out the United States and southern Canada, naturalized from Europe 
 and flowering from June to August. 
 
 Sheep's fescue, which has been introduced from Europe and has 
 become naturalized in a few localities in the United States, is a fine-tex- 
 tured, small-growing species with a tufted habit, eaten by sheep quite 
 freely, but avoided by cattle, if other grasses are more available. 
 
 Meadow fescue was early used as a constituent of the pasture mix- 
 tures sold by seedmen and in this way it has been widely distributed 
 through the United States. Sown alone it furnishes scant pasturage 
 during the hot summer months and the absence of rootstocks prevents its 
 successful competition with Kentucky blue-grass. It is, however, ap- 
 preciated in a few localities, such as the eastern parts of Kansas and 
 Nebraska, where it has proved one of the best pasture grasses. It does 
 well in wet places and survives the trampling by stock. It grows suc- 
 cessfully on clay soils, although the soil best adpoted to the growth of the 
 grass is on heavy black loam. The grass is seeded 10-15 pounds to the 
 acre from August 15 to September 15, without the use of a nurse crop. 
 It should be utilized more largely in the pasture mixtures of the east- 
 central states. 
 
 Sweet Vernal Grass {Anthoxanthum odoratum). — This is a common, 
 perennial grass of the meadows, pastures and waste lands in eastern 
 United States. Agriculturally speaking it is a grass of secondary im- 
 portance, growing from a foot to eighteen inches tall with close spike-like 
 panicles and 3-flowered spikelets with the terminal flower perfect and the 
 
DESCRIPTION or IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS I41 
 
 two lower florets represented solely by a lemma with a long basally at- 
 tached awn. It flowers early in the season. 
 
 The dried grass has a characteristic, sweet odor due to the presence 
 of cumarin which has been extracted from this and several other plants 
 and used in the manufacture of perfume called "new mown hay." Cows 
 feeding upon this grass have a 
 grassy flavor imparted to the 
 milk and the butter made from 
 the milk. It was early intro- 
 duced into America from Europe, 
 where it is native, as also in 
 western and north Asia and 
 northern Africa. 
 
 Perennial Rye Grass {Lolium 
 percnne) and Italian Rye Grass 
 {L. italium) (= L. muUiflorum) 
 are both of them short-lived, 
 rapid-growing, perennial grasses 
 with a^ tufted habit due to the 
 intravaginal method of branch- 
 ing. Perennial rye grass may 
 persist two or more years, while 
 Italian rye grass rarely lasts more 
 than two years. The axis of in- 
 florescences of the perennial rye 
 grass is smooth with the several 
 flowered spikelets set solitarily in 
 alternate notches of the axis of 
 inflorescence with the edges of 
 each spikelet placed against the perenne) 
 
 Pig. 
 
 58.^ — -Perennial rye grass {Lolium 
 (After Ball, Carleton R.: Winter 
 rachis, so that the inner glume ^<"'a«« C^'ops for the South, Farmers' Bulletin 
 •11- rj., ^ 1 • 147. 1902, p. 21.) 
 
 IS lackmg. The outer glume is 
 
 rigid exceeding the lower florets (Fig. 58). The lemma of each floret 
 is awnless, while in the Italian rye grass the lemma is provided with 
 an awn. The foliage of the Italian rye grass is more abundant and the 
 plant grows considerably taller. 
 
 Sowing and Adaptation. — Both species produce seed abundantly and 
 germination of commercial seed is about 75 per cent. There are 336,000 
 
142 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 seeds of perennial rye grass per pound and 285,000 of Italian rye grass. 
 The farmer sows about 50 pounds of seed per acre, when sown alone, but 
 the perennial rye grass is usually sown in mixture with other grass seeds. 
 Italian rye grass is adapted to moist regions with mild winters. It 
 succeeds best on loam and sandy loose soils being adapted for hay pur- 
 poses and may be cut several times during the growing period. It can 
 stand considerable drought, but it is not a suitable grass for districts where 
 the summer is dry and hot, and hence, it will never assume any import- 
 ance in the prairie regions. 
 
 Belonging to the same group is the tares of the Bible, or bearded darnel, 
 Lolium Umulentum; adventive from Europe but rare in grain fields and 
 waste places. 
 
 Pig. 59. — Sand dune covered with marram grass {Ammophila arenaria), Gilgo Beach 
 South Shore, Long Island, July 8, 1914. 
 
 Marram Grass {Ammophila arenaria). — A description of this grass is 
 given here because of its unusual interest as a sand-binding plant. It is 
 found on the sandy beaches and sand dunes along the. Atlantic coast fiom 
 New Brunswick to North Carolina and on the shores of the Great Lakes 
 and in Europe (Fig. 59). It is a coarse, wiry perennial with a long 
 creeping root-stock from which tufts of branches and green leaves arise at 
 intervals in the growth of the rootstock through the mobile sand. As 
 rapidly as the green parts are buried by the shifting sand the rhizome grows 
 in length upward toward the surface giving rise to fresh aerial shoots. 
 This spreading habit results in the plant presenting an obstacle to the 
 movement of the dune sands, so that as the growth of the marram grass 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 143 
 
 becomes more matted, the sands are efifectually anchored (Fig. 60). In 
 the latter part of August and early September, the pale, straw-yfellow 
 spike of spikelets grow up from the subterranean stem. It is propagated 
 for sand-binding purposes by cutting the plarit up into lengths, between 
 the widely separated tufts, which are planted out in rows along with other 
 protective devices. This method of fixing the wandering dunes has been 
 used for many years on the Baltic coasts of Europe, in Holland, in Bel- 
 gium, on Cape Cod and elsewhere with satisfactory results. 
 
 Fig. 60.- 
 
 -Sand dune with marram grass {Ammophila arenaria) and beach pea {Lalhyrus 
 marilimus) , Gilgo Beach, South Shore, Long Island, July 8, 1914. 
 
 Seaside Oats (Uniola paniculata) .■ — This stout grass is found on the 
 sand hills and drifting sands of the American coast from Virginia to Florida 
 and westward to Texas, where it produces a stout panicle bearing many 
 oblong-oval, stramineous spikelets. These panicles are gathered by the 
 people of such cities as Wilmington, N. C. and Charlestown, S. C. for 
 decoration, being usually placed in vases for that purpose (Fig. 61). This 
 grass to a certain extent takes the place of the marram grass in binding 
 the sand of southern sea beaches and sand dunes. The description of this 
 grass introduces us to a few additional species of grasses which are especi- 
 ally useful in the southern states. These grasses are: 
 
144 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Bermuda Grass {Cynodon Dactyloti). — It is the most common and most 
 valuable pasture grass of the southern states filling the same relative place 
 in that region that Kentucky blue grass does in more northern states. 
 It is a perennial grass spreading by runners, or by rootstocks, and is pro- 
 pagated also by seeds. The runners vary in length from a few inches to 
 three or four feet, creeping over the ground and rooting at the joints 
 (Fig. 62). The blades of the leaves are narrow, flat, one to four inches 
 long, each with a ring of white hairs at the base. The slender flower 
 spikes are formed three to six in a cluster radiating out from a common 
 stalk in a digitate manner. Each spike is one to two inches long. 
 
 Pig. 
 
 61. — Seaside oat (Uniola paniculata) on dune at Wrightsville Beach, Wihning- 
 ton, N. C, August 6, 1911. 
 
 Origin. — Bermuda grass is probably a native of India having been 
 introduced to America somewhere about 1807, and it is now common in 
 the southern states from Virginia to Florida westward to Arizona and 
 California. In Australia, it is commonly known as couch, or Indian 
 couch. It grows best in warm weather bearing the intense heat of summer 
 without injury, but winter kills easily if subjected to heavy freezing. 
 It thrives best on fertile soils not too wet, but better on heavy soils than 
 on light ones. It will grow well on soils so alkaline that most other field 
 crops and fruit crops will fail. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 145 
 
 Seeding. — Bermuda grass produces seed abundantly in southern 
 California, Arizona and New Mexico where most of the commercial 
 seed is derived. It is propagated by seeds, or pieces of rootstocks. The 
 yield of hay varies greatly with 
 the locality in which it is 
 grown, and on favorable soils, 
 it may yield annually 6 to 8 
 tons of hay per acre. On 
 soils of ordinary fertility, it will 
 support about one steer per 
 acre for eight to nine months, 
 while on exceptionally favor- 
 able soils it may support four 
 or five steers for a longer time. 
 Its feeding value is fully equal 
 to that of timothy, though its 
 market value is usually less. 
 Frequently, it becomes trouble- 
 some as a weed, when it can 
 be eradicated by freezing the 
 "roots," or by shading the 
 ground by the growth, of other 
 crops. 
 
 Johnson Grass {Sorghum 
 halepense) . — This is another 
 grass which figures largely in 
 the agriculture of the southern 
 states. It is strongly stoloni- 
 ferous with culms four to seven 
 feet high with long flat leaves, 
 and an open panicle six to 
 eighteen inches long. It was 
 introduced as Aleppo grass from 
 Turkey in 1830 by Governor 
 Means into South Carolina, and in 1844 into Alabama by Col. William 
 Johnson for whom the plant is named. It is propagated by seeds, and 
 if it is desired to control the plant, which sometimes becomes trouble- 
 some, it should never be permitted to go to seed. It is distributed as 
 
 Pig. 62. — Bermuda grass (Cynodon Dactylon) . 
 (After Ball, Carleton R.: Winter Forage Crops for 
 the South, Farmers' Bulletin 147, 1902, p. 15.) 
 
i4t) 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 an avivectent, because the hard, outer covering of the seed is indigestible 
 and passes through the digestive tract of cattle unchanged. It produces 
 a large amount of good hay with an excellent quality.^ Usually two to 
 
 Fig. 63. — Broom-corn millet {Panicum miliaceum) : a, b, and c, views of the spikelet 
 and glumes, or chaff; d and e, two views of the "seed." {After Williams, Thomas A.: 
 Millets, Farmers' Bulletin loi, 1899, p 20.) 
 
 three cuttings can be secured. It is not especially valuable as a pasture 
 grass, because it does not stand grazing well. 
 
 Guinea Grass {Panicum maximum). — This is an important fodder 
 grass in the West Indies, Mexico and other tropical countries where it 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 147 
 
 is grown as a soiling crop. It is a perennial grass, but its roots are killed, 
 
 if the ground is frozen. It has short rhizomes from which immense 
 
 tufts of leafage are formed. It may be grown in Florida and the Gulf 
 
 states, \yhere the climatic con- 
 
 ditions are favorable. It is not 
 
 unusual in Mexico to see burros 
 
 almost completely buried out of 
 
 sight,except theirears and noses, 
 
 with guinea grass, which is 
 
 being carried to the nearest 
 
 markets for sale. Sometimes 
 
 ox carts are used to convey the 
 
 guinea grass to the consumers. 
 
 Hay is also obtained from the 
 
 grass, although it is seldom 
 
 used for the purpose. Another 
 
 important species of Panicum is 
 
 P. miliaceum, the broom-corn 
 
 millet (Fig. 63). 
 
 Foxtail Millet {Chaetochloa 
 italica). — This grass includes a 
 number of different types such 
 as the Hungarian (Fig. 64), 
 Aino, German and Siberian 
 millets. 
 
 The following two grasses 
 are natives of the western 
 plains states. They were used 
 extensively by the wild herds 
 of buffalos and eaten by the 
 cattle upon a thousand ranches. 
 They will figure largely in any 
 attempt at restocking the cattle 
 ranges with forage plants. 
 
 Grama Grass (Bouteloua gracilis = B 
 
 Fig. 64. — A single plant of Hungarian millet 
 (Chaetochloa italica). (After Vinall, H. N.: 
 Foxtail Millet, Farmers' Bulletin 793, 1917, p. 12.) 
 
 oligostachya) . — This grass also 
 called blue grama is found on the plains and prairies from Manitoba and 
 Wisconsin to Mississippi, Arizona and Mexico. It is probably the most 
 important of the grama grasses, which include six weeks' grama {B. 
 
148 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 aristoides) side-oat grama {B. curtipendiila) black grama {B. eriopoda) 
 rough grama (B. hirsuta) hairy grama {B. Parryi) and other species of the 
 genus. It forms very dense sod and withstands the trampling of cattle 
 to a marked degree. It seems to grow more successfully when grazed 
 and trampled to some extent, and under favorable conditions of soil it 
 may grow sufficiently thick to be used as a hay grass. It is everywhere 
 on the mesas and prairies forming a dense mass of herbage of fine and 
 curly leaves arising from near the roots of the plant. The flowers bearing 
 stems are 6 to i8 inches tall and bear near their summits two to three one- 
 sided spikes in form like a tooth brush. This grass is easily propagated 
 by seed which can readily be collected. 
 
 The side-oat grama is another common species and the most widely 
 distributed of all the true gramas ranging from the Atlantic states west- 
 ward to Arizona and south into Mexico. It is a conspicuous and impor- 
 tant pasture grass in the rougher portions of the plain regions and in 
 southern Arizona, it grows at altitudes mainly between 3,000 and 5,000 
 feet. The following analytical table gives the composition of this grass. 
 
 Material Analyzed 
 
 Percent- 
 age of 
 Moisture 
 
 Water-free Basis (Per cent.) 
 
 Ash 
 
 Ether 
 Extract 
 
 Crude 
 Fiber 
 
 Nitro- 
 gen-free 
 Extract 
 
 Protein 
 
 Pen- 
 tasans 
 
 Santa Rita Mts., Ariz. . . 
 Average of 5 others. . .- . . 
 Average of all 
 
 4.60 
 
 8.31 
 9.76 
 
 9 63 
 
 1. 59 
 1. 8s 
 
 I 94 
 
 32.49 53. 2? 
 
 37 76 
 32.86 
 
 45 OS 
 49 23 
 
 4-33 
 S-S8 
 6.34 
 
 25-88 
 
 Buffalo Grass {Bulbilis (Buchloe) dactyloidts) . — This pasture grass is 
 found from the Dakotas to the Rocky mountains and south into Mexico. 
 It is a creeping, stoloniferous, turf-forming, perennial grass giving rise to 
 more or less curly leaves. The flower-bearing shoots are four inches to a 
 foot tall and strictly dioecious. The staminate spikes usually overtop the 
 leaves, while the pistillate spikes are shorter than the leaves. The 
 staminate spikelets are 2-3 flowered. Pistillate spikelets are i -flowered 
 with indurated glumes, trifid at the apex. The lemma is narrow, hyaline 
 inclosing the 2-nerved palea. The grain is free within the hardened 
 glumes. The seedling plants are monoecious, but the staminate and pistil- 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 
 
 149 
 
 late branches produce vegetatively male and female plants as offshoots. 
 It is a very hardy grass and it seems to be indifferent to drought. On the 
 dry plains, it seldom grows over two to four inches tall, but in southern 
 Texas, where conditions of heat and moisture are more favorable, it may 
 become a foot high. It dry cures and furnishes in the dry state excellent 
 winter grazing. 
 
 The following table gives the composition of buffalo grass. 
 
 Percent- 
 
 
 Water-free Basis (Per cent) 
 
 
 Material Analyzed i age of 
 Moisture 
 
 Ash 
 
 Ether Crude 
 Extract Fiber 
 
 Nitro- 
 gen-free 
 Extract 
 
 Protein 
 
 Pen- 
 
 tasans 
 
 1 
 1 
 
 Bellevue, Texas 6.18 
 
 Average of 6 others .... 
 
 10.25 
 
 10. 55 
 10.51 
 
 1.23 
 2.26 
 2. II 
 
 25-74 
 
 25-22 
 25.29 
 
 57-08 
 54-35 
 
 54-74 
 
 5-70 
 7.62 
 7-35 
 
 20.56 
 
 Short Grass Vegetation. — A few words as to the growth of these two 
 grasses from an agricultural-ecological standpoint. Representing the 
 most typical form of the short- grass formation in eastern Colorado, the 
 grama-buffalo-grass association presents an appearance of extreme mono- 
 tony, according to H. L. Shantz. The plant cover is uniform and carpet- 
 like in some places covering the whole surface of the ground in other places 
 broken into alternating areas of open ground and dense mat-like cover. 
 The amount of soil surface covered varies from as low as 10 per cent, to as 
 high as 90 per cent., and the growth is the closest where there is a mixture 
 of the two dominant grasses. When grama grass predominates there is 
 an open-mat type of vegetation. A variety of other species, annual and 
 perennial, are mixed with the grama and buffalo grasses and seasonally 
 give some variety to the short-grass formation. 
 
 Short-grass vegetation is an indicator of rather short season favorable 
 for growth. Grama grass requires approximately sixty days to mature and 
 often fails to ripen its seed, largely because of insufficient water supply. 
 Buffalo grass usually flowers and fruits early in the season, but when the 
 early season is dry its fruiting may occur at any time during the summer 
 when the water supply is sufficient. The principal adaptation of these 
 grasses, according to H. L. Shantz, seems in their ability to dry out, as 
 
150 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 do many lichens and mosses, and to revive quickly when water is again 
 supplied. During periods of excessive precipitation, both species of 
 grasses grow and fruit luxuriantly. These short grasses have a very 
 extensive surface-root system and are especially adapted to conditions 
 found in the Great Plains region. After a slight rain, when only the first 
 few inches of the soil becomes wet, these plants are able to absorb water 
 and grow. Ordinarily grazing does not modify appreciably the short- 
 grass cover. It seems to favor the development of the short -grass. 
 Grass fires, if repeated, kill out the buffalo grass, but apparently grama 
 grass suffers little. Extensive grazing causes the reversion of the short- 
 grass stage to an earlier stage in the succession where Gutierrezia sarothrcB 
 and Attniisia frigida become dominant. 
 
 The presence of a short-grass cover indicates a growing season that is 
 shortened by the limitation of the water supply. Crops which mature 
 early are, therefore, more likely to succeed on this type of land than crops 
 which require a longer season, such land is not adapted at all to deep- 
 rooted crops unless the plants are grown far apart. 
 
 The above descriptions of a number of important agricultural grasses 
 does not exhaust the list of native and introduced grasses, which in vari- 
 ous parts of our wide domain figure largely in the composition of the vegeta- 
 tion of the inclosed meadows of the eastern states and the open wild 
 ranges of the western states. A detailed account of all these grasses and 
 their life histories would fill a large volume. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Ball, Carleton R.: Johnson Grass. Bulletin 11, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1902. 
 Ball, Carleton R.: Saccharine Sorghums for Forage. Farmers' Bulletin 246, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1906. 
 Bentley, H. L.: Experiments in Range Improvement in Central Texas. Bulletin 13, 
 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1902. 
 BR(nvN, Edgar and Hillm.\n, F. H.: The Seeds of the Blue Grasses. Bulletin 84, 
 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, 1905. 
 Carrier, Lyman: Cost of Filling Silos. Farmers' Bulletin 292, U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 1907; The Grazing Industry of the Bluegrass Region. Bulletin 397, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 Gates, J. S. and Spillman, W. J.: A Method of Eradicating Johnson Grass. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 279, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1907. 
 Clements, Frederic E. : Plant Indicators. The Relation of Plant Communities to 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 151 
 
 Process and Practice. Publication No. 290, Carnegie Institution of Washington, 
 388 pages, 92 plates, 1920. 
 
 CORBETT, L. C: The Lawn. Farmers' Bulletin 248, U. S. Department of Agriculture 
 1906. 
 
 Cotton, J. S.: Range Management in the State of Washington. Bulletin 75, 1905; 
 The Improvement of Mountain Meadows. Bulletin 127, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1908. 
 
 D.WY, Joseph Burtt: Stock Ranges of Northwestern CaUfornia. Notes on the 
 Grasses and Forage Plants and Range Conditions. Bulletin 12, Bureau of Plant 
 Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1902. 
 
 DiLLMAN, Arthur C: Breeding Drought-resistant Forage Plants for the Great Plains 
 Area. Bulletin 196, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1910. 
 
 Denton, A. A.: Sorghum Sirup Manufacture. Farmers' Bulletin 35, 1901. 
 
 Ev.\NS, Morgan W.: Timothy. Farmers' Bulletin 990, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1918. 
 
 Gardner, Frank D. and Collabor.-^tors: Successful Farming. The John C. Winston 
 Company, Philadelphia, 1916. 
 
 Griffiths, David: Range Improvement in Arizona. Bulletin 4, 1901; Forage Condi- 
 tions on the Northern Border of the Great Basin. Bulletin 15, 1902; Forage 
 Conditions and Problems in Eastern Washington, Eastern Oregon, Northwestern 
 California, and Northwestern Nevada. Bulletin 38, 1903; Range Investigations 
 in Arizona. Bulletin 67, 1904; The Reseeding of Depleted Ranges and Native 
 Pastures. Bulletin 117, 1907; A Protected Stock Range in Arizona. Bulletin 
 177, 1910, Bureau of Plant Industr}', U. S. Department of Agriculture. 
 
 Griffiths, David, Bidwell, George L. and Goodrich, Charles E.: Native Pasture 
 Grasses of the United States. Bulletin 201, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Hansen, Albert A.: Eradication of Bermuda Grass. Farmers' Bulletin 945, U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 191 8. 
 
 HiLLMAN, F. H.: Distinguishing Characters of the Seeds of Sudan Grass and Johnson 
 Grass. Bulletin 406, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 
 Hitchcock, A. S.: Cultivated Forage Crops of the Northwestern States. Bulletin 31, 
 1902, Bureau of Plant Industry. 
 
 Hunt, Thomas F. : The Forage and Fiber Crops in America. Orange Judd Company, 
 New York, 191 2. 
 
 Hunter, Byron: Pasture and Grain Crops for Hogs in the Pacific Northwest. Bull- 
 etin 68, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1914; Farm Practice with Forage Crops 
 in Western Oregon and Western Washington. Bulletin 94, Bureau of Plant 
 Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1906. 
 
 Jardine, James T. : Range Management on the National Forests. Bulletin 790, U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 191 9. 
 
 Jones, L. R.: Vermont Grasses and Clovers. Bulletin 94, Vermont Agricultural Ex- 
 periment Station, May, 1902. 
 
 Lyon, T. H. and HitchcoCk, A. S.: Pasture, Meadow and Forage Crops in Nebraska. 
 Bulletin 59, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1904. 
 
152 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Lamson-Scribner, F.: Our Native Pasture Plants. Yearbook of the Department of 
 Agriculture, 1900, 581-598; Southern Forage Plants. I-'armers' Bulletin 102, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1899. 
 
 McClure, Harry B.: Market Hay. Fa'rniers' Bulletin 508, U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture, 191 2; Haymaking. Farmers' Bulletin 943, 1918; Hay Stackers. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 1009, 1019; Baling Hay, Farmers' Bulletin 1049, 1919. 
 
 Oakley, R. A.: Canada Blue Grass, Its Culture and Uses. P'armers' Bulletin, 402, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1910. 
 
 PiETERS, A. J. and Brown, Edgar: Kentucky Bluegrass Seed Bulletin 19, Bureau 
 of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1902. 
 
 Piper, C. V.: Grass Lands of the South Alaska Coast. Bulletin 82, Bureau of Plant 
 Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905. 
 
 Piper, C. V. and Hillman, J. H.: The Agricultural Species of Bent Grasses. Bulletin 
 692, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1918. 
 
 Piper, C. V. and Oakley, R. A.: Turf for Golf Courses. New York, The Macmillan 
 Company, 191 7, pages 262. 
 
 Sampson, Arthur W.: Range Improvement by Deferred and Rotation Grazing. 
 Bulletin 34, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1913; Important Range Plants, 
 their Life History and Forage Value. Bulletin 545, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1917; Plant Succession in Relation to Range Management. Bulletin 
 791, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1919. 
 
 Shantz, H. L.: Natural Vegetation as an Indicator of the Capabilities of Land for Crop 
 Production in the Great Plains Area. Bulletin 201, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1911. 
 
 Tracy, S. M.: Some Important Grasses and Forage Plants for the Gulf Coast Region. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 300, U. ^. Department of Agriculture, 1907; Forage Crops for 
 the Cotton Region. Farmers' Bulletin 509, 191 2; Bermuda Grass. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 814, 1917. 
 
 Vinall, H. N.: Meadow Fescue, its Culture and Uses. Farmers' Bulletin 361. U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 1909; Foxtail Millet, its Culture and Utilization in 
 the United States. Farmers' Bulletin 793, 191 7. 
 
 Williams, Thomas A.: Timothy in the Prairie Region. Yearbook of the U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1896, 147-154; Sorghum as a Forage Crop. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 50, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1897. 
 
 WlXTE, Hernfrid: Breeding Timothy at Svalof. Journal of Heredity, x: 291-299, 
 October, 1919. 
 
 Woodward, T. E. and Others: The Making and Feeding of Silage. Farmers' Bulletin 
 556, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1913. 
 
 WooTON, E. O.: Factors Affecting Range Management in New Mexico. Bulletin 211, 
 ' U. S. Department of Agriculture, 191 5. 
 
 Yerkes, Arnold P. and McClure, H. B.: Harvesting Hay with the Sweep-rake. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 838, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 191 7. 
 
 Yoder, p. a.: Growing Sugar Cane for Sirup. Farmers' Bulletin 1034, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 19 19. 
 
DESCRIPTION OF IMPORTANT GRASS FORAGE PLANTS 1 53 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — As previously emphasized, the 'teacher should provide 
 the material for laboratory work and demonstration some time in advance. The 
 material for study should consist of fresh dried and alcoholic specimens. If the ground 
 around the laboratory permits, a grass garden should be started, where at least all 
 of the more important grasses used in the class work should be grown in plots. Al- 
 though most of this fresh material can be used only during the growing season, some of it, 
 especially the underground parts, can be secured if the ground is not frozen too hard 
 during the winter months. The alcoholic and dried specimens should represent 
 either whole or parts of the plants. Fruits of all the species studied should also be on 
 hand for examination. Photographs and illustrations of other kinds, wall charts and 
 maps of distribution will prove useful. Moving pictures of agricultural operations,' 
 such as seed sowing, mowing, haying operations, etc., will prove of great value, if the 
 laboratory is equipped with all of these modern pieces of apparatus. As many of the 
 above mentioned grasses are cultivated in all civilized countries or have escaped from 
 cultivation the teacher, wherever he or she may be located, need not suffer for lack of 
 material. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Describe and draw the specimens of grasses handed to you for study. The 
 examination of the grass flower can only be accomplished successfully by the use of a 
 hand lens, or a dissecting microscope. The equipment of the laboratory presupposes 
 that each student has access to such a microscope. The dried grasses for study can be 
 mounted by the teacher on stiff card boards covered with thin sheets of gelatin, or what 
 is better the specimens themselves can be presented to the students for preservation. 
 
 2. Each student will have assigned a single grass species to study in the field, as 
 it grows, and with reference to the literature dealing with this plant species. This 
 will necessitate reference to the books, cyclopedias, bulletins and other sources of in- 
 formation available m the library of the institution, or if the laboratory is in a large 
 city, the libraries of the scientific institutions which may be located there. A written 
 report should be handed to the teacher as a result of each investigation. This is a 
 piece of home work which should be a part of every course in botany, as it indicates 
 to the students the sources of the information about the plants with which the class 
 deals. It also indicates how knowledge is acquired about books and the objects of 
 nature. It trains the student for future investigation and conduces to originality. 
 
 3. A comparative study of the grain fruits, or caryopses of the different grasses 
 should be a part of the laboratory training. The writer has used a set of six paste- 
 board cards perforated with round holes an inch in diameter. These cards are backed 
 with a stiff piece of gray pasteboard. The students are given the different agricultural 
 seed grass caryopses, leguminous, weed and poisonous seeds to the number of forty- 
 eight. These are filled into the circular holes made as above described. The eight holes 
 each with a different seed are then covered by a single piece of glass usually the size of 
 lantern slide covers. The glass is then bound to the two separate pieces of card- 
 board by passe-partout tape usually black in color. The six sets of eight seeds each 
 
154 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 are then kept in a pasteboard box with a front which can drop down and a lid hinged 
 to the back of the box. Such sets have been mounted for a number of years by students 
 at the University of Pennsylvania, but the writer has given up this method in 
 favor of the distribution of 48 aluminium-capped vials in which the agricultural seeds 
 will be kept. Tape labels, such as are used for attachment to envelopes with the re- 
 turn address will be printed with the scientific and common name of each poisonous, 
 grass, leguminous and weed seed. These can be readily pasted on the vials, when the 
 seeds are distributed to the class. The vials will be kept in four paper trays with twelve 
 compartments each made to accurately accommodate the v'ials. The box in which the 
 trays fit will have a front side, which will drop down, and a hinged lid provided on the 
 outside with a neatly printed label describing the contents of the box. Such a box 
 with vials should not cost each student over three dollars, if bought in quantity at 
 present prices prevailing (1920)./ With these sets of seeds, it will be possible for the 
 class to make a comparative study of the most important agricultural seeds. With the 
 set of 48 seeds, now used at the University of Pennsylvania, the students, as a part of 
 the practical work required of them in their final examination in botany, are required 
 to identify on request any five or ten seeds of the set of forty-eight. During the in- 
 structional period, drawings of each of the forty-eight seeds should be made with the 
 aid of hand lenses. 
 
 4. The most important grass fruits should be studied in sections after the external 
 study has been completed by the application of iodine solution. This will enable 
 the student to differentiate thp embryo and the reserve food in a more perfect way. 
 Microscopic sections can be made, but time will hardly be found for a detailed study of 
 them. 
 
 ^ The author has adopted the expedient of dividing the cost between the school and 
 the students. The school pays one-half and the students (with their consent) the other 
 half deducted to save embarassment from the students' deposited laboratory fees. The 
 boxes were made for the author by the Jesse Jones Paper Box Co., 615 Commerce 
 Street, Philadelphia. The vials (No. 21) with screw tops (aluminium) were furnished 
 by Whitall Tatum Co., Glass Manufacturers, 410 Race Street, Philadelphia and the 
 gummed labels by the Dennison Manufacturing Co., 1007 Chestnut Street, Philadelphia. 
 The box labels were printed by a local printer. 
 
CHAPTER 13 
 THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 
 
 The grasses, which are grown for their grains, are known as cereals. 
 These grasses gathered at first by uncivilized men for their grain fruits 
 slowly came into cultivation, as men left the hunting and pastoral stages 
 and became agriculturists. The ancient inhabitants of China, Babylonia, 
 Egypt, North and South America at an early date cultivated the 
 cereals. The most important ceireals in the United States in the order 
 of their production are Maize (Indian corn), Oats, Wheat, Barley, Rye, 
 Rice, Buckwheat. The average production of them in the United States 
 for the period 1911-13 was in bushels as follows: 
 
 Maize (Corn) 2,701,074,000 bushels. 
 
 Oats 1,154,134,300 bushels. 
 
 Wheat 704,995,000 bushels. 
 
 Barley 187,417,700 bushels. 
 
 Rye 56,721,000 bushels. 
 
 Rice 11,808,700 bushels. 
 
 The above cereals will be treated of in the order of their production in the 
 
 United States. 
 
 Maize, Indian Corn, Corn {Zea mays) . 
 
 Origin. — Maize is undoubtedly a native of America and the evidence 
 points to Mexico as the original home of the wild species. It was culti- 
 vated from ancient times among the agricultural tribes of North and South 
 America. The wild form is not known definitely, but teosinte. Euchl- 
 laena mexicana, is the nearest known wild relative of maize and the two 
 plants readily hybridize. Montgomery, Collins, Weatherwax, and the 
 writer have proposed various theories, as to the origin of maize in its 
 cultivated forms, but the theoretical discussion of this interesting matter 
 will, not be solved finally until either a wild progenitor of maize is dis- 
 covered by some fortunate botanist, or the cultivated maize (cultigen) 
 is produced synthetically from maize and teosinte combined, as some 
 botanists think that the cultivated plant is of hybrid origin, or from teo- 
 sinte alone. 
 
156 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Description. — Maize is a summer annual and is dependent upon man 
 for its reproduction, not sowing itself from seed, as a wild plant (Fig. 65). 
 Its root system is fibrous, but in addition there are aerially developed prop 
 roots which soon become fixed in the soil. The stem of corn is solid with 
 the closed, collateral sap-bundles scattered in a cross-sectional view. Fre- 
 quently corn produces suckers which correspond with the stools of wheat. 
 Suckers of corn are undesirable, as they are heavy soil feeders and reduce 
 the yield through nonproduction of ears. The leaves are two ranked 
 with large, broad blades at the base of which is a conspicuous membran- 
 
 FiG. 65. — Field of maize at Sea Girt, N. J., August 23. 1919- 
 
 ous ligule, or rain-guard. Corn is monoecious. The pistillate flowers 
 are borne in a spike, or ear, surrounded by the bases of transformed leaves, 
 or husks. The male flowers are produced in a terminal tassel. The 
 pistillate spikelets are arranged in rows along a fleshy axis, or cob. Each 
 normal pistillate spikelet has two flowers, the lower (outer) one of which is 
 abortive, but this floret is represented by the persistent lemma and palea 
 (Fig. 66). The spikelet is subtended by two glumes that are shorter 
 than the ovary, very broad and fleshy at the base, thin membranous above 
 and fringed on the edges. The lemma and palea of the fertile flower are 
 short, broad and membranous. The single ovary bears a long style, or 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 
 
 157 
 
 thread of silk. The tassel, or panicle of staminate spikelets is terminal 
 in maize. Each normal staminate spikelet is two-flowered, each flower 
 
 JM ^lume 
 
 palef of 
 Jertile' 
 ' jlower 
 
 lemma of 
 
 ferhle ' 
 
 power 
 
 ■^nd ^lume 
 
 Fig. 66. — Pistillate spikelet of corn, much enlarged. (Robbins after Nees.j 
 
 having three perfect stamens subtended by lemmas and palets. Glumes 
 subtend each staminate spikelet (Fig. 67). 
 
 Pig. 67. — Details of maize (Zea mays canina) i. Male inflorescence; 2. Two male 
 spikelets; 3. Dissection of spikelet with two male flowers (below a pollen grain); 4. Plan 
 of male spikelet; 5. Vertical section of maize kernel; 6. Germination of maize caryopsis. 
 (After Harshberger, John W.: Maize: A Botanical and Economic Study . Coitributions 
 from the Botanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania I, No. 2, Part of Plate II. 1893.) 
 
 Grain. — The mature grain of corn is flattened with an external 
 shallow groove which indicates the position of the embryo, and at the 
 blunt end a small scar where the style was attached. Cutting the kernel 
 
i5« 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 open, we find the embryo at one side with the rest of the interior filled 
 with starchy, or horny reserve food. Increase the starchy reserve food and 
 you increase the carbohydrate content of the grain. Increase the horny 
 
 Fig. 68. — Structure and germination of maize kernel, A, longitudinal section of 
 maize grain showing position of embryo and reserve food; B, top or flat side of kernel; 
 C, longitudinal section in early stages of germination; D, early stage of germination, 
 same view as in B; £, later stage of germination when maize has become independent. 
 a, outer coat of fruit; b, scutellum; c, root ['sheath or coleorrhiza; d, radicle; e, cotyledon; 
 /, plumule; g, homy reserve food; h, starchy reserve food; m, secondary roots. 
 
 reserve food and the protein contents are increased. A large embryo, 
 or germ, indicates a kernel rich in oil (Fig. 67). In the germination of the 
 corn grain, the optimum temperature is 9i°F. a maximum of ii4.8°F. and 
 a mininum of 4i°F. The primary root first projects then bursts through 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 
 
 159 
 
 the coleorhiza and later the secondary roots appear about the time that 
 the plumule grows upward (Fig. 68). Collins describes some pueblo corn 
 
 o c , -2 PI 
 w +3 .2 CQ o 
 
 I s ^ I .« 
 
 I. cS a 5 8 
 . ^ t/) *; ^ 
 
 .±5^4.5 0, 
 
 
 which is planted very deep in the soil at least a foot, or eighteen inches. 
 Corn with such a habit can reach the water in the deeper soil levels and is 
 adapted to an arid climate. 
 
l60 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Soils. — The best corn soils are well drained, deep, warm, black loams, 
 with a high per cent, of organic matter and available nitrogen. Varieties 
 are known which mature in 80 days, where the summer temperature is 
 over 65°. Even these requirements nowhere permit it to mature beyond 
 So°N. though it is grown for fodder in southern England and in Quebec. 
 At least 20 inches of rainfall seem necessary for the best growth of the 
 corn plant. 
 
 Maize is the principal food supply of the American people. The orig- 
 inal distribution of the plant is shown in the map (Fig. 69). Outside of 
 the south very little corn is consumed as a human food for most of the corn 
 is fed to cattle or hogs and consumed as meat. The maize grown in the 
 South is practically all of it consumed at home, being turned into hog flesh, 
 hoecake and hominy. While corn meal hominy and similar products 
 are the principal corn foods, there are a number of others such as the un- 
 ripe ears, especially of sweet varieties and pop corn which are used as 
 favorite American foods. Starch, glucose, gluten, oil and corn flakes are 
 also made from corn. 
 
 Cultivation. — ^Maize is of the utmost importance from ah agricultural 
 viewpoint and it has been studied as no other cereal in America with re- 
 gard to methods of cultivation, improvement of varieties, composition, 
 position in the rotation and as a food for man and the domestic animals. 
 The important food materials found in corn and its products are: (i) 
 Protein, or nitrogenous, flesh-forming material; (2) Fat; (3) Carbohydrates, 
 or heat-producing elements, such as, starches, sugars, cellulose, or crude 
 fiber; (4) Mineral matter and ash. The food value of the grain of maize 
 lies in its high net available energy due to the presence of carbohydrates 
 and fats. The plant whether green, ensiled, or dry is a good food for horses 
 and ruminants, the dry matter being more digestible than that of clover 
 hay, or timothy hay. When properly prepared the food value of the dry 
 matter is rather less, and when the grain is added, rather more than that 
 of timothy hay. The digestible nutrients in the grain and clover are about 
 as two to one. The nutrient ratio of maize is 1 7.5 and its nutritive value 
 is 87. This ratio indicates that maize is poor in protein substances at the 
 best. This rather unfits it for a standard article of food, unless combined 
 with other substances richer in protein. 
 
 Sowing. — The North American Indians believed that the time to plant 
 corn had arrived when the young leaves of the white oak in the spring 
 had reached the size of squirrel ears. This period is reached in Pennsyl- 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 
 
 l6l 
 
 vania about the first week of May, and in the Gulf states about the 
 middle of February to the beginning of March. The Indian method of 
 planting maize was to put four grains in a hill four feet each way and they 
 taught this method to the white settlers. The usual method in the North 
 Atlantic states is to plant in drills; in the North Central states the practice 
 is divided, but the larger part is planted in hills, while in the South, it 
 is usually planted in hills in the lowlands while in hill country maize is 
 drilled, so that all cultivation may be at right angles to the slope of the hill 
 which method prevents washing. The cultivation of maize during its 
 early development prevents the growth of weeds and stirs the soil. The 
 destruction of weeds is a most important matter as they compete seriously 
 
 Fig. 70. — Three-horse corn-stalk cutter which cuts two rows. (After Hartley, C. P.: 
 Harvesting and Storing Corn. Farmers' Bulletin 313, 1907, p. 27.) 
 
 with the corn plants. Deep cultivation should be practiced early in the 
 season in order to conserve the soil moisture. Shallow cultivation should 
 be pursued late in the season, as it saves the feeding corn roots. The 
 frequency of cultivation will depend chiefly on the surface condition of 
 the soil and the presence of weeds. Improved machinery is used for the 
 cutting of the corn crop (Fig. 70). 
 
 Rotation. — Most farmers in Indiana maintain a general rotation of 
 corn one year, wheat or oats one year, and hay or pasture one or two years. 
 Some timothy is grown, but most of the hay is clover. In Mercer County, 
 New Jersey, south of Trenton, the rotation is corn one year, potatoes one 
 year, rye or wheat one year and hay one or two years. About 35 per 
 cent, of the farmers grow crimson clover and rye, or vetch, as cover crops 
 11 
 
l62 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 after corn. In portions of Ohio there is a three-year rotation of corn, 
 wheat and clover. The following five year rotation has been found suc- 
 cessful: Clover, timothy, corn, oats, wheat. In the south, there are 
 3 Cs, viz., corn, cowpeas, cotton. 
 
 The larger part of the crop of corn is still husked by hand from the 
 standing plant, which is then cut and put into shocks, or into the silo. 
 In the silo by process of fermentation, it is converted into silage. After 
 being husked, the ears of maize are placed in cribs which are open-slatted 
 storehouses permitting the circulation of the air. Some of the finer ears 
 are laid aside as seed corn. 
 
 Oats (Avena saliva, A. oritntalis and A. nuda). — There are three species 
 of oats in common cultivation in the United States (Fig. 71, ^ and B). 
 They are the panicle oats {Avena saliva), banner oats {A. orienlalis) and 
 naked oats {A. nuda). Several botanists believe that these three cultigens 
 have originated from the wild oats {Avena falua) . There are other cul- 
 tivated oats but they are of minor importance. 
 
 Description. — The roots of oats extend to a depth of four or five feet. 
 The stems of the plant are larger in diameter and softer than wheat and 
 bear leaves abundantly. The leaves have a closed leaf sheath and the 
 ligule is short and toothed. The spikelets of the oats are arranged in 
 open panicles with a one-sided panicle in banner oats. The spreading oats, 
 Avena saliva, has a panicle with its branches spreading in all directions. 
 An oat spikelet has two to five flowers with two unequal glumes at the 
 base of the spikelet. The lemma is rounded on the back and with a dor- 
 sal awn. The palea is two-toothed and shorter than the lemma fitting 
 closely about the grain. .Each floret has three stamens. The blooming 
 of the flowers in an entire spikelet is completed in about a week with the 
 lower floret developing first and the others in ascending order. The 
 flowering period is from 2 to 4 p.m. Self-pollination is the rule, although 
 cross pollination is not impossible. The elongated hairy oat kernel is 
 firmly surrounded by the lemma and the palet which together form the 
 hull. The starchy endosperm of oats, unlike that of wheat, has no gluten 
 and hence it cannot be made into a light head. 
 
 Cool summers favor the ripening of the grain of oats, and hence, the 
 plant is better adapted to high altitudes and latitudes. The plant re- 
 quires more water than the other common cereals, and hence, the crop is 
 generally grown in the spring. The plant is more independent of the 
 character of the soil than any other cereal. 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 
 
 163 
 
 Fig. 71. — Heads of oats grown at the Moro substation: A. Sweedish select, a banner 
 oats, Avena orienialis and B, Kherson, a panicle oats, Avena saliva. {After Stephens, 
 David E.: Experiments with Spring Cereals at the Eastern Oregon Dry Farming Substation 
 Moro, Oregon. Bull. 498, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1917, p. 28.) 
 
;64 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Large quantities of oats are used every year in the form of oatmeal 
 and rolled oats. The grain is extensively used as a feed for horses, and 
 occasionally, it is fed to poultry. The oat plant may be grown for pasture, 
 for hay, or as a nurse crop. Oat straw is a valuable food for cattle and 
 sheep. The United States leads all other countries in the production of 
 oats with Russia a close second. 
 
 Quality. — The quality of oats depends principally upon the proportion 
 of hull to kernels. American varieties, as a rule, have on an average about 
 thirty per cent, of hull and seventy per cent, of kernel, and as these per- 
 centages vary the composition of the grain varies also, Oats differ 
 from maize in having a larger per cent, of crude fiber at the expense of the 
 starch. The kernel is richer in fat and protein than any of the other cereals. 
 Oat straw has a higher percentage of protein and a lower percentage of 
 crude fiber than rye, or wheat straw. 
 
 Rotations. — Oats generally follow maize in rotations. The following 
 is recommended by Hunt. For winter wheat sections, maize, one year; 
 oats, one year; winter wheat, one year; timothy and common red clover, 
 one or two years. For sections specially adapted to maize and not to 
 wheat, maize, two years; oats, one year; timothy and clover, one to three 
 years, depending upon the live stock kept. For southern states: maize 
 and cowpeas, one year; oats followed by cowpeas harvested for hay, one 
 year; cotton, one or two years. In the first year of this rotation, the 
 cowpeas grown between the rows of maize may be harvested for grain. 
 
 Cultivation and Yield. — It is not as necessary to prepare a deep seed 
 bed for oats as for wheat, maize, etc. The oats are sown broadcast and 
 covered with a disk harrow. Oats are sown in the northern states, as soon 
 as possible in the spring and in the southern states, the winter varieties 
 are sowed between October ist and November 15th, while the spring 
 sowing takes place there from January to March. The average yield per 
 annum per acre .of oats during the decade 1893-1902 was 27.8 bushels. 
 Sixty to seventy-five bushels is considered a good yield, while in Canada 
 100 bushels have been produced to the acre. The center of oat cultiva- 
 tion in the United States is in Illinois, Iowa and Wisconsin. This shows a 
 northward movement over the year 1850, when New York, Pennsyl- 
 vania and Ohio were the principal oat-producing states. 
 
 Wheat (Tritictim, several species). — As with all cultivated plants, 
 which have been associated with the agricultural operations of man from 
 very early days, there has been a discussion as to the origin of wheat. Re- 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 1 65 
 
 cently Aaron Aaronsohn of the Agricultural Experiment Station in Pales- 
 tine has discovered on Mount Hermon a wild wheat which has been 
 named Triticum hermonis by O. F. Cook of the United States Department 
 of Agriculture, who has studied in detail this interesting plant. What 
 the relationship of this wild wheat is to the diverse types of cultivated 
 wheats, it is too early to state, but this can be said, that it is doubtful 
 whether all the cultivated types of wheat arose from a single wild species 
 or from several wild species, more probably the latter is the true explana- 
 tion. 'Kie cultivated wheats may be divided into two groups, as follows: 
 
 1. Naked wheats in which the grain comes free from the lemma and 
 palet, and the rachis is tenacious. This group includes the durum wheat 
 {T. durum), the Poulard wheat {T. turgidum), the club wheat {T. com- 
 pactum), the common bread wheat {T. (Estivum) and the Polish wheat 
 {T. polonicum) . 
 
 2. Spelt wheats, in which the grain remains attached to the lemma and 
 palet and the rachis is fragile. This group includes the einkorn {T. 
 monococcum) , the emmer {T. dicoccum) and the spelt {T. spelta). The 
 wheats of this group are nearest to the primitive condition, for it is gen- 
 erally agreed that the progenitor, or progenitors, of the cultivated forms 
 had a fragile rachis, and this is borne out by the fact that the wheats culti- 
 vated in ancient times had fragile rachises, such as emmer, and by the 
 fact that the wild species from Syria also agrees in this peculiarity. The 
 Triticum hermonis is the T. dicoccum dicoccoides, a wild emmer, and this 
 wild emmer is considered by Chodat to be the primitive form and he 
 concludes that wheat is indigenous to Syria. 
 
 Description. — Wheat is an annual plant with fibrous roots and usually 
 six-jointed stems, the upper or last internode being the spike-bearing one. 
 The leaf of wheat is of the usual grass type with a split sheath and thin 
 transparent ligule. The spikelets are arranged in a spike with an average 
 of 15-20 fertile spikelets in a head (Fig. 72). The number of flowers in a 
 spikelet varies from two to five. Each spikelet has two broad glumes at 
 the base. The lemmas are awned, or beardless, that is awnless. There 
 are three stamens and an ovary with two feathery styles.. Two lodicules 
 are present. In northern cold, or wet climates, close polHnation is the 
 rule with wheat, but in durum wheats cross pollination is habitual, and 
 this seems to be the case with primitive wheats and those grown in hot, 
 dry localities. The mature grain has a tuft of hairs, the brush, at the 
 small (stigmatic) end of the kernel, and at the opposite end is found the 
 
1 66 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 embryq. A groove, or furrow, is found along the side of the grain facing 
 the palet. In cross section, the following cell layers are distinguishable 
 (i) ovary wall, or pericarp, several cells thick; (2) testa, two layers of 
 cells; (3) tegmen; (4) aleurone layer often ca,lled the gluten layer; (5) 
 starchy endosperm; (6) embryo. The bran layer includes the three outer 
 layers viz., pericarp, testa and tegmen. The latter is represented by a 
 
 Fig. 72. — Heads of varieties of spring wheat grown at the Moro substation: A, 
 Little Club; B, Pacific Bluestem; C, Karun. {After Stephens, David E.: Experiments 
 with Spring Cereals at the Eastern Oregon Dry-Farming Substation, Moro, Oregon. Bull. 
 498, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1917, p. 19.) 
 
 single layer of j:ells outside of the aleurone layer. In the undeveloped 
 embryo, this tissue was large and prominent. The protein in the wheat 
 varies from 8.1 per cent, to 17.2 per cent, with an average of 11.9 per cent, 
 and there appear to be five kinds of wheat proteins: globulin, albumin, 
 proteose, gliadin and glutenin, according to the researches of Osborne" 
 and Vorrhees. There are two kinds of wheal, hard and soft. The hard 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 1 67 
 
 wheats have a horny character and are rich in protein. Such are the hard 
 spring wheat (Fife and Bluestem), the hard winter wheat (Turkey and 
 Krastov) and the durum wheat (Kubanka). Out of the durum wheats 
 are manufactured macaroni, spaghetti and vermicelli. 
 
 Adaptation. — Wheat is best adapted to growth in moderately dry 
 temperate climates. It is not grown in regions with a growing season less 
 than ninety days, nor in regions having less than nine inches of annual 
 rainfall. Wheat is grown on a wider range of soils, but the famous wheat 
 soils of the world are of high fertility and of fine texture, such as silts, 
 silt loams and clay loams,, usually rich in humus. Black soils rich in 
 nitrogen generally produce wheat with a higher gluten content, as those 
 of the cherzonem of Russia, and the northwestern prairie soils of Canada 
 and the United States. There are many varieties of wheat, some being 
 winter annuals, sown in the fall and harvested in early summer, while 
 others are sown in the spring and harvested usually ten to twenty days 
 later than the winter varieties. The United States produces slightly less 
 than one-fifth of the world's wheat and about one-half of the whole crop of 
 the United States is produced in the North Central states west of the 
 Mississippi River. 
 
 Rotation. — Rotations are best, although not always profitable, because 
 continuous cropping with wheat reduces soil fertility. In winter wheat 
 sections, wheat may follow corn, oats, potatoes or tobacco. Wheat 
 requires a firm, fine and moist, seed-bed whether it be sown in the fall, or 
 the spring. When wheat follows corn, potatoes, or tobacco, the ground 
 should be plowed thoroughly for these crops in the spring of the year and 
 the crops grown should receive thorough and regular cultivation, as 
 long as possible. After the crop is harvested, double disking should put 
 the ground in an ideal condition for the sowing of wheat. When winter 
 wheat follows oats, the stubble should be plowed, as early, as possible. 
 The results of Utah, North Dakota and Minnesota in plowing in fall and 
 spring for spring wheat are only slightly in favor of the fall plowing, so 
 far, as yield is concerned, but early fall plowing is generally advocated by 
 these stations in the interest of weed and insect destruction, and more 
 economical farm management. Spring plowing has given better results in 
 Manitoba than fall plowing, while summer fallowing has given better 
 results than either. The five course rotation of maize, oats, and wheat, 
 each one year, and timothy and clover two years, is considered standard in 
 many sections. The winter killing of winter wheat is often a source of 
 great loss in the United States. 
 
1 68 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Cultivation and Yield. — The rate of seeding varies greatly in different 
 wheat districts of the United States. East of the Mississippi River, two 
 bushels of well-cleaned seed will give the best results. In the dry farming 
 regions of the West, three pecks in the driest sections and six to eight 
 pecks in the more humid sections are used. Wheat is usually harvested, 
 when fully ripe. The straw should be yellow in color and the grain in 
 hard dough, while on the Pacific Coast, it is allowed to stand a week, or 
 two, after it is ripe and is then gathered with a combined harvester and 
 thresher. Wheat should be shocked the same day it is cut. This pre- 
 vents rapid drying and aids the more complete storage of starch in the 
 grain from the plastic materials found in stem and leaves. The experi- 
 ence of last summer (iqiq) indicates that wheat should be hauled into 
 the barn, as soon as possible, as a wet spell may completely destroy the 
 crop by the sprouting of the wheat grains, while in shock. Threshing 
 may then be done at a convenient time, the sooner the better, and the 
 threshed grain should be stored in tight, clean granaries. The average 
 yield of wheat in France is 20 bushels per acre. The yield of wheat in 
 the United States in 1909, nineteen bushels per acre, was greatest in the 
 regions receiving 30 to 35 inches of precipitation during that crop year. 
 This yield of nineteen bushels per acre seems too low an average for a 
 progressive agricultural country like the United States. The yield might 
 be increased by giving up slip shod methods of cultivation and by growing 
 improved varieties. 
 
 Barley {Hordeum vulgare). — Botanists recognize at least two species 
 of barley with a number of varieties of each species. The two species are 
 known to science as the six-rowed barley {Hordeum vulgare), and the two- 
 rowed barley {Hordeum distichon). Koernicke believes that the proto- 
 type of the cultivated barleys is Hordeum spontaneum, a type nearly re- 
 lated to the nutans form of two-rowed barley. Rimpau considers the 
 six-rowed bearded barley as the progenitor of all the types. 
 
 Winter barleys are susceptible to winter cold, even more than winter 
 rye, or winter wheat, hence in the northern United States practically all 
 the barley is sown in the spring. As a spring grown crop, it is cultivated 
 in Alaska, as far north, as 65°N. latitude and up to an altitude of 7,500 
 feet in the Rocky mountains. At higher elevations, it is grown for hay 
 in a variety known as "bald barley. " 
 
 Description. — The barley plant is a summer, or a winter annual. 
 The roots resemble those of the oat, and from the root system arise 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 169 
 
 stems with five to seven joints occasionally an eighth. The inflorescence 
 is a spike of spikelets with a strongly compressed rachis. The horizontal 
 cushion, where the spikelets articulate, distinguishes barley from wheat 
 and rye. There are three spikelets at each joint of the rachis. The 
 lateral spikelets of each group of three are sometimes imperfect with the 
 short branch, or rachilla, prolonged beyond the central spikeletas a bristle, 
 but accommodated within the groove of the grain. Each spikelet is one- 
 flowered. The glumes are narrow and awn-like forming an involucre- 
 like enclosure of the spikelets. The lemma is broad and bears a long 
 barbed awn. The palea is about, as long, as the lemma and has two ridges, 
 The styles are short and the two lodicules are prominent. Self-pollina- 
 tion is the rule in the barleys, but occasional cross pollination occurs in 
 the four-rowed and two-rowed nodding barleys. The mature kernel may 
 be covered in the hulled barleys by the palet and lemma. These scales 
 come loose in the naked barleys. 
 
 Barley is used principally in the preparation of malt in the brewing 
 industries. Smaller quantities are ground and made into bread, while 
 pearl barley is used in soups. Barley is a valuable feed for dairy cows, 
 sheep, hogs and poultry. 
 
 Cultivation. — Barley should be sown, as soon, as danger from severe 
 frosts are over, and the soil is sufficiently warm and dry to make a good 
 seed bed. This date varies in the northern states from April i to May 15. 
 In the humid regions, seeding is at the rate of 8 pecks to the acre and in 
 drills six to eight inches apart. This method insures an even distribution 
 of the seed. Barley, in seasons of drought is benefited by cultivation 
 with a spike-toothed harrow, or weeder. In the Rocky Mountain states, 
 considerable barley is grown under irrigation. 
 
 Barley ripens in the southern states from May i to June i and in the 
 northern states during July and August. Care must be exercised to 
 harvest barley at the right time, neither too early nor too late. A good 
 index is the hardness of the grain which should just be dented with the 
 finger nail. The crop is usually harvested with the binder, and if weather 
 permits, the bundles should dry before being placed together in the shocks, 
 which should be capped to protect the grain from heavy rains. 
 
 For small farms threshing from the stack is better than from the shock, 
 as a better quality of grain is obtained. Care should be used in threshing 
 as many grains will be cracked, if the concaves of the machine are set too 
 close. After threshing, the grain should be carefully housed in dry bins. 
 
1 yo PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 The average yield of barley in the United States for the ten year period, 
 I goo to 1909, was 25.7 bushels per acre. 
 
 Rotations. — Great care should be exercised in the rotation of barley 
 with other crops. Where barley replaces wheat in the rotation, the se- 
 quence of crops may be maize, barley and oats, each one year, or timothy 
 and clover, one or more years. The land has thus had surface tillage 
 the previous year and may have been manured. In some regions, 
 barley replaces oats, when the rotation becomes maize, barley and wheat, 
 each one year, followed with clover, or clover and timothy, one or two years. 
 
 Rye {Secale cereale). — The wild progenitor of the cultivated species is 
 looked upon by botanists as S. anatolicum, one of the subspecies of S. 
 montanum, which extends from Spain and Morocco to central Asia. The 
 wild species is a perennial, but the cultivated form is an annual. The root 
 system is a whorl of four primary roots, which extend into the soil to a 
 depth of four to five feet. The stems of rye with five to six, rarely four- 
 to seven-jointed are tougher, slenderer and larger than those of barley, 
 oats and wheat. The rye inflorescence is a spike of spikelets. Each 
 spikelet consists of three flowers, with the two lateral flowers perfect and 
 maturing grains, while the middle floret is abortive. The glumes are 
 narrow. The lemma is broad-keeled and bears a long terminal awn. 
 The palet is thin, blunt and two-keeled. The lodicules are small and 
 membranous. Three stamens are present in each perfect flower and a 
 single pistil with two feathery styles. Rye is commonly cross-fertilized 
 and in this respect is like maize, but unlike wheat, oats and barley. The 
 mature grain is free from the lemma and palet. It is long, narrow and 
 usually darker in color than wheat. 
 
 The structure of the rye caryopsis is like that of wheat, with somewhat 
 similar layers of cell. Rye protein usually forms 6 to 12 per cent, of the 
 grain. Gluten is present in the protein, hence, rye can be made mto 
 porous bread. 
 
 Rye is adapted to a colder, drier climate than wheat. It does well on 
 poor, and sandy soils. Rye is fed to stock mixed with barley, maize, or 
 oats. 1 he straw is used for stable bedding, as a stuffing, and in the manu- 
 facture of paper, hats and other articles of straw. 
 
 Cultivation. — Spring rye is sometimes grown in the northern states, 
 but it should give way to winter rye, where that grain crop will survive. 
 About 96 per cent, of the world's rye is produced and consumed in Europe 
 where in Such states, as Germany, Holland, Russia, Belgium, Austria and 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 171 
 
 Hungary, it is of great importance. It is grown farther north than the 
 other cereals. In the United States, rye is grown mostly in regions having 
 a cool climate and sandy soils. About two-thirds of the rye grain pro- 
 duced in the United States is used as a cattle food and the other third 
 formerly in the production of alcohol and alcoholic beverages. 
 
 Notwithstanding the fact, that rye will grow on poor soils, the crop 
 responds to good soils and the application of fertilizers. When intended 
 for a grain crop, it should be sown about September i in the northern 
 states and in the latter half of November in the southern states. If 
 used as a cover, pasture, or green manure crop, it should be planted two 
 weeks to a month earlier than if grown for the grain. It should in all 
 cases become well established before winter begins. Rye is best sown in 
 drills 6 to 8 inches apart, using a regular grain drill and covering the seed 
 one-half inch to two inches deep. The usual rate of seeding in the eastern 
 states is about 6 pecks to the acre. Rye ripens about the middle of May 
 in extreme northern Florida, and in the northern states between July 10 
 and July 25 being a few days earlier than wheat. The crop is cut and 
 bound like wheat and the shocks are relatively high as the stems frequently 
 reach a height of six feet. It is difl&cult, therefore, to harvest it with a 
 self-binder. After the crop is well-cured in the shock, it should be stacked, 
 or put under cover until threshing time. The grain is threshed out the 
 same way gis with wheat and the grains. 
 
 Rotation. — Ordinarily rye occupies the place assigned to wheat in a 
 rotation. The Rhode Island statioii has practised a six-course rotation, 
 as follows: first year, winter rye; second year, timothy, redtop and me- 
 dium red clover; third year, grass; fourth year, grass and fifth year, maize; 
 sixth year, potatoes. No stable manure was applied, but liberal supplies 
 of fertilizers were used. Rye which is to be used as a green manure may 
 be sown in the standing maize in September, or after maize is shocked, 
 may be disked in without plowing. It is plowed into the soil the following 
 spring. A rotation for Minnesota and suitable for other states in the same 
 latitude is first year, rye (land fall plowed after crop) ; second year, barley 
 (seeded to clover) ; third year, clover (second crop plowed under) ; fourth 
 year, corn; fifth year, barley, or other grain. In some of the North 
 Atlantic states, where rye straw has a high value, the following rotation 
 may be followed successfully: first year, corn, with a heavy application 
 of stable manure; second year, oats with acid phosphate; third year, rye 
 with acid phosphate; fourth year, grass, seeded the year before with the 
 
172 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 rye. The ten-year (1907-1916) average yields in bushels per acre of rye 
 for several of the southeastern United States have been as follows: Ten- 
 nessee, II. 3; North Carolina, 9.9; Alabama, 11. 2; Georgia, 9.3 and South 
 Carolina, 10. i. 
 
 Rice (Oryza sativa). — This aquatic, or marsh grass is annual in habit 
 and best adapted to growth under aquatic, marsh, or very wet soil condi- 
 tions. There are upland varieties, but the lowland type is the one most 
 generally grown in this country and abroad. Its roots are fibrous with the 
 possible production of adventitious roots by the first, second and third 
 nodes. Tillers are formed freely with the production of four, or five, 
 hollow stems growing to a height of two to six feet. The leaf sheaths are 
 split and the blades are from eight to twelve inches long and ^-^ to i inch 
 wide. The ligule is long and easily splits into two parts. The auricle is 
 green, or white, and hairy. 
 
 The inflorescence is a panicle of spikelets. The spikelet is compressed 
 laterally and has two scale-like, or bristle-like glumes with a small, minute, 
 accessory glume beneath each. The lemma is compressed, membrane- 
 ous and five-nerved. The palet is similar in size and texture. Awns may 
 be absent, or present, on both lemma and palet. The lodicules are small, 
 thick and fleshy. There are six functional stamens in each rice flower. 
 The ovary is somewhat longer than broad, smooth and bears two styles 
 and occasionally a rudimentary, third style. Self pollination is the rule 
 with rice. The tip flowers of the spike open first. The rice caryopsis is 
 inclosed by lemma and palet, or by the palet alone. Rice with the hull 
 is known as paddy. Commercially "cleaned rice" is the huUless grain. 
 Polished rice has recently come into prominence, because it has been 
 found that individuals and persons feeding on an almost exclusive rice 
 diet, as in India and the Philippines, suffer from a disease known as beri- 
 beri. It has been recently discovered that beri-beri is a disease of mal- 
 nutrition due to the absence of phosphates which reside in the surface of 
 the rice kernel. A change of diet from polished rice to unpolished removes 
 the cause of the disease. 
 
 Distribution and Soils. — Rice is the great food crop of the Chinese, 
 Hindoos, Japanese and races of the Philippine islands and a grain of high 
 quality has been produced in these regions. 1 1 is raised in northern Italy and 
 in the southern United States outside of the great rice-producing countries. 
 The bulk of the crop in the United States is raised in Louisiana and Texas. 
 There is considerable acreage to rice in South Carolina and Georgia. 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 173 
 
 Rice is rarely raised north of that region in which the average summer 
 temperature (June, July, August) is lower than 77°F., and in moist 
 regions where lowland rice can be cultivated in delta, or alluvial lands, 
 that can be inundated. The best soil for rice is a medium loam, containing 
 about 50 per cent, of clay. This allows the presence of sufficient humus 
 for the highest fertility without decreasing too much the compact nature 
 of the soil; The rich, drift soils of the Louisiana and Texas prairies have 
 shown a marvelous adaptation to rice. These soils are underlain with 
 clay, so as to be retentive of water. 
 
 The rice lands of the United States comprise delta lands, inland 
 marshes, alluvial lands and prairie lands. A large part of the rice grown 
 in South Carolina and Georgia is produced on tidal deltas, and to some 
 extent on inland marshes. In eastern Louisiana, rice is grown on low 
 lands, which were once used as sugar plantations, also on the well-drained 
 alluvial lands farther up the Mississippi River. In 1884 and 1885, a 
 few farmers from the northwestern prairie states settled on the great 
 southern prairie which extends along the coast from the parish of St: 
 Mary in Louisiana to the Texas line. Wherever they found the prairie 
 land sufficiently level with a creek nearby, which could be used to flood the 
 land, they built small levees 12 to 24 inches high with an interior ditch 
 12 to 18 inches deep and form to five feet wide. Large crops of rice were 
 raised by the adaptation of such agricultural machinery, as the gang plow, 
 disk harrow, drUl and broadcast seeder to the new conditions, but a set 
 back came owing to the cheap construction of the levees and the advent 
 of dry summers when the streams went dry. There are large areas de- 
 voted to raising rice in Arkansas where the rice fields vary from 10 to 40 
 acres plowed with tractors and gathered by harvesters. The yields run 
 as high as 104 bushels, the average yield in 1919 being 60 bushels. 
 
 Cultivation. — The time of plowing is in the spring just before planting 
 time and deep plowing should be practised as it places more food within 
 reach of the roots of the growing rice. The amount of rice sown with a 
 drill per acre varies in different sections and with different methods of 
 sowing, from i to 3 bushels per acre should be used. After seeding just 
 enough water is let on the field to saturate the ground. Flooding follows, 
 when the rice is 6 to 8 inches tall, so as to prevent scalding of the plants. 
 The depth of water that should be maintained from the first flooding 
 until it is withdrawn for the harvest depends upon other conditions. If 
 the growing crop thoroughly shades the land, just enough water to keep 
 
174 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 the soil saturated will do. To be on the safe side, the water should stand 
 3 to 6 inches deep and to prevent stagnation, there should be a constant 
 inflow and outflo\y. Large fields impede complete drainage and uniform 
 ripening. Hence, small fields are the best. At harvest time, the water 
 is drawn off and as the soil is rarely sufficiently dry at this time heavy 
 machinery cannot be used. The sickle is the implement commonly used 
 in harvesting rice which is then bound, when it is dry, and shocked on the 
 dry ground. Ten to twelve days will completely cure the grain. The pri- 
 mitive methods of flailing and treading out have given place to the use of 
 the steam thresher. As the rice comes from the thresher it is known as 
 "paddy," or "rough rice." It is passed through the mill to remove the 
 hulls, or chaff, which are restored to the soil as a fertilizer, or are used as a 
 mulch for garden and orchard. Rice straw is sweet and has an excellent 
 flavor, much relished by stock, who eat it readily. As fashion demands 
 rice with a fine gloss, it is usually polished, although its food value is 
 diminished and an exclusive diet of polished rice induces a disease known 
 as beri-beri. 
 
 Buckwheat {Fagopyrum esculentum) . — The buckwheat is a member of 
 the family PolygonacecB and, therefore, not a true cereal, but for con- 
 venience, and because its fruit is grain-like, it is usually considered along 
 with the grain-producing plants. There are two other species of buck- 
 wheat occasionally cultivated in this country and in Asia. 
 
 Description. — The roots of the buckwheat consist of a true primary 
 roots with several branches. The stem ascends to a height of two to 
 three feet, and bears alternate, triangular, heart-shaped, or halberd- 
 shaped leaves with semicylindrical sheaths or ocrea. The white flowers 
 are borne in corymbose racemes and are dimorphic with long styles 
 and short styles respectively which prevents self-pollination. The sepals 
 which alone are present bear eight, honey-bearing, yellow glands inter- 
 posed between the eight stamens. The ovary is surmounted by three 
 styles and the ripe achene is three-angled, smooth and shining. The 
 grain incloses a single seed with a curved, dicotyledonous embryo 
 surrounded by a starchy endosperm. 
 
 Buckwheat is adapted to temperate climates with cool, moderately 
 moist summers. The fruit does not set properly in dry, hot weather. It 
 does well on poor soils. The principal use of buckwheat is in the manu- 
 facture of pancake flour. The whole fruit is sometimes fed to cattle, 
 hogs and poultry. The middlings (hulls mixed with bran) are utilized 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 1 75 
 
 in the feeding of stock. The honey made from the nectar of buckwheat 
 by honey-bees has a high reputation for flavor. The plant is sometimes 
 used as a green manure, being rich in ash and nitrogen. 
 
 Cultivation. — The seed bed is prepared immediately preceeding the 
 sowing of buckwheat by plowing and harrowing the soil. The farmers of 
 northern Pennsylvania have a saying that buckwheat should be planted 
 when the chestnut tree comes into flower, but the date of seeding varies 
 from May ist to August ist, the preferred time being the middle of June 
 to the middle of July. The plant comes into flower early and continues 
 to bloom until frost comes. Buckwheat is usually harvested when the 
 first achenes are mature, which is usually in September. Much is still 
 harvested with a cradle. The plants are not bound, but are set up in 
 shocks like maize fodder and threshed, as soon, as dry. The yield per 
 acre varies from five to fifty bushels. An average of twenty to twenty- 
 five bushels is considered a satisfactory yield. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 The following items are arranged according to the cereal plants discussed above 
 without any attempt at making the list complete. 
 
 Maize 
 
 Arctowskx, Henry K.: Studies on Climate and Crops. Corn Crops in the United 
 States. Bulletin American Geographical Society, xliv, 745-760, October, 191 2. 
 
 Bowman, M. L. and Crossley, B. W.: Corn Growing, Judging, Breeding, Feeding, 
 Marketing. Ames, Iowa, Second Edition, 191 1. 
 
 Br.and, Charles J.: The Utilization of Crop Plants in Paper Making. Yearbook, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1910, 329-340; Crop Plants for Paper Making, 
 Circular 82, Bureau of Plant Industry, 191 1. 
 
 Gates, H. R.r.Farm Practice in the Cultivation of Corn. Bulletin 320, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 191 6. 
 
 Chilcott, E. C, Cole, J. S. and Burr, W. W.: Corn in the Great Plains Area. Bull- 
 etin 219, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Collins, G. N.: A New Type of Indian Corn from China. Bulletin i6x. Bureau of 
 Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1909; The Importance of Broad 
 Breeding in Corn. Bulletin 141, Part IV, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1909; Apo- 
 gamy in the Maize Plant. Contributions, U. S. National Herbarium, xii, 453- 
 455, 1909; Increased Yields of Corn from Hybrid Seed. Yearbook, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1910, 319-328; The Value of First Generation Hybrids in 
 Corn. Bulletin 191, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1910; The Origin of Maize. Journal Washington Academy of Science, II, 520- 
 
176 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 530, December, 191 2; A Variety of Maize with Silks Maturing before the Tassels. 
 Circular 107, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1913; Correlated Characters in Maize 
 Breeding. Journal Agricultural Research, vi, 435-453, June, 1916; Hybrids of 
 Zea ramosa and Zea tunicata. Journal Agricultural Research, ix, 383-395, June, 
 1911; Breeding Sweet Corn Resistant to the Earworm. Journal Agricultural Re- 
 search, xii, 549-572; Structure of the Maize Ear as Indicated in Zea-Euchlaena 
 Hybrids. Journal Agricultural Research, xvii, 127-135, June, 1919; A Fossil 
 Ear of Maize. Journal of Heredity, x, 170-172. 
 
 DuvEL, J. W. T.: Grades for Commercial Corn. Bulletin i68, U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Finch, V. C. and Baker, O. E.: Geography of the World's Agriculture. U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 191 7. 
 
 Freeman, W. G. and Chandler, S. E.: The World's Commercial Products. Boston, 
 Ginn and Company, 191 1. 
 
 Gardner, Frank D.: Successful Farming. Philadelphia, John C. Winston Company, 
 1916. 
 
 Gernert, W. B.: The Analysis of Characters in Corn and Their Behavior in Trans- 
 mission. Thesis Graduate School, University of Illinois, Champaign, 191 2. 
 
 Harshberger, John W.: Maize: A Botanical and Economic Study. Contributions 
 from the Botanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, I, 75-202, 1893; 
 El Maiz Estudio Botanico y Economico, Secretaria de Fomento, Mexico, 1894 
 (translation of the above) ; Fertile Crosses between Teosinte and Maize. Garden 
 and Forest, ix, 522, 1896; Notes on the Hybrid of Maize and Teosinte. Garden 
 and Forest, x, 48, 1897; A Study of the Fertile Hybrids produced by Crossing 
 Teosinte and Maize. Contributions from the Botanical Laboratory, University 
 of Pennsylvania, II, 231; Maize in Cyclopedia of American Agriculture, II, 398- 
 402, 1908; An Unusual Form of Maize. Proceedings of the Delaware County 
 Institute of Science, vi, 49-53, January, 191 1. 
 
 Hartley, C. P.: The Production of Good Seed Corn, Farmers' Bulletin 229, U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 1905; Harvesting and Storing Corn. Farmers' Bulletin 
 313, 1907; Corn Cultivation. Farmers' Bulletin, 414, 1910; Seed Corn. Farmers' 
 Bulletin, 415, 1910; with Zook, L. L.: Corn Growing under Droughty Conditions. 
 Farmers' Bulletin, 773, 1916. 
 
 H^YES, H. K.: Inheritance in Corn. Report Connecticut .\gricultural Experiment 
 Station, 1911, 407-425. 
 
 Hayes, H. K. and East, E. M.: Inheritance in Maize. Bulletin 167, The Connecticut 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, New Haven, April, 1911; Further Experiments 
 on Inheritance in Maize. Bulletin 188, do., September, 1915. 
 
 Hopkins, Cyril G.: The Chemistry of the Corn Kernel, Bulletin 53, University of 
 Illinois Agricultural Experiment Station, Urbana, July, 1898; Methods in Corn 
 Breeding, Bulletin 82, do., December, 1902; The Structure of the Corn Kernel and 
 the Composition of its Different Parts. Bulletin 87, do., August, 1903. 
 
 Hughes, H. D.: The Germination Test of Seed Corn. Bulletin 135, Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, Ames, 
 Iowa, February, 19 13. 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 177 
 
 Hume, Albert N. : The Testing of Corn for Seed. Bulletin 96, University of Illinois, 
 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, Urbana, November, 1904. 
 Hunt, Thomas F.: The Cereals of America. New York, Orange Judd Company, 
 
 1912; Corn Growing in the East. Bulletin 116, The Pennsylvania State College 
 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, April, 191 2. 
 Jones, W. J. and Huston, H. A.: Composition of Maize at Various Stages of its Growth. 
 
 Bulletin 175, Purdue University Agricultural Experiment Station, Lafayette, 
 
 Indiana, 1914. 
 Kempton, J. H.: Inheritance of Waxy Endosperm in Maize. Bulletin 754, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1919. 
 Kyle, C. H.: Corn Culture in the Southeastern States. Farmers' Bulletin 729, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 Lindsey, J. B.: The Feeding Value of Corn Stover. Yearbook of the U. S. Department 
 
 of Agriculture, 1896, 353-360. 
 Lindstrom, E. W.: Chlorophyll Inheritance in Maize. Memoir 13, Cornell University, 
 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, Ithaca, August, 1918. 
 Montgomery, E. G.: What is an Ear of Corn? Popular Science Monthly, January, 
 
 1906, pages 55-62; with Kiesselbach, T. A.: Studies in the Water Require- 
 ments of Corn. Bulletin 128, Agricultural Experiment Station of Nebraska, 
 
 Lincoln, 191 2. 
 Myrick, Herbert: The Book of Corn. New York, Orange Judd Company, 1904. 
 Pearl, Raymond and Surface, Frank M.: Experiments in Breeding Sweet Corn. 
 
 Annual Report of the Maine Agricultural Experiment Station, 1910, 249-307. 
 Pearl, Raymond and Bartlett, James M.: The Mendelian Inheritance of Certain 
 
 Chemical Characters in Maize. Zeitschrift fiir induktive Abstammungs und 
 
 Vererbungslehre, 1911, Bd. vi. Heft i u. 2, pages 1-28. 
 Plumb, C. S.: Indian Corn Culture. Chicago, Breeder's Gazette Print, 1903. 
 Robbins, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 
 Son & Co., 1917. 
 Sargent, Frederick Leroy: Corn Plants, their Uses and Ways of Life. Boston and 
 
 New York, Houghton, MiflBin and Company, 1899. 
 ScoFiELD, Carl S.: The Commercial Grading of Corn. Bulletin 4, Bureau of Plant 
 
 Industry, 1903. 
 Sherard, Sam H.: Corn Culture in the Philippine Islands. Bulletin 23, Bureau of 
 
 Agriculture, Philippine Islands, 191 2. 
 Shull, George H.: The Genotypes of Maize. The American Naturalist, 1911, 
 
 234-252, 
 Sturtevant, E. L.: Varieties of Corn. Bulletin 57, Office of the Experiment Stations, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1899. 
 Tracy, S. M.: Corn Culture in the South. Farmers' Bulletin 81, U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 1898. 
 Weatherwax, Paul: Morphology of the Flo wets of Zea mays. Bulletin Torrey Bo- 
 tanical Club, 43, 127-144, April, 1916; The Development of the Spikelets of 
 
 Zea mays, do, 43, 483-496, October, 1917; The Evolution of Maize, do, 45, 309- 
 
 342, September, 1918; Gametogenesis and Fecundation in Zea mays as the Basis 
 
 of Xenia and Heredity in the Endosperm, do, 46, 73-90, March, 191 9. 
 12 
 
178 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Webber, Herbert J.: Xenia, or the Immediate Effect of Pollen in Maize. Bulletin 
 22, Division of Vegetable Physiology and Pathology, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1900. 
 
 Wilson, ALEXA>fDER Stephen: Fertilization of Cereals. Gardeners' Chronicle, I, 
 340-341 (March 14, 1874). 
 
 Wing, De Witt C: The Improvement of Corn in Pennsylvania. Bulletin 133, De- 
 partment of Agriculture of Pennsylvania, 1904. 
 
 WissLER, Clark: Indian Corn as a World Food. American Museum Journal, January, 
 1918, 25-29. 
 
 Woods, Ch.^rles D.: Food Value of Corn and Corn Products. Farmers' Bulletin 298, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1907. 
 
 ZooK, L. L.: Tests of Corn Varieties on the Great Plains. Bulletin 307, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Oats 
 
 Carleton, Mark Alfred: Ten Years Experience with the Swedish Select Oat. Bull- 
 etin 182, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1910; The 
 Small Grains. New York, The Macmillan Company, 1916. 
 
 Chilcott, E. C: Oats in the Great Plains Area. Relation of Cultural Methods to 
 Production. Bulletin 218, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Etheridge, W. C. : A Classification of the Varieties of Cultivated Oats. Memoir 10, 
 Cornell University Agricultural Experiment Station, October, 1916 with 33 text 
 figures and 22 plates in color. 
 
 Finch, U. C. and Baker, O. E.: Geography of the World's Agriculture. U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1917. 
 
 Freeman, W. G. and Chandler, S. E.: The World's Commercial Products. Boston, 
 Ginn and Company, 19x1. 
 
 Gardner, Frank D.: Successful Farming. Philadelphia, John C. Winston Company, 
 1916. 
 
 Hunt, Thomas J.: The Cereals in America. New York, Orange Judd Company, 191 2. 
 
 RoBBiNS, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 Son & Co., 1917. 
 
 Smith, J. Russell: The World's Food Resources. New York, Henry Holt and Com- 
 pany, 1919. 
 
 Warburton, C. W. : Spring Oat Production. Farmers' Bulletin 892, U. S. Department 
 of Agriculture, 1910; Oats: Distribution and Uses. Farmers' Bulletin 420, 1910; 
 Oats: Growing the Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 424, 1910; Winter Oats for the South. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 436, 1911. 
 
 Wheat 
 
 Ball, Carleton R.: E.xperiments with Marquis Wheat. Bulletin 400, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1916. 
 
 Ball, Carleton R. and Clark, Allen J.: Experiments with Durum Wheat. Bulletin 
 618, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1918. 
 
 Blanchard, Henry F.: Improvement of the Wheat Crop in California. Bulletin 
 178, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1910. 
 
THE MOST IMPORTANT CEREALS 1 79 
 
 Carleton, Mark AlPred: Macaroni Wheats. Bulletin 3, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1901; Winter Emmer. Farmers' Bulletin 466, 
 191 1 ; with Chamberlain, Joseph S.: The Commercial Status of Durum Wheat. 
 Bulletin 70, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1904. 
 
 Chilcott, E. C. : Spring Wheat in the Great Plains Area. Bulletin 214, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 191 5; with Cole, John S.: Growing Winter Wheat on 
 the Great Plains. Farmers' Bulletin 895, 191 7; arid Cole, John S. and Kuska, 
 J. B.: Winter Wheat in the Great Plains Area. Bulletin 595, U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture, 191 7. 
 
 Cook, O. F.: Wild Wheat in Palestine. Bulletin 274, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 1913. 
 
 Edgar, William C: The Story of a Grain of Wheat. New York, D. Appleton and 
 Company, 1903. 
 
 Hunter, Byron: Dry Farming for Better Wheat Yields. The Columbia and Snake 
 River Basins. Farmers' Bulletin 104, 1919. 
 
 Leighty, Clyde E.: The Culture of Winter Wheat in the Eastern United States. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 596, 19 14; Winter- wheat Varieties for the Eastern United 
 States. Farmers' Bulletin 616, 1914. 
 
 Lyon, T. L.: Improving the Quality of Wheat. Bulletin 78, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905. 
 
 Salmon, Cecil and Clark, J. Allen: Durum Wheat. Farmers' Bulletin 534, 1913. 
 
 ScoFiELD, Carl S.: The Algerian Durum Wheats. Bulletin 7, Bureau of Plant In- 
 dustry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1902; The Description of Wheat Varieties, 
 Bulletin 47, Bureau of Plant Industrj', 1903. 
 
 Thomas, L. M.: A Comparison of Several Classes of American Wheats and a Con- 
 sideration of Some Factors Influencing Quality. Bulletin 557, U. S. Department 
 of Agriculture, 1917; Characteristics and Quality of Montana-grown Wheat. 
 Bulletin 522, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 191 7. 
 
 Barley 
 
 Chilcott, E. C, Cole, J. S. and Burr, W. W.: Barley in the Great Plains Area. 
 
 Bulletin 222, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 Derr, H. B.: Barley Culture in the Southern States. Farmers' Bulletin 427, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1910; Barley: Growing the Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 
 
 443, 1911; Winter Barley. Farmers' Bulletin 518, 1912. 
 Harlan, Harry V.: The Identification of Varieties of Barley. Bulletin 622, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1918; Cultivation and Utilization of Barley. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 968, 1918. 
 Mann, Albert: Morphology of the Barley Grain with Reference to its Enzym-secreting 
 
 Areas. Bulletin 183, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Rye 
 
 Carleton, Mark Alfred: Russian Cereals Adapted for Cultivation in the United 
 States. Bulletin 23, Division of Botany, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1900. 
 
 Leighty, Clyde E. : Culture of Rye in the Eastern Half of the United States. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 756, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916; Rye Growing in the South- 
 eastern States. Farmers' Bulletin 894, 191 7. 
 
l8o PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Rice 
 
 Chambliss, Charles E.: The Culture of Rice in California. Farmers' Bulletin 688, 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915; Prairie Rice Culture in the United States. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 1092, 1920. 
 
 Freeman, W. G. and Chandler, S. E.: The World's Commercial Products. Boston, 
 Ginn and Co., 191 1. 
 
 Knapp, S. a.: Rice Culture in the United States. Farmers' Bulletin no, 1900; Rice 
 Culture. Farmers' Bulletin 417, 1910. 
 
 Wise, F. B. and Broomell, A. W.: The Milling of Rice and Its Mechanical and Chemi- 
 cal Effect _upon the Grain. Bulletin 330, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 
 Buckwheat 
 
 Gardner, Frank D.: Successful Farming. Philadelphia, The John C. Winston 
 
 Company, 191 6. 
 Hunt, Thomas F.: The Cereals in America. New York, Orange Judd Company, 191 2. 
 Leighty, Clyde E.: Buckwheat. Farmers' Bulletin 1062, U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 1919. 
 RoBBiNS, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakbton's 
 
 Son & Co., 1917. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — Plants with inflorescences and flowers of oats, wheat, 
 barley, rye and rice should be dried in the sun and then tied in bundles of a hundred, 
 or more. The inflorescences should be wrapped in stiff paper for preservation. Ears of 
 maize should be dried and kept in tin boxes and the tassel with the unopened flowers 
 should be preserved in alcohol. Inflorescences of all the above cereals sh9uld be kept 
 in alcohol. Fruits of buckwheat may be preserved in the dry state and whole plants 
 with flowers in alcohol. Suggestions for the conduction of laboratory work with the 
 cereals will be found in Hunt, Harris F.: The Cereals in America, 191 2, and to that 
 book the teacher is referred. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Describe in detail, following the outline provided by the teacher, each of the 
 cereal plants: corn, oats, wheat, barley, rye, rice and buckwheat. This can be done 
 in any part of the civilized world, including China and Japan. 
 
 2. Draw and study the caryopses of corn, oats, wheat, barley, rye and rice. 
 
 3. Section the same and apply the iodine test in order to locate the position of the 
 reserve food and the embryo. 
 
 4. Study microscopic sections of wheat kernel in order to locate the aleurone layer. 
 This. can be pursued with the other grains, if time permits. 
 
 5. Draw and study the early stages of germination of the above fruits and deter- 
 mine the different parts of the seedlings, as they unfold, or show sequential development. 
 
 6. With such a book for reference, as the "Manual of Corn Judging," by A. D. 
 Shamel, New York, Orange Judd Company (1903), learn to judge the various ears of 
 corn kept for laboratory work in corn judging. 
 
CHAPTER 14 
 GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LEGUMINOS^ 
 
 This family of approximately 487 genera and 10,782 species of plants 
 is next to the grass family the most important one economically speaking 
 in the vegetable kingdom. It includes herbs (clovers), shrubs (clammy 
 locust) and trees (mesquite, honey locust). 
 
 Roots. — Their roots are both primary and secondary upon which are 
 found nodules, or tubercles, of varying size. These tubercles are in- 
 habited by a bacterium, Pseudomonas radicicola, which is active in their 
 formation. It is believed that this organism associated in the galls or 
 tubercles with the leguminous plants is capable of utilizing free atmos- 
 pheric nitrogen, and in some way is able to transform this inorganic nitrogen 
 into organic nitrogen, which is absorbed by the higher green leguminous 
 plants.^ 
 
 Stems. — The stems of the herbaceous plants of the family are annual 
 (peas), biennial (sweet clover) and perennial (alfalfa). Sometimes twining 
 stems are met with in the herbaceous stems (bean), or in the woody stems 
 (Wistaria), when they are known as lianes. Occasionally, as in the genus 
 Lathyrus, the stems may be winged. 
 
 Leaves. — The leaves are alternate and stipulate. The stipules, as in 
 the pea, may be enlarged and leaf-like, in other cases (black locust), they 
 may be converted into spines. The leaves are simple (Chorizema), or 
 compound, palmately, or pinnately compound. The palmately com- 
 pound leaf may be trifoliate of three leaflets, or as in lupine, there may be 
 as many as seven to eleven leaflets. The pinnately compound leaves 
 may be trifoliate with the middle leaflet provided with a longer petiolule 
 than the other two, or it may have more than three leaflets, up to many, 
 with a terminal leaflet (odd, or imparip innate), or with a pair of terminal 
 leaflets (paripinnate), or ending in a simple, or a branched, tendril 
 (tendriliform, or cirrhiferous). The bases of the leaflets and the base of 
 the common petiole have swellings known as pulvini. The presence of 
 these pulvini enables the leaflets to assume nyctitropic and hot-sun posi- 
 
 1 See Chapter 16. 
 
l82 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTUKAL BOTANY 
 
 tions, and in the sensitive plants, represented by Mimosa pudica, a stimu- 
 lation of a terminal leaflet, for example, causes the movement of all of 
 the leaflets of the compound leaf, if the stimuli are sufiiciently strong. 
 
 Fir,. 73.— Details of Pea {Pisuni sativum). A, Flower; B, Longitudinal section of 
 flower showing ovary, diadelphous stamens, etc.; C, diadelphous stamens and style 
 with stigma; D, pistil of pea flower; E, seed deprived of its coats; F, floral diagram; 
 s = sepals; p = petals; si - stamens; c = carpel. 
 
 The movement in the sensitive plants of this family is due to the movement 
 of water from the lower to the upper side of the pulvinus, so that the whole 
 
 Fig. 74. — A, Floral diagram of red bud {Cercis canadensis) of the sub family C.\esal- 
 PiNOiDE.*;; B, Diagram of wattle (Acacia latifolia) ot the subfamily MiMosoiDEyE; 
 b = bract; b' = bractlet; 5 = sepals; p = petals; si = stamens; c = carpel; a = 
 axis. 
 
 leaf drops through a considerable angle. The telegraph plant (Desmo- 
 dium gyrans) shows spontaneous movements of its leaflets upwards and 
 downwards, changing their position sometimes by as much as i8o°. 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LEGUMINOS^ 
 
 183 
 
 standard 
 
 Inflorescence and Flowers. — The inflorescence is a raceme {golden 
 chain), an umbel, a spike-like raceme, or a head (capitulum), as in the 
 clovers. The flowers are regular (Mimosa), or mostly irregular with three 
 to five sepals, and usually five petals with perigynous insertion. As 
 there are three types of flowers, their structure may be described by ref- 
 erence to the three subfamilies, viz., 
 PapilionoidecB (Fig. 73) Ccesalpinoidece 
 and MimosoidecB (Fig. 74). The 
 papilionaceous flowers are irregular 
 with three to five sepals and five 
 petals, the posterior one of which is 
 called the vexillum, standard, or flag 
 petal; two lateral petals, the wings, or 
 alae, and two interior petals united by 
 their edges to form the keel, or carina 
 (Figs. 73 and 75). The stamens are 
 perigynous in insertion, ten in number, 
 monadelphous, diadelphous, or occa- 
 sionally distinct. The standard in- 
 closes the lateral petals in this sub- 
 family, so that the estivation is known 
 as the vexillary type. The caesal- 
 piniaceous flowers are irregular, or re- 
 gular, with the odd petal, or standard, 
 inclosed by the two lateral petals, or 
 wings, and the stamens are generally 
 ten in number and distinct. The 
 mimosaceous flower is regular with 
 three tp five petals, which are valvate 
 in the bud and the stamens are 
 numerous, or indefinite, and distinct 
 (see floral diagrams in figures 73 and (Phaseojus vulgaris) ^.spiral keel; b. 
 
 ^ ° o (^ entire flower. X2>.). (Robbtns.) 
 
 74-) 
 
 Ovary and Fruit. — The ovary is superior in all three subfamilies. It 
 is apocarpous with one carpel. It is one-celled with parietal placenta. 
 The style may be long or short, bent, or straight (Fig. 76). The fruit is a 
 pod, or legume, occasionally a transversely divided pod, known as the loment. 
 Each division of the loment is usually one-seeded. The seeds are large 
 
 Fig. 75. — Common kidney bean 
 
1 84 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 or small and exalbuminous that is, with the reserve food stored in the seed 
 leaves, or cotyledons, which become fleshy as a consequence. 
 
 Economic Plants. — The economic plants of the family are numerous 
 and their uses are manifold, on account of the presence of starch and 
 protein, as reserve materials in their seeds and other parts. Many legumi- 
 nous plants are used as human food. Such are the peas (Pisum), beans 
 (Phaseolus), broad bean (Vicia), soy (Soja), peanut (Arachis), lentil (Lens), 
 whose seeds are used in various ways, and the pods of carob {Ceratonia) 
 and tamarind {Tamarindus), are eaten by man. The fodder plants of 
 the family include the clovers (Trifolium), alfalfa {Medicago) sweet clover 
 (Melilotus) sainfoin {Onohrychis) , serradella (Ornithopus) , cowpea (Vigna) 
 
 Pig. 76. — Pistil of flower of common bean (Phaseolus vulgaris). (Robbins after Knuth.) 
 
 Timber Trees. — The trees of the family useful for timber and structural 
 wood are logwood {IIcEmaioxylon campechianuni) , black locust {Robinia 
 pseudacacia), mesquite {Prosopis juliflora), rosewood (Dalbergia latifolia) 
 and others. The plants, which are capable of producing commercial, 
 fibers, are Crotalaria jtincea, Sesbania cannabina, S. esculenla, Aeschyno- 
 mene spinulosa, Erythrina suberosa, etc. A considerable number of 
 plants yield gums, such as, copaiva balsams {Copaifera), balsam of 
 tolu (Tohnfera), copal (Hytnencea), gum arable (Acacia), gum kino 
 (Pierocarpus). As dye-yielding plants may be mentioned species of 
 Genista (yellow), Indigofera (blue), Muama priiriens, (black), Hcema- 
 toxylon (purple). 
 
GENERAL CHARACTERISTICS OF THE LEGUMINOS^ 1 85 
 
 Drugs. — The important drugs of this family are abrus (Abrus precat- 
 orius), gum arable (Acacia arabica), gum Senegal (Acacia Senegal), balsam 
 of Peru (Toluifera Pereirtz) , wild indigo (Baptisia tinctoria), purging cassia 
 (Cassia fistula), copaiba (Copaiba oblongifolia, C. officinalis), fenu- 
 greek (Trigonella Foeno-groecum), liquorice (Glycyrrhiza glabra), indigo 
 (Indigofera tinctoria), physostigma (Physostigma venenosum), senna (Acacia 
 senna), tamarind (Tamarindus indictis) and tragacanth (Astragalus 
 gummiftr). The poisonous plants of the family, such as the loco weeds, 
 have been described in a previous chapter. 
 
 Garden Plants. — A large number of beautiful garden plants belong to 
 this family. Such are the sweet pea (Lathyrus odoratus), genista 
 (Cytisus canariensis) , lupine (Lupinus pcrennis, etc), wistaria (Wis- 
 taria sinensis), black locust (Robinia pseudacacia) , flamboyant tree 
 (Poinciana regia), acacia (Acacia), etc. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Engler, a. and Prantl, K.: Die naturlichen Pflanzenfamilien III, Teil, 3 Abteilung, 
 
 1894, 70-384. 
 Gray, Asa, revised by Robinson, B. H. and Fernald, M. L.: A Handbook of the 
 
 Flowering Plants and Ferns of the Central and Northeastern United States and 
 
 Adjacent Canada. (Seventh Edition), 1908, 499-530. 
 Hare, Hobart A., Caspari, Charles and Rusby. H. H.: The National Standard Dis- 
 pensatory. (Eighth Revision), 1905. 
 Kraemer, Henry: Applied and Economic Botany. 1914, 567-577. 
 Le Maout, Emm. and Decaisne, J.: A General System of Botany, Descriptive and 
 
 Analytical. London, 1873, 364-374. 
 RoBBiNS, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 
 Son & Co., 1917, 413-468. 
 Warming, Eug. transl. by Potter, M. C: A Handbook of Systematic Botany. 1895, 
 
 466-475. 
 Wettstein, Richard R. V.: Handbuch der Systematischen Botanik. (Zweite 
 
 Auflage), 191 1, 656-666. 
 
 Laboratory Works 
 
 Suggestion to Teachers. — During the winter months when this family will be 
 studied probably by the class in botany, only a relatively few plants will be available. 
 They are sweet peas (Lathyrus odoratus), genista {Cytisus canariensis), chorizeme {Chori- 
 zema ilicijolia), and if large greenhouses are conveniently located, several species of 
 Acacia and Mimosa may be utilized. In California and the west lupines (Lupimis), 
 clovers {Trifolium) and alfalfa (Medicago), etc., can be had. Flowers of a number of 
 wild and cultivated species of this family, as locally obtainable, may be kept in alcohol. 
 
l86 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Dried pods of honey locust, mesquite, Kentucky coffee tree, etc., may be kept, and of 
 course bean, pea, broad bean, vetch, lentil, cowpea, clover and alfalfa seeds are always 
 available for class use, and may be grown in flats or pots in the laboratory greenhouse, 
 or window. If the work is undertaken in spring and summer, out-of-door species can 
 be had. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Study the morphology of the roots, stem, leaves and flowers of the sweet pea 
 and compare with the flowers of two other selected papilionaceous types. These may 
 be compared with alcoholic Cercis (C^salpinioide^) and Acacia (Mimosoide.e) 
 Other members of the family can be selected according to geographic location. 
 
 2. Study the dried and swollen seeds of pea, bean, broad bean and clovers. Draw 
 and then identify the parts of the embryos. 
 
 3. Scrape out some of the reserve food materials on a slide, examine the starch 
 grains and then stain with iodine solution. 
 
 4. A study of the nodules has been reserved for a later chapter. 
 
CHAPTER 15 
 THE FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS.E 
 
 There are a large number of available plants of this family, which can 
 be used for forage, but the majority of them although they have been 
 introduced and tried have not been tested sufficiently to warrant their 
 general cultivation. Such are the sainfoin {Onohrychis viciaefolia) , Egyp- 
 tian clover {Trifolium alexandrinum) , bur clover (Medicago arabica) , yellow 
 clover (Medicago lupuUna), Japan clover {Lespedeza striata), Florida 
 clover (Desmodium tortiiosum), purple vetch (Vicia atro purpurea), and 
 velvet bean (Mucuna utilis). There are however, a number of ex- 
 tremely important species which will be discussed in the pages which fol- 
 low. They are alfalfa, red clover, alsike clover, crimson clover, white 
 clover, sweet clover, Canadian field pea, cowpea, soy, hairy-vetch and 
 the peanut. These plants are not only useful in the amount of forage 
 that they yield, but because they are used also as green manures to enrich 
 the soil and in their growth to crowd out weeds. 
 
 Alfalfa {Medicago sativa). — The original home of this plant appears to 
 have been southwest of central Asia having been cultivated by the Per- 
 sians, who carried it with them in the invasion of Greece about 490 B.C. 
 It was cultivated by the Romans at an early date for Varro in his "Rerum 
 Rusticarum Libri Tres," Book I, Chapter XLII speaks of the plant. 
 "You should take care not to plant alfalfa in soil which is neither too dry 
 or half wet, but in good order. The authorities say that if the soil is in 
 proper condition a modius (peck) and a half of alfalfa seed will suffice to 
 sow a jugerum of land. This seed is sowed broad-cast on the land like 
 grass and grain." Although we have used the name alfalfa in the above 
 account of the plant introduced into Italy from Greece, yet the name is a 
 Moorish one introduced into Spain with the Moors in the eighth century, 
 whence it reached Mexico and South America with the Spaniards. The 
 name came into current use in California, when the plant was introduced 
 across the border. 
 
 187 
 
i8S 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL UOTANY 
 
 Description. — The alfalfa is a perennial member of the leguminous 
 family with deep growing roots penetrating usually to about nine feet, 
 but under exceptional conditions to a depth of forty and even sixty feet. 
 The aerial stems are ascending, or erect, and increase in number with 
 successive cuttings, so that a single root system may give rise to as many 
 as one hundred stems, although usually the number varies from twenty to 
 
 Fig. 77. — Alfalfa, or lucern {Medicago saliva): a, b, seed pod, side and end view: 
 c, seeds, enlarged. (After Smith, Jared G.: Meadows and Pastures. Farmers' Bulletin 
 66, 1904, p. 27.) 
 
 fifty. Three cuttings are made yearly throughout the alfalfa-growing 
 regions of the United States, although in the Imperial Valley, California, 
 as many as nine cuttings have been made in one year. The leaves are 
 with a serrate margin (Fig. 77). The inflorescence is a short, dense raceme 
 with purple, papilionaceous flowers. The color may at times be green, 
 blue or yellow. The calyx teeth are longer than the so called calyx tube. 
 The standard exceeds the wings in length, which are longer than the keel. 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 
 
 189 
 
 The staminal tube of ten, diadelphous stamens is held in a state of tension 
 by two opposite lateral projections arising from the inside of the keel. 
 This mechanism brings about the explosive discharge of the pollen, when 
 the staminal tube is released, and the pistil and stamen snap up against 
 the standard and this process is 
 
 untnpped 
 
 tripped 
 
 lateral ^ 
 
 5\am\nal tube- 
 free 3tamen 
 
 known as "tripping." Bumble- 
 bees and leaf-cutting bees are 
 usually the "trippers" of alfalfa 
 flowers (Fig. 78). Insect visita- 
 tion induces cross pollination, 
 but automatic release of the 
 floral parts by the action of 
 humidity and temperatures re- 
 sults in self pollination. An 
 abundance of insect life usually 
 increases the output of seeds. 
 Other conditions of climate and 
 cultivation also influence seed 
 production. The alfalfa fruit is 
 a spirally coiled pod with two or 
 three coats. Each pod contains 
 from one to eight kidney-shaped 
 seeds about 3-^ inch long, which, 
 retain their vitality for many 
 years (Fig. 77). 
 
 Varieties. — There are a con- 
 siderable number of varieties of 
 alfaKa in cultivation. There is 
 a hardy variety suitable for 
 
 growth in the cold northwest Fig. 78.— Pollination of alfalfa. A, flower 
 . ~ . ir If ml-* untripped with calyx and standard removed; 
 
 known as Grimm alfalfa. This ^^ g^me tripped; C. position of staminal tube 
 hardiness may be due to a strain untripped and tripped. (Robbins after U. S. 
 
 of the yellow-flowered alfalfa " ^^^ 
 
 (Medicago falcata). There is the sand lucern and variegated alfalfa and 
 varieties designated by the names of the countries of their derivation, as 
 the American, Arabian, German, Peruvian and Turkestan varieties. 
 The Turkestan variety is well-adapted to drought resistance. Arabian 
 alfalfa is suited to warm conditions, as in Arizona and Texas, while 
 Peruvian alfalfa is adapted to countries where irrigation is practiced. 
 
 untripp 
 
IQO PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Soil and Planting. — The soil should be in excellent tilth at planting 
 time with a fine top for the seeding bed. The soil should be neutral -and 
 well drained with an open sub-soil permitting the penetration of the al- 
 falfa roots. The seeds should be carefully selected with perfect vitality 
 and clear of weed seeds. Southern-grown seeds should not be used in the 
 north as there is a danger of winter-killing. The time of sowing alfalfa 
 varies in the different sections of the country, but late summer seeding is 
 usually best in the east and south. Spring seeding is the rule in the irri- 
 gated and semi-arid sections of the west. The seeds should be covered and 
 not sown on the surface of the ground. Alfalfa may be planted with a 
 drill, or seeded broad-cast with a hand seeder, or wheel-barrow seeder. 
 It is usually best to sow half the seed one way across the field and the other 
 half at right angles to the line of the first sowing. The quantity of seed 
 required per acre is greater in the humid sections than in the semi-arid 
 and irrigated regions. Twenty pounds of seed per acre is usually recom 
 mended, although in the west fair stands have been secured with one to 
 five pounds. A pound of ordinary alfalfa contains 220,000 seeds. 
 
 Treatment. — If seeded in the late summer or early autumn, alfalfa 
 will require no treatment that fall unless it grows a foot long before winter 
 arrives. Then it should be clipped back to about eight, or ten inches. 
 The first cutting of hay should be secured in the late spring. Ordinarily, 
 no treatment is required during the second season, except to cut the plants 
 when they are about one-tenth in bloom. No pasturing should be al- 
 lowed during the first and second seasons. As alfalfa lasts about twelve 
 years, the subsequent care of the crop should be governed by the appear- 
 ance of weeds and bare spots. A disk harrow may be used advantageously 
 in loosening up the soil and destroying weeds. 
 
 Harvesting. — The methods of harvesting hay vary considerably. The 
 ideal should be to get the alfalfa into the loft with t"he least possible hand- 
 ling and exposure to the weather, as its leaflets readily drop off. This 
 results in a serious loss, as three-fifths of all the protein in the plant is 
 contained in the leaves. The hay may be stacked, or baleid, or converted 
 into ensilage. Alfalfa is an ideal soiling crop. Grazing of the plant 
 should be done sparingly. 
 
 Use as a Feed. — Alfalfa can be used in the feeding of dairy cows, as 
 roughage for beef cattle. Alfalfa is an ideal hay for sheep, but it is apt 
 to cause bloat, if the sheep are turned into alfalfa pastures. Hogs may 
 be fed cut alfalfa in the green state, or in pasture and horses too may be 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 
 
 191 
 
 given green alfalfa and hay made from the plant. Alfalfa is an excellent 
 feed for poultry and its nectar is converted by bees into excellent honey. 
 It is one of the most highly nutritious and palatable of feeds either in the 
 green state, or as hay. Fresh alfalfa contains 71.8 per cent, of water: 
 
 2.7 per cent, of ash; 4.8 per cent, 
 protein; 7.4 per cent, of crude fiber; 
 12.3 per cent, of nitrogen free ex- 
 tract and i.o per cent, of the ex- 
 tract fat. Alfalfa hay contains 8.4 
 per cent, of water; 7.5 per cent, of 
 ash; 14.3 per cent, of protein; 25.0 
 per cent, of crude fiber; 42.7 per 
 cent, of nitrogen free extract and 
 2.2 per cent, of the extract (fat). 
 The value of alfalfa hay is slightly 
 more than double that of timothy. 
 Alfalfa hay is richer than red clover 
 
 Pig. 79. Fig. 80. 
 
 Fig. 79. — Red clover (Trifoliutn pralense). {After Piper, C. V.: Leguminous Crops for 
 
 Green Manuring. Farmers' Bulletin 278, 1907, p. 15.) 
 
 Fig. 80. — Stages in the development of red clover seed: a andV, Flower in prime and 
 
 ripe; b and d, immature and mature seed vessel; e, mature seed. {After Weslgate, J. M. 
 
 and Hillman, F. H.: Red Clover. Farmers' Bulletin 455, 1915, p. 9.) 
 
 hay in digestible crude protein, but is lower in fat and contains slightly 
 less digestible carbohydrates. Respiration experiments show that clover 
 hay furnishes slightly more net nutrients than alfalfa hay. 
 
 Red Clover {Trifolium pratense). — Red Top is a biennial, or a peren- 
 nial plant of short duration with spreading stems eighteen inches to two 
 
192 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 feet lall and pubescent from a tap root, which reaches a depth of three to 
 six feet. The stipules are large at the base of a petiole, which is two to 
 three inches long, bearing three ovate to elliptic leaflets with an entire 
 margin. The floral heads are large, globose to hemispherical with pink 
 papilionaceous flowers (Fig. 79). The calyx is five-toothed, with narrow, 
 hairy teeth. The pod is one- to two-seeded (Fig. 80). This clover was 
 introduced from Europe and is now growing spontaneously throughout 
 North America. Linnaeus in his original description of the plant in 
 "Species Plantarum," 1753, says "Habitat in Europae graminosis." 
 Protandry is the rule with red clover flowers and they must be cross- 
 pollinated in order to set seed. The story, that red clover grown in New 
 Zealand failed to set seed until the bumble bee was introduced into the 
 country, has been contradicted, but this can be said that the bumble bee 
 is the most efficient of all the insect pollinating agents, while the honey 
 bee with a proboscis 6 mm. in length is 3.6 mm. shorter than the average 
 of the corolla tubes of the first crop, red clover flowers. In 191 1, the honey 
 bee proved to be an efficient cross pollinator. 
 
 Treatment. — Red clover is the staple, leguminous forage crop in the 
 north central and northeastern states. Any soil that will grow satis- 
 factory crops of corn will produce good returns from red clover. A deep 
 soil is desirable as the roots extend some distance into it. The presence 
 of humus is requisite as the plant does not grow well in its absence. Red 
 clover is usually sowed in the spring on winter grain, and at that time no 
 special preparation of the seed bed is necessary, as the first has pulverized 
 the soil. Clover seed should be sown with one of the various kinds of 
 grass seed drills on the market at the rate of eight to ten pounds of seed to 
 the acre planted one to two inches deep. This weight of seed is often 
 mixed with ten to twelve pounds of timothy. When seeded with a grain 
 nurse crop, no special treatment is given clover the first season. It de- 
 velops in the stubble after the grain has been cut and occasionally may 
 afford some pasture the same fall. Cutting should be deferred until the 
 second year, when a cut can be made for hay and a second crop for seed. 
 When mixed with timothy, the stand is often allowed to remain three or 
 four years with a gradual decrease in the clover plants. When seeded in 
 the fall in corn or with rape, one or two crops may be expected the fol- 
 lowing season in addition to considerable pasture. A top-dressing of 
 barn-yard manure at any time acts beneficially on red clover. 
 
 Harvesting and Yield.— Red clover is best harvested for hay when one- 
 third of the blossoms have begun to turn brown. At this time the plant 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 1 93 
 
 contains the maximum of nutrients. When cut as a soiling crop, the cut- 
 ting may begin, as soon, as the first flowers appear, and if used for silage, 
 the plants should be fully mature. Some farmers prefer to pasture their 
 clover instead of cutting it. Sometimes the crop is grown for seed which 
 may be successfully produced in regions where clover hay is produced. 
 Each head produces an average of twenty-five to thirty seeds each, which 
 would make the yield one to two bushels to the acre. The self-rake reaper 
 is the best machine to harvest the crop for seed, while a clover huUer is 
 used in the threshing operations. The average yield of clover hay per 
 acre, according to the census of 1910, was 1.29 tons, but under favorable 
 conditions the yield in two cuttings ranged from two to four tons to the 
 acre. 
 
 Nutrient Value. — Red Clover is one of the most highly nutritious 
 forage plants either in the green state, or cured as hay. Clover hay con- 
 tains 15.3 per cent, water, 6.2 per cent, ash, 12.3 per cent, protein, 24.8 
 per cent, crude protein, 38.1 per cent, introgen free extract, 3.3 per cent, 
 ether extract (fat), of these constituents 67 per cent, protein 53 per cent, 
 crude fiber 78 per cent, nitrogen-free extract and 65 per cent, ether ex- 
 tract (fat) are digestible. Many rotations in which red clover enters have 
 played a prominent part in the agriculture of America. A common 
 rotation is corn followed by oats, which in turn are followed by wheat. 
 The wheat in turn acts as a nurse crop for the red clover sown with it. 
 After clover has stood two years, the clover soil is plowed down to corn 
 again. There are rotations of clover with rye or cotton, etc. 
 
 Varieties. — The recognized varieties of red clover are the ordinary 
 red clover, the mammoth red clover, the Russian red clovers and special 
 forms of red clover, which have been bred for their disease-resistant quali- 
 ties. 
 
 Alsike Clover (Trifolium hybridum). — This is a clover intermediate 
 in appearance between red and white clover and was supposed by Linnaeus 
 to be a natural hybrid of the two other clovers. Alsike clover is adapted 
 remarkably to wet soils and also to soils which are too low in humus to 
 grow red clover to advantage. Seed may be obtained from the first crop 
 although an early clipping, especially if there is a wet spring, will result 
 in a better crop of seed. Excellent honey is obtained from the flower. 
 The alsike clover plant is a perennial plant lasting from three to five years 
 and longer. It is an erect, branching, rather stout, smooth herb growing 
 one to three feet tall arising from a large tap root. The leaves are long 
 
194 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTL'UAL BOTANY 
 
 with greenish veins and tap^r-pointed stipules. They have a slightly 
 bitter taste. The flowers are pedicelled and white to pink. The pods 
 are two- to four-seeded. The seeds lose their vitality rapidly after the 
 second year. The seed is smaller than red clover and is seeded at the 
 rate of four to eight pounds per acre. The plant is hardier than red clover 
 and matures about two weeks earlier, and therefore, should be grown 
 
 with early maturing grasses, such as, orchard 
 grass and red top. 
 
 Crimson Clover (Trifoliumincarnatum). — 
 The French clover is an erect, pubescent 
 annual growing from six inches to two feet 
 tall. Its leaves have long petioles with 
 purple-margined, broad stipules (Fig. 8i). 
 The bright crimson flowers are produced in a 
 spike, which is two or three inches long. 
 The seed is shiny, when fresh, and of a pink 
 color. This clover is a native of Mediter- 
 ranean Europe and has been cultivated in 
 this country since 1822. 
 
 Treatment. — It is adapted especially for 
 use as a cover crop, and as a green manure 
 in the Atlantic states. It is seeded in 
 August alone, or in corn. The special advan- 
 tage in its growth lies in the fact that its 
 autumn, winter and early spring develop- 
 ment, is sufficient so that it may be turned 
 under the following spring in time for the 
 planting of another crop, such as corn in the 
 north, or cotton in the south. It is also 
 valuable for pasturing, soiling, or for ensilage 
 coming at a time when other green forage is 
 scarce. It should not be fed when the floM'ers 
 have developed, for as previously narrated, crimson clover hair balls may 
 kill horses and other animals by an obstruction of the bowels. Both 
 the hay and seed crops are handled in about the same way as red clover. 
 It is a hard crop to establish for the absence of rains in late summer is 
 responsible for most of the failures to obtain a satisfactory stand. 
 Crimson clover is benefitted by a liming of the soil. Shallow seeding, 
 
 Fig. 81. — Crimson clover 
 (Trifoliumincarnatum). (After 
 Ball, Carlelon R.: Winter Forage 
 Crops for the South. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 147, 1902, p. 30). 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS.E 1 95 
 
 using fifteen pounds per acre, has been found to be the best practice. 
 Ordinarily no special treatment is required after seeding and before the 
 winter arrives. Some fall pasturage may be obtained, if the growth be 
 sufficiently rank. 
 
 Use. — Crimson-clover hay is considered by dairymen to be fully equal, 
 if not superior, to red, or alsike clover, as a roughage for their cows, sheep, 
 horses, mules and other animals in sections where grown. It is gathered 
 to some extent for the making of bouquets, when in full flower. 
 
 Fig. 82. — White clover, showing creeping habit, one-half natural size. {After 
 Jones, L. R.: Vermont Grasses and Clovers. Bulletin 94, Vermont Agricultural Experi- 
 ment Station, May, 1902.) 
 
 White Clover {Trifolimn repens). — This clover, growing wild every- 
 where in America, was introduced from Europe. In Ireland, it is known as 
 the shamrock and is raised in pots for distribution by the big department 
 stores on St. Patrick's day. The plant is perennial growing by means 
 of prostrate stems rooting at the nodes (Fig. 82). The leaves are tri- 
 fohate, obcordate with narrow membranous stipules. The inflorescence 
 is a head of white, or pinkish flowers, which are fragrant and yield a honey 
 of the first quality. The mature flowers, which turn brown in color, are 
 
196 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 reflexed on the peduncle of the head. Cross pollination by insects is neces- 
 sary for the production of seeds. The small pods are usually four seeded. 
 Utility. — The plant is adapted only for pasturage, as it does not attain 
 sufficient height to be mown for hay. Some attribute the fine flavor of 
 the mutton from the Southdown breed of sheep in England, as due to the 
 animals feeding on the white clover pasturage of the chalk downs of the 
 south-eastern part of that country. However, that may be, white clover is 
 
 a plant which can withstand the close crop- 
 ping to which turf is subjected by flocks of 
 sheep feeding in the open. White clover is 
 frequently used in lawn mixtures, but on 
 golf courses, it is not usually welcomed. 
 The good points of white clover as a turf 
 plant are its ability to grow on poor soil, to 
 form a close, dense mat, and to withstand 
 very close clipping. On putting greens, 
 white clover is looked upon as a weed. 
 
 Rotation. — The seed crop matures in July 
 and August in the northern states and the 
 yield of seed varies from two to six bushels 
 per acre. A two-year rotation of barley one 
 year followed by white clover for seed the 
 second is common in eastern-central 
 Wisconsin. Elsewhere, it is seeded with 
 bluegrass, and rarely, if ever, causes bloat 
 as red clover is apt to do. The giant white, 
 or Ladino clover {Trifolium repens var. lata) 
 is a tall-growing variety of white clover 
 originally from Italy affords good pasturage. 
 Sweet Clover {Melilotus alba). — The 
 ordinary, white sweet clover is a biennial 
 plant developing from a heavy tap-root with lateral branches and with 
 small white tubercles on the smaller rootlets and near the crown of 
 the root. During the first year, it is an erect, stemmy plant with some- 
 what scattered leaves. These leaves are petioled and pinnately trifoliate 
 and at their ba^es are large stipules. The flowers are small borne in long, 
 slender racemes (Fig. 83). The calyx teeth are short and subequal. 
 The standard is obovate, or oblong, the wings oblong and the keel short 
 
 Fig. 83. — Sweet clover 
 (Melilotus alba). (Division of 
 Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture). 
 (Reproduced in Pammel, L. H.: 
 Some Weeds of Iowa. Bull. 70, 
 Experiment Station, Iowa State 
 College, 1903, p. 352.) 
 
PORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS/E 197 
 
 and obtuse. Ten diadelphous stamens occur and the ovary is superior 
 with a thread-Hke style. The pods are globose, small and one-seeded. 
 The first season it makes a growth of eighteen to thirty inches in height 
 and stores in the tap-root a considerable amount of reserve food. During 
 the second season, it makes a growth of five to twelve feet and dies when 
 the seeds are mature. 
 
 Distribution and Soils. — The sweet clover, also known as Bokhara 
 clover, is a native of central Asia introduced about two thousand years 
 ago into the Mediterranean region, where it has been utilized as a honey 
 plant and for forage purposes. It was introduced into America as early 
 as 1738, but its value was not recognized until about twenty years ago. 
 It is at present grown extensively as a field crop in Alabama, Mississippi, ' 
 Kentucky and Utah and locally on a field scale in Nebraska, Colorado, 
 Wyoming, Iowa, Wisconsin, Illinois, Indiana and Ohio. About Phila- 
 delphia, it is thoroughly naturalized. It is an indicator of good alfalfa 
 soils, for where sweet clover grows, alfalfa will grow, and as it is spread 
 over all parts of the United States, this test is of general applicability 
 through the length and breadth of our land. Almost any reasonable 
 well-drained soU will grow sweet clover. It is more tolerant of poor 
 draining than either alfalfa, or red clover. It makes its best growth on 
 rich, well-limed soils. 
 
 Seeding. — The seed bed should be well compacted with enough loose 
 soil on top to cover the seeds which are sown at the rate of twenty to 
 thirty pounds of hulled seeds and at least five pounds more of unhulled 
 seed per acre. Early spring seeding has been found satisfactory in many 
 sections. When sown in ordinary cultivated fields, sweet clover is usu- 
 ally sown later in the spring and with a nurse crop of spring-sown grain. 
 Fall seeding is successful in regions with mild winters. Where seeded 
 in the spring without a nurse crop, no special treatment is required the 
 first season unless it is necessary to check the weeds. When seeded with 
 a nurse crop, such a crop may be cut for grain,- if the moisture conditions 
 are favorable, but if a drought threatens the sweet-clover, the crop should 
 be cut for hay. A good hay crop, or summer pasture, may be obtained 
 in the south in the first season even when sown with a nurse crop, but in 
 the north a small amount of late pasture only is usually available. 
 
 Pasturage and Hay. — Sweet clover produces good pasturage very 
 early in the spring before other pasture plants commence growth. It 
 will furnish a good hay crop in the north in the latter part of June and a 
 
19^ 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 second crop of hay, or seed late in the summer. Two crops of hay and 
 one of seed may be obtained in the south during the second season. Sweet 
 clover plants are raked into windrows just before the leaves become dry 
 
 Fig. 84. — Canada pea {Pisum sativum), (After Mairs, T. J.: Some Soiling Crops 
 for Pennsylvania. Bull. 109, Pennsylvania Stale College Agricultural Experiment 
 Station, 191 1, p. 5.) 
 
 enough to shake off the stems. After a day in the windrows, it is shocked 
 and cured. 
 
 Nutritive Valve. — Sweet clover may be used as a soiling plant, or as a 
 pasture plant and is a useful soil renovator. It is palatable and nutri- 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS/E 
 
 199 
 
 tious, although it has a bitter taste due to its cumarin content. Fresh 
 sweet clover has the following composition: water 77.0 per cent., ash 1.8 
 per cent., protein 3.9 per cent., crude fiber 6.9 per cent., nitrogen-free 
 extract 9.4 per cent, and ether extract (fat) 0.6 per cent. Sweet clover 
 hay contains water 7.7 per cent., ash 7.5 per cent., protein 13.3 per cent., 
 crude fiber 26.9 per cent., nitrogen-free extract 42.6 per cent, and ether 
 extract 2.1 per cent. It has been determined tha.t the value of sweet-clover 
 hay is almost double that of timothy and inter- 
 mediate between red clover and alfalfa. 
 
 Field Pea (Pisum sativum var. arvense). — The 
 field pea also called the Canadian field pea (Fig. 
 84) differs slightly from the garden pea (P. sativum) 
 (Fig. 85). They have violet flowers and small gray, 
 or buff seeds, which are rather angular, but not 
 wrinkled, while garden peas have white flowers and 
 whiter, more globular seeds, which may be either 
 smooth, or wrinkled. The field pea has hollow, 
 sparingly branched stems, two to five feet long 
 with leaves bearing two, or three pairs of leaflets, 
 one, or two inches long and ending in one or more 
 pairs of tendrils and a long median tendril. There 
 are present leafy stipules. Two, or more flowers 
 are borne in the axils of the leaves on flower 
 stalks shorter than the leaves. The legume is 
 finally flat, many-seeded and from two to four 
 inches long. The seeds are smooth, hard and 
 rather, angular and gray-green, gray-yellowish, or 
 gray dotted with purple, blue, rust-red, or brownish 
 spots. 
 
 Cultivation and Harvesting. — The plant is adapted to growth in 
 climates with a cool growing season, as in Canada, Michigan and Wiscon- 
 sin. The yield in Canada is from thirty-five to forty bushels and in the 
 above states sixteen bushels per acre. Any soil, that will raise oats, will 
 raise field peas. Sandy soils are better than clay soils. The pea has a 
 high germinating power and will start at quite a low temperature. The 
 seeds should be sown, as early, as possible in the spring, and hence, sandy 
 soils permit the adoption of this principle of sowing. Peas should be 
 sown deeply and broadcast. A disk harrow should be used to cover the 
 
 Pig. 85. — Pods of 
 garden pea (Pisum 
 sativum). {After Abel, 
 Mary H.: Beans, Peas 
 and other Legumes as 
 Food. Farmers' Bulletin 
 121, 1900, p. 13.) 
 
200 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 seeds, which should be used at the rate of 1.5 to 3.5 bushels per acre. 
 
 Harvesting is difficult, because of the prostrate habit of the plants. They 
 
 may be cut with the ordinary 
 mowing machine and raked 
 into piles with a sulky rake. 
 It is customary to harvest 
 when two-thirds of the pods 
 are yellow. When dried, the 
 hay should be stacked under 
 cover, or threshed at once with 
 a pea huller. 
 
 Utility. — Peas furnish a 
 good food for milk cows, swine, 
 sheep, horses and cattle. Peas 
 grown with some other kinds of 
 grain are of great value as a 
 soiling crop. Peas can be used 
 as nitrogen gatherers, and 
 therefore, for green manure. 
 Field peas are treated as a hay 
 crop, for the making of silage 
 and is a cover crop. The 
 Ontario Station after testing 
 for six years found a yield of 
 28.1 bushels per acre from 
 large seed and 23 bushels from 
 small seed. 
 
 Cowpea (Vigna sinensis). - 
 This plant is related to the 
 asparagus bean (Vigna sesqui- 
 
 FiG. 86.— Cowpea {Vigna sinensis) with pods pgddlls^ anj Iq the catjang 
 
 and leaves. (After Mairs, T. J.: Some Soiling .^^. . . ™, ,., 
 
 Crops for Pennyslvania, Bull. 109, Pennsylvania K'^H'^C' catjang). ihe dll- 
 
 State College Agricultural Experiment Station, fercnCCS botanically by which 
 
 1911, p. 7. Oir gin ally on p. 17, U. S. Farmers' ^, . t ,• • i j 
 
 Bulletin 278, 1907.) these species are distmguished 
 
 are comparatively slight, and 
 the species are connected through mtermediate varieties. The cow- 
 pea (Vigna sinensis) is an annual, prostrate, trailing to half-bushy 
 plant having compound trifoliate leaves with broadly ovate leaflets. 
 
rORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 201 
 
 The flowers are white, or pale violet with three bractlets at the base of 
 each pedicel, and they are close pollinated, although the flowers are visited 
 by honey bees and bumble-bees attracted by the extrafloral nectaries. 
 The pods are long, cyhndrical, cuived and usually constricted between the 
 many seeds, which are bean-shaped, spotted, marbled and speckled with 
 a dark circle around the white hilum. Some of the varieties of the cow- 
 pea are Whippoorwill, Wonderful, New Era, Groit, Iron, Clay, Black, 
 Taylor and Red Ripper (Fig. 86). 
 
 Utility. — The cowpea is the most common legume planted in the entire 
 cotton belt and it can be profitably grown much farther north. It is 
 especially suitable for combined hay and seed production, or for hay 
 alone, and it is utilized for pasture and as a green manure for soil improve- 
 ment. Cowpeas for hay production are grown advantageously in mixture 
 with sorghum, Johnson grass, or soy-beans. The yield is thus increased, 
 the quality improved, and the curing more easily done. To make good 
 cowpea hay requires a careful handling of the crop. The use of a tedder 
 is helpful, and the curing is best done in small cocks, and the hay is ready 
 for the stack, or barn, when no moisture can be wrung from the stem by 
 twisting it with considerable force. Cowpea hay is very nutritious being 
 nearly equal to wheat bran as a part of a ration. 
 
 Rotations. — The following rotations have been used in the south 
 with good results: cotton three years; com and cowpeas fourth year 
 and then cotton again. This is satisfactory for the better soils, but 
 for the poorer soils cotton should be planted for only two years. * Wheat, 
 or oats, can be grown with cowpeas each season after removal of the grain 
 crop. The land is seeded to grain again in the fall, making two crops a 
 year from the same land. Cotton, first year; corn and cowpeas, second 
 year; winter oats, or wheat followed by cowpeas as a catch crop, third 
 year; and then cotton again. The seeds are fed to poultry and are also 
 used as a food for man. The roasted seeds form a substitute for coffee. 
 
 Soy [Glycine hispida) is a native of Asia, where it has been grown 
 since ancient times in Japan, Korea, Manchuria and China, especially in 
 Shansi and Shantung and in India. The chief varieties grown in the 
 United States are Ito San, Mammoth, Buckshot, Guelph, Eda, Butterball, 
 Kingston, Ogemaw, Samarow and many others which have lately been 
 grown. 
 
 Description. — All soy-beans are strictly determinate as to growth, 
 reaching a definite size, then mature and die. The plants are erect and 
 
202 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 branching from a short, strong tap root. The leaves are trifoliate wit 
 ovate to lanceolate leaflets to nearly orbicular (Fig. 87). All soy plant 
 are hairy with two colors of pubescence, white, or gray and tawny. Th 
 flowers are purple and white borne in short axillary racemes with eight t 
 sixteen flowers in each cluster. The pods are compressed, borne in clustei 
 
 Pig. 87. — Soy bean (Glycine hispida) with hairy fruit. {After Abel, Mary H.: Bean 
 Peas and other Legumes as Food. Farmers' Bulletin 121. 1900, p. 19.) 
 
 of three to five, and are gray or tawny. Gray pods bear white, or grayisl 
 hairs and tawny pods have tawny pubescence. Two or three seeds occi 
 in each pod, which are readily discharged. The seeds are uniform in colo 
 which run through a gamut, as follows: straw-yellow, olive-yellow, oliv( 
 green, brown and black. The hilum is pale in some varieties and dar 
 in others. 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 203 
 
 Cultivation.— Soy-beans will withstand considerable frost, and they 
 /ill succeed on nearly all types of soil, but the best crops are obtained in 
 , mellow, sandy loam, or clay loam. They make a satisfactory growth 
 .n poor soils. The preparation of the soil for the soy-bean is similar to 
 hat for corn. The land should be plowed early and deep, and then har- 
 owed at intervals until the beans are planted. Under nearly all condi- 
 ions, the soy-bean should be planted in rows and cultivated sufficiently 
 o keep down the weeds. The yield of seed is always greater, when the soy 
 )lant is grown in rows. 
 
 If the conditions are favorable, the soy-bean germinates in a few days 
 md cultivation should begin, as soon, as the young plantlet appears. One 
 leep cultivation should be given, and after that the cultivations should be 
 .hallow. The soy-bean may be used advantageously in many systems of 
 i:rop rotations. North of the Ohio River, a rotation of corn, soy-beans, 
 A^heat and clover is practised. A soy-bean crop is often grown in North 
 CaroHna and Tennessee between two wheat crops, or between two oat 
 :rops. It can also be used as a catch crop. Soy-beans are more generally 
 ^rown with corn than with any other crop. The beans may be planted in 
 the same hills with corn in alternate hills with corn in the same row, 
 in alternate rows of each, or there may be two rows of each. When grown 
 with corn, the crop is generally pastured, or made into ensilage. It is 
 a profitable crop when grown for seed, the average yield being about fifteen 
 bushels in the northern states to twenty-five bushels in the southern part 
 of the cotton belt. 
 
 As the protein content of soy-bean seeds is thirty to forty-six per cent, 
 their feeding value is high and can be fed whole to sheep and hogs, or 
 used ground for stock feeding and milk production. The total per cent, 
 of digestible nutrients of soy-bean seed is 85.9, of this there is 30.7 per 
 cent, of protein 22.8 per cent, of carbohydrates and 14.4 per cent, of 
 
 fat. 
 
 Harvesting.— The soy plant, when cut at the right stage of growth, 
 makes an excellent hay of high feeding value and this can be used as a 
 home-grown crop to replace the high-priced concentrated feeds which 
 the farmer finds it necessary to purchase. The plant may be cut for hay 
 any time from the setting of the seed until the leaves begin to turn 
 yellow. The plants after being cut should remain in the swath until 
 they begin to wither and should then be raked into windrows before the 
 leaves become dry and brittle and left for a day, or two, when they should 
 
204 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 be placed in small shocks, or bundles. Later, it should be stacked, oi 
 housed. 
 
 Nutritive Value.— The feeding value of soy-bean hay lies in its high 
 content of digestible protein. In feeding value, it is superior to cowpeas, 
 or red clover, and is equal to alfalfa for milk and butter production. The 
 percentage of air dry digestible nutrients is as follows: Total 53.6 per 
 cent.; protein 11.7 per cent; 39.2 per cent, of carbohydrates and 1.2 perl 
 cent, of fat. The yield of soy-bean hay is from one to three tons to the 
 
 Pig. 88. — Peanut (Arachis hypogaea) with subterranean pods. (After Abel, Mary H.: 
 Beans, Peas and other Legutnes as Food. Farmers' Bulletin 121, 1900, p. 16.) 
 
 acre. Soy-beans can be used for ensilage, for pasture and for soiUng 
 purposes. 
 
 Human Food. — The soy-bean is one of the most important human 
 foods in China and Japan where it is used by the coolie class in place of 
 meat to overcome a too exclusive diet of rice. The dried beans are used 
 in the manufacture of soy sauce, vegetable milk from which can be ob- 
 tained cheese, confections and casein. The oil extracted from the seeds 
 may be used in the production of glycerin, enamels, varnish, paints, 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 205 
 
 linoleums, soap stock, as a substitute for butter, lard and salad oils. The 
 green beans can be canned, or used as a green vegetable. 
 
 Peanut {Arachis hypogaea).— The ground nut, or goober, is an annual 
 semi-ei^ect, or trailing plant with stems one to two feet long, branching 
 and hairy. The leaves are pinnately compound usually with two pairs 
 of subsessile entire leaflets and no tendrils. The stipules are linear-lan- 
 ceolate and adherent to the base of the petiole. The flowers are axillary, 
 sessile and orange-yellow in color (Fig. 88). Two forms of flowers occur 
 on the same plant. The larger, more terminal ones are usually sterile, 
 while the axial are more numerous, smaller and usually fertile. The 
 flowers have ten monadelphous stamens. The gynophore, geotropic in 
 reaction, elongates after flowering and fertilization, and carries downward 
 the developing ovary until it is buried in the ground, where it matures 
 into an indehiscent pod with a reticulated surface (Fig. 88). The shell is 
 the pericarp, the thin skin surrounding the seeds is the testa or outer seed 
 coat. The cotyledons are large and full of stored food. If the ovary is 
 not buried underground, it fails to develop. The varieties cultivated in 
 America may be divided into the large-podded, or jumbo peanuts, Vir- 
 ginia Bunch, Virginia Runner, Dixie Giant and the Spanish, African and 
 Tennessee Red, which are small-podded. The main types may again be 
 subdivided into the bush and the running kinds. 
 
 Seeding and Cultivation.— A good grade of seed should alone be used 
 in planting peanuts in the spring after the soil has become warm, and 
 therefore, a trifle later than corn. Thirty six inches should be left be- 
 tween the rows. As a rule, one and a half pecks of shelled Virginia pea- 
 nut should be used to plant an acre, or one and a quarter bushels, if 
 planted inclosed in the shell. On heavy soils, three fourths to one inch 
 and a quarter will be sufiicient depth to plant the seeds, while on light, 
 sandy soils one inch and a half to two inches may not be too deep. Culti- 
 vation of the peanut crop should begin immediately after planting and 
 continue until the vines occupy the ground. Frequent shallow cultiva- 
 tion will keep the soil loose and prevent the loss of moisture. After the 
 peanuts begin to "peg," or form pods, they should not be disturbed, or 
 given cultivation. Most implements used in cultivating corn, or cotton 
 will be found suitable for the peanut crop. The crop should be dug before 
 the first frost, as if deferred too long, the first-formed pods are likely to 
 Imrst their shells and start growing. Usually the peanuts are plowed 
 from the ground with a one-horse turning plow and afterward separated 
 
2o6 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 from the soil by hand. After the peanut vines are loosened from the 
 soil, they are allowed to remain on the ground for three, or four hours, 
 when they are put in small stacks around a central stake to cure. After 
 the peanuts have cured in the stacks from four to six weeks, those intended 
 for feeding stock may be placed in barns. Peanuts for market should be 
 cured in the stack at least three, or four weeks before picking. They 
 should not be picked from the vines until the pods have become dry and 
 the peanuts firm and nutty, when they are picked by hand. Machines 
 have lately been used for picking. After picking, the peanuts should be 
 kept dry and never exposed to wet conditions, as the shells invariably 
 become discolored. The nuts are prepared for market by the removal of 
 all dirt and the separation of nuts into their respective grades. 
 
 Nutritive Value. — The peanut is a valuable human food and is sold in 
 large quantities either roasted in the shell at so much per pound, or bag, 
 or shelled and salted in the penny slot machine. Peanut candies and brittle 
 also consume considerable quantities of the hulled seeds, and the manu- 
 facture of peanut butter and peanut meal an additional amount. Ameri- 
 cans are only beginning to learn what may be done with this valuable 
 plant, as a source of human food. There has arisen during recent years a 
 demand for peanut oil for edible purposes, either as a dressing for salads 
 or in the manufacture of oleomargarine, or in the packing of sardines 
 Low grade oils are used in the manufacture of soap. Peanut hay contains 
 11.75 Psr cent, of protein, 46.95 per cent, of carbohydrates and 1.84 per 
 cent, of fat. The peanut is a valuable feed for use in preparing hogs for 
 market. Peanut vines are used for feeding stock and yield a very 
 desirable class of forage. 
 
 Miscellaneous Leguminous Forage Plants 
 
 The activity of the United States Department of Agriculture especially 
 the Bureau of Foreign Seed and Plant Introduction has resulted in the 
 introduction, trial and establishment of a number of additional plants of 
 the leguminous family. A detailed account of these would enlarge uaduly 
 the size of this book, and hence only a brief reference' to these plants will 
 be made. Of the beans belonging to the genus P/taseolus, we have the 
 kidney, or haricot bean (Phaseolus vulgaris) a native American plant, 
 whose use was learned from the Indians. Large quantities of this bean are 
 consumed as human food. The Lima bean is P. lunatus. It is likewise 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 
 
 207 
 
 consumed as a human food. The scarlet runner bean {Phaseolus muUi- 
 fiorus) is a strong-growing climbing plant used for decorative purposes 
 on account of its cluster of bright colored blossoms. The tepiary {Pha- 
 seolus acutifolins) is a newly recognized bean domesticated by the pre- 
 historic tribes of the southwestern United States and Mexico. Among 
 the food plants of secondary importance in different parts of Asia are 
 five annual species of beans that at various times have been introduced into 
 the United States, but concerning which very httle definite information 
 
 Fig. 89. — Outline map of the United States, showing the regions to which toothed 
 bui clover (Medicago denlicv,lala) and spotted bur clover {Medicago arabica) are adopted. 
 {Piper, C. V. and McKee, R.: Bur Clover. Fanners' Bulletin 693, 1915, p- 5.) 
 
 has been published. These five are the ad^uki bean {Phaseolus angularis), 
 the rice bean {Phaseolus calcaratus) , the mung bean {Phaseolus aureus), 
 the urd {Phaseolus mungo) and the moth bean {Phaseolus aconitif alius) . 
 The sprouted mung beans are used as one of the chief constituents of 
 ordinary chop suey, served in Chinese restaurants in the United States. 
 There are two kinds of bur clover cultivated in the United States, (Fig 
 8g), namely, the spotted, or southern bur clover {Medicago arabica) and 
 the toothed, or California bur clover {Medicago hispidula denticulaia) (Fig. 
 90). These are used as cover crops, for soil renovation, for pasture and 
 hay. The horse, broad, or Windsor bean {Vicia jaba) is one of the oldest 
 
208 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 cultivated plants in Europe, and elsewhere, but of minor importance in the 
 United States, used as human food, and as a valuable stock feed (Figs. 91 
 and 92). The Japan clover {Lespedeza striata) was introduced from China, 
 
 Fig. 90. — Bur clover with prickly pods {Medicago denticulala) . (After Ball, Carle- 
 Ion, R.: Winter Forage Crops for the South. Farmers' Bulletin 147, 1902, p. 28; upper 
 figures of pods from Piper, C. V. and McKee, R.: Bur Clover. Farmers' Bulletin 693, 
 1915, p. 4.) 
 
 or Japan into the South Atlantic states, where it is grown for hay and 
 pasture. Sainfoin {Onohrychis vicicBfolia) was introduced from Asia, but 
 is little grown here. The serradella {Ornithopus sativus) is successful on 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE PAMILY LEGUMINOSiE 
 
 209 
 
 thin soils and makes good hay. The velvet bean (Mucuna utilis) is one 
 of the most exacting members of the leguminous family as regards tem- 
 
 FiG. 91. — Broad, or Windsor bean (Viciafaba). {After Abel, Mary H.: Beans, Peas 
 and other Legumes as Food. Farmers' Bulletin 121, 1900, p. 6.) 
 
 perature, and hence, its growth is confined to Florida and the Gulf coast, 
 where it is used as a green manure and as a forage crop (Fig. 93). Many 
 of the species of vetch have been more or less extensively cultivated, and 
 
2IO 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 several others growing wild are used for hay, or pasturage, or in a few 
 cases the seeds are used as human foods. The cultivated kinds include 
 
 Fk;. 92. — Flower of Lcguminosee. A, floral diagram of Vicia faba; B, sweet pea 
 flower, dissected, diagrammatic. {A , Robbins after Eichler, B after Bergen and Caldwell.) 
 
 Fig. 93. — Map of the southeastern United States, showing the distribution of 
 velvet beans. {After Tracy, S. M. and Coe. H. S.: Farmers' Bulletin, 962, 1918, />. 13.) 
 
 the following: common vetch, or tares {Vicia sativa), hairy, sand, or Rus- 
 sian vetch (Vicia villosa), (Fig. 94), bitter vetch {Vicia ervilia), scarlet 
 vetch (Vicia fulgens), purple vetch (Vicia atro purpurea), Narbonne vetch 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 211 
 
 {Vicia narbonnensis) , narrow-leaved Y&ich {Vic ia angustifolia) . Hairy 
 vetch {Vicia villosa) is adapted to nearly as wide a range of uses as red 
 clover, and in regions where red clover for any reason does not succeed, it is 
 the best substitute. It makes excellent hay, though it is rather difficult 
 to mow. It furnishes pasturage of high quality and may be grazed in the 
 
 Fig. 94. — Hairy vetch {Vicia villosa). {After Mairs, T. I.: Some Soiling Crops for 
 Pennslyvania, Bull. 109, Pennsylvania State College Agricultural Experiment Station, 
 1911, p. II.) 
 
 spring without reducing the hay crop. As a winter cover crop, it gives 
 satisfaction, if sown early, but it makes a slower growth in cold weather 
 than common vetch. It has been found to be the best winter green man- 
 ure and cover crop for tobacco fields in the Connecticut Valley. The 
 chick-pea {Cicer arietinum) is grown in Europe, Asia and Mexico for its 
 
212 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 seeds, which are used for both stock and human food. The herbage is 
 unfit for stock because of a poisonous principle. The fenugreek (Trigo- 
 nella fcemim-groecum) is grown principally for its seeds, which have medici- 
 nal properties and the plants are used as a green manure for orchards. 
 
 Additional Leguminous Forage Plants. — In addition to the above the 
 following leguminous forage plants are noteworthy: shaftal (Trifolium 
 suaveoletts) berseem {Trifolium alexandrinum) , yellow trefoil (Medicago 
 lupulina), Dakota vetch (Hosackia amerkana), chickling vetch (Lathyrus 
 sativtts), bird vetch (Vicia cracca), square pod pea {Lathyrus tetragono- 
 lobus), Florida beggar- weed {DesmodiMn tortuosum), bonavist, or hya- 
 cinth bean {Dolichos lablah), guar {Cyamopsis tetragonoloha), kudzu 
 {Pueraria thunbergiana); kidney vetch {AnthylUs vulneraria), sulla 
 {Hedysarum toronarium), goat's rue {Galega officinalis), bird's foot trefoil 
 {Lotus cornioulatus) , furze (Ulex europcem). 
 
 Miscellaneous Forage Plants 
 
 There is a considerable number of forage plants other than the 
 grasses and leguminous species used as food for cattle. They are used 
 incidentally, as occasional, or additional forage plants, or as emergency 
 feeds in the absence, or scarcity, of the leguminous and graminaceous 
 species, which alone are worth cultivating. Some of these miscellaneous 
 herbs used as forage are here enumerated. 
 
 Prickly Pear {Opuntia spp.). — A variety of the fleshy, spiny cacti 
 all natives of the arid regions of the west are used as forage. The practice 
 has been to burn off the spines, as they are injurious and to feed the fleshy 
 joints to stock. Recently an attempt has been made by Burbank and 
 other plant breeders to select and propagate in field culture a spineless 
 cactus, so as to overcome the objectionable spines in the unselected kinds. 
 Prickly pears are readily eaten by cattle, hogs, sheep and goats. 
 
 Australian Saltbush {Atriplex semibaccata) . — This plant from the 
 alkali lands of Australia has been introduced into the United States as 
 a forage for sheep. 
 
 It has become naturalized in California, but in general, it has proved 
 disappointing in this country. 
 
 Sachalin {Polygonum saohalinense) . — This tall, rapidly growing 
 plant was introduced from the Island of Saghalin about 1893, as a forage 
 plant. It produces an abundance of herbage, readily eaten by cattle, but 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 213 
 
 its rapid, weedy growth, woody stems and persistence in cultivated fields 
 renders it objectionable as a forage plant. 
 
 Spurrey (Spergula sativa). — This plant was cultivated as early as 1566 
 in Europe as a forage plant. It has been used as a catch crop and on the 
 sandy soils of Europe, its growth is rapid. It is looked upon in Europe 
 as a valuable crop, but has not been used generally in America. 
 
 Mexican Clover {Richardsonia scabra). — ^This rubiaceous annual is 
 native to Mexico coming up in cultivated land in spring and forming a 
 dense herbage under favorable conditions. It is, when cured, readily 
 eaten by farm animals. 
 
 Sunflower {Helianthus annuus). — Sunflowers are grown in Kansas 
 and elsewhere in the west for their seeds, which form an important poultry 
 feed and for oil production. 
 
 Artichoke {Helianthus tuber osus). — The tubers of this sunflower are 
 chopped up and form one of the most useful feeds for hogs during the 
 winter months. 
 
 Bumet {Sanguisorba minor). — This deep-rooted, European perennial 
 is used as a pasture plant in England and France, but in America, it has 
 not been found sufficiently valuable to justify cultivation. 
 
 Rib-grass {Plantago lanceolata). — This European weed is common 
 everywhere in America, and is looked upon as a troublesome plant in 
 alfalfa and red clover fields, but its leaves are readily eaten by sheep and 
 cattle, when cured into hay. It may prove useful as a pasture plant for 
 thin, stony soils. 
 
 Prickly Comfrey (Symphytum asperrimum). — This perennial herb came 
 from the Caucasus region. It has been raised in England as a green 
 forage for cows, hogs and sheep, but has not been used much in America. 
 
 Emergency Feeds. — In the scarcity of the usual forage plants on the 
 western and stock ranges, it has been the practice to feed native desert 
 species in the chopped-up condition to stock. The following plants have 
 been found useful in tiding over the period of forage scarcity: soap weed 
 {Yucca elata), bear-grass (Yucca glauca), sotol {Dasylirion texanum, D. 
 Wheeleri), lechuguila {Agave lechuguila) and nolina {Nolina erumpens 
 and N. microcarpa). As feed, they are of low value, but will keep 
 stock from starving. 
 
 General Bibliography 
 
 A Virginia Farmer. Roman Farm Management. The Treatises of Cato and Varro 
 done into English with Notes of Modern Instances. New York, The MacMillan 
 Company, 19 13. 
 
214 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Gardner, Frank D.: Successful Farming. Philadelphia, John C. Winston Company, 
 
 1916. 
 Griffiths, David: Prickly Pear as Stock Feed. Farmers' Bulletin 1072, March, 
 
 1920. 
 Hall, A. D.: The Book of Rothamstcd Experiments. New York, E. P. Dutton and 
 
 Company, 1905, 
 Hall, A. D.: A Pilgrimage of British Farming, 1910-1912. New York, E. P. Dutton 
 
 and Company, 1913. 
 Henry, W. A. and Morrison, F. B.: Feeds and Feeding, a Handbook for the Student 
 
 and Stockman. Madison, Wisconsin, The Henrj^-Morrison Company, 1915. 
 Hunt, Thomas F.:The Forage and Fiber Crops in America. New York, Orange, 
 
 Judd Company, 191 2. 
 King, F. H.: Farmers of Forty Centuries, China, Korea, Japan? Madison, Wisconsin, 
 
 Mrs. King, 1911. 
 Piper, Charles V.: Forage Plants and Their Culture. New York, The MacMillan 
 
 Company, 1914. 
 Robbins, Wilfred W. : The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 
 Son & Co., 1917. 
 
 Bulletins and Other Publications Arranged by Crops 
 
 Alfalfa 
 
 Brand, Charles J.: Peruvian Alfalfa: A new Long-season Variety for the Southwest. 
 Bulletin 118, Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1907; 
 Grimm Alfalfa and its Utilization in the Northwest. Bulletin 209, Bureau of 
 Plant Industry, 1911; with L. R. Waldron: Cold Resistance of Alfalfa and some 
 Factors Influencing It. Bulletin 185, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1910. 
 
 Brown, Edgar: Alfalfa Seed. Farmers' Bulletin 194, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1904. 
 
 Doyle, H. W.: Alfalfa in Kansas. Report Kansas State Board of Agriculture for the 
 Quarter Ending June, 19x6. 
 
 Drake, J. A., Rundles, J. C. and Jennings, Ralph D.: Alfalfa on Corn-belt Farms. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 102 1, U. S. Department Agriculture, 1919. 
 
 FoRTiER, Samuel: Irrigation of Alfalfa. Farmers' Bulletin 373, U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture, 1909; Farmers' Bulletin 868, 1917. 
 
 Hansen, N. E.: The Wild Alfalfas and Clovers of Siberia, with a Perspective View of 
 the Alfalfas of the World. Bulletin 150, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1909. 
 
 Hitchcock, A. S.: Alfalfa Growing. Farmers' Bulletin 215, 1905. 
 
 McKee, Roland: Nonperennial Medicagos; the Agronomic Value and Botanical 
 Relationship of the Species. Bulletin 267, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1913. 
 
 Oakley, R. A. and Westover, H. L,: Commercial Varieties of Alfalfa. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 757, 1916. 
 
 Olfver, George W.: Some New Alfalfa Varieties for Pastures. Bulletin 258, Bureau 
 of Plant Industry, 1913. 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 21 5 
 
 Piper, C. V.: Alfalfa See(M*roduction : Pollination Studies. Bulletin 75, U. S. De- 
 partment of Agriculture, 1914. 
 
 ScoFiELD, Carl S.: The Botanical History and Classification of Alfalfa. Bulletin 131, 
 Part II, Bureau of Plant Industry. 1908. 
 
 Smith, Jarf.d G.; Alfalfa or Lucern. Farmers' Bulletin' 31, 1895. 
 
 Westgate, J. M.: Alfalfa. Farmers' Bulletin 339, 1908; Variegated Alfalfa. Bulletin 
 169, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1910. 
 
 Westgate, J. M., McKee, Roland and Evans, M. W.: Alfalfa Seed Production. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 495, 191 2. 
 
 Red Clover 
 
 Brown, Edgar and Hillman, F. H. : Seed of Red Clover and Its Impurities. Farmers 
 Bulletin 260, 1906. 
 
 McDermott, Laura Frances: An Illustrated Key to the North American Species of 
 Trifolium. San Francisco, Cunningham, Curtiss, Welch, 1910. 
 
 Shaw, Thomas: Clovers and How to Grow Them. New York, Orange Judd Com- 
 pany, 1906. 
 
 Smith, C. Beaman: Clover Farming on the Sandy Jack-pine Sands of the North. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 323, 1908. 
 
 Westgate, J. M. and Hillman, F. H.: Red Clover. Farmers' Bulletin 455, 1911. 
 
 Westgate, J. M. and Others: Red-clover Seed Production: Pollination Studies. 
 Bulletin 289, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Crimson Clover 
 
 Westgate, J. M.: Crimson Clover. Growing the Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 550, 
 1913; Crimson Clover. Utilization. Farmers' Bulletin 579, 1914. 
 
 Sweet Clover 
 
 Coe, H. S.: Sweet Clover. Growing the Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 797, 191 7; Sweet 
 Clover. Utilization. Farmers' Bulletin 820, 191 7; Sweet Clover Harvesting and 
 Thrashing the Seed Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 836, 191 7. 
 
 Drake, J. A. and Rundles, J. C: Sweet Clover on Corn Belt Farms. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 1005, 1919. 
 
 Westgate, J. M. and Vinall, H. N.: Sweet Clover. Farmers' Bulletin 485, 191 2. 
 
 Field Peas 
 
 Shaw, Thomas: Canadian Field Peas. Farmers' Bulletin 224, 1905. 
 
 Vinall, H. N. : The Field Pea as a Forage Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 690, 1915. 
 
 Cow Peas 
 
 Nielsen, H. T.: Cowpeas. Farmers' Bulletin 318, 1908. 
 
 Piper, C. V.: Agricultural Varieties of the Cowpea and immediately Related Species. 
 
 Bulletin 229, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1912. 
 Smith, Jaked G.: Cowpeas. Farmers' Bulletin 89, 1899. 
 
2l6 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Soy-beans ^ 
 
 Morse, W. J.: Harvesting Soy-bean Seed. Farmers' Bulletin 886, 191 7; The Soy- 
 
 Bean: its Culture and Uses. Farmers' Bulletin 973, 1918. 
 Piper, C. V. and Morse, W. J.: The Soy Bean: History, Varieties and Field Studies. 
 
 Bulletin 197, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1910. 
 Piper, C. V. and, Nielsen, H. T.: Soy-Beans. Farmers' Bulletin 372, 1909. 
 Williams, Thomas A.: Soy-Beans as a Forage Crop. Also Longworthy, C. F.: Soy- 
 
 Beans as Food for Man. Farmers' Bulletin 58, 1897. 
 
 Peanuts 
 Beattie, W. R.: Peanuts. Farmers' Bulletin 356, 1909; The Peanut. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 431, 1911. 
 Ed. Groundnuts. Gardeners' Chronicle, new ser., xiv, 293, September 4, 1880. 
 Handy, R. B.: Peanuts: Culture and Uses. Farmers' Bulletin 25, 1895. 
 Thompson, H. C. and Bailey, H. S.: Peanut Oil. Farmers' Bulletin 751, 1916. 
 Waldron, Ralph A.: The Peanut, its History, Histology, Physiology and Utility. 
 
 Contributions Botanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, iv, 301-338, 
 
 1919. 
 
 Miscellaneous Forage Plants 
 
 Abel, Mary Hinman: Beans, Peas and other Legumes as Food. Farmers' Bulletin 
 
 121, 1900. 
 Ball, Carleton R.: Winter Forage Crops for the South. Farmers' Bulletin 147, 
 
 1902. 
 Cook, O. F.: Olneya Beans. A Native Food Product of the Arizona Desert. Journal 
 
 of Heredity, x, 321-331, October, 1919. 
 CoRBETT, L. C: Beans. Farmer's Bulletin 289, 1907. 
 
 Piper, C. V.: Kudzu, Circular 89, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1920. 
 Piper, C. V. and Morse, W. J.: Five Oriental Species of Beans. Bulletin 119, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1914. 
 Piper, C. V. and McKee, Roland: Bur Clover. Farmers' Bulletin 693, 1915; Vetches. 
 
 Farmers' Bulletin 515, 191 2. 
 McKee, Roland: Purple Vetch. Farmers' Bulletin 967, 1918; Horse Beans, Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 969, 1918. 
 McNair, A. D. and Mercier, W. B.: Lespedeza, or Japan Clover. P'armers' Bulletin 
 
 441, 191X. 
 Norton, J. B. S. and Walls, E. P.: The Wild Legumes of Maryland and their 
 
 Utilization. Bulletin 100, Maryland Agricultural Experiment Station, 97-124, 
 
 March, 1905. 
 Smith, A. G.: Vetch Growing in the South Atlantic States. Farmers' Bulletin 529, 
 
 1913- 
 Tracy, S. M. and Coe, H. S. : Velvet Beans. Farmers' Bulletin 962, 1918. 
 
 Miscellaneous Non-leguminous Plants 
 FoRSLiNG, C. L.: Chopped Soapweed as Emergency Feed for Cattle on Southwestern 
 Ranges. Bulletin 745, U. S. Department of Agriculture. 
 
FORAGE PLANTS OF THE FAMILY LEGUMINOS^ 217 
 
 Griffiths, David: The Prickly Pear and other Cacti as Food for Stock. Bulletin 74, 
 Bureau of Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905; The Prickly 
 Pear as a Farm Crop. Bulletin 124, Bureau of Plant Industry. 
 
 Kennedy, P. Beveridge: Salt Bushes. Farmers' Bulletin 108, U. S. Department of 
 Agriculture, 1900. 
 
 Lamson-Scribner, F.: Southern Forage Plants. Farmers' Bulletin 102, 1899. 
 
 McKee, Roland: AustraUan Salt Bush. Bulletin 617, U. S. Department of Agri- 
 culture, 1919. 
 
 Piper, Charles V.: Forage Plants and Their Culture. New York, The MacMillan 
 Company, 19 14. 
 
 WooTON, E. O.: Certain Desert Plants as Emergency Stock Feed. Bulletin 728, U. S. 
 Department of Agriculture, 1918. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestion to Teachers. — The suggestions that have been made for the provision 
 of alcoholic, dried and living material for the prosecution of the laboratory work con- 
 nected with this chapter holds good. The teacher should provide dried plants of alfalfa, 
 red clover, crimson clover, alsike clover, white clover, sweet clover, cowpeas, soy- 
 beans and peanuts for a detailed study by the class. Fresh peanuts can always be 
 had during the winter months. If the institution is provided with greenhouse facilities 
 some of the clovers can be transplanted to flats in the greenhouses during the summer, 
 while cowpeas, soy-beans and peanuts are easily grown in pots, especially the plants 
 which in the absence of a greenhouse can be grown to the development of mature 
 fruits in a warm sunny window of an ordinarily heated house. Dried specimens of 
 the fruits and seeds of each of these plants and of the rarer kinds should be kept for 
 class demonstration. Charts, maps of distribution, book illustrations, lantern slides 
 and moving picture films of field operations should be collected by the larger and 
 better endowed institutions. There can be no limit to the different plants used in 
 connection with the subject matter of this chapter in any part of the world. The 
 abundant plants of the locality should be utilized. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Draw and describe the alfalfa plants, or any of the above mentioned plants, 
 in all of their parts and make floral diagrams and dissections of the seeds of these 
 important plants. 
 
 2. A similar study should be made of the red clover, crimson clover, white clover, 
 cowpea, soy-bean and peanut, or any available leguminous crop plant. All of them, if 
 time permits. 
 
 3. Study in detail the fruits and seeds of alfalfa, red clover and peanut, etc. Sec- 
 tions of swollen seeds should be treated with iodine solution and other reagents, as 
 time permits. 
 
 4. The members of the class should be instructed to plant unroasted peanuts in 
 pots at home, as the growth of the plant can be watched with great interest and in- 
 struction to the students, who undertake to do this. 
 
CHAPTER 1 6 
 
 LEGUMINOUS ROOT TUBERCLES AND THE ACCUMULATION 
 OF NITROGEN; NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLANTS 
 
 Loss of Soil Nitrogen. — It is important before considering the accumu- 
 lation of soil nitrogen, to briefly state how the soil may lose this valuable 
 chemical substance. The nitrogen in the form of ammonia gas may be 
 diffused into the atmosphere, and there is no doubt, but that a very con- 
 siderable amount of nitrogen is thus dissipated. The soluble ammonia, 
 nitrites and nitrates may be removed from the superficial layers of the 
 soil by drainage into the subsoil, where they usually find their way by 
 percolation of rain-water from above. This loss by drainage is greatest 
 during the late summer and autumn, when the process of nitrification is 
 excessive. This process of nitrification in soils is preceded by putrefac- 
 tion where the organic materials of the soil are broken down by bacteria 
 and fungi into various end products among them ammonia, which is also 
 formed by the fermentation of the urine of herbivorous animals, according 
 to the reaction: 
 
 CO(NH2)2 + 2H2O = C03(NH4)2 
 
 Nc less than sixty species of bacteria are said to occur in manure and sew- 
 age and a considerable number are able to cause the ammoniacal fermen- 
 tation of urine. 
 
 Nitrification. — Now an entirely different set cf organisms come into 
 play. The ammonia is converted by the activity of several species of 
 Nitrosococcus and Niirosomonas into nitrous acid, or the corresponding 
 nitrite. The next step in the process of nitrification is the conversion of 
 nitrous acid, or nitrite, into nitric acid, or the corresponding nitrate. 
 This is accomplished by the nitrate bacteria {NitrobaUer), which con- 
 vert the nitrous acid or nitrite into nitric acid, or nitrate. 
 
 Here, we have the explanation why Indian corn does not exhaust the 
 soil, as rapidly, as some other crops. The growth of corn extending much 
 further into the late summer and autumn, the plant acts as a catch crop 
 in the utilization of part of the nitrates formed during the active processes 
 of nitrification. 
 
 218 
 
LEGUMINOUS ROOT TUBERCLES 219 
 
 In the third place, the nitrogen is lost to the soil by a chemical union 
 with other soil substances, so as to form insoluble compounds which are, 
 therefore, unavailable to the growing crops. The loss may also be ac- 
 complished by denitrification, which is due to the presence in the soil of 
 nitrate-reducing bacteria, which are active, when the soil is wet with 
 standing water and the oxygen supply is poor. Perhaps, the largest 
 amount of nitrogen is removed from the soil in the harvesting and sale of 
 the crops. These harvested crops are carried to our large centers of 
 population, or sent overseas where they are lost, as far, as returning man- 
 urial equivalents to the soil of the country in which they were produced, is 
 concerned. Crooks estimates that England alone wastes in the sewage 
 and drainage of her cities, nitrogen to the value of $80,000,000 per year. 
 Hence in the husbanding of our natural resources, the sewage from oui 
 large cities should be saved. It is so saved in China and Japan, but the 
 sewage farms, which have been tried, American and European, have not 
 been profitable, hence, the whole matter of sewage disposal by sediment 
 alone and by the septic tank is still open for exhaustive scientific research. 
 Connected with this disposal of sewage, horse and cattle manures is the 
 management of home and local markets, where the produce of our 
 farms might be utilized and the waste products, where suitable, might 
 be returned to the soil. 
 
 Having briefly outlined the ways in which the soil becomes impover 
 ished, it is important clearly to state how the nitrogen of the soil may be 
 accumulated. One of the most important sources of supply is barnyard 
 manure, which contains large quantities of ammonia, but that ammonia 
 cannot be absorbed directly by the root hairs of the agricultural plants. 
 We have abundant experimental proof that green plants, except the 
 Leguminosae, can utilize the nitrogen only in the form of nitrates, or only 
 to a very shght extent in the form of ammoniates. We have noticed 
 how this process of nitrification takes place in two steps by the activity 
 of nitrifying bacteria, whose growth in the soil is stimulated by aeration, 
 by the requisite moisture and a feeble alkaline condition of the soil. Once 
 the ammonia is converted into, nitrates, the supphes of nitrogen in the 
 soil become available to green plants. Many plants are independent of 
 this supply of nitrogen in the form of nitrates, viz., the Leguminosa and 
 perhaps some few members of the families Betulaceae, Eleagnaceae and 
 Podocarpaceae, which can utilize free atmospheric nitrogen. 
 
2 20 PASTOKAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Nitrogen-Storing Plants. — We have, therefore, two classes of agri- 
 cultural plants: nitrogen-storing plants and nitrogen- consuming plants. 
 The nitrogen-storing plants are those which can utihze the free atmospher- 
 ic nitrogen. These plants, if the soil is rich in nitrogen, or if the nodules 
 do not form on their roots, become as ordinary nitrogen-consuming plants, 
 i.e., they require nitrogen. When the seeds of clover, or some other legu- 
 minous species are planted, soon after the primary roots appear with their 
 root hairs, the nodule producing organisms {Bacillus (Pseud omonas) 
 radicicola) attracted perhaps chemotactically to the fine root hairs, pene- 
 trate the walls of these root hairs and enter through these cells into the mid- 
 dle cortex layers of the root. So many organisms enter, that they form a 
 long, slimy cord, almost hypha like. Here in the root cortex cells, the 
 microorganisms form nests, or pockets, that become filled with bacteria. 
 The presence of these rod-shaped bacteria causes the formation of swell- 
 ings, galls, tubercles, or nodules on the roots of the leguminous plants. 
 Here they remain, utilizing the free atmospheric nitrogen, when stimulated 
 by small amounts of carbohydrates, derived from the green host plant 
 until about the time of flowering of the host, when the bacteria begin 
 to undergo involution changes, enlarging considerably in size and assum- 
 ing S-shaped, or Y-shaped forms (bacteroids). After this, they are gradu- 
 ally absorbed by the green plants until the tubercle becomes empty — a 
 mere shell. The nitrogenous material has been dissolved and utilized by 
 the leguminous plant in the formation of plant substance, or in the form of 
 reserve food within seeds and other parts of the green host. 
 
 T3rpes of Leguminous Nodules. — Although the organism is the same in 
 all leguminous plants, viz. Bacillus radicicola, it exists in varietal forms, 
 which are peculiar to each of the important species of leguminosae being, 
 therefore, polymorphic, although occasional cross inoculations occur (Fig. 
 95). A recent study of a large number of genera of leguminous plants by 
 Spratt has shown that there are four general types of tubercles: I. The 
 Gehisteae type in which the nodule is primarily spherical, with a spherical 
 meristern outside the bacteroidal tissue, which becomes localized at certain 
 parts, and thus the nodule acquires a very uneven surface and shape. The 
 vascular supply forms one broad zone across the base of the nodule, which 
 subsequently branches and produces a varying number of strands. The 
 bacteroidal tissue becomes separated into a number of distinct areas 
 with a varying amount of sterile tissue between. Plants with this type 
 of nodules are woody. Many are shrubs, e.g., Genista, Ulex, Amorpha; 
 
LEGUMINOUS ROOT TUBERCLES 221 
 
 some are herbs Lupinus, Ornithopus, Cytisus, Desmodium and Laburnum 
 is a tree. II. The Phaseoleae and Trifoleae type with the bacteroidal 
 tissue undivided and central. The growing point at an early stage 
 becomes localized apically, consequently they elongate although re- 
 maining very narrow, e.g., Trifolimn, and frequently the apical meristem 
 
 Fig. 95. — Roots of soy bean, showing nodules. (After Piper, C. V.: Leguminous Crops 
 for Green Manuring. Farmers' Bulletin 278, 1907, p. 20.) 
 
 branches, so that a repeatedly branched nodule may result, e.g., Lotus 
 corniculatus. Here belong nodules of Trifolium, Phaseolus, Coronilla, 
 Lotus, Ononis, Anthyllis. III. In the Viceae type, the nodules have the 
 elongated form with a well defined apical meristem and a basal intercalary 
 zone, which produces a small amount of tissue. The nodule frequently 
 
222 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 branches and may form very large clusters, e.g., Vicia faba and Stizo- 
 lobiiim, but there is one continuous bacteroidal zone, the apical portions 
 of which are traversed by innumerable infection threads. Two vascular 
 strands are produced at a very early stage of the development of the no- 
 dule on opposite sides, each of which has a separate attachment to the root 
 stele. This group includes a number of plants of considerable agricul- 
 tural value viz., Vicia, Pisuni, Lathyrus,Galega, Stizololium, and Col idea. 
 IV. The fourth group of nodules occur on plants such as Robinia, Sophora, 
 Acacia, of west temperate and subtropical regions. The nodules all 
 develop two vascular strands, which have a separate attachment to the 
 root bundle system and a well developed bundle sheath is present. In 
 Acacia, the nodule is bean-shaped," in Sophora and Robinia, the nodule 
 is transversely indented, the indentations occurring between two periods 
 of growth. This is the Mimosoideae type. 
 
 The amount of nitrogen which is fixed by Bacillus radicicola has been 
 thought to be connected with the quantity of slime which is produced under 
 given conditions. If the formation of slime is great in amount the 
 bacteria are held in it and form a zoogleal thread. It is in this form, 
 that they enter the root hairs and passing from cell to cell finally reach 
 the root cortex. The sHme is absorbed and the bacteria live freely in 
 the cell, being transformed into, the so-called bacteroids, which are V and 
 Y shaped in such plants as Vicia faba, or spherical as in Lotus corniculutus. 
 These it is believed are gradually absorbed by the plant. Recently, Erwin 
 F. Smith has called in question many of the accepted theories as to the 
 leguminous nodules, and he cites Gino-de-Rossi, who maintains that a 
 schizomycete of quite different character is the real cause of the nodules. 
 We have given the usually accepted views without presenting the con- 
 troversial points. 
 
 Leaf Nodules of Rubiaceae. — Recently attention has been called to 
 certain rubiaceous plants P^ycAo/na bacteriophila and Pavetta Zimmerman- 
 niana and probably others, which have small nodules on their leaves, 
 which contain colonies of a non-motile, nitrogen-fixing bacterium named 
 by Faber My co-bacterium rubiacearum. These bacteria almost invariably 
 inhabit the micropyle of the young seed, and, when the latter germinates, 
 grow through certain stomata of the young leaves and into the inter- 
 cellular spaces formed in the leaf-tissues around these stomata. Cavities 
 are formed through the growth of the epidermal cells which later close 
 entirelv and make bacterial nodules which are deeply imbedded in the 
 
LEGUMINOUS ROOT TUBERCLES 223 
 
 leaf tissues. A single leaf may have several dozen of these symbiotic 
 bacterial nodules. Faber has shown that the leaves of these rubiaceous 
 plants through the presence of the nodules containing bacteria are able 
 to gather nitrogen like the legumes and store it in the small nodules. 
 As the value of the leaves of these plants in agricultural operations in the 
 tropics has been recognized in India, it has been suggested that these 
 nitrogen-storing members of the Rubiace(B might be grown as subsidiary 
 crops beneath rubber, cocoa and coflfee trees and their leaves allowed to 
 accumulate on the ground to serve as a mulch and as a nitrogenous 
 fertilizer. It might be possible to prune the trees and use the clippings 
 as fertilizer. 
 
 Use as Green Manure. — ^When the leguminous crop is mature, or 
 before it is mature, it may be plowed under as green manure. Here 
 in the soil by the process of putrefaction already described, the organic 
 nitrogen of the plant is converted into a form of nitrogen which through the 
 nitrifying bacteria is again converted into a form (nitrate) available to 
 another crop of green plants. Thus the nitrogen cycle is completed. 
 Or, if the leguminous crop is not used as a green manure, but is consumed, 
 it should be used on the farm and not sold off the farm, because transformed 
 by passing through the bodies of the farm animals, it becomes flesh on the 
 one hand and barnyard manure on the other, which can be restored to 
 the soil to help keep up its fertility. 
 
 Rotations. — One of the approved methods of agricultural practice is 
 to grow leguminous crops for home consumption, and the non-leguminous, 
 nitrogen-consuming crops for sale. One practical farmer grows mixed 
 crops of leguminous plants, liberally fertilized with potash and phosphoric 
 acid. He converts the first year's crop into silage, which he feeds to 
 his cattle, returning the manure to his soil. He converts the second 
 year's produce into hay. The land thus produces highly nitrogenous 
 crops without purchasing outside supplies of expensive nitrogenous fer- 
 tilizers, and is left in a high state of fertility for potatos or cereal crops 
 which respond to rich supplies of nitrogen in the soil. 
 
 Encouragement of Leguminous Crops. — Having ascertained these 
 facts, the question naturally arises, How can the growth of leguminous 
 plants be encouraged? It has been discovered that leguminous crops 
 require considerable supplies of potash and phosphatic fertilizers. Potash 
 has considerable to do with the metabolism concerned in the formation of 
 carbohydrates, and phosphorus compounds have to do with the nitrogen- 
 
2 24 PAaXORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 ous metabolism. This fact was impressed upon the writer on a visit to 
 the Rothamsted Experiment Farm in England in 1892. Experiments at 
 Rothamsted have demonstrated that whenever nitrogenous fertilizers 
 were supplied to the plots of herbage, the grasses increased in number and 
 abundance. Whenever potash replaced the nitrogen, the leguminous 
 plants began to invade the experimental plats. The student having 
 followed the above discussion may ask the question, if it is not possible 
 to introduce the proper organism, namely. Bacillus radicicola to the soil 
 in order to render more certain the inoculation of the leguminous plants 
 grown either for forage, for human food, or for green n^anure, as the 
 leguminous plants through the activity of the nodule-forming bacteria 
 are supplied with a source of nitrogen not available to most other plants? 
 
 Microbe-Seeding. — Where nitrogen-fixing bacteria are lacking in a 
 soil, it is possible to introduce them artificially either by transferring soil 
 from an old field, where the desired leguminous crop has been grown suc- 
 cessfully, or by the use of pure cultures of the proper organism. The 
 method of transferring soil is inconvenient and expensive, and the use of 
 the preparation nitragin has not been a success. . The organisms grown 
 upon nitrogen-free media have been found beneficial, if added directly 
 to the soil, although negative results are obtained, if the soil already con- 
 tains the proper bacteria, or if the soil is acid, needs fertilizers, such as 
 potash, phosphoric acid, or lime, and is so rich in nitrogen as to prevent 
 the development of the nitrogen-fixing organism. ^ 
 
 Nitrogen-consumiiig Plants. — The point of interest to remember is 
 that the preceding leguminous, nitrogen-storing crop prepares the soil, 
 if used as a green manure, for the succeeding nitrogen-consuming crops, 
 which need their nitrogen in the form of nitrates. Agriculturally speak- 
 ing there are eight groups of nitrogen-consuming plants which may be 
 distinguished: the root, bulb, stem, leaf, flower, fruit, seed, and cereal crops. 
 All of these crops need nitrogenous substance for their best development, 
 because sugar, starch and other carbohydrate reserve materials are only 
 stored in the plant when nitrogen is present in efficient supplies. The 
 proper storage of the various carbohydrates can take place only when the 
 storage cells are supplied with the requisite amounts of nitrogen and 
 potash. If the plant is nitrogen hungry, such carbohydrate reserve 
 supplies are not formed. As a large number of plants used by man and 
 grown in various parts of America in horticultural and agricultural opera- 
 tions have been omitted purposely in order to keep this book within 
 
NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLANTS 225 
 
 bounds, an enumeration of these nitrogen-consuming plants will be made 
 here. 
 
 Root Crops 
 
 The root crops are those which represent the underground root, or 
 stem of the plant which is cultivated. Enumerated the plants are: 
 
 Potato {Solanum tuberosum), a native of America and cultivated for 
 its enlarged, starch-filled tubers. 
 
 Sweet Potato {Ipomoea batatas) originally from the West Indies and 
 Central America. It is cultivated for its fleshy roots filled with starch. 
 
 Radish (Raphanus sativus) is a native of the temperate regions of the 
 old world and is raised for its fleshy tap root. 
 
 Horse-radish {Radicula armor acia). — This plant is a native of Europe 
 and has a white, fleshy, cylindrical root, which is grated and used as a 
 condiment. 
 
 Turnip (Brassica napus). — The turnip is a biennial plant producing 
 an edible, fleshy tap root. It is a native probably of Europe, or Western 
 Asia. 
 
 Rutabaga, or Swede Turnip {Brassica campestris). — The fleshy edible 
 root has a short stem, or neck, at its upper part which distinguishes it 
 from the turnip. It is used as food for stock and occasionally as food for 
 man. 
 
 Beet {Beta vulgaris). — This is a complex species separated into 
 several well-marked groups, as the sugar beet, mangel-wurzels and com- 
 mon garden beet. The wild beet occurs along the coasts of southern 
 Europe as a perennial sea beet {Beta maritima) with a tough, slender root. 
 
 Jerusalem Artichoke {Helianthus tuberoses). — The thick, fleshy root- 
 stocks with oblong tubers are the parts used as food. This native 
 American plant is also called earth apple, Canada potato, girasole and 
 topinambour. 
 
 Carrot {Daucus carota). — The conical root of the carrot is an important 
 food. The carrot is a biennial plant native of Europe and Asia. 
 
 Parsnip {Pastinaca sativa). — The fleshy root of the cultivated plant 
 has been developed from a thin, tough, woody root and hypocotyl. It is 
 a native of Europe. 
 
 Celeriac {Apium graveolens). — This vegetable is the turnip-Hke root 
 of the celery plant, originally a wild plant of Europe. 
 
 i5 
 
2 26 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Salsify {Tragopogon porrifolius) . — This plant is grown for its fleshy 
 roots which have an oyster flavor. 
 
 Chorogi {Stachys Sieboldii).- — The Chinese, or Japanese artichoke is 
 a mint-like plant with crisp tubers eaten raw, or cooked. 
 
 Ulluco {U Uncus tuberosus). — ^This plant is a native of Peru, where 
 it is cultivated for its tubers. 
 
 Chufa {Cyperus esculentiis) . — The edible tubers of this sedge are much 
 prized in the south, where it is often cultivated. The raw, or baked 
 chufas have an agreeable nutty flavor. 
 
 Ginger {Zingiber officinale). — -The rhizomes of this tropical plant 
 are cultivated. 
 
 Taro, or Dasheen {Colocasia antiquorum var. esculenta). — This is the 
 elephant's ear of our gardens. It has been grown as taro from time im- 
 memorial by the South Sea Islanders, as one of their important food 
 plants. It has been lately grown in the United States for its large starchy 
 corms and its leaves under the name of dasheen. 
 
 Eddo, Tannia, Yautia, Cocoe {Xanthosoma atrovirens). — The under- 
 ground tubers are edible. 
 
 Cassava {Manihot utilissima). — This plant is also-called bitter cassava, 
 mandioca, manioc, tapioca plant. It is the chief food of the tropical 
 Indian tribes of South America, where maize is not grown. Cassava is 
 cultivated for its starchy roots in many parts of the tropics, since it is a 
 crop which yields large return for a comparatively small amount of labor. 
 
 Yam (Dioscorca alata and D. batatas). — The yam is much cultivated 
 in countries with a warm climate for its large, mealy, or starchy roots, 
 which are used much like sweet potatoes. 
 
 Arracacha {Arracacha esculenta). — This is a plant allied to the parsnip 
 and carrot and is extensively cultivated in the Andes. It has become 
 naturalized in Jamaica. 
 
 Bulb Crops 
 
 Chia-peh-ho (Lilium tigrinnm). — The bulbs of this lily with a pars- 
 nip flavor are eaten in China. 
 
 Onion {Allium cepa). — The cultivation of the onion dates back to the 
 earliest times in the history of China, Egypt and India. Its bulbs are 
 large and show many varietal differences due to manner of propagation, 
 quality, shape, color, size and time of maturity (Fig. 96). 
 
 Garlic {Allium sativum). — ^This plant is a native of southern Europe. 
 
NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLANTS 
 
 227 
 
 Leek {Allium porruni). — A robust biennial plant with small bulbs, 
 native of the Mediterranean region. 
 
 Chives {Allium schoenoprasam) . — A hardy perennial plant bearing 
 small, narrowly ovoid, clustered bulbs with membranous coats. It is 
 a native of Europe, Asia and North 
 America. 
 
 Shallot {Allium ascalonicum) . — The 
 bulbs are borne in clusters, but unlike 
 garHc are not surrounded by a thin 
 membrane. 
 
 Welsh Onion, or Ciboule {Allium 
 fistulosimi). — This is an annual, or 
 biennial plant with long fibrous roots 
 without bulbs, but the base of the plant 
 is swollen. It grows wild in the Altai 
 mountains and about Lake Baikal in 
 Siberia. 
 
 Stem Crops 
 
 ses 
 
 Asparagus {Asparagus officinalis). — 
 The stems of this lUiaceous plant are 
 annual arising from fleshy, perennial 
 roots and rootstocks. The young 
 shoots are used as a vegetable. 
 Asparagus is wild in Asia and Europe 
 
 (Fig. 97)- 
 
 Sugar Cane {Saccharum officinarum) . 
 The stems of this perennial grass are 
 one of the chief sources of commercial 
 sugar. It is extensively cultivated in 
 the tropics. 
 
 Bamboo [Bambusa arundinacea, B. vulgaris) and {Arundinaria nitida). 
 The shoots of the bamboo are eaten in China in the fresh, dried and 
 salted condition. They are also canned for the export trade. 
 
 Kohl-rabi {Brassica oleracea var. caulo-rapa) . — The enlarged basal part 
 of the cabbage stem is eaten as a vegetable under the above name. 
 
 Udo {Aralia cordata). — The blanched stems of this plant introduced into 
 the United States in 1903 from Japan by Lathrop and Fairchild are used 
 as a vegetable. 
 
 -^lem 
 
 Fig. 96. — Median lengthwise section 
 of common onion bulb. {Robbins .) 
 
2 2.S 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY' 
 
 Flax {Linum usitatissimum) . — The bast fibers in the stem of the 
 flax are used for the making of hnen fiber. 
 
 Hemp {Cannabis sativa). — This plant is cultivated in Europe, Asia 
 and the United States for the valuable bast fibers of its stem, which are 
 made into cordage. 
 
 Jute {Cor chorus capsular is and C. olitorius). — This plant is grown in 
 Asia for the fibers obtained from its stem by retting. 
 
 Ramie {Boehmeria nivea). — The fibers of the stem are usually obtained 
 in China by a slow and expensive extraction by hand. 
 
 Fig. 97. — Garden asparagus (Asparagus officinalis). A, young shoot or "spear"; 
 B, thick, fibrous roots and young shoots arising from "crown." {Robhins .) 
 
 Rubber {Ilevea brasiliensis). — This the Para rubber tree is cultivated 
 in some tropical countries for its latex, or milky juice, which is converted 
 into rubber. 
 
 Castilloa elastica.^ — A tree of Central America yields Panama rubber 
 and the guayule {Partheniiim argentatum) is a desert shrub of Mexico 
 from which rubber has been extracted. The Assam rubber is obtained 
 from a tropical fig {Ficus elastica) much cultivated indoors in temperate 
 climates for its foliage. 
 
 Cinchona {Cinchona calisaya). — The bark of this tree yields quinine. 
 
nitrogen-consuming plants 229 
 
 Leaf Crops 
 
 Cabbage {Brassica oleracea var. capitata). — The leaves of the wild 
 plant from the seashore of southwestern Europe are enlarged and massed 
 together to form a head. 
 
 Kale and Collard {Brassica oleracea var. viridis). — Collards are 
 much grown in the south particularly Georgia. The stem is branched 
 and leafy with broad leaves. 
 
 Brussels Sprouts {Brassica oleracea var. gemmifera). — The axillary 
 buds of this variety of cabbage plant have increased in number along the 
 stem and form small rounded heads, or "sprouts." 
 
 Peh-ts'ai {Brassica chinensis). — The Chinese cabbage attains its 
 perfection in the colder parts of China. It has recently been introduced 
 into cultivation in the United States. 
 
 Lettuce [Lactuca saliva). — ^There are several varieties of lettuce, 
 which are cultivated for their leaves, which are used for salad. The 
 cos lettuce and head lettuce are the most common. 
 
 Endive {Cichorium endivia). — The leaves of this plant are used as 
 greens, as also those of the closely related succory (C. intyhus). 
 
 Celery {Apium graveolens). — The blanched, basal sheath of the leaves 
 and the petioles represent the market celery. The plant was originally 
 cultivated in Europe. 
 
 Parsley {Apium petroselinum). — The leaves, which are gathered for 
 use as a pot herb, are plain, or curled. 
 
 Rhubarb {Rheum rhaponticum) .- — ^The use of the succulent leaf stalks 
 for stewing and for tarts is widespread. 
 
 Dasheen (see under root crops) . 
 
 Spinach {Spinacia oleracea). — The leaves of this are much in demand 
 for greens. It is a native of southwestern Asia and in China is called 
 po-ts'ai. 
 
 New Zealand Spinach {Tetragonia expansa). — The tender leaves and 
 tips of the stem are used for greens. 
 
 Tea {Camellia Thea). — The young leaves of this shrub are gathered 
 and dried for export from the various warm temperate countries where tea 
 is grown as a commercial crop. The industry is an enormous one in China. 
 
 Mate {Ilex paraguayensis). — The leaves of this shrub are used as a 
 popular beverage in several South American countries. 
 
2,.^0 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Coca {Erythroxylon coca). — The leaves of this South American shrub 
 are universally chewed by the Indian men and women, because they have 
 stimulating effect and prevent tissue waste. 
 
 Tobacco (Nicotiana tabacum). — The large leaves of this American 
 plant are cured and made into cigars, cigarettes, chewing and smoking 
 tobacco. 
 
 Manila Hemp {Musa iexiilis).—^The leaf fibers of this species of banana 
 are made into Manila hemp one of the chief exports from the Phihppine 
 islands. 
 
 Pita (Agave americana). — The maguey grows on the plateaus of Mexi- 
 co, and its leaves yield the valuable Pita fiber. 
 
 Sisal {Agave sisalana and Agave rigida var. sisalana). — ^The sisal fiber 
 is exported in large quantities from Yucatan in Mexico. 
 
 New Zealand Flax (Phormium tenax). — The plant which yields this 
 fiber grows wild in New Zealand and neighboring islands where it was used 
 by the native Maoris. 
 
 Bowstring Hemp (Sansevieria cylindrica). — The natives of South 
 Africa, where this plant grows, make their bowstrings from the leaf fibers. 
 
 Medicinal Leaves.- — The following are some of the important medicinal 
 leaves: rosmary, thyme, eucalyptus, senna, coca, belladonna, digitalis, 
 buchu, and aconite. 
 
 Flower Crops 
 
 Cauliflower, Broccoli {Brassica oleracea var. botrytis). — These are 
 types of cabbage plant in which there is a large head composed of abortive 
 flowers upon very much modified, thickened flower stems (Fig. 98). 
 
 Artichoke {Cyiiara scolymus). — The fleshy involucral bracts and the 
 fleshy receptacle of the heads of this compositous plant are used as a 
 vegetable. 
 
 Yeh-peh-ho {Lilium Sargentice). — The flowers of this lily are eaten 
 in China after being boiled, diied in the sun, minced, fried with salt and oil 
 eaten in the same way as preserved cabbage. 
 
 Huang-hua-ts'ai (HemerocaUis flava.) — The flowers of the yellow day 
 lily are eaten by the Chinese. 
 
 Flowers for Perfume. — In the provinces of southern France as at 
 Grasse, flowers are raised commercially for the manufacture of the various 
 extracts and perfumes in universal demand by civilized men. The flowers 
 of roses, violets, jasmine and orange are so used. 
 
NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLANTS 
 
 231 
 
 Insect Powders. — Insect powder is made from the finely ground flower 
 heads of Chrysanthemum pyrethrum. Dalmatian insect powder comes 
 from Chrysanthemum oilier aricBfolium and Persian from C. roseum. 
 
 Fig. 98. — Cauliflower (Brassica oleracea botrylis). A, entire plant; B, portion of "head. 
 
 (Robbins.) 
 
 Fruit Crops 
 Temperate Lands 
 
 Apple {Pyrus malus). — The apple is cultivated extensively in a great 
 many varieties in America, Asia and Europe. 
 
 Pear [Pyrus communis). — The common pear is probably a native of 
 southern Europe and Asia with a fruit usually tapering to the base and a 
 flesh with grit cells. 
 
232 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Quince {Cydonia oblonga). — The quince tree produces a fruit hairy 
 when young, becoming smoother with age. The skin is yellow at matu- 
 rity and the seeds are surrounded by a mucilaginous covering. 
 
 Plum {Primus). — This genus includes a number of species of trees 
 which yield a plum-hke fruit. 
 
 Sweet Cherry [Primus avium). — The sweet cherry is produced on a 
 tall European tree, which has been cultivated in America for many years. 
 
 Sour Cherry {Prunus cerasus). — The tree which produces the sour 
 cherry is smaller than the sweet cherry tree, but Hke it it is a native of 
 Europe. 
 
 Apricot [Prunus armeniaca). — This species is considered to be a native 
 of southern Asia. 
 
 Peach {Prunus persica). — The peach tree is probably a native of 
 China and was long ago introduced into Europe and later America through 
 central Asia. 
 
 Almond {Prunus amygdalus). — The almond is cultivated for its kernel 
 with seed, therefore the outer fruit coats are fibrous and not fleshy as in 
 the peach with which the almond is closely related. 
 
 Olive {Oka europcBa). — The olive tree with evergreen, grayish-green 
 foliage is a native of the Mediterranean region, where it has been culti- 
 vated since ancient times. 
 
 Ash Pumpkin {Benincasa cerifera). — A large, handsome, oval-shaped 
 gourd grown throughout China and Japan. 
 
 Water-melon {Citrullus vulgaris).- — ^This fruit because of its refrigerant 
 pulp is deservedly popular in late summer. 
 
 Melon {Cuciimis melo). 
 
 Native Cucimiber [Cucumis sativus). — ^The fruit is usually peeled, 
 sliced and served in vinegar. 
 
 Pimapkin {Cucurbita pepo). — The fruit of this annual species has a 
 ribbed usually reddish-orange rind. 
 
 Squash {Cucurhitia maxima) .—Thtxe are several kinds of squashes, 
 such as the turban, Hubbard, Marblehead and marrow squashes. 
 
 Cantaloupe [Cucumis melo). — The true cantaloupes are usually deep- 
 ribbed, hard-rinded and warty, or scaly. 
 
 Tomato [Lycopersicum esculenium). — The fruit of this short-lived 
 perennial of the family Solanacea used to be considered poisonous and was 
 known then as love-apple. It is now one of our most important fruit 
 vegetables. 
 
NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLy^NTS 233 
 
 Egg Plant (Solanum melongena). — The fruit is a large, purple-skinned, 
 pear-shaped one used in the baked form or sliced and fried either with 
 or without bread-crubs. 
 
 Pepper {Capsicum anmium). — The fruit is red or green color and exists 
 in a number of varieties prized for their pungency. 
 
 Fig {Ficus carica). — The fig is cultivated to some extent in the southern 
 and southwestern United States and Mexico, where its fresh fruit may be 
 obtained. The cured and pressed figs are found on the fruit stands of all 
 large American cities. 
 
 Mulberry {Morus alha,M. nigra, M. rubra). — These trees are sometimes 
 cultivated for their multiple juicy fruits. 
 
 Date {Phoenix dadylifera) . — -The finer varieties of date from the desert 
 regions of North Africa have been introduced recently into the United 
 States, where their cultivation in Arizona and southern California has 
 become an established fact. 
 
 Persimmon {Diospyroc virginiana and D. kaki). — -The finer culti- 
 vated persimmons came to us from Japan, where the fruit is much relished. 
 
 Currant {Ribes rubrum).— This species includes all of the red and 
 white fruited currants. The black currant of Europe is R. nigrum, the 
 wild black currant of America is R. americanum and the flowering currant 
 R. aureum. 
 
 Gooseberry {Ribes grossularia and Ribes oxyacantha) . — The first 
 named gooseberry is European with a rough hairy or prickly fruit, the 
 second species is American with a smooth fruit. 
 
 Blackberry {Rubus nigrobaccus). — The tall stems of this plant are 
 armed with strong, hooked prickles. The plant grows in the eastern 
 United States and has sweet, aromatic fruit. 
 
 Dewberry {Rubus trivialis and R. villosus). — The first species is south- 
 ern and the last grows in the north. Both have been introduced into 
 cultivation. 
 
 Raspberry {Rubus occidentalis and R. strigosus). — The first mentioned 
 species is the black raspberry and the second the red raspberry. Both 
 are native of America. 
 
 Strawberry {Fragaria). — Three species must be considered as the 
 cultivated ones. The early settlers in the eastern United States culti- 
 vated the wild strawberry {Fragaria virginiana). Attempts have been 
 made to grow the European strawberry {Fragaria vesca), but it has been 
 limited. Most of our cultivated strawberries belong to the species, 
 F. chiloensis (Fig. 99). 
 
234 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Grape (Vitis). — The old-world grape is Vitis vinifera. The muscadine 
 grapes, or southern fox grapes are Vitis rotundifoHa, one of the chief 
 varieties of which is the Scuppernong. The northern fox grape (F. 
 labrusca) has given us the Concord, one of the best grapes grown. 
 
 Okra (iribiscus esrulentns). — The capsule of this plant is rich in muci- 
 lage, hence, the fruit is a favorite one to thicken soup. 
 
 — cortex oj 
 \cle 
 
 medulla of 
 receptacle 
 
 Fig. 99. — Strawberry (Fragaria chiloensis). A, "fruit" in median length-wise section 
 X2,''2! -S. single achene, X 20. (Rohbins.) 
 
 Blueberry {V actinium corymbosum) . — Since the discovery that this 
 swamp shrub can be grown in an acid peat, hopes have been raised that 
 superior table fruits may be derived from the large, sweet, wild fruit. 
 
 Cranberry {Vaccinium macrocarpon). — The trailing plant, which yields 
 the cranberry, so much used in the making of a jelly-like sauce, is grown 
 extensively on Cape Cod, in New Jersey and in Michigan. 
 
NITROGEN-CONSUMING PLANTS 235 
 
 Tropical Fruits 
 
 Citron {Citrus mcdica). — The commercial citron is the dried fruit of 
 this species. It is also candied. 
 
 Lemon {Citrus limonia). — -The lemon tree is a native of India and its 
 fruits yield a sour juice used in the making of lemonade. 
 
 Lime {Citrtis aurantifolia) . — The small greenish fruits are borne on a 
 small straggling tree. 
 
 Sweet Orange {Citrus sinensis). — The concensus of opinion as to the 
 home of the wild orange is southeastern China. 
 
 King Orange {Citrus nohilis). — The fruit of this tree is rarely seen in 
 the city fruiterers. A variety is known as the mandarin orange. 
 
 Grapefruit, Shaddock, Pomelo {Citrus grandis). — The large yellow 
 fruits of this species have become an almost indispensable fruit for the 
 breakfast table. 
 
 Sour Orange {Citrus aurantium). — This species is now much used for 
 budding and grafting the better varieties of citrus plants upon. 
 
 Pineapple {Ananas sativus). — The multiple, juicy fruit of this plant 
 is borne in the center of a rosette of spiny, rigid, leathery leaves. The 
 fruit is eaten fresh, or canned. 
 
 Custard-apple {Annona squamosa). The tree which produces this 
 fruit with a white granular, sweet custard-like pulp is a native of Asia 
 and tropical America. 
 
 Bread-fruit {Artocarpus incisa). — The fruit is large and is roasted in the 
 tropics as a vegetable. The leaves of the tree are glossy and pinnately 
 incised. 
 
 Papaw {Carica papaya). — The hollow fruit of this plant with yellowish 
 pulp has digestive properties and is used to assist digestion in the tropics. 
 Durian (Durio zibethinus). — The tuberculate fruit of this tree is relished 
 by some, as resembling blanc-mange, delicious as the finest cream. The 
 bad odor of this fruit causes some people to avoid eating it. The name 
 civet-cat fruit is suggestive of its smell. 
 
 Mango {Mangijera indica). — The delicious fruit of this tree has been 
 likened to a piece of cotton soaked with turpentine, as the flat seeds are 
 usually covered with a dense hairy covering. Improved kinds are grown. 
 
 Plantain, or Banana, {Musa sapienttim) .—This is one of the principal 
 tropical fruits cultivated in extensive plantations and shipped to northern 
 ports. The trade is enormous. 
 
236 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Alligator Pear (Persea gratissima). — The tree, which yields a smooth 
 skirfned fruit, is cultivated in Florida and elsewhere in the tropics. 
 
 Cereal Crops 
 
 This group includes the caryopses of maize, wheat, rye, barley, oats, 
 rice, wild rice, and others previously described in detail, and in addition the 
 following, which were not described, because of the want of space for a 
 proper presentation of their botany and usefulness: the sorghums (Andro- 
 pogon sorghum) include the cereals sorgo, kafir, milo, broom corn, shallou, 
 kowliang, durra and the millets: pearl millet {Pennisetum glaucum), 
 proso, hog, or broom-corn millet (Panicum miliaceum), the foxtail millet 
 {Chaetochloa italica), the barnyard millet {Echinochloa crus-galli) and the 
 Japanese barnyard millet [Echinochloa frumentacea) . The foxtail millet 
 {Chaetochloa italica) includes the types Hungarian, Aino, German, Siberian, 
 Golden Wonder and common millets. The bibliography given later will 
 enable the student to become acquainted with them. See following bibliog- 
 raphy under "additional cereal and grain crops." 
 
 Seed Crops 
 
 Cotton {Gossypium barbadense and G. herbaceum) .—These two species 
 are literally cultivated for their seeds for after the removal of the twisted 
 hairs from the surface of the seed coats, the seeds are ground and yield 
 a table oil and a cake used as a cattle feed. 
 
 Coffee {Cofea arabica). — The seeds are taken from the fruit, decorti- 
 cated and roasted before being used to make one of the favorite beverages 
 of civilized man. 
 
 Cocoa. (Theobroma cacao). — ^The seeds of this tree are found in large, 
 ribbed capsules. They are removed, dried and are ground for use in mak- 
 ing chocolate by the addition of sugar. 
 
 Coconut iCocos nucifera).- — The fruit of this palm is a drupe with a 
 large, fibrous covering inclosing the so called nut, the shell of which (the 
 endocarp of the fruit) has 3 germ pores. The shell incloses the large seed, 
 the endosperm of which inclosing the embryo, contains an abundance of 
 oil. The direct endosperm is exported as copra and from copra is ex- 
 tracted the oil used in the making of soap. 
 
 Flax {{Linwn usitatissimum). — From the seeds of the flax is obtained 
 by expression, linseed oil. 
 
NITROGEN-GCONSUMIN PLANTS 237 
 
 Castor Oil {{Ricinus communis). — ^The medicinal castor oil obtained 
 from the seeds of this plant has strong laxative properties. There was a 
 great demand during the late world war for castor oil as a lubricant for 
 aeroplanes. 
 
 Quinoa {Cheno podium quinoa). — ^The small, round, white seeds of this 
 South American plant are used as a food. 
 
 Betel (Areca catechu). — The seeds of this palm are gathered in India 
 and elsewhere for use as a masticatory, or chewing material. The seeds 
 are sliced and rolled up with lime in leaves of the betel pepper. The 
 teeth of the consumer are stained with the juice. 
 
 Modern experiments prove that the production of the nitrogen-con- 
 suming plants (root crops, bulb crops, stem crops, leaf crops, flower crops, 
 fruit crops, seed crops, cereal crops, as above) should be alternated with 
 the cultivation of the nitrogen-storing plants, such as alfalfa, clover, beans, 
 cowpeas, soy-beans, lupines, which accumulate atmospheric nitrogen by 
 the agency of the bacteria in their root nodules. With a view to emphasiz- 
 ing this fact as we have proceeded with our descriptions approved rota- 
 tions have been given for various crop plants in which rotations the 
 leguminous plants have prominently figured. Progressive farmers should 
 grow-nitrogen accumulating plants for home consumption and nitrogen- 
 consuming crops for sale and removal from the farms where produced, 
 either to home, or to foreign markets. This system should be extended so 
 as to comprehend the whole country in a complete and perfect, system of 
 rotation. It will bring about a diversification of agricultural industries, 
 so as to permit the cultivation of the crops best adapted to the climate and 
 soil zones of America and other countries. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 Allen, E. W. : Leguminous Plants for Green Manuring and for Feeding. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 16, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1894. 
 Cameron, S. C. R. : The Wild Foods of Great Britain where to Find Them and how 
 
 to Cook Them. London, George Routledge & Sons, Ltd., 191 7. 
 Collins, S. H. : Plant Products and Chemical Fertilizers. New York, W. Van 
 
 Nostrand Company, 1919. 
 Dodge, Charles Richards : Flax for Seed and Fiber in the United States. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 27, 1895. 
 DuGGAR, J, F,: Sweet Potatoes: Culture and Uses. Farmers' Bulletin 26, 1895. 
 Drews, George J.: Unfired Foods and Trop ho therapy. Chicago, 1919. 
 Fischer, Alfred: The Structure and Functions of Bacteria. Oxford at the Clarendon 
 
 Press, 1900, 88-106. 
 
238 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Freeman, \V. G., Chandler, S. E. and Henry, T. A.: The World's Commercial Prod- 
 ucts. Boston, Ginn and Company, 191 1. 
 
 Hall, A. D.: The Book of Rothamsted Experiments. New York, E. P. Dutton and 
 Co., 1905. 
 
 Harsuberger, John W.: The Accumulation of Soil Nitrogen, liullelin 151, De- 
 partment of Agriculture of Pennsylvania, 1906, 76-84, Proceedings of the Spring 
 Meeting of the State Board of Agriculture and Farmers' Annual Normal Institute 
 held in the Court House, Clearfield, Penna., lyiay 29 to 31, 1906; A Text Book of 
 Mycology and Plant Pathology. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 1917; 
 28-31; Maize: A Botanical and Economic Study. Contributions from the Bo- 
 tanical Laboratory, University of Pennsylvania, i, 189-198, 1893. American 
 Food Plants, Past and Present. Public Lectures, University of Pennsylvania, v: 
 215-232, 1917-1918. 
 
 Kellerman, Karl F. and Robinson, T. R. : Inoculation of Legumes. Farmers' 
 Bulletin 240, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905; Progress in Legume Inocula- 
 tion. Farmers' Bulletin 315, 1908. 
 
 Kephart, Horace: The Book of Camping and Woodcraft. A Guidebook for those 
 who Travel in the Wilderness. New York, The Outing Publishing Company, 
 1909, pages 217-255. 
 
 Lawes, John B. and Gilbert, J. Henry: The Battle rn the Meadow. Gardeners' 
 Chronicle, new ser., xii, 390, Sept. 27, 1879. 
 
 Lipman, Jacob G. : Bacteria in Relation to Country Life. New York, The MacMillan 
 Company, 1908. 
 
 MacMillan, H. F.: A Handbook of Tropical Gardening and Planting. Second 
 edition, H. W. Cave & Co., Colombo, 1914. v 
 
 Maisch, John M. : A Manual of Organic Materia 31edica. Third edition, Philadelphia, 
 Lea Brothers & Co., 1887, 209-252. 
 
 Moore, George T.: Soil Inoculation for Legumes. Bulletin 71, Bureau of Plant 
 Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905. 
 
 Moore, George T. and Robinson, T. R.: Beneficial Bacteria for Leguminous Crops. 
 Farmers' Bulletin 214, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1905. 
 
 Piper, C. V.: Leguminous Crops for Green Manuring. Farmers' Bulletin 278, 1907. 
 
 RoBBiNS, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. Philadelphia, P. Blakiston's 
 Son & Co., 191 7. 
 
 Saunders, Charles F. : Useful Wild Plants of the United States and Canada. 
 New York, Robert M. McBride & Co.. 1920. 
 
 Smith, Erwin F.: Bacteria in Relation to Plant Diseases. Volume 2, 1911, 97-146. 
 
 Spratt, Ethel R.: A Comparative Account of the Root-nodules of the Leguminosae. 
 Annals of Botany, cx.xx, 189-199, April, 1919. 
 
 Wiley, H. W.: The Sugar Beet. Farmers' Bulletin 52, 1897. 
 
 Wilson, E. H.: A Naturalist in Western China with Vasculum, Camera and Gun. 
 New York, Doubleday, Page & Co., 11, 48-63, 19 13. 
 
 WiNSLOW, Charles Edward Amory: Protection of River and Harbor Waters from 
 Municipal Wastes. Guide Leaflet 33, American Museum of Natural History, 
 April, 1911. 
 
ADDITIONAL GRAIN CROPS 239 
 
 Additional Cereal and Grain Crops 
 
 Babcock, F. Ray: Cereal Experiments at the Williston Station. Bulletin 270, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 Babcock, F. Ray and Smith, Ralph W.: Grains for Western, North and South Dakota. 
 
 Farmers' Bulletin 878, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 191 7. 
 Ball, Carleton R.: The History and Distribution of Sorghum. Bulletin 175, Bureau 
 
 of Plant Industry, 1910; The Important and Improvement of the Grain Sorghums. 
 
 Bulletin 203, Bureau of Plant Industry, 191 1; Better Grain-sorghum Crops. 
 
 Farmers' Bulletin 448, 191 1; The Kaoliangs: a New Group of Grain Sorghums. 
 
 Bulletin 253, Bureau 6i Plant Industry, 1913. 
 Ball, Carleton R. and Hastings, Stephen H. : Grain-sorghum Production in the 
 
 San Antonio Region of Texas. Bulletin 237, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1912. 
 Ball, Carleton R. and Leidigh, Arthur H. : Milo as a Dry-land Grain Crop. Farm- 
 ers' Bulletin 322, 1908. 
 Ball, Carleton R. and Rothgeb, Benton E.: Kafir as a Grain Crop. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 552, 1913; Uses of Sorghum Grain. Farmers' Bulletin 686, 1915; How to 
 
 Use Sorghum Grain. Farmers' Bulletin 972, 1918; Grain-sorghum Experiments in 
 
 the Panhandle of Texas. Bulletin 698, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1918. 
 Breithaupt, L. R.: Grains for the Dry Lands of Central Oregon. Farmers' Bulletin 
 
 800, 191 7. 
 Champlin, Manley: Experiments with Wheat, Oats and Barley in South Dakota. 
 
 Bulletin 39, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1914. 
 Chilcott, E. F., Griggs, W. D. and Burmeister, C. A.: Corn, Milo and Kafir in the 
 
 Southern Great Plains Area: Relation of Cultural Methods to Production. Bulle- 
 tin 242, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 Clark, J. Allen: Cereal Experiments at Dickinson, N. Dak. Bulletin ^^, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1914. 
 Dillman, a. C: Breeding Millet and Sorgho for Drought Adaptation. Bulletin 291, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 Donaldson, N. C: Cereal Experiments at the Judith Basin Substation, Moccasin, 
 
 Mont. Bulletin 398, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1916. 
 Hastings, Stephen H.: The Importance of Thick Seeding in the Production of Milo 
 
 in the San Antonio Region. Bulletin 188, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 
 1915- 
 Jones, Jenkin W.: Cereal Experiments on the Cheyenne Experiment Farm, Archer, 
 
 Wyo. Bulletin 430, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 19 16. 
 Kellerman, Karl F. : A New Source of Plant Food, the Nodules on the Rubiaceous 
 
 Plants. Journal of Heredity, x, 307, October, 1919. 
 Letteer, C. R. ; Growing Grain Sorghums in the San Antonio District of Texas. 
 
 Farmers' Bulletin 965, 1918. 
 Robbins, Wilfred W.: The Botany of Crop Plants. P. Blakiston's Son & Co., 191 7. 
 Ross, John F. and Leidigh, A. H. : Cereal Experiments in the Texas Panhandle. 
 
 Bulletin 283, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1913. 
 Rothgeb, Benton E.: Standard Broom Corn. Farmers' Bulletin 958, 1918; Shallu 
 
 or "Egyptian Wheat." Farmers' Bulletin 827, 1917; Dwarf Broom Corn. Farm- 
 ers' Bulletin 768, 1916, 
 
240 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Salmon, Cecil: Cereal Investigations on the Belle Fourche Experiment Farm. Bulle- 
 tin 297, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 
 Scott, George A.: The Feeding of Grain Sorghums to Live Stock. Farmers' Bulletin 
 724, 1916. 
 
 Shantz, H. L. : National Vegetation as an Indicator of the Capabilities of Land for 
 Crop Production in the Great Plains Area. Bulletin 201, Bureau of Plant In- 
 dustry, 191 1. 
 
 Stephens, David E.: Experiments with Spring Cereals at the Eastern Oregon Dry- 
 farming Substation, Moro, Ore. Bulletin 498, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 1917. 
 
 ViNALL, H. N. : Sudan Grass as a Forage Crop. Farmers' Bulletin 605, 1914. 
 
 Warburton, C. W.: The Non-saccharine Sorghums. Farmers' Bulletin 288, 1907. 
 
 Williams, Thomas A.: Millets. Farmers' Bulletin 10 1, 1899. 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — The teacher should make a collection of the root systems 
 of a number of the leguminous plants, such as the alfalfa, red clover, alsike clover, 
 crimson clover, white clover, sweet clover, soy-bean, cowpea, peanut, bonavist, kudzu 
 vine and others. Part of the material so collected should be fixed with chrom-acetic 
 acid, or some other fixative, passed up into 50 per cent, alcohol, where it should be 
 kept until it is prepared for paraffin sectioning. The other material of similar nature 
 should be kept in 70 per cent, alcohol. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 1. Draw a comparative series of the tubercles or nodules, of such plants as the alfalfa, 
 red clover, white clover, soy-bean, cowpea and kudzu vine. 
 
 2. With a razor make a thin section through each of the nodules above mentioned 
 and draw the arrangement of the bacterial cells and vascular distribution with reference 
 to the rootlet on which the nodule arises. 
 
 3. Stain and mount in balsam, paraffin sections of two or three of the tubercles of 
 two or three of the above mentioned plants. Study and draw with the high powers of the 
 microscope. 
 
CHAPTER 17 
 WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 
 
 Definition.— " A weed is a plant out of place." This is a short con- 
 cise definition, easily remembered by students. "Any useless, or trouble- 
 some plant" is another definition, which has been given and in addition 
 longer definitions have been formulated, as follows: "Every plant which 
 grows in a field other than that of which the seed has been (intentionally) 
 sown by the husbandman is a weed." "Any plant which obtrusively 
 occupies cultivated, or dressed ground, to the exclusion or injury of some 
 particular crop intended to be grown" is another statement. "Thus, 
 even the most useful plants may become weeds, if they appear out of their 
 proper place. The term is sometimes applied to any insignificant looking 
 or unprofitable plaijts which grow profusely in a state of nature, also to 
 any noxious, or useless plant." "Weeds, are plants which tend to take 
 prevalent possession of soil used for man's purposes, irrespective of his 
 will; and, in accordance with usage we may restrict the term to herbs," 
 
 Absolute and Relative Weeds. — Weeds may be divided into two classes; 
 absolute weeds and relative weeds. An absolute weed is one which has 
 no recognized use, as the horse nettle {Solanum carolinense) . A relative 
 weed is one which may be extremely useful to man, but becomes a weed 
 when out of its proper place. The Johnson grass of the south is an 
 example. It is a very nutritious and valuable grass, if kept under con- 
 trol, but if allowed to seed, it spreads rapidly into new ground and becomes 
 extremely troublesome and difficult to eradicate. 
 
 Injurious Nature of Weeds. — Weeds are injurious to man for the fol- 
 lowing reasons. 
 
 1. They crowd other plants. Two plants cannot occupy the same 
 ground at the same time, and if weeds are abundant, they occupy the soil 
 to the exclusion of the cultivated plants. 
 
 2. They rob the soil of moisture. This may not be harmful, if the 
 soil water is abundant, but when the supplies of water are reduced during 
 dry weather, the weeds transpire through their leaves undue amounts of 
 the precious liquid. Cultivation of the soil under such conditions is 
 
 16 241 
 
242 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 beneficial, because it destroys the weeds, as water-robbers, and secondly, 
 it forms a dust mulch. 
 
 3. Weeds absorb the mineral and other food materials upon which the 
 crop brought, into competition with weeds, depends. If the weeds are 
 plentiful, very considerable amounts of food substance are removed 
 from the soil and are thus not available to the planted crop. 
 
 4. Certain weeds like the morning-glory and bindweed prostrate the 
 cultivated plants by climbing up them and by their weight causing the 
 growing crop plants to fall over. 
 
 5. The weedy plants form fruits and seeds, which become mixed with 
 those of the growing economic plants, and are difficult to remove in the 
 cleaning of such seeds for market. Corn-cockle becomes mixed with 
 wheat, chickweed with alfalfa seeds and the like. Such weed seeds are 
 impurities and lower the agricultural and^commercial value of such 
 economic seeds. 
 
 6. Weeds, as the host plants of injurious crop insects, harbor the 
 insects from planting time to planting time of the crop plants on which 
 they prey. The injurious Colorado beetle, which destroys the potato, 
 lives on the hedge mustard, tkistles, goose-foot and other weedy herbs. 
 
 7. Weeds are injurious Ijccause they harbor parasitic fungi. The 
 finger-and-toe organism of the turnip lives on the charlock as a weed. The 
 white rust of cabbages (Cystopus candidus) is found on the shepherd's 
 purse. 
 
 8. Weeds interfere with the proper cultivation of the soil, as their 
 presence mechanically obstructs the use of plow and harrow. 
 
 9. It has been suggested without proof that weeds may poison the 
 soil, so as to inhibit the growth of other plants. This relation has not 
 been properly investigated. 
 
 10. The roots of weeds penetrate the interior of the drains causing a 
 stoppage, which can be removed only with difficulty. 
 
 11. Weeds are unsightly and objectionable because of their smell, 
 rankness and prickly fruits, etc. 
 
 12. Weeds are injurious to man and the domestic animals because 
 they are poisonous. This topic has been dilated upon in the earlier chap- 
 ters of this book and need not be discussed here. 
 
 13. Weeds sometimes render hay and other harvested crops of less 
 financial value, and frequently reduce the yield, so that the financial 
 returns may be such that the crop is grown at a serious monetary loss. 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 243 
 
 14. The presence of weeds in such abundance as to attract attention 
 reduces the selHng value of the land on which they are found. 
 
 Introduction and Distribution 
 
 If the list of American weeds is scanned carefully and analytically, 
 it will be found that most of the injurious and troublesome weeds have been 
 introduced from Europe. A few have come from elsewhere. The ques- 
 tion may be asked, why this fact is so? Before the natural conditions 
 were much disturbed by white men from Europe, eastern America was a 
 densely forested country in which most of the herbaceous plants grew 
 on the forest floor in the shade of the dominant forest trees. When the 
 forests were removed, these ground plants of the woods were subjected 
 to the action of the full sunlight, to the drying effects of the wind, and to 
 a soil deprived of its superficial layers of water-retentive leaf mold. They, 
 therefore, were destroyed in large numbers of species, except the more 
 hardy forms which adjusted their growth to the new conditions. .,The 
 introduced plants, removed from the inhibition of their European 
 competitors, insect and fungous foes and accustomed for at least a thousand 
 years to open field cultivation and growth along roadsides and ether 
 open places, found the new environment favorable to their rapid spread 
 and occupancy of the soil vacated by the native species of plants. It has 
 been suggested also that the European species were more plastic than the 
 native American plants and better able to adjust their growth to their 
 new surroundings. Some of the weeds, however, came from the west, 
 but were introduced later than the advent and spread of the overseas army 
 of weeds. These western weeds came in when the cultivated areas were 
 extended westward beyond the forested areas, so as to occupy the open 
 prairie and steppe country to the westward. Opportunity was thus 
 presented for the native plants of the prairies and steppes bordering on the 
 cultivated districts to contribute somewhat to the weed flora of the 
 east, because with the plowing of the land these western weedy plants 
 found the conditions very favorable for their eastern spread, such as 
 the carpet weed (Mollugo verticillata) , daisy fleabane (Erigeron cana- 
 densis), cocklebur (Xanthium), rag weed (Ambrosia artemisicBfolia) , 
 vervain {Verbena hastata, V . urticifolia) , horse nettle (Solanum carolinense) 
 and others. Of late and in consequence of increased communication 
 with the prairies and the country beyond the Mississippi River, the west- 
 ern plants are moving eastward by rapid strides. Such are fetid mari- 
 
244 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 gold (Dyssodia papposa), pineapple weed {Matricaria suaveolens) and 
 wormwood (Artemisia biennis). Ninety years ago the black-eyed susan 
 (Rudbetkia hirta) flourished from the Alleghany mountains westward, 
 but was unknown in the east. Now since about i860, it has become an 
 abundant and conspicuous weed in grass fields throughout the eastern 
 states, as far as the Gulf of St. Lawrence, having been accidentally intro- 
 duced in red clover seeds from the western states. The velvet leaf (Abu- 
 tilon Theophrasti) and prince's feather {Polygonum orientale) have been 
 introduced from India. The bur clover came to California from South 
 
 P^^^^^^^H 
 
 ■k ^HIHHIHH^Bl 
 
 
 
 
 
 wm ■■ 
 
 «5r,?*|f . 
 
 
 . .^i^. 
 
 
 
 >■ " 
 
 
 
 Pig. 100. 
 
 -Russian thistle (Salso kali var. lenuifolia) as a tumbleweed at Akron, Colorado. 
 (G. E. Nichols, 1913.) 
 
 America. The orange hawk weed (Ilieracium aurantiacum) was grown 
 from imported European seed by the aunt of the botanist, Cyrus G Pringle, 
 in Charlotte, Vermont about 1845. The plant was much admired and sent 
 to friends in Maine, Massachusetts and Vermont, according to Prof. Geo. 
 P. Burns. It was cultivated in some gardens of Maine under the name 
 of tassel-flower, or Venus's paint-brush. It propagates very freely by 
 runners, as well, as by feathery fruits. It is now spread over large areas 
 of Maine and other New England states, in northern Pennsylvania, as 
 at Eaglesmere, where a field of it was noted by the writer in full bloom 
 on June 22, 1905. 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 
 
 245 
 
 Means of Distribution. — When once introduced, weeds migrate in 
 a number of ways by natural and artificial means. The natural migra- 
 tion of weeds is favored by the possession of runners (slender radiating 
 branches), by elongating rootstocks, by running roots, by seed-throwing 
 apparatus, by having fleshy edible fruits with hard seeds, by flying seeds, 
 and winged fruits, by drifting over frozen ground, or snow, as tumble 
 weeds, (Fig. 100), by means of water-carried seeds, by attachment to the 
 hair and fur of animals by means of hooks and other devices. The artifi- 
 cial means are as follows: Roots, rootstocks and bulbs are sometimes 
 carried from field to field and from farm to farm by plows, harrows and 
 
 Fig. ioi. 
 
 -Extensive patch of bouncing bet {Saponaric officinalis) along an unused 
 railroad siding across Hackensack Meadow, July 15, 1916. 
 
 cultivators. Seeds and other plant parts are carried away in the ball of 
 earth surrounding the roots of nurserystock. They are entangled in 
 packing material, in the waste from woolen mills, as ihe storksbill (Erod- 
 iuni), in hay, in commercial seeds, which is one of the most frequent ways 
 of weed introduction. Weeds are carried along by the disturbance of the 
 air through the passage of trains (Fig. loi) and automobiles and on these 
 rapid means of conveyance. Weeds have been introduced as useful or 
 ornamental plants which have later escaped from cultivation. They 
 have been introduced in ballast and along with the packing of commercial 
 articles. 
 
246 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Lines of Travel. — The lines of travel of weeds are of interest. The 
 chicory was introduced into the United States near Dorchester, Mass. 
 in 1875. It is a common weed in western Long Island, eastern Pennsyl- 
 vania, although of recent introduction there, and in the northern states. 
 The water hyacinth {Eichornia crassipes) was introduced into the St. 
 Johns' River in Florida in 1890. It has spread southward and westward 
 through the state along the river courses, so as to choke them and impede 
 navigation. The cardoon (Cynara cardunculus) introduced into Argen- 
 tina from Europe covers the pampas for miles. The introduced redtop 
 follows the abandoned wagon tracks across the otherwise unbroken prairie 
 for miles. 
 
 Special Weed Examples 
 
 Goose-Grass (Eleusine indica). — This coarse grass came to us from 
 India and seems to be thoroughly domesticated. It grows from clustered, 
 fibrous roots and forms spikes in digitate clusters at the end of the stalk. 
 It grows as a weed in yards and waste places. It can be controlled in 
 lawns by squirting a few drops of crude carbolic acid into the heart of a 
 tuft with a common machine oil-can, which treatment ought to kill it. 
 
 Field Sorrel {Rwnex a.etosella). — The sheep sorrel has extensively 
 creeping rootstocks with tufts of feeding roots. The radicle leaves are 
 halberd-shaped and from their midst arises the flower stalk bearing male 
 and female flowers on separate plants (dicBcious). Sorrel can be controlled 
 by cultivating the soil and adding lime to correct its acidity (Fig. 102). 
 
 Russian Thistle {Salsola halt var. tenuifolia). — This chenopodiaceous 
 plant was introduced into the Dakotas and Minnesota in flax seed from 
 Russia. It is a pernicious weed in grain fields and spreads itself as a 
 tumble weed, scattering its seed, as it rolls over the ground blown about 
 by the wind (Fig. 100). It can be controlled by sowing only clean seed and 
 in cutting down the weed before it is allowed to seed. It then dies a 
 natural death. 
 
 Chickweed {Cerastium larvense). — This is a pestiferous weed in alfalfa 
 fields in eastern Pennsylvania and elsewhere. It is a winter annual with 
 densely tufted stems, opposite, linear-oblong leaves and white flowers 
 with bifid petals. It is difficult to eradicate unless a rotation of crops is 
 practised, the alfalfa, or grass crops invaded by chickweed being alter- 
 nated with hoed, or cultivated crops. 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 
 
 247 
 
 Purslane {Portulaca oleracea). — This is a bad weed in gardens (Fig. 
 103). The experiments of W. J. Beal show that the seeds retain their 
 
 Pig. 102. — Sheep sorrel {Riimex acetosella). A common weed in pastures and mea- 
 dows, from Europe. (Division of Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) {Reproduced in 
 Pammel, L. H.: Some W'teds of Iowa, Bull. 70 Experiment Station, Iowa State College, 
 1903. P- 348.) 
 
 vitality in the soil for thirty years. It spreads over the ground with 
 thick, alternate, obovate leaves. The small, black seeds are produced in 
 
248 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 small capsules, whose tops fall off as a lid. Hoeing up while in the seedling 
 stage seems to be the only way of vanquishing this weed. Plants hung up 
 to dry for a month, if returned to the soil, will begin their growth afresh, 
 so that the hoed plants should be placed on the compost heap where 
 fermentation will destroy the plants and the vitality of the seeds. 
 
 Fig. 103. Pig. 104. 
 
 Fig. 103. — Pusley (Porlulaca oleracea). An abundant garden weed. (Division of 
 Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) (Reproduced in Pommel, L. H.: Some Weeds of Iowa, 
 Bull. 70, Experiment Station, Iowa State College, 1903, p. 358.) 
 
 Fig. 104. — Shepherd's purse (Capsella Bursa-pastoris). Common everywhere in 
 northern United States. (Division of Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) {Reproduced 
 in Pammel, L. II.: Some Weeds of Iowa, Bull. 70, Experiment Station, Iowa Slate College, 
 1903. P- 364-) 
 
 Shepherd's Purse (Capsella bursa-pastoris).— Th.isispxoha.h\y the most 
 widely distributed weed on earth. It develops a rosette of tufted, pinna- 
 tified leaves and an erect raceme of small, white flowers and later triangular 
 flat silicles. This weed gradually succumbs to constant tillage, and when 
 young, it is killed by a spray of copper or iron' sulfate (Fig. 104). 
 
 Common Evening Primrose (Oenothera biennis). — This stout biennial 
 plant with a rosette of lanceolate, basal leaves, and tall, leafy-bracted 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 249 
 
 spikes of bright-yellow flowers, is a common weed in some places. It may 
 be controlled by cutting the crown of leaves from the tap root with spud, 
 or hoe, in the first season of its growth from seed. Plants with capsules 
 fully formed should be burned. 
 
 Wild Carrot {Dauciis carota). — This is perhaps one of the most common 
 weeds in the eastern states, for in summer fields are white with its flowers 
 produced in large spreading umbels. The crowns of twice to thrice pinnate 
 leaves are produced the first season. Hand-pulling, as practised by some 
 
 Fig. 105. — Horse nettle (Solanum carolinense), a perennial weed. (Division of 
 Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) (Reproduced in Pammel, L. H.: Some Weeds of 
 Iowa. Bull. 70, Experiment Station, Iowa State College, 1903, p. 316.) 
 
 of the farmers on Nantucket, is a rude method of extermination, provided 
 the pulling is done before the fruits mature. Cutting off the leaf crowns 
 with the hoe is also efficacious. In cultivated ground when the cultivatoi 
 is used it gives little trouble, because it is usually uprooted the first season 
 of its growth, being a biennial. 
 
 Viper's Bugloss (ELhium vulgare). — This weed has established itself 
 in the limestone soils of the Lebanon, Cumberland and Shenandoah valleys, 
 where it is extremely common and troublesome. It is known, as Pater- 
 
250 
 
 PASTOR AI. AND AC.RICULTli k Al. BOTANY 
 
 son's Curse, in Australia. It is a biennial arising from a thick taproot 
 and with rough, bristly hairy stems and leaves. The stiff bristles arise 
 from fine red, tubercles which speckle the stem. Hoeing, or the use of 
 the cultivator the first season of its growth, is beneficial, if no seeds are 
 allowed to form. 
 
 Horse Nettle (Solanum caroUnense). — The deep-seated rootstocks 
 are most tenacious of life (Fig, 105). An Indiana farmer states that they 
 will live ten years under a heap of sawdust and grow, as soon as this 
 covering is removed. Sheep are the only grazing animals that will touch 
 the plant. The trailing stems and broad leaves of the plant are charac- 
 
 FiG. 106. — Two specimens of Ox-eye daisy i^Chrysanlhemum Lcucanlhemum var. 
 pinnalifidum) in a sand-lot at Belmar, N. J., June 23, 1919. The right hand plant had 
 a spreading habit with stiff, stout bluish-green stems margined with purple lines. It 
 had 79 compact heads with crowded rayflowers of medium length. The left hand plant, a 
 third taller than the other, was of a light green color with broader heads, the ray florets 
 narrower, longer and more pointed. The stems were less stout, mere flexuous and the 
 whole plant with 76 head-bearing stems. These are probably mutants of the common 
 field daisy. 
 
 terized by sharp yellow prickles. The flowers with pale-violet, rotate 
 corollas are borne in open cymose clusters. It forms a small, yellow berry 
 full of flat straw-colored seeds. If the area where it grows is not large, it 
 may be killed by the use of hot brine, caustic soda, or kerosene. The 
 production of seeds should be prevented and the plants frequently cut up 
 with hoe, or spade. Salt on the cut surfaces will retard growth. The 
 rootstocks may be destroyed by short rotations, alternating thoroughly 
 cultivated crops. Two or three seasons of continuous effort are required 
 to suppress this pest. 
 
 Yellow Toad-Flax {Linaria vulgaris). — The deep, running rootstocks 
 of this weed make it difficult to suppress. The plant grows about eighteen 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 251 
 
 inches tall beset with narrow, linear, alternate leaves. The flowers are 
 labiate, spurred and yellow in color produced through the summer. The 
 capsule is ovoid, two celled and filled with fifty to sixty flattened rough, 
 wing-margined seeds. Small areas of this weed may be controlled by 
 strong herbicides such as hot brine, or caustic soda. The use of a cultiva- 
 tor tends to spread the weed. Hoes and hand labor are more effective. 
 Persistent cutting will cause the rootstocks to starve to death. 
 
 Fig. 107. — Ox-eye daisy (Crysanlhemum leticanthemum) . Common in the East. 
 (Division of Bot., U. S. Dept. of Agriculture.) {Reproduced in Pammel, L. H.: Some 
 Weeds of Iowa. Bull. 70 Experiment Station, Iowa State College, 1903, p. 337.) 
 
 Ox-eye Daisy (Chrysanthemum leticanthemum pinnatifidum).- — The 
 stems of white daisy are tufted from one to three feet high bearing a head 
 of flowers with white marginal ones and yellow disc florets. The root 
 leaves are in a rosette and are spatulate, pinnatifid. The achenes, which 
 are found as an impurity in nearly all grass seeds, are grayish-black and 
 finely ribbed without peppers. Clean seed only should be sowed. The 
 daisy field can be cleansed by short rotations, as the perennial roots are 
 
252 
 
 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 turned out and killed by the plow. Mowing infested fields before the 
 heads develop is another useful means of extermination (Figs. io6 and 
 107). 
 
 Canada Thistle (Cirsium arvense). — Nearly all of the states have laws 
 which make it an offense for their citizens to permit this weed to mature 
 and scatter its seeds. It is a perennial propagated by seeds and rootstocks. 
 The map shows its range (Fig. 108). 
 
 Fig. 108. — Map of the United States, showing the present distribution of the 
 Canada thistle. The heavy line indicates the approximate southern boundary of the 
 weed; the shaded area shows where the plant is most injurious. {After Hansen,* Albert 
 A.: Canada Thistle and Methods of Eradication. Farmers' Bulletin 1002, 1918, p. 5.) 
 
 Classification or Weeds 
 
 Weeds are conveniently classified according to the duration of their 
 underground parts into: 
 
 1. Annual weeds, or those which complete their growth and mature 
 their seeds in one year. Such plants are easily destroyed by cultivation. 
 Here belong ragweed, crabgrass, purslane, pigweed and Russian thistle. 
 
 2. Winter annuals. These plants drop their seeds in the fall which 
 germinate and give rise lo plants which hold through the winter, finally 
 producing flowers and seeds in the spring. Such are the chickweed and 
 shepherd's i)ursc. Here also is the prickly lettuce and dead nettle. 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 
 
 253 
 
 Fig. 109.— Mullein (Verbascum thapsus) in sandy field at Bayville, northern shore of 
 Long Island, July 9, 1919. An unusually tl^rifty plant. 
 
 Fig. iio. — Field of Mullein (Verbascum- thapsus) near Lake Mombasha, N. Y., July 30, 
 
 1914- 
 
2 54 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 3. Biennials. The plants of this class expend their energy the first 
 season in forming a root system and foliage leaves. The second year 
 flowers are formed and the seeds are matured. The burdock. (Arctium 
 lappa), the sweet clover {Melilotus alba), the wild carrot (Daucus carota), 
 the mullein (Figs. 109 and no), and the teasel belong here. 
 
 4. The fourth class includes the perennial weeds, which perennale 
 by means of roots, rootstocks, bulbs, tubers and other underground per- 
 ennating organs. A number of our noxious weeds are propagated by 
 running, or creeping roots, such as, milkweed {Asclepias cornuti), bindweed 
 
 Fig. III. — Clump of dandelion {Taraxacum officinale) on a sand lot at Belmar, 
 N. J., June 23, 1919. The clump was one foot high with 213 leaves and 40 head-bearing 
 scapes. 
 
 {Convolvulus arvensis), sheep sorrel (Rumex Acetosella), Indian hemp 
 {Apocynum cannabinum) and pasture thistle (Cirsium). Many weeds are 
 propagated by subterranean stems or rhizomes. The list includes quack 
 grass {Agropyron repens), poison ivy {Rhus rad leans), morning glory 
 {Convolvulus sepiiim) . 
 
 5. Crown weeds. These have usually a deeply penetrating tap root, 
 which produces shoots around its margin, when cut ofT close to the ground 
 by a lawn mower, or mowing machine. The dandelion (Taraxacum 
 officinale, (Fig. in) ribgrass (Plantago lanceolata), curled dock (Rumex 
 crispus) are crown weeds. 
 
weeds and weed control 255 
 
 Destruction of Weeds 
 
 The destruction of weeds may be accomplished in a number of ways. 
 All of these are based on a scientific study of the vitality, morphological 
 structure and growth of the common weeds of farm and garden. The 
 following are the approved methods of controlling and exterminating 
 weeds. 
 
 1. It is important to prevent the production of seeds in the attempt to 
 control weeds. It has been shown that some weed seeds have great vitality. 
 De Candolle, who first carried on experiments along this line, showed this 
 is especially true of the seeds belonging to the families LeguminoscB and 
 Makacecs. Becquerel later studied the vitality of seeds and he found 
 that of 550 species investigated by him that the age of the seeds varied 
 from 125 to 135 years and that a few of the old seeds especially of the pulse 
 and mallow families germinated on trial. Ewart found that 6 per cent, 
 of the seeds of the common Indian mallow germinated after the lapse of 
 57 years and seeds of the white clover after 77 years and chicory after 
 10 years. The most noteworthy experiments were performed by Prof. 
 W. J. Beal of the Michigan Agricultural Experiment Station in testing the 
 vitality of seeds at intervals of five, ten, fifteen, twenty, twenty-five 
 years. The seeds were placed in sand in bottles slanting downward so 
 that water could not enter. These bottles were buried in the soil twenty 
 inches below the surface. The following seeds germinated on each of the 
 trials separated by five year intervals up to the twenty-fifth year, ^ima- 
 ranthus retroflexus, Brassica nigra, Capsella'bursa-pastoris, Lepidium vir- 
 ginicum, Anthemis cotula, Oenothera biennis, Polygonum hydropiper, 
 Portulaca oleracea, Rumex crispus. Stellaria media. Verhascum thapsus. 
 Success in exterminating weeds, where the seeds retain their vitality for 
 twenty-five years in the soil, is only the result of eternal vigilance in pre- 
 venting seed production. 
 
 2. Weeds should be cut repeatedly, so as to exhaust the reserve sup- 
 plies of food stored in the underground parts. The underground parts 
 are thus starved to death. 
 
 3. The soil should be cultivated intensively so as to root up and de- 
 stroy the growing weeds. 
 
 4. The ground should be occupied by some cover crop which by the 
 density of its growth will crowd out the weeds. Larger heavier crops mean 
 fewer weeds. 
 
256 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 5. The sugar cane crop in the Hawaiian islands was formerly invaded 
 by troublesome weeds. These have been exterminated by covering the 
 planted cane with thick felt paper, which smothers the weeds of the cane- 
 fields, but permits the sharp points of the growing cane stems to push 
 through into the sunlight. The paper used for this purpose was formerly 
 imported into the islands, but is now manufactured out of the fiber ob- 
 tained from the sugar cane stems, that have been through the sugar 
 mills and from which the sugar has been extracted. 
 
 6. Soils are sometimes sour and as a consequence have a particular 
 weed flora, which will disappear, if the land is judiciously treated with 
 lime. 
 
 7. Some weeds flourish in a wet soil, so that thorough drainage of 
 such soils will lead to the disappearance of the troublesome plants. 
 
 8. The farmer should take the precaution of buying only pure seeds 
 and in having those seeds tested (see next chapter), as many weeds are 
 introduced by the sowing of agricultural seeds containing a considerable 
 number of weed seeds. 
 
 9. It has been suggested without any trial on a large scale that weeds 
 might be exterminated by inoculating them with pure cultures of destruc- 
 tive parasitic fungi. As possible fungi for trial may be mentioned the rust 
 of Canada thistle {Puccinia siiaveolens) and the spot disease of smart 
 weed (Septoria polygomim). 
 
 10. The application of chemical herbicides has been tried success- 
 fully in some cases. 
 
 Common Salt {Sodium chloride). — This is the cheapest, handiest and 
 safest of herbicides. 
 
 Copperas {Iron sulfate). — This chemical is comparatively cheap and 
 as an herbicide. It should be used as a spray. 
 
 Bluestone {Copper sulfate). — This is used in solution of twelve pounds 
 of copper sulfate to a barrel of water (52 gallons). 
 
 Carbolic Acid {Phenol). — This, because of its cost, can be used only 
 in small areas. 
 
 Caustic Soda {Sodium hydrate). — This is better than carbolic acid for 
 killing poison ivy. 
 
 Corrosive sublimate {Mercuric bichloride). — One ounce of chemical 
 to six gallons of water. 
 
 Arsenite of Soda.— A very active poison used in a solution which is 
 sprayed on the plants. 
 
WEEDS AND WEED CONTROL 257 
 
 11. There are several other precautions which should be taken in the 
 control of weeds. One of these is care to prevent the introduction of 
 weeds in the manure used as a fertilizer and in the hay and straw brought 
 on to the farm. 
 
 12. Pasturing weed infested fields will help to keep the weeds in check, 
 especially , if sheep are allowed to browse in the weedy pastures. Goats are 
 more omnivorous than sheep. 
 
 13. The open fields may be burned repeatedly, when the herbage is 
 dry, and this annual conflagration aids in keeping the weeds in check. 
 
 Weed Legislation 
 
 Weed destruction and control requires individual and collective, or 
 communal effort. This arises from the manner of the dispersal of weed 
 seeds. If one farmer neglects his farm and allows the weeds to get the 
 mastery, his neighbors' fields will be covered by the dispersion of 
 the weed seeds in all directions. This fact and the perversity of human 
 nature necessitates that laws be made to control the weed problem of 
 state or community. Many American states have adopted weed stat- 
 utes. To be effective a weed law must be specific with respect to the weeds 
 to be destroyed, while the dates assigned for work and the methods em- 
 ployed must be adapted to these plants. It must be open to change as 
 to the plants named in the law, because there is the constant introduction 
 of new and troublesome weeds. A weed law should furthermore, impose 
 weed destruction in such manner as to lay the least burden, while at the 
 same time fixing the responsibility upon the persons using the land, who are 
 benefitted by it. A weed law must be operative. The careless user of 
 land is often an offender. A definite officer should be charged with the 
 supervision of such matters as may come within his purview. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 American Writer: Weeds. Gardeners' Chronicle & Agricultural Gazette. 1873, 
 
 1419 (October, 18). 
 Beal, W. J.: Michigan Weeds. Bulletin 267 (Second Edition), Michigan Agricultural 
 
 College Experiment Station, Botanical Department, November, 1915. 
 Gates, J. S.: The Weed Factor in the Cultivation of Corn. Bulletin 257, Bureau of 
 
 Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 191 2. 
 Cox, H. R.: Wild Onion: Methods of Eradication. Farmers' Bulletin 610, U. S. 
 
 Department of Agriculture, 1914. W'eeds: How to Control Them. Farmers' 
 17 
 
258 . PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Bulletin 660, 1915; Eradication of Ferns from Pasture Lands in the Eastern United 
 
 States. Farmers' Bulletin 687, 1915. 
 Darlington, William: American Weeds and Useful Plants. Second edition, New 
 
 York, Orange Judd & Company, 1859. 
 Dewey, Lyster H.: Weeds and How to Kill Them. Farmers' Bulletin 28, 1895. 
 
 Legislation Against Weeds. Bulletin 17, Division of Botany, U. S. Department 
 
 of Agriculture, 1896; Migration of Weeds. Yearbook of the U. S. Department of 
 
 Agriculture, 1896, 263-286. Weeds and How to Kill Them. Farmers' Bulletin 28, 
 
 second revision, 1905. 
 DuvEL, J. W. T. : The Vitality of Buried Seeds. Bulletin 83, Bureau of Plant Industry, 
 
 1905. 
 Fernald, M. L.: Some Recently Introduced Weeds. Transactions Massachusetts 
 
 Horticultural Society, 1905, Part I, pages 11-22. 
 Forsyth, Alex: Weeds. Gardeners' Chronicle, new ser., viii, 408, Sept. 29, 1877. 
 Georgia, Ada E.: A Manual of Weeds. New York, The MacMillan Company, 1914. 
 Gray, Asa: Weeds. Gardeners' Chronicle, new ser., xii, 423, 455, Oct. 4, 1879, 
 Hansen, Albert A. : Canada Thistle and Methods of Eradication. Farmers' Bulletin 
 
 1002, 1918. 
 Haskell, S. B.: Vitality of Buried Seed. The Country Gentleman, March 17, 191 7. 
 Henkel, Alice: Weeds Used in Medicine. Farmers' Bulletin 188, 1904. 
 Hillman, F. H.: Nevada Weeds. Bulletins 21, 22, 1893, 38, 1897, University of 
 
 Nevada, Agricultural Experiment Station. 
 Literary Digest: A Crop that Makes its Own Weed Killer. May 18, 1918, page 22. 
 Pammel, L. H. : Weeds of the Farm and Garden. New York, Orange Judd Company, 
 
 191 1. The Weed Flora of Iowa. Bulletin 4, Iowa Geological Survej', 1918. 
 PiPAL, F. J.: Wild Garlic and Its Eradication. Bulletin 176, Purdue University 
 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, 1914. Red Sorrel and Its Control. Bulletin 
 
 197, 1916; Rabbit-proof Plants, List of. The Garden, I, 9, Nov. 25, 1871. 
 Selby, A. D.: a First Ohio Weed Manual. Bulletin 83, Ohio Agricultural Experiment 
 
 Station, 1897. 
 Willis, J. J.: Vitality of Seeds Buried in the Soil (review of the work of W. J. Beal). 
 
 Gardeners' Chronicle, new ser., xxv, 757, June 12, 1886. 
 Woodstock, Charles M.: To Eradicate Moss from Grass-land. Gardeners' Chronicle 
 
 & Agricultural Gazette, 1869, 671-72 (June 19). 
 Suggestion to Teachers. — Teachers should have made collections of a number of 
 the principal weeds and weed seeds, also illustrations of the same for class demonstra- 
 tions. An attempt should be made to make an herbarium and set of dried weeds of 
 the local flora, as the weed flora varies in difl^erent parts of the world. 
 
 Laboratory Exkrcises 
 
 1. Describe the dried or fresh specimens of the weeds handed to you making floral 
 diagrams of the flower parts. 
 
 2. Examine the fruits and seeds of a number of leguminous plants with especial 
 reference to the structure, method of dehiscence and arrangement of seeds. 
 
 3. Draw and study in detail the seeds of a few of the above plants, or any good 
 substitutes. 
 
CHAPTER 1 8 
 AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SEED SELECTION AND TESTING 
 
 General Considerations. — As the success of agricultural and horti- 
 cultural operations, next to the preparation of the soil and a propitious 
 climate, depends upon the character of the seeds which are sown, it is 
 obvious, that for the seeding of the crop, the best seed is not good enough. 
 With the seed sown to produce a given crop, if great care is not exercised 
 in the selection of the seed, may go along weed seeds, the eggs of destruc- 
 tive insects and the spores of destructive fungi. Hence, the farmer 
 must be constantly on the alert to see that his seed is pure and without 
 these objectionable concomitants. If the farmer does not select and test 
 the seeds himself, he must delegate that work to another person, who as a 
 trained botanist, is connected with some central seed control station 
 maintained by a Cooperative Farmers' Association; or by the Agricultural 
 Experiment Station maintained by the state, or the national government. 
 The seeds, which are purchased for use, will have been passed upon by the 
 specialists before they are planted by the farmers. This has given rise to 
 pure seed acts by a number of the states, by the national government, 
 and by the Canadian government looking to the control of the seeds which 
 are purchased for use in the raising of thf crops upon which the prosperity 
 of the states depends. 
 
 History.— The idea of controlling the quality of seeds offered for sale 
 in the market by scientific methods was put into operation at the first 
 institution for testing commercial seeds established at Tharandt, Germany, 
 in 1870 by Dr. Friedrich Nobbe, who published in 1876 a compendious 
 treatise "Handbuch der Samenkunde" later to be followed in 1885 with 
 "Landwirthschaftliche Samenkunde" by Dr. C. D. Harz, a work of 
 1362 pages, published in two volumes. Other European stations were 
 established and in 1877 the Connecticut Station began the testing of seeds. 
 Omitting a consideration of the laws for seed control upon the statute 
 books of the different states, reference to the more important available 
 pamphlets on such laws will be found in the bibliography for this chapter, 
 and we are free to proceed with a discussion of practical seed testing. 
 
 259 
 
2 00 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Apparatus for Seed Testing.^ — ^Most seed control stations have elabo- 
 rate apparatus, which is used in the scientific study of the seed control 
 problems. Such apparatus is described in various bulletins and text- 
 books enumerated below and need not be described in detail here. The 
 following apparatus is recommended for use in making purity and germina- 
 tion tests. 
 
 Purity Tests 
 
 1. A chemical balance, weighing up to loo grams and sensitive to i 
 milUgram, with accurate metric weights. 
 
 2. A seed mixer and sampler. 
 
 3. A nest of small copper sieves. 
 
 4. A vertical air-blast seed separator. 
 
 5. A reading glass mounted on a stand. 
 
 6. A hand lens, magnifying from 10 to 16 diameters. 
 
 7. A standard dissecting microscope. 
 
 8. Botanical forceps and dissecting instruments. 
 
 9. An authentic collection of the seeds of the principal weeds and 
 cultivated plants. 
 
 Germination Tests 
 
 1. Standard, or Semper 's germinating chambers, equipped with low- 
 temperature thermostats and thermometers. 
 
 2. Blue blotting paper and canton flannel. 
 
 3. Sterilized sifted sand and shallow greenhouse flats. 
 
 4. Forceps. 
 
 5. Blank Forms for Record and Report. 
 
 Ordinarily such elaborate apparatus is not necessary for the simple 
 experiments that a farmer ought to make in testing his seeds. He ought 
 to have two dissecting needles, a small scalpel, a pair of forceps, a hand 
 lens magnifying 16 diameters, a small chemical balance, a small graduated 
 cyhnder holding about 100 cubic centimeters, a dinner plate, a small 
 bell jar, and several mats made by sewing squares of blotting paper be- 
 tween two pieces of canton flannel. 
 
 Practical Seed Testing 
 
 There are four fundamental points to be considered in practical seed 
 testing. They are: 
 
AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 
 
 261 
 
 1. Whether the seeds belong to the species which it is desired to plant. 
 
 2. Whether the sample is free from deUberate adulterations and from 
 noxious weed seeds and other noxious impurities. 
 
 3. Whether the sample possesses a high percentage of viable seeds and 
 high vital energy, as shown by the rapidity with which germination 
 takes place. 
 
 4. Whether they are of at least average volume- weight. 
 
 In determining the first point, whether the seeds belong to the specfes 
 which it is desired to plant, a selected sample is spread out upon a piece 
 
 Fig. 112. — Mixture of weed seeds commonly found in low-grade alsike clover seed: 
 a, alsike clover; h, white clover; c, red clover; d, yellow trefoil; e, Canada thistle; /, 
 dock; g, sorrel; h, buckhorn; i, rat-tail plantain; k, lamb's quarters; I, shepherd' s-purse; 
 w, mayweed; n, scentless camomile; i, white campion; p, night-flowering catch-fly; 
 q, oxeye daisy; r, small-fruited false flax; s, cinquefoil; /, two,kindsof peppergrass; ti, 
 catnip; v, timothy; x, chickweed; y, Canada bluegrass; z, clover dodder; i, mouse-ear 
 chickweed; 2, knot-grass; 3, tumbling amaranth; 4, rough amaranth; 5, heal-all; 6, 
 lady's-thumb. (Enlarged.) {After Hillman, F. H.: The Adulteration of Forage-Plant 
 Seeds. Farmers' Bulletin 382, 1909, p. 10.) 
 
 of white paper and the seeds gone over one by one (Fig. 112). All foreign 
 seeds, if any are present, are removed and later weighed. The percentage 
 obtained by weighing will give the purity of the sample. In purchasing 
 seeds in the market, we cannot expect to obtain the highest possible qual- 
 ity, or 100 per cent, of real worth. One hundred per cent, is the ideal 
 standard -of measurement and at best we can only hope to approximate it. 
 Agricultural seeds, 99 per cent, pure, may be considered to be very high 
 
262 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 grade seeds, for with improved methods of farming, improvement In the 
 purity of seeds is very rapid. 
 
 The second point is determined in the same way, only particular at- 
 tention is given to the removal of the weed seeds, which may be mixed 
 in the sample. After all the weed seeds and other impurities are removed, 
 their weight is taken and we can then determine the percentage of weed 
 seeds present in the sample. The seed specialist goes further than this 
 and determines the particular kind of weed seeds which are present. 
 Constant practice and a knowledge of the different kinds of seeds will 
 enable him in many cases to determine what seeds are present, but oc- 
 casionally seeds are found, which he is unable to identify. The botanist 
 then has recourse to illustrations and to the collection of seeds, which all 
 well equipped seed laboratories have amassed for the purposes of such 
 comparison. Unless the, seed is of an unusual kind, the identification 
 » can be made quickly with such aids at hand. Inert matter in some seed 
 tests are included in the final statement, as to the seed impurities. Inert 
 matter includes dirt, stones, chaff, sticks and the like. One of the best 
 laboratories of its kind in the United States is maintained by the Colo- 
 rado Agricultural Experiment Station at Fort Collins, Colorado. The 
 findings of the seed specialist there, as to the chief weed seeds in Colorado 
 crop seeds, may be taken as a sample of the kind of work done in the test- 
 ing of seeds taken from the Second Annual Report of the Colorado Seed 
 Laboratory for 1918. 
 
 The chief weed seeds in Colorado crop seeds are: Wild oats, black 
 bindweed, rough pigweed, lamb's quarters, sunflower, field sorrel, Rus- 
 sian thistle, and green foxtail. Other common weed seeds are wild 
 mustard, Indian mustard, buckhorn, red-stemmed plantain, cow cockle, 
 slender wheat-frass, prostrate pigweed, common ragweed, sedge, large 
 mouse-eared chickweed, fetid marigold, barnyard grass, gumweed, pepper- 
 grass, witch grass, spotted smartweed, five-finger, curled dock, pigeon- 
 grass, and buffalo bur. 
 
 There were 188 different kinds of weed seeds occurring as impurities 
 in crop seeds. 
 
 The analyses show the following most common impurities of the im- 
 portant crop seeds sold in Colorado. 
 
 Alfalfa. — Indian mustard, dodders, prostrate pigweed, tall pigweed, 
 lamb's quarters, barnyard-grass, sunflower, gumweed, sweet clover, 
 witch-grass, curled dock, Russian thistle, and green foxtail (Figs. 113 and 
 114). 
 
AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 
 
 263 
 
 Barley. — Wild oats, black bindweed or wild buckwheat, and sunflower. 
 Blue-grass.— Peppergrass, sour sorrel, chickweed, and sedges. 
 Cane. — Russian thistle. 
 
 Millet. — ^Tall pigweed, ragweed, lamb's quart.ers, sunflower, Russian 
 thistle, smartweed, green foxtail, yellow foxtail. 
 
 Fig. 113. — Alfalfa of good quality. Natural size and magnified 9 times. {After 
 Brown, Edgar and Crosby, Mamie L.: Imported Low-grade Clover and Alfalfa Seed. 
 Bull. Ill, Part III, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1907). 
 
 Pig. 114. — Imported alfalfa of low grade. Natural size and magnified 9 times. 
 {After Brown, Edgar and Crosby, Mamie L.: Imported Low-grade Clover and Alfalfa Seed. 
 Bull. Ill, Part III, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1907.) 
 
 Oats. — Wild oats, black bindweed or wild buckwheat, lamb's quarters, 
 sunflower, and Russian thistle. 
 
 Red Top. — Rugel's plantain, yarrow, sedge, rush, and five-finger (Figs. 
 115 and 116.) 
 
 Sorghums. — Pigweed, ragweed, sunflower, and Russian thistle, 
 
 Sudan grass. — Tall pigweed, lamb's quarters, sunflower, Russian 
 thistle, and buffalo bur. 
 
!04 
 
 I'ASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 Sweet Clover. — Slenckr wheat-grass, tall pigweed, lamb's quarters, 
 sunflower, Russian thistle, and green foxtail. 
 
 Timothy. — Rugel's plantain, peppergrass, and sheep sorrel. 
 
 Fig. 115. — Red clover of good quality. Natural size and magnified 9 times. 
 (After Brown, Edgar and Crosby, Mamie L.: Imported Low-grade Clover and Alfalfa Seed. 
 Bull. Ill, Part III, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1907). 
 
 The third point as to the vitaHty of the seeds, which the farmer pro- 
 poses to purchase, can only be determined by an actual test of the power 
 of germination of the seeds to be tested (Fig. 117). Some seeds, owing to 
 the fact that the resting period has not been covered, refuse to germinate 
 
 ^r '^^^^K^^BSm 
 
 
 p^j^j^j^^ju 
 
 Fig. h6. — Imported red clover of low grade. Natural size and magnified 9 times. 
 (After Brown, Edgar and Crosby, Mamie L.: Imported Low-grade Clover and Alfalfa 
 Seed. Bull, iii, Part III, Bureau of Plant Industry, 1907.) 
 
 when first planted, while other seeds, such as the clovers, will germinate 
 twelve hours after the "harvest ripeness" stage occurs. In other cases 
 sound and viable seeds are delayed in sprouting by an impermeable seed 
 coat. In practical seed-testing, where one hundred, or more, seeds are 
 placed in the germination chamber, or in a more simple way between the 
 
AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 
 
 265 
 
 wet blotter pads on a dinner plate (Fig, 118) under a bell jar, the following 
 times may be taken as the ones in which more than one-half the seeds used 
 may be expected to sprout: The cereals, clovers, opium poppy, cruci- 
 fers, spurry, vetchlings and peas — three days. 
 
 Cucurbits, beans, ilax, spinach, buckwheat, rye, wheat and timothy 
 grass — four days. 
 
 cot 
 
 Fig. 117. Pig. 118. 
 
 Pig. 117. — Seed and stages in germination of white bear (Phaseolus vulgaris). A. 
 Seed with hilum; B, seed deprived of its coats. C, early stage of germination; ,D, later 
 stage show epigeal cotyledons; epicotyl, hypocotyl and first foliage leaves; r = radicle; 
 h = hypocotyl; e = epicotyl; cot = cotyledon; Iv = first true leaves; p = plumule. 
 
 Fig. 118. — Homemade seed tester. A, closed: B, open. {After Brown, Edgar and 
 Hillman, F. H.: Seed of Red Clover and its Impurities. Farmers' Bulletin 260, 1906, p. 8.) 
 
 Oats, tall oat grass, canary grass, maize, meadow fescue and ray grasses 
 — five days. 
 
 Red top, sainfoin, beet, carrot (Fig. 119) and others — six days. 
 
 Meado-^ foxtail, yellow oat grass, sweet vernal grass, peas, orchard 
 grass— seven days. 
 
 The volume-weight is obtained by weighing in the air the contents 
 of a standard measure, such as. the bushel, or the hectolitre. This 
 weight is more or less influenced by the shape and size of the seeds which 
 permit them to form a more or less compact mass, and also by the 
 
266 PASTORAL AND AGRICULTURAL BOTANY 
 
 shape of the vessel. Small sized, or withered seeds give a smaller vol- 
 ume weight than large plump seeds. The number of seeds in any measure 
 increases with the volume weight and the weight of the individual seeds 
 decreases in like ratio. With cereal seeds the absolute weight of the 
 individual seeds invariably increases with the volume weight. Chemical 
 analyses show that the higher the volume-weight ,the better the edible 
 quality of cereal, or starchy seed. Hence it is important to determine the 
 volume weight. 
 
 To estimate the real, or agricultural worth of a seed sample, we must 
 combine the purity and viability percentages, thus: 
 
 — ^ = Real, or Cultural Worth in terms of per cent. 
 
 lOO ^ 
 
 Means of Detecting Source of Seeds. — It is important to have a 
 reliable means of detecting the source of supply of seeds. Wittmack was 
 
 Pig. 119. — Wild carrot, c, natural size; o, b, front and edge views. {Taken from 
 Seed Testing its Uses and Methods, North Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station Bull. 
 108, 1894.)^ 
 
 the first scientific man to interest himself in this question, and in 1873, he 
 recognized a red clover as American owing to the presence in it of seeds of 
 Ambrosia. Sometimes the appearance of the seed itself — the metallic 
 lustre of its coat^ — proclaims its origin. Stebler calls those weed seeds 
 which indicate the origin of the seed source indi-jators. Other seeds not as 
 reliable, but still helpful, he calls companion seeds. Of the weed seeds 
 found in red clover a few such as ragweed, spurge, field dodder, Practed 
 and black-seeded plantains, spiny sida, lady's thumb and vervain indicate 
 the American origin of the seed in other words are source indiJators. On 
 the other hand clover dodder (Fig. 120), scentless chamomile, wild mad- 
 der and ox tongue indicate imported seed. Stebler recognizes the follow- 
 ing seed supplying districts of the world and the source indicators. 
 
 I. South European (South France, Italy, Spain). Coronilla scorpi^ 
 aides and A mmi majus. 
 
AC.TtlCULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 
 
 >67 
 
 2. West European (Great Britain, N. France, Netherlands). Alopc- 
 curus agrestis, Carum petroselinum. 
 
 3. North American (United States and Canada). Panicwn capillare, 
 Cuscuta arvensis, Rudbeckia hirta, Ambrosia arfemiscefolia. 
 
 Fig. 120. — Mature dodder (Cuscuta) on an alfalfa stem. (After Mairs, T. I.: 
 Some Soiling Crops for Pennsylvania, Bull. 109, Pennsylvania State College Agricultural 
 Experiment Station, 1911, p. 13.) 
 
 4. AustraHan (AustraHa and New Zealand.) Agrostis Fosteri, Dan- 
 thonia semi-annularis. 
 
 5. Asiatic (Syria, Turkestan). Silene dichotoma, Saponaria vaccaria, 
 Glaucium corniculatum, Berteroa incana, Erysimum orientate, Hibiscus tri- 
 onum, Anthemis austriaca, Car dims acanthoides. 
 
20.S I'ASTORAL AND AC.RICl' LTUUAL BOTAXV 
 
 6. South American (Chili. Argentine Republic) CeratoMoa australis, 
 Medkago denticulata, M. maculaia, Melilotus parviflora, Ammi visnaga, 
 and Cuscuta raceniosa. 
 
 Number of Seeds in Pound and Bushel.- — The number of weed seeds 
 sown with agricultural seeds is astonishing. In one sample, that con- 
 tained in all only one-fifth of one per cent, of spurious seeds, the number of 
 weed seeds per pound averaged 990. In a bushel of 60 pounds there were, 
 therefore, more than 59,000 weed seeds. A sample of clover seed offered 
 on the Chicago market in 1898 for two cents per pound contained 338,000 
 weed seeds per pound, or more than 20,000,000 per bushel. Hence, we 
 are led to observe that low-priced seed may be expensive, when we con- 
 sider, that it costs just as much to prepare the soil for poor seeds, as for 
 good seeds, and if the seeds are poor the amount of labor later exerted in 
 the extermination of the weeds more than offsets the initial expense of 
 the seeds. Hence the farmer should g^ow the best seed that he can obtain 
 on the market, even if the price is high. 
 
 Slowly, but none the less surely, America is becoming the recognized 
 center of the world's seed-growing industry. The need, therefore, of 
 men scientifically trained in all phases of this industry is important for 
 the future development of the seed industry. Whoever contributes to 
 the education of these men contributes to the welfare of the state. 
 
 Bibliography 
 
 American Agriculturist: Testing Seeds. Gardeners' Chronicle, new ser., viii, 268, 
 
 September i, 1877. 
 Beal, W. J.; Seeds o£ Michigan Weeds. Bulletin 260, Michigan State Agricultural 
 
 College Experiment Station, March, 1910; Seed Dispersal. Boston, Ginn & 
 
 Company, 1900. 
 Brenchley, Winifred E.: Buried Weed Seeds. Journal Agricultural Science, ix, 
 
 1, 1-31, 1918; reviewin Journal Royal Horticultural Society, xliv, 164, May, 1919. 
 Brown, Edgar: Alfalfa Seed. Farmers' Bulletin iq4,'I904. 
 Brown, Edgar and Hili.man, F. H. : Seed of Red Clover and Its Impurities. Farmers' 
 
 Bulletin 260, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1906. 
 Clark, George H.: The Seed Control Act (Canadian). Bulletin No. S.i, Revised 
 
 Edition, Dominion of Canada, Department of Agriculture, July, 1907. 
 Dailey, Arthur T.: Seed Separation and Germination. Facts for Farmers, iii, No. 9, 
 
 May, 1913. 
 DuvEL, J. W. T.: The Vitality and Germination of Seeds. Bulletin 58, Bureau of 
 
 Plant Industry, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1904. 
 GUPPY, H. B.: Studies in Seeds and Fruits. An Investigation with the Balance. 
 
 London, Williams and Norgate, 191 2; Plants, Seeds and Currents in the West 
 
 Indies and i\zores. London, Williams and Norgate, 191 7. 
 
AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 26q 
 
 Haez, Dr. C. D.: Landwirthschaftliche Samenkunde Handbuch fijr Botaniker, Land- 
 wirthe, Gartner, Droguisten, Hygieniker. Berlin, Verlag von Paul Parey, 1885. 
 
 Hicks, Gilbekt H. and Key, Sothoron: Additional Notes on Seed Testing. Year- 
 book, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1897, 441-452. 
 
 HiLLMAN, F. H.: Dodder in Relation to Farm Seeds. Farmers' Bulletin 306, 1907; 
 The Adulteration of Forage-plant Seeds.- Farmers' Bulletin 382, 1909. 
 
 Hughes, H. D.: The Germination Test of Seed Corn. Bulletin 135, Agricultural Ex- 
 periment Station, Iowa State College of Agriculture and Mechanic Arts, February, 
 
 1913- 
 Jenkins, E. H., Hicks, G. H. and Others: Rules and Apparatus for Seed Testing. 
 
 Circular 34, OflSce of the Experiment Station, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 
 
 1897. 
 Johnson, T. and Hensman, Miss R.: Agricultural Seeds and Their Weed Impurities: 
 
 A Source of Ireland's Alien Flora. The Scientific Proceedings of the Royal 
 
 Dublin Society, xii, new ser., 446, 462 with plates, July, 1910. 
 Kruhm, Adolph: Growing Seed for the World. The Garden Magazine, December, 
 
 1916, 164-16', ; The Romance of the Seeds. The World's Work, April, 1917. 
 Lltbbock, Sir John: A Contribution to our Knowledge of Seedlings (two volumes). 
 
 New York, D. Appleton and Company, 1892. 
 McCarthy, Gerald: Seed Testing, Its Uses and Methods. Bulletin 108, North 
 
 Carolina Agricultural Experiment Station, 1894. 
 NoBBE, Dr. Friedrich: Handbuch der Samenkunde Physiologische Statitische 
 
 Untersuchungen iiber der wirthschaftlichen Gebrauchswerth der land und forst- 
 
 wirthschaftlichen, sowie gartnerischen Saatwaaren. Berlin, Verlag von Wie- 
 
 gandt, Hempel & Parey, 1876. 
 PiETERS, A. J.: The Farmer's Interest in Good Seed. Farmers' Bulletin 11 1, 1900; 
 
 Red Clover Seed. Farmers' Bulletin 123, 1901; Seed Production and Seed Sav- 
 ing. Yearbook, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1896, 207-216. 
 Robbins, W. W. : Colorado Seed Laboratory. Bulletin, Vol. i , No. i , The Colorado Seed 
 
 Act, Sept., 1917; No. 2, First Annual Report, December, 1917; No. 3, Second 
 
 Annual Report, December, 1918; No. 4, Colorado Pure Seed Law, August, 1919. 
 Sasscer, E. R. and Hawkins, Lou A.: A Method of Fumigating Seed. Bulletin 186, 
 
 U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1915. 
 Schmitz, Nicolas: The Germination Test of Seed Corn. Extension Circular 71, 
 
 The Pennsylvania State College, School of Agriculture and Experiment Station, 
 
 February, 1918. 
 Stone, George E.: Seed Separation and Germination. Bulletin 121, Massachusetts 
 
 Agricultural Experiment Station, February, 1908. 
 Tillman, O. J.: Puritj^ and Germination of Agricultural and Vegetable Seeds Sold in 
 
 North Carolina. The Bulletin of the North Carolina Department of Agriculture, 
 
 Division of Botany, Vol. 32, No. 10, October, 1911. 
 True, A. C: Rules and Apparatus for Seed Testing. Circular 34 (revised), Office 
 
 of the Experiment Stations, U. S. Department of Agriculture, 1906. 
 Weed, Clarence Moores: Seed-travellers. Studies of the Methods of Dispersal of 
 
 Common Seeds. Boston, Ginn & Co., 1899. 
 
270 pastoral and agricultural botany 
 
 Laboratory Work 
 
 Suggestions to Teachers. — It is desirable, iilthough probably not feasible on account 
 of lack of time, for the students to make a collection of weed seeds. These can be 
 kept in vials in the manner indicated in the laboratory work at the end of Chapter 12. 
 A collection of forty-eight weed seeds, or twice that number, if two boxes of vials are 
 used instead of one, will be very helpful in the identification of doubtful weed seeds. 
 
 The botanical laboratory, where agricultural botany is taught, might form an 
 agricultural collection, such as is outlined in a bulletin issued by the College of Agri- 
 culture, Agricultural Extension Service, University of Missouri, Columbia, Missouri, 
 November, 19 15. An outline of the suggestions in Project Announcement No. 2 is 
 given herewith. 
 
 Agricultural Collections tor Laboratories 
 
 Farm Crops Laboratory Material 
 
 Mounted Laboratory Material 
 Sets 
 I. Types of wheat. Spikes and threshed grain. 
 II. Varietal types of common wheat. 
 
 III. Types of oats. Panicles and threshed grain. 
 
 IV. Types of barley. Spikes and threshed grain. 
 V. Types of clovers. Head and threshed grains. 
 
 VI. Sorghum types. 
 
 VII. Economic grasses. Spikes and panicles with threshed seeds. 
 VIII. Botanical types of corn. 
 IX. Varieties and types of millets. ^ 
 
 X. Miscellaneous cereals. 
 
 XI. Seeds of miscellaneous forage, root, fiber and other plants. 
 
 XII. Pathological specimens of loose smut of wheat, covered smut of wheat, loose 
 smut of barley, smuts of corn and oats, etc. 
 In addition to the above, there should be accumulated book illustrations, photo- 
 graphs, score cards and maps showing distribution and economic importance of the 
 various crop plants. 
 
 The teacher should have on hand several pounds of commercial seeds purchased 
 in the open market, such as alfalfa, red clover, wheat, rye and oats. These are accumu- 
 lated for use in the following exercises. 
 
 Laboratory Exercises 
 
 I. Small measured quantities, either by volume, or by weight, of some seed sample 
 (as above) should be distributed to every student in the class, who should make an 
 analysis of the samples distributed. The good seeds should be placed in one pile, 
 the weed seeds in another, and the impurities in a third. An estimate should then be 
 made of the percentages of purity of each of the samples. 
 
AGRICULTURAL SEEDS, SELECTION AND TESTING 271 
 
 2. The weed seeds, separated as above, should then be identified Ijy the use of 
 illustrations and comparison with the laboratory collection of weed seeds. 
 
 3. Seeds, which germinate quickly (3-4 days), should be used for the purpose of 
 testing the viability of seeds and learning the technique of the test. The simplest ar- 
 rangement is to use the blotter pads previously described by placing alternately wet pads 
 and layers of seeds between two deep soup dishes, one of them being inverted over the 
 other (Fig. 118). The rag doll seed tester may also be used. Secure muslin cloth of a 
 good quality and tear into strips from eight to ten inches wide and three to five feet 
 long. Where these strips are to be used very much, the edges should be hemmed to 
 prevent raveling. Squares can then be marked with a heavy pencil on the cloth, so 
 that they have a three inch side. The seeds are then placed on the square and the 
 cloth rolled up, so as to inclose the seeds. The whole roll is then placed in water for 
 a few hours and then removed and kept moist until germination begins. In both of 
 these methods of testing the germination of seeds, if one hundred seeds are used, the 
 number that germinate within the specified time will give the exact percentage^of 
 viability without calculation. 
 
GLOSSARY AND INDEX 
 
 No attempt is made to form a complete glossary of terms, but only those words 
 are included which might give trouble to the reader of the book. 
 
 Aaronson, Aaron and discovery of wild 
 
 wheat, 165 
 Abdomen, the large inferior cavity of the 
 
 trunk of the human bodj'. 
 Abortives, 12 
 Abrin, 19 
 
 Abrus precatorius, 185 
 Abutilon Theophrasti, 244 
 Acacia, 184; arabica, 185; senna, 185 
 Accumulation of nitrogen, 218 
 Achene, a one-seeded, seed-like fruit. 
 Aconin, 59 
 Aconite, 230; as a poisonous plant, 58; 
 
 poisoning symptoms, 58 
 Aconitin, 59; test for, 69 
 Aconitum columbianum as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 58; Napellus, cases of poisoning 
 
 by, 58 
 Adobe, clay or soil from which sun-dried 
 
 bricks are made; sun-dried bricks. 
 Adrenalin, 16 
 Adsuki bean, 20'/ 
 Aegagropilae, 3 
 
 Aerobic, requiring oxygen in order to live. 
 Aeschynomene spinulosa, 184 
 Aestivation, the arrangement of parts in 
 
 the bud of the flowers. 
 Agave americana, 230; rigida var. sisa- 
 
 lana, 230; sisalana, 230 
 Age of plant, influence of, 13 
 Agricultural collections, 270 
 Agricultural seeds, general considerations, 
 
 259 
 Agropyron repens, 254 
 Agrostemma Githago as a poisonous plant, 
 
 57 
 
 18 273 
 
 Agrostemin, 58 
 
 Agrostis alba, 136; var. stolonifera, 136; 
 var. vulgaris, 136; canina, 137; Fos- 
 teri, 267 
 
 Aino millet, 147 
 
 Ala, a wing petal in the papilionaceous 
 flower. 
 
 Albuminous, pertaining to a seed with the 
 reserve food outside of the embryo. 
 
 Aleppo grass, 145 
 
 Alfalfa, 184, 187; and Varro, 187; com- 
 position of, 191; description of, 188; 
 flowers, tripping of, 189; harvesting, 
 190; Grimm, 189; number of cuttings, 
 188; original home of, 187; planting, 
 190; seed, impurities of, 262; seeding, 
 187; soil, 190; treatment, 190; use 
 as a feed, 190; varieties of, 189 
 
 Alkaloids, 18 
 
 Alligator pear, 236 
 
 Allium ascalonicum, 227; cepa, 226; fis- 
 tulosum, 227; porrum, 227; sativum, 
 226; schoenoprasum, 227 
 
 Almond, 232 
 
 Alopecurus agrestis, 267; pratensis, 138 
 
 Alsike clover, 193 
 
 Alternation of nitrogen-storing and ni- 
 trogen-consuming plants, 237 
 
 Amanita muscaria, 33; phalloides, 35 
 
 Amanita-toxin, 36 
 
 Amaranthus retroflexus, 255 
 
 Amaurotic, relating to the condition of 
 partial or total loss of vision. 
 
 Ambrosia artemisijefolia and hay-fever, 
 112, 243, 267; psilostachya and hay- 
 fever, 112; trifida and hay-fever, 112 
 
74 
 
 INDF-X 
 
 America as center of world's seed indus- 
 try, 268 
 
 Ammi majus; 266 visnaga, 268 
 
 Ammophila arenaria, 142 
 
 Amount of poison, variation in, 14 
 
 Amygdalii?, 67; hydrolj-sis of, 19 
 
 Amylose, any one of a certain group of 
 the carbohydrates including cellu- 
 lose, dextrin, glycogen and starch. 
 
 Anaerobic, capable of living without free 
 oxygen (air). 
 
 Ananas sativa, 235 
 
 Anemonic acid, 59 
 
 Anemonin, 59 
 
 Andromedotoxin, 95 
 
 Andropogon muricatus, use of roots of, 
 129; Sorghum, 236; poisoning by, 
 
 45 
 
 Annona squamosa, 235 
 
 Annulus, a ring usually found on the stalk 
 of toadstools. 
 
 Anthemis austriaca, 267; cotula, 255 
 
 Anthoxanthum odoratum, 140; and hay- 
 fever, 112 
 
 Anthyllis vulneraria, 212 
 
 Antibody, a substance which counter- 
 acts, or neutralizes, a poisonous body 
 or toxin. 
 
 Antibodies, 21 
 
 Antidote, an agent counteracting or pre- 
 venting the action of a poison. 
 
 .\ntitoxin, a substance formed in the body 
 of animals which neutralizes the 
 toxins, or poisons, formed in these 
 organisms. 
 
 .\ntitoxins, 21 
 
 Apium graveolens, 225, 229 
 
 Apocarpous, that condition of the pistil 
 of the flower in which the carpels are 
 distinct. 
 
 Aposepalous, distinct sepals. 
 
 Apocynum cannabinum, 254 
 
 Apparatus for seed testing, 260 
 
 Appetite, depraved, 15 
 
 Apple, 231 
 
 Apricot, 232 
 
 .A.rachis, 184; hypogaea, 205 
 
 Aragallus (Oxytropis) Lambertii as a 
 
 poisonous plant, 74 
 Aralia cordata, 227 
 
 Arbutin in leaves of ericaceous plants, 97 
 Arctium lappa, 254 
 Areca catechu, 237 
 Arracacha, 226; esculcnta, 226 
 Artemisia biennis, 244; frigida, 150; 
 
 heterophylla and hay-fever, 1 1 2 
 Artichoke, 213, 230 
 Artocarpus incisa, 235 
 Arundinaria nitida, 227 
 Asclepias cornuti, 254; verticillata as a 
 
 poisonous plant, 99 
 Ash pumpkin, 232 
 Asparagus, 227 
 Asparagus bean, 200 
 Asparagus officinalis, 227 
 Aspergillosis, 2 
 Aspergillus fumigatus, i ; pathogenicity of, 
 
 I 
 Asphyxia, a condition of the body often 
 
 resulting in death where the blood is 
 
 not properly supplied with oxygen. 
 Asphyxiation, 51 
 Asthenia, absence or general loss of 
 
 strength. 
 Asthenics, 11 
 Astragalus diphysus as a poisonous plant, 
 
 75; gummifer, 185; mollissimus as a 
 
 poisonous plant, 74 
 Ataxia, the incoordination of muscular 
 
 action. 
 Atropin, 11; forms of, 16 
 Audibert, M., mentioned, 80 
 Australian salt bush, 212 
 Available energy, 121 
 Avena fatua, 162; nuda, 162; orientalis, 
 
 162; sativa, 162 
 Avivectent, said of fruits and seeds which 
 
 are distributed by being voided by 
 
 birds in their feces. 
 Awn, the bristle or beard attached to cer- 
 tain chaffy scales beneath the flowers 
 
 of grasses. 
 
INDEX 
 
 275 
 
 Bacillus radicicola, activitj' of, 220 
 
 Bacteriolysins, 21 
 
 Bacteria of nitrification, 218 
 
 Bacteroids, 220 
 
 Ballast, material carried on vessels to bal- 
 ance and steady them in the sea-way. 
 
 Balls of cactus spines, 6 
 
 Balsam of Peru, 185 
 
 Balsam of Tolu, 184 
 
 Bamboo, 227 
 
 Bamboos, uses of, 129 
 
 Bambusa arundinacea, 227; vulgaris, 227 
 
 Banana, 235 
 
 Banner oats, 162 
 
 Baptisia tinctoria, 185 
 
 Barley, 128, i68; cultivation of, 169; de- 
 scription of, 168; production, 155; 
 rotation, 170; seed impurities of, 
 263; six-rowed, 168; two-rowed, 168 
 
 Beal, W. J., experiments with seeds, 247; 
 experiments on vitality of buried 
 seeds, 255 
 
 Bean, hyacinth, 212 
 
 Beans, 184 
 
 Bear-grass, 213 
 
 Beet, 225 
 
 Beggar- weed, 212 
 
 Belladonna, 99, 230 
 
 Benincasa cerifera, 232 
 
 Berberin, 65 
 
 Beri-beri, a dropsical complaint with 
 other accompaniments common in 
 Ceylon, India and Japan. 
 
 Beri-beri, 46 
 
 Bermuda grass, 129, 144; origin of, 144; 
 seeding of, 145 
 
 Berseem, 2x2 
 
 Berteroa incana, 267 
 
 Beta vulgaris, 225 
 
 Betain, 19 
 
 Betel, 237 
 
 Bezoar, etymology of, 4 
 
 Bindweed, 254 
 
 Bird's foot trefoil, 212 
 
 Bittersweet as a poisonous plant, loi 
 
 Blackberry, 25^ 
 
 Black grama, 148 
 
 Black locust, 184, 185; as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 70 
 Blotter test for seeds, 271 
 Blueberry, 234 
 Bluegrass, Canadian, 135; Kentucky, 133; 
 
 seed impurities, 263 
 Blue-joint grass, 139 
 Blue loco weed, 75 
 Bluestem wheat, 167 
 Boehm, studies of, 89 
 Boehmeria nivea, 228 
 Boerner, Dr. F., mentioned, 93 
 Bonavist, 212 
 Bouteloua aristoides, 148; curtipendula, 
 
 148; eriopoda, 148; gracilis, 147; hir- 
 
 suta, 148; oligostachya, 147; Parryi, 
 
 148 
 Bowstring hemp, 230 
 Box, as a poisonous plant, 79 
 Bradley, Helen, poisoned by Jimson weed, 
 
 100 
 Bract, the subtending leaf of a flower. 
 Bracteate, having bracts. 
 Branching of grass stems, 133 
 Brassica campestris, 225; chinensis, 229; 
 
 napus, 225; nigra, 255; oleracea var. 
 
 botrytis, 230; var. capitata, 229; var. 
 
 caulo-rapa, 227; var. gemmifera, 229; 
 
 var. viridis, 229 
 Bread fruit, 235 
 Bread wheat, 165 
 
 Breath of milk-sick animals described, 105 
 Broad bean, 184, 207 
 Broccoli, 230 
 Brome grass, smooth, 139 
 Bromus inermis, 139; tectorum injury by, 
 
 2 
 Bronchomycosis, an affection of the bron- 
 chial tubes due to fungi, i 
 Bjroom as a poisonous plant, 70 
 Broom corn, 128, 236 
 Broom corn millet, 147 
 Brownlow, Mr. C. V., mentioned, vii 
 Brussels sprouts, 229 
 Buchloe dactyloides, 148 
 
276 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Buchu, 230 
 
 Buckwheat, cultivation of, 175; descrip- 
 tion of. 174; yield of, 175 
 
 Buffalo grass, 148, 149; analysis of, 149 
 
 Bugloss, viper's, 249 
 
 Bulh crops, 226 
 
 Bulbilis dactyloides, 148 
 
 Bulliform cells of grass leaves, 125 
 
 Bunch grasses, 124 
 
 Bur clover, 187, 207 
 
 Burdock, 254 
 
 Burma bean as a poisonous plant, 71 
 
 Burnet, 213 
 
 Burns, Prof. Geo. P. quoted. 244 
 
 Buttercup as a poisonous plant, 59 
 
 Buxin, 79 
 
 Buxus sempervirens as a poisonous plant, 
 79 
 
 Cabbage, 229 
 
 Cactus spine balls, 6 
 
 Csesalpinioidese, flowers of, 183 
 
 Calamagrostis canadensis, 139 
 
 Calico-bush as a poisonous shrub, 93 
 
 California bur clover, 207 
 
 Callus, hardened and thickened skin. 
 
 Calorie, 120 
 
 Caltha palustris, as a poisonous plant, 64 
 
 Calyx, the outer whorl of floral envelopes. 
 
 Camas, death, 47 
 
 Camellia Thea, 229 
 
 Campanulate, bell-shaped. 
 
 Canada potato, 225 
 
 Canada thistle, 252 
 
 Canadian bluegrass, 135 
 
 Canadian field pea, 199 
 
 Cane, seed impurities of, 263 
 
 Cannabis sativa, 228 
 
 Cantaloupe, 2$2 
 
 Caper spurge, 79 
 
 Capitulum, 183 , 
 
 Capsella bursa-pastoris, 248, 255 
 
 Capsicum annum, 233 
 
 Capsule, a dry, splitting seed vessel de- 
 veloped from a pistil with united 
 carpels. 
 
 Carbohydrate, an organic compound con- 
 taining carbon, hydrogen and oxygen, 
 the two latter being in the proportion 
 to form water. 
 
 Carbohydrates in corn, 160 
 
 Cardoon in Argentina, 246 
 
 Carduus acanthoides, 267 
 
 Carica papaya, 235 
 
 Carob, 184 
 
 Carpel, a leaf which represents one of the 
 constituent parts of the pistil. 
 
 Carpet weed, 243 
 
 Carrot, 225; wild, 249, 254 
 
 Carum petroselinum, 267 
 
 Caryopsis, the fruit of cereals, or grasses. 
 
 Cases of poisoning, seasonal distribution 
 of, 14 
 
 Cassava, 226 
 
 Cassia fistula, 185 
 
 Castilloa elastica, 228 
 
 Castor oil, 237; medicinal uses of, 80; 
 plant as poisonous, 80 
 
 Cauliflower, 230 
 
 Cause of hay-fever, in 
 
 Celandine as a poisonous plant, 65 
 
 Celeriac, 225 
 
 Celery, 229 
 
 Cenchrus tribuloides, injury by, 2 
 
 Cerastium arvense, 246 
 
 Ceratochloa australis, 268 
 
 Ceratonia, 184 
 
 Cereals, American, 155 
 
 Cevadin, 51 
 
 Chaetochloa italica, 236 
 
 Character of organ, influence of, 13 
 
 Chelerythrin, 65 
 
 Chelidonium majus as a poisonous plant, 
 
 65 
 Chemical nature of poisoning, 16 
 Chenopodium quinoa, 237 
 Cherry, sour, 232; sweet, 232 
 Chestnut, V. K., work quoted, 34, 58 
 Chestnut and Wilcox mentioned, 72, 90, 
 
 lOI 
 
 Chia-peh-ho, 226 
 Chick-pea, 211 
 
INDEX 
 
 277 
 
 Chickweed, 246, 252 
 
 Chicory, introduction of, 246 
 
 Chinese primrose producing skin erup- 
 tions, 95 
 
 Chinese sugar-millet, 128 
 
 Chives, 227 
 
 Chodat, R., quoted, 165 
 
 Chongras, 55 
 
 Cholin, 19, 34; graphic formula of, 17 
 
 Chop suey, 207 
 
 Chorizema, 181; ilicifolia for class study, 
 185 
 
 Chorogi, 226 
 
 Chrosperma muscstoxicum, as a poison- 
 ous plant, 51 
 
 Chrysanthemum cinerariaefolium, 231; 
 leucanthemum pinnatifidum, 251; 
 pyrethrum, 231; roseum, 231 
 
 Chufa, 226 
 
 Ciboule, 227 
 
 Cicer arietinum, 211 
 
 Cichorium endivium, 229 
 
 Cicuta maculata, 87; species of, as poison- 
 ous plants, 88; vagans, 87; virosa, 87 
 
 Cicutoxin, 89 
 
 Ciliate, provided with a fringe of fine 
 hairs, or bristles (cilia). 
 
 Cinchona, 228; calisaya, 228 
 
 Cirrhiferous, 181 
 
 Cirrhosis, the increase and thickening of 
 the connective tissue of an organ, as 
 of the liver. 
 
 Cirsium arvense, 252 
 
 Citron, 235 
 
 CitruUus vulgaris, 232 
 
 Citrus aurantifolia, 235; aurantium, 235; 
 grandis, 235; limonium, 235; medica, 
 235; nobilis, 235; sinensis, 235 
 
 Classification of poisonous fungi, 37; 
 of poisons, Bernhard H. Smith's, 10; 
 of poisons, Blyth's, 9; of poisons, 
 Robert's. 
 
 Claviceps microcephala, 30; paspali, 30; 
 purpurea, 28 
 
 Climate, influence of, in formation of 
 poisons, 13 
 
 Clonic, pertaining to convulsive and 
 spasmodic states of muscles in which 
 contractions and relaxations occur 
 alternately and involuntarily. 
 
 Clover hair balls, 4 
 
 Clovers, 184 
 
 Clubwheat, 165 
 
 Coca, 230 
 
 Cocklebur, 243 
 
 Cocoa, 236 
 
 Cocoe, 226 
 
 Coconut, 236 
 
 Cocos nucifera, 236 
 
 Coefficient of digestion, 119 
 
 Coffea arabica, 236 
 
 Coffee, 236 
 
 Collard, 229 
 
 Colchicum autumnale as a poisonous 
 plant, 52 
 
 Colchin, 52 
 
 Coleosporium solidaginis, 31; description 
 
 of, 33 
 Collections, agricultural for laboratories, 
 
 270 
 Collections of seeds, 153 
 Colocasia antiquorum var. esculenta, 226 
 Coma, deep and prolonged sleep of an 
 
 abnormal kind. 
 Comatose, in the state of coma. 
 Comfrey prickly, 213 
 Common ragweed and hay-fever, 112 
 Companion seeds, 266 
 Complete, applied to a flower with all 
 
 of the floral circles present. 
 Concentrates, 118 
 Concord grape, 234 
 Conhydrin, 90 
 Conicein, 90 
 Conidiophores, 8 
 Coniin, 90 
 Conium maculatum as a poisonous plant, 
 
 90 
 Convallamarin, 52 
 Convallaria majalis as a poisonous plant, 
 
 52 
 Convallarin, 52 
 
278 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Convolvulus arvensis, 254; sepium, 254 
 
 Convulsives, 9,11 
 
 Cook, O. F., and wild wheat, 105 
 
 Copaiba, 185 
 
 Copaiba oblongifolia, 185; officinalis, 185 
 
 Copaifera, 184 
 
 Cc^aiva balsam, 184 
 
 Copal, 184 
 
 Corchorus capsularis, 228; olitorius, 228 
 
 Coriamyrtin, 89 
 
 Corn, 155; cultivation of, 161; flakes, 160; 
 of hybrid origin, 155; oil, 160; 
 
 Corn cockle as a poisonous plant, 57; 
 rotation, 161; sowing, 160 
 
 Corn poppy, 66 
 
 Corolla, the second usuallj' highly colored 
 whorl of the flower. 
 
 Coronilla scorpioides, 266 
 
 Corsa, Mr. William P., hair ball from, 4 
 
 Corymb, a flat-topped, indefinite flower 
 cluster. 
 
 Coryza, a catarrhal affection of the nasal 
 passages and nearby sinuses. 
 
 Cotton, 236 
 
 Cotyledon, a leaf of the embryo; a seed- 
 leaf. 
 
 Couch grass, 128 
 
 Coville, Dr. F. V., work of, 4 
 
 Cowpea, 184; description of, 200; rota- 
 tions, 201; utility of, 201; varieties 
 of, 201 
 
 Cox, work of, on tobaccos, 14 
 
 Crab grass, 129, 252 
 
 Cranberry, 234 
 
 Crawford, Dr. Albert C, work of, 78 
 
 Crimson clover, 194; hair balls of, 5; 
 treatment of, 194; uses of, 195 
 
 Crito, mentioned, 91 
 
 Crop rotations, 223 
 
 Crook's estimate of loss by sewage, 219 
 
 Crotalaria juncea, 184; sagittalis, as a 
 poisonous plant, 79 
 
 Crotin, 19 
 
 Crowberry, 55 
 
 Crown weeds, 254 
 
 Cucumis melo, 232 
 
 Cucurbita maxima, 232; pepo, 232 
 Cultivation, influence of inthe formation of 
 
 poisons, 14 
 Cultivation of corn, 160, 161 
 Culm, 123 
 Cumarin, 141 
 
 Cunningham, Dr. A. E., mentioned, 109 
 Curled dock, 254 
 Currant, 233; black, 233 
 Cuscuta arvensis, 267; racemosa, 268 
 Custard-apple, 235 
 Cyamopsis tetragonoloba, 212 
 Cyanogenesis, the origin of prussic acid 
 
 from a glucoside. 
 Cyanosis, a bluish discoloration of the 
 
 skin through the non-oxidation of 
 
 the blood. 
 Cyclamin, 20 
 Cydonia oblonga, 232 
 Cynara cardunculus, 246; scolymus, 230 
 Cynodon dactylon, 144 
 Cj-perus esculentus, 226 
 Cypripedium hirsutum, as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 52 
 Cytisin, 71 
 Cytisus canariensis, 185; scoparius as a 
 
 poisonous plant, 70 
 
 Dactylis glomerata, 137 
 
 Daisy fleabane, 243 
 
 Dais}-, ox-eye, 251 
 
 Dalbergia latifolia, 184 
 
 Dalmatian insect powder, 231 
 
 Dandelion, 254 
 
 Danthonia semi-annularis, 267 
 
 Darnel, 46, 142 
 
 Dasheen, 226, 229 
 
 Dasylirion texanum, 213; Wheeleri, 213 
 
 Date, 233 
 
 Datura Stramonium, 100; Tatula, 100 
 
 Daucus carota, 249, 254 
 
 Dawson, Dr. Charles F., report of hair 
 
 balls, 6 
 Dead nettle, 252 
 Death camas, 47 
 Death cup, 35 
 
INDEX 
 
 279 
 
 Death of Socrates, described, 90-91 
 
 De Candolle, experiments of on seeds, 255 
 
 Decumbent, spreading on the ground, the 
 
 apex tending to rise, said of stems. 
 Decurrent, running down as wings, or 
 
 ridges on the stem, as in some leaves. 
 Deliriants, 9, 11 
 Delphinin, 61 
 Delphinium, species of, as poisonous 
 
 plants, 60 
 Delphinoidin, 61 
 Delphisin, 61 
 Dennison Manufacturing Co., .nentioned, 
 
 154 
 
 Dentate, toothed. 
 
 Depraved appetite, 15 
 
 Depressants, 11 
 
 Dermatitis, an extensive group of skin 
 inflammations characterized by red- 
 ness, itching and frequently watery 
 pustules. 
 
 Desensitizing for poison ivy, 83 
 
 Desmodium gyrans, 182 
 
 Desmodium tortuosum, 184, 212 
 
 Deubler, Dr. D. S., mentioned, 94 
 
 Dewberry, 233 
 
 Diadelphous applied to stamens which 
 are united by their filaments into 
 two distinct groups. 
 
 Dicotyledons as poisonous plants, 55 
 
 Dicotyledonous, having two cotyledons, 
 or embryonic seed leaves. 
 
 Digestion, 118 
 
 Digestibility of feeds, 119 
 
 Digitalis, 230 
 
 Dioecious, the condition in which the male 
 (staminate) and female (pistillate) 
 flowers are borne on two distinct 
 plants of the same species. 
 
 Dioscorea alata, 226 
 
 Dioscorides and plane tree, 6 
 
 Diospyros kaki, 233 
 
 Diospyros virginiana, 233 
 
 Disk-flower, the central tubular flower of 
 the head in the sunflower family. 
 
 Distichy in grasses, 125 
 
 Distinct, applied to parts of the same 
 circle in the flower which are not 
 united with each other. 
 
 Dolichos lablab, 212 
 
 Doctor-gum, 82 
 
 Drench, a draught of medicine in veteri- 
 nary practice. 
 
 Dropsy, an abnormal collection of fluid 
 in a cavity or part of the body. 
 
 Drug plants of the Leguminosae, 185 
 
 Drupaceous, applied to fruits with a stone, 
 as in the peach. 
 
 Dulcamin, 102 
 
 Dura, 128 • 
 
 Durian, 235 
 
 Durio, 236 
 
 Durio zibethinus, 235 
 
 Durum wheat, 165 
 
 Dye plants of Leguminosas, 184 
 
 Dyspnoea, breathing which is difficult, or 
 labored, arising from various causes. 
 
 Dyssodia papposa, 244 
 
 Earth apple, 225 
 
 Ebracteate, without bract, or leaf, that 
 
 subtends the flower. 
 Echinochloa frumentacea, 236 
 Echium vulgare, 249 
 Eddo, 226 
 Egg plant, 233 
 Egyptian clover, 187 
 Ehrlich, theory of, 20 
 Eichornia crassipes, 246 
 Einkorn, 165 
 Eleusine indica, 246 
 Emaciation, leanness; loss of fat and flesh 
 
 of the body. 
 Embelia acid, 95 
 Emergency feeds, 213 
 Emery, Dr. Z. P., observations of, 70 
 Emmer, 165 
 Emollient, a substance applied externally 
 
 to soften the skin, or given internally 
 
 to soothe an inflamed surface. 
 Encouragement of leguminous crops, 223 
 Endive, 229 
 
28o 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Endoconidium temulentum, 47 
 
 Energy, available, 121 
 
 Energy of food, 1 20 
 
 English ivy as a poisonous plant, 87 
 
 Ensilage, 117 
 
 Epigastric, relating to the upper middle 
 
 part of the abdominal surface. 
 Equisetin, 40 
 Equisetosis, 39 
 Equisetum arvense, 39 
 Erepsin, 118 
 
 Ergot, 28-31; chemical nature of, 29 
 Ergotism, 30; gangrenous, 30-31 
 Ericaceae, as poisonous plants, 92 
 Erigeron canadensis, 243 
 Eructation, belching, 42 
 Erysimum orientale, 267 
 Erythrina suberosa, 184 
 Erythrocyte, a red blood-corpuscle. 
 Erythroxylum coca, 230 
 Eschanzier, Dr. Francis, of San Luis, 
 
 Potosi, Mexico, 6 
 Esparto grass, 129 
 Estivation, the arrangement of parts in 
 
 the flower bud. 
 Eucalyptus, 230 
 Euchlaena mexicana, 155 
 Eupatorium ageratoides, as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 104; urticaefolium, 104 
 Euphorbia Lathyris as a poisonous plant, 
 
 79; marginata, as a poisonous plant, 
 
 79; species of, as poisonous plants, 
 
 79; splendens and its latex, 85 
 European hemlock, as a poisonous plant, 
 
 87 
 Evening primrose, 248 
 Ewart, experiments with seeds, 255 
 Exalbuminous, with reserve food stored 
 
 inside of the seed leaves (cotyledons) 
 
 in the embryo of seeds. 
 Exstipulate, without stipules, or basal 
 
 outgrowths of the petiole of the leaf. 
 Extravaginal branching, 123 
 
 Fagopyrum esculentum, 1 74 
 Fascicle, a close cluster; a bundle. 
 
 Fat in corn, i6o 
 
 Feces, dung, or the excretions of the 
 
 bowels. 
 Feeding et seq., 117 
 Feeding standard, 121 
 Feeds, 117 et seq. 
 Feeds, nature of, 118 
 Fenugreek, 185, 212 \ 
 Fermentations, secondary, 15 
 Fescue grasses, 140; meadow, 140; sheep's, 
 
 140 
 Festuca elatior, 140; ovina, i4o;pratensis, 
 
 140 
 Fiber plants of Leguminosae, 184 
 Ficus carica, 233; elastica, 228 
 Field pea, 199; Canadian, 190; cultivated, 
 
 199; description of, 199; harvesting, 
 
 199; utility, 200 
 Field sorrel, 246 
 Fife wheat, 167 
 Fig, 23,3 
 
 Flamboyant tree, 185 
 Flax, 228, 236; New Zealand, 230 
 Florets, 104 
 
 Florida beggar- weed, 212 
 Florida clover, 187 
 Flowers for perfume, 230 
 Fly agaric, 33 
 Fly poison, 33 
 Fodder, definition of, 177 
 Fodder plants of the Leguminosae, 184 
 Food energy, 120 
 Forage plants, definition, 117; grasses; 
 
 131; of the Leguminosae, 187; mis- 
 cellaneous, 212 
 Pox grape, 234 
 Foxtail, meadow, 138 
 Foxtail millet, 147 
 Fragaria chiloensis, 233; vesca, 233;vir- 
 
 giniana, 233 
 Fruit crops, 231 
 Fruit of Leguminosae, 183 
 Fruits, tropical, 235 
 Fun, Harold, recovery of, 88 
 Fungi, poisonous, 28-39 
 Furze, 212 
 
INDEX 
 
 2»I 
 
 Gadd, mentioned, 89 
 
 Galen and plane tree hairs, 6 
 
 Galega officinalis, 212 
 
 Gamosepalous, sepals of calyx united. 
 
 Garlic, 226 
 
 Garden nightshade as a poisonous plant, 
 
 lOI 
 
 Garden plants of the Leguminosae, 185 
 
 Garget, 55 
 
 Gastro-enteritis, inflammation of bowels 
 
 and stomach at the same time. 
 Genista, 184, 185 
 German millet, 147 
 Germination tests, apparatus for, 260' 
 Gillam and case of poisoned sheep, loi 
 Ginger, 226 
 Girasole, 225 
 Githagin, 58 
 
 Glaucium corniculatum, 267 
 Glaucous, covered with a bloom so as to 
 
 appear whitened. 
 Glucose from corn, 166 
 Glucosides, 19; transformation, 13 
 Glume, one of the two lower scales of a 
 
 grass spikelet. 
 Glumes, 125 
 Gluten from corn, 160 
 Glycine hispida, 201 
 Glycyrrhiza glabra, 185 
 Goats and calico-bush, 94 
 Goat's rue, 212 
 Golden-rod rust, 31 
 Gooseberry, 233 
 Goose-grass, 246 
 Gossypium barbadense, 236; herbaceum, 
 
 236 
 Grama, black, 148; grass, 147, 149; 
 
 hairy, 148; rough, 148; side-oat, 
 
 148; six weeks', 147 
 Grape, 234 
 Grape fruit, 235 
 Grass forage plants, 131 
 Grass habit, 122; pollen, 128; stems, 122; 
 
 structure, 122-128 
 Grasse in France, mentioned, 230 
 Grazing of short-grass vegetation, 150 
 
 Great laurel as a poisonous plant, 95 
 
 Great ragweed and hay-fever, na 
 
 Green manure, 223 
 
 Green potato tubers, poisonous, 102 
 
 Grimm alfalfa, 189 
 
 Guar, 212 
 
 Guayule, 228 
 
 Guinea grass, 146; for tropical forage, 
 
 147 
 Gum arabic, 184, 185 
 Gum kino, 1S4 
 
 Gum plants of Leguminosae, 184 
 Gum Senegal, 185 
 Gutierrezia sarothrae, 150 
 Gymnospermous poisonous plants, 42 
 Gynophore, a stalk raising the pistil 
 
 above the stamens. 
 
 Habit of grasses, 122 
 
 Haecker, work on feeding, 121 
 
 Haematoxylon campechianum, 184 
 
 Hair balls of crimson clover, 5 
 
 Hairs of plane trees, injury by, 6 
 
 Hairy grama, 148 
 
 Hairy vetch, 210 
 
 Hallucination, a high degree of subjective 
 morbid sensation dependent upon a 
 morbid stimulation of the cortical 
 sensory centers. 
 
 Hansom, Timothy, mentioned, 131 
 
 Haptopliore, the anchoring group of the 
 toxin molecule which is stable and 
 possesses the power of binding. 
 
 Haricot bean, 206 
 
 Harris' work on toxins, 19 
 
 Harshberger, Dr., A., and children poi- 
 soned by Jimson weed, 100 
 
 Harz, Dr. CD., work of, 259 
 
 Hassock grasses, 124 
 
 Haulm, 123 
 
 Hawk weed, orange, 244 
 
 Hay-fever plants, iii; remedies, 113; 
 vaccine, 113, 114 
 
 Hedera helix as a poisonous plant, 87 
 
 Hederin, 87 
 
 Hedysarum coronarium, 212 
 
282 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Helenium autumnale, 102; tenuifolium 
 
 and bitter milk, 104 
 Helianthus annuus, 213; tuberosus, 213, 
 
 225 
 Hellebore, white, 51 
 
 Helvellic acid, 20, 37 
 
 Hemagglutination, 27 
 
 Hemerocallis flava, 230 
 
 Hemoglobinuria, the presence of hemo- 
 globin or red-blood coloring matter in 
 the urine. 
 
 Hem.olysins, 21 
 
 Hemolysis, the destruction of the red- 
 blood corpuscles, 20 
 
 Hemp, 228 
 
 Herbe sardonique, 59 
 
 Herbicide, chemical, 256 
 
 Herd, John, mentioned, 131 
 
 Herd's grass, 131, 136 
 
 Hermaphrodite, applied to the flower 
 where the stamens and pistil are in 
 the same flower. 
 
 Heteropogon contortus injurj' by, 2 
 
 Hevea brasiliensis, 228 
 
 Hibiscus esculentus, 234; trionum, 267 
 
 Hieracium aurantiacum, 244 
 
 History of seed testing, 259 
 
 Hoe cake, 160 
 
 Hominy, 160 
 
 Holcus odoratus and hay-fever, 112 
 
 Holy grass, 129 
 
 Honey poisoned by nectar of mountain- 
 laurel, 94 
 
 Hordeum distichon, 168; jubatum, injury 
 by, 3; spontaneum, 168; vulgare, 168 
 
 Horse bean, 207 
 
 Horse nettle, 243, 250 
 
 Horse radish, 225 
 
 Horse-tail, 39 
 
 Hosackia americana, 212 
 
 Huang-hua-ts'ai, 230 
 
 Human food, Leguminosae, as, 184 
 
 Hungarian millet, 147 
 
 Hunt, Harris F., work on cereals, 180 
 
 Hyacinth bean, 212 
 
 ^yaline, transparent, or only partly so. 
 
 Hydrocyanic acid, 67 
 
 Hydrolysis, the decomposition of water 
 
 during a chemical reaction. 
 Hymenaea, 184 
 Hyoscin, loi 
 Hyoscyamin, loi 
 Hypericum perforatum as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 86 
 Hypericum red, 87 
 Hypocotyl, that part of the a.\is of the 
 
 plant embryo immediately below the 
 
 seed leaves, or cotyledons. 
 
 Icterus, a rare disease of the liver with a 
 
 wasting of the liver substance as- 
 sociated with jaundice. 
 Ilex paraguayensis, 229 
 Immunization, the process by which an 
 
 animal is rendered insusceptible to 
 
 disease. 
 Immunization, theory uf, 20-21 
 Imparipinnate, pinnately compound with 
 
 an unpaired terminal leaflet. 
 Imperfect, a flower without one of the 
 
 essential organs, either stamens, or 
 
 pistil. 
 Impurities, poisonous plants as, 15 
 Incised, said of leaves the margin of 
 
 which is deeply cut. 
 Incomplete, without one of the floral 
 
 whorls. 
 Indefinite, numerous, applied to stamens; 
 
 having indeterminate growth, as 
 
 applied to flower clusters. 
 Indehiscent, not splitting open. 
 Indian corn, 155; and hay-fever, 112 
 Indian hemp, 254 
 Indicators of sources of seeds, 266 
 Indigo, 185; wild, 185 
 Indigofera, 184; tinctoria, 1^5 
 Indurated, hardened. 
 Inebriants, 11 
 
 Infarct, an obstruction or plug. 
 Inflorescence, the flower cluster. 
 Inflorescence of grasses, 125; of Legumi- 
 nosae, 183 
 
INDEX 
 
 283 
 
 Influence of age of plant, 13 
 
 Intermittent, occurring at intervals. 
 
 Intoxication, the resulting state from an 
 overdose of poison. 
 
 Intravaginal branching, 124 
 
 Insect powders, 231 
 
 Insertion, the place where the floral 
 parts are attached. 
 
 Involucre, the collection of bracts which 
 surround branches of the inflorescence, 
 or clusters of flowers, as in the sun- 
 flower family. 
 
 Involute, rolled inwards from the edges. 
 
 Iporaoea batatas, 225 
 
 Irregular, said of flowers in which the 
 parts are of unequal shapes and sizes. 
 
 Irritant poisons, 9 
 
 Irritants, 12 • 
 
 Italian rye grass, 141 
 
 Jamestown weed, 100 
 
 Japan clover, 187, 208 
 
 Jasmine, 230 
 
 Java bean, 71 
 
 Jerusalem artichoke, 225 
 
 Jervin, 51 
 
 Jimson weed, 100 
 
 Johnson grass, 145 
 
 Jones, Jesse, Co., mentioned, 154 
 
 Juglans californica var. Hindsii pollen as 
 
 a cause of hay-fever, 114 
 June grass, 131; adaptability of, 135; 
 
 seeding of, 136 
 Juniper, 43 
 
 Juniperus communis, 43 
 Jute, 228 
 
 Kaffir, 128, 236 
 
 Kale, 229 
 
 Kalmia angustifolia, 92; latifolia, 93 
 
 Kentucky blue-grass, 129, 133; a weed 
 
 in New Zealand, 136 
 Kino gum, 184 
 Koernicke quoted, 168 
 Kohl-rabi, 227 
 Kolmer, Dr. John A-, mentioned, vii; 
 
 esperiments with phytotoxins, 27 
 
 Kowliang, 128, 236 
 
 Kraemer, Henry, methods quoted, 97 
 
 Krastov wheat, 167 
 
 Kubanka wheat, 167 
 
 Kudzu, 212 
 
 Kus-kus, 129 
 
 Lachnanthes tinctoria, the pigment in, 52 
 
 Lacquer as a poisonous material, 81 
 
 Lactuca sativa, 229 
 
 Ladino clover, 196 
 
 Lady slipper orchid, as a poisonous plant, 
 52 
 
 Lamb kill, 92 
 
 Lanceolate, lance-shape. 
 
 Larkspurs as poisonous plants, 60 
 
 Latex in Euphorbia splendens, 85 
 
 Lathyrus odoratus, 185 
 
 Lathyrus sativus, 212 
 
 Lathyrus tetragonolobus, 212 
 
 Leaf crops, 229 
 
 Leaves of grasses, 125; of Leguminosje, 181 
 
 Lecheguila, 213 
 
 Leek, 227 
 
 Legislation about weeds, 257 
 
 Legume, 183 
 
 Leguminos£e, characteristics of, 181 ; roots 
 of, 181 
 
 Leguminous leaves, 181; crops as green 
 manure, 223; crops, encouragement 
 of, 223; forage plants, 187-217; 
 stems, 181 
 
 Lemma, the outer floral scale immediately 
 beneath the grass flower. 
 
 Lemma of grasses, 126 
 
 Lemon, 235 
 
 Lens, 184 
 
 Lentil, 184 
 
 Lepidium virglnicum, 255 
 
 Lespedeza striata, 208 
 
 Lethal, deadly, usually applied to doses. 
 
 Lettuce, 229 
 
 Ligule, the membranous outgrowth be- 
 tween the blade and sheath* in grass 
 leaves; rain-guard. 
 Ligule of grasses, 125 . 
 
284 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Ligustrin, 96 
 
 Ligustrum vulgare as a poisonous plant, 
 
 Lilium Sargentiae, 230 
 
 Lily of the valley as a poisonous plant, 52 
 
 Lima bean, 206 
 
 Lime, 235 
 
 Linaria vulgaris, 250 
 
 Linnaeus, opinions quoted, 192 
 
 Linum usitatissinium, 228, 236 
 
 Liquorice, 185 
 
 Locality, influence of, 15 
 
 Locoism, cause of, 78 
 
 Loco disease, symptoms of, 78 
 
 Locoweed, blue, 75; stemless, as a poi- 
 sonous plant, 74; wooly, 74; in general 
 !(> 
 
 Locust, black, 184, 185 
 
 Lodging of grass stems, 124 
 
 Lodicules of grasses, 126 
 
 Logwood, 184 
 
 Loliin, 46 
 
 Lolium italicum, 141; multiflorum, 141; 
 perenne, 141; temulentum, 46 
 
 Loment, 183 
 
 Lotus corniculatus, 212 
 
 Lupines as poisonous plants, 71 
 
 Lupinidin, 72 
 
 Lupinin, 72 
 
 Lupinus cyaneus, 72; leucophjdlus, 72; 
 luteus, as a poisonous plant, 72; 
 perennis, 185; sericeus, 72; species 
 of, 71 
 
 Lycopersicum esculentum, 232 
 
 Lyonia mariana, 95 
 
 Meadow foxtail, 138; growth of, 139; hay 
 of, 139; number of seeds per pound, 
 138 
 Meadow saffron as a poisonous plant, 52 
 Mears, B. W. & Sons, letter from, 5 
 Medicago, 184; arabica, 187, 207; denti- 
 culata, 268; falcata, 189; hispidula 
 derfticulata, 207; lupulina, 187, 212; 
 sativa, 187; maculata, 268 
 Medicinal leaves, 230 
 
 Medulla oblongata, the upper enlarged 
 
 part of the spinal cord. 
 Meehan, Thomas, mentioned, 96 
 Melilotus, 184; alba, 196, 254; parviflora, 
 
 268 
 Melon, 232 
 
 Mendel, work on toxins, 19 
 Mesquite, 184 
 Mexican clover, 213 
 MacDougal, D. T., and poisoning by 
 
 Cypripedium, 53 
 Macule, 53 
 Maize, cultivation of, 160; description 
 
 of, 156; embryo of, 158; grain of, 
 
 157; origin of, 155; poisoning by, 45; 
 
 production, 155; soils, 160 
 Mangifera indica, 235 
 Mango, 23s 
 
 Manihot utilissima, 226 
 Manila hemp, 230 
 Marigold, fetid, 244 
 Marram grass, 129, 142; as a sand binder, 
 
 143 
 Marsh, Dr. C. Dwight, mentioned, vii 
 Marshall, Dr. C. J., and poisoned goats, 
 
 94 
 Marsh marigold as a poisonous plant, 64 
 Mats, 229 
 
 Matricaria suaveolens, 244 
 May-apple as a poisonous plant, 64 
 May's work on chemistry of synthetic 
 
 drugs, 16 
 Metabolism, 119 
 Microbe-seeding of soils, 224 
 Milk sickness, cause of, 109; in man, 
 
 105 
 
 Milkweed, 254 
 
 Millet, 128, 236; Aino, 147; broom-corn, 
 147, 236; fox-tail, 147, 236; Ger- 
 man, 147; Hungarian, 147; pearl, 236; 
 seed impurities of, 263; Siberian, 
 
 147 
 Milo, 128, 236 
 
 Mimosa, flowers of, 183; pudica, 182 
 Mimosoideae, flowers of, 183 
 MoUugo verticillata, 243 • 
 
INDEX 
 
 285 
 
 Monadelphous, stamens united by their 
 
 filaments into one cluster. 
 Monkey and mountain-laurel, 94 
 Monocotyledonous, with one cotyledon, 
 
 . or seed-leaf in the embryo plant. 
 Monocotyledons as poisonous plants, 45- 
 
 53 
 Monoecious, with male (staminate) and 
 
 female (pistillate) flowers distinct 
 
 from each other, but on the same 
 
 plant. 
 Mooting in grass stems, 124 
 Morning glory, 254 
 Morphin, 6'/; and Cicuta-poisoning, 90; 
 
 test for, 69 
 Morus alba, 233; nigra, 233; rubra, 233 
 Mortaux vaches, 59 
 Moth bean, 207 
 
 Mountain-laurel as a poisonous plant, 93 
 Mount Hermon and wild wheat, 165 
 Mucuna pruriens as a dye plant, 184; 
 
 utilis, 187, 209 
 Mulberry, 233 
 Mulhollen, Chester, death of, 88; Willard, 
 
 recovery of, 88 
 Mullein, 254 
 Mung bean, 207 
 
 Musa sapientum, 235; textilis, 230 
 Muscadine grape, 234 
 Muscarin, 19, 34 
 
 Mycelium, a collective name for the vege- 
 tative hyphae or threads of a fungus. 
 Myco-bacterium rubiacearum, 222 
 
 Naked wheats, 165 
 
 Names, various, for milk sickness in cattle, 
 
 105 
 Narbonne vetch, 210 . 
 Narcotic poisons, 9 
 Narcotics, 10 
 Nerianthin, 99 
 Neriin, 99 
 
 Nerium oleander as a poisonous plant, 98 
 Nettle, Horse, 250 
 Neurin, graphic formula of, 17 
 New mown hay perfume, 141 
 
 New Zealand flax, 230 
 
 New Zealand spinach, 229 
 
 Nicotiana tabacum, 230 
 
 Nitrate bacteria, 218 
 
 Nitrification, 218 
 
 Nitrogen accumulation, 218 
 
 Nitrogen, amount fixed, 222 
 
 Nitrobg,cter, 218 
 
 Nitrogen-consuming plants, classification 
 
 of, 224 
 Nitrogen, loss of, 219 
 Nitrogen-storing plants, 220 
 Nitrosococcus, 218 
 Nitrosomonas, 218 
 Nobbe, Dr. Friedrich, work of, 259 
 Nodules of Leguminosae, 181 
 Nodules on leaves of Rubiaceae, 222 
 Nodules, types of leguminous, 220-222 
 Nolina, 213; erumpens, 213; microcarpa, 
 
 213 
 Norton, J. B. S., observations of, 30 
 Nutrient ratio of corn, 160 
 Nutritive ratios, 119, 120 
 Nutritive value of maize, 160 
 
 Oats, 128; cultivation and yield, 164; 
 
 description of, 162; production, 155; 
 
 quality of, 164; rotations, 164; seed 
 
 impurities of, 263 
 (Edema, swelling, especially the effusion 
 
 of serous fluid into certain tissues of 
 
 the animal body. 
 Oenanthotoxin, 89 
 Oenothera biennis, 248, 255 
 Oil from corn, 160 
 Okra, 234 
 Olea europaea, 232 
 Oleander, as a poisonous plant, 98; 
 
 skewers poisonous, 98 
 Olive, 232 
 Onion, 226 
 
 Onobrychis, 184; viciaefolia, 187, 208 
 Opuntia, 212; Engelmanni, spines of, 6 
 Orange, 230; king, 235; sour, 235; sweet 
 
 23s 
 
286 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Orchard grass, 137; cultivation of, 138; 
 
 seeding of, 137 
 Oregon hemlock as a poisonous plant, 87 
 Ornithopus, 184; sativus, 208 
 Osborne and Voorhees, i66 
 Osborne, work of, on toxins, 19 
 Otomycosis, an affection of the. ear due to 
 
 the attack of a fungus, i ^ 
 Ovary of Leguminosas, 183 
 Ox-eye daisy, 251 
 
 Paddy, 174 
 
 Paigya, 71 
 
 Palea of grasses, 126 
 
 Palet of grasses, 126 
 
 Pammel, L. H., mention of book on poi- 
 sonous plants, 10 
 
 Pampas grass, 129 
 
 Panama rubber, 228 
 
 Pancreas, a gland lying across the pos- 
 terior wall of the abdomen secreting 
 a fluid for the digestion of proteids, 
 fats and carbohydrates. 
 
 Panicle, an open and branched raceme, or 
 flower cluster. 
 
 Panicle oats, 162 
 
 Panicum capillare, 267; maximum, 146; 
 miliaccum, 147, 236 
 
 Papaver dubium, 66; Rhoeas, 66; somni- 
 ferum, 66; species of, as poisonous 
 plants, 66 
 
 Papaw, 235 
 
 Paper from grasses, 129 
 
 Papilionaceous, butterflj'-like, applied to 
 a corolla such as the pea with stan- 
 dard, wings and keel. 
 
 Papilionoideae, flowers of, 183 
 
 Pappus, the downy hairs crowning the 
 ovary and achenes of the Compositae. 
 
 Paraplegia, paralysis of the lower 
 extremities. 
 
 Parietal, attached to the inner walls of 
 
 the ovary, said of ovules. 
 Paripinnate, a compound pinnate leaf 
 with a terminal pair of leaflets. 
 
 Paroxysms, the periodic crisis in the prog- 
 ress of disease; a sudden attack of 
 pain or convulsion. 
 Parsley, 229 
 Parsnip, 225 
 
 Parthenium argentatum, 228 
 Pastinaca sativa, 225 
 Pasturage, 117 
 Pasture, 117 
 Pasture thistle, 254 
 Pavetta Zimmermanniana, 222 
 Peanut, 184; cultivation of, 205; nutri- 
 tive value of, 206; seeding of; 205; 
 varieties, 205 
 Pear, 231 
 Pearl millet, 236 
 
 Pearson, Dr. Leonard, mentioned, 30 
 Peas, 184 
 
 Pea, square pod, 212 
 Peach, 232 
 Pe-byangale, 71 
 Peduncle, a flower-stalk. 
 Pe-gya, 71 
 Peh-ts'ai, 229 
 Pellagra, 46 
 
 Pennisetum glaucum, 236 
 Pepper, 233 
 Pepsin, 119 
 Perennate, to reproduce vegetatively, so 
 
 as to live perennially. 
 Perennial rye grass, 141; adaptation of, 
 141; seeds per pound, 142; sowing of, 
 I4X 
 Perfect, said of flowers which have the 
 essential organs, viz., stamens and 
 pistil. 
 Perfume flowers, 230 
 Pericarp, the wall of the fruit developed 
 
 from a single pistil. 
 Perigynous, the insertion of parts on the 
 rim of the cup-like receptacle which 
 is either free from the ovarj^, or 
 attached to it halfway up. 
 Peritoneum, the serous membrane lining 
 the cavity of the abdomen and en- 
 veloping the contained viscera. 
 
INDEX 
 
 287 
 
 Persea gratissima, 236 
 
 Persian insect powder, 231 
 
 Persimmon, 233 
 
 Petiolate, having a petiole, or leaf 
 
 stalk. 
 Petroselinum hortense, 229 
 Pfaff, Dr. Franz, work of, 82 
 Phallin, 19, 20, 36 
 Pharmacology, 41 ; work on, 69 
 Phaseolunatin, 71 
 
 Phaseolus, 184; aconitifolius, 207; acuti- 
 folius, 207; angularis, 207; aureus, 
 207; calcaratus, 207; lunatus, 206; 
 as a poisonous plant, 71; multiflorus, 
 207; mungo, 207; vulgaris, 206 
 Phleum pratense, 131 
 Phoeni.x dactylifera, 233 
 Phormium tenax, 230 
 Phyllotaxy, the arrangement of leaves on 
 
 the stem. 
 Phj'sostigma venenosum, 185 
 Ph)'tobezoars, 3 
 Phytolaccin, 56 
 Phytolaccotoxin, 57 
 Phytotoxins, 19 
 .Picropodophyllin, 65 
 Pictou cattle-disease in Canada, no; in 
 
 New Zealand, no 
 Pigweed, 252 
 Pilas marinae, 4 
 Pilocarpin administered, 100 
 Pine-apple, 235 
 Pine-apple weed, 244 
 Pinnatifid, pinnately cleft, said of the 
 
 margins of leaves. 
 Pistil, the central female organ of the 
 
 flower, consisting of carpels. 
 Pistillate, of or pertaining to the pistil. 
 Pisum, 184 
 
 Pisum sativum var. arvense, 199 
 Pita, 230 
 
 Placentation, the attachment of the ovules 
 or seeds to the inner wall, or central 
 column of the ovary, or fruit derived 
 therefrom. 
 Plane trees, injury by leaf hairs of, 6 
 
 Plantago lanceolata, 213, 254; as a rem- 
 edy for poison ivy, 82 
 Plantain, 235 
 Plum, 232 
 Plumose, plume-like; feather-like, beset 
 
 with hairs like a brush. 
 Pneumomycosis, 2 
 Poa compressa, 135; pratensis, 133 
 Pod, 183 
 Podophyllin, 65 
 Podophyllotoxin, 65 
 Podophyllum peltatum as a poisonous 
 
 plant, 64 
 Pohl, work of, 89 
 Poinciana regia, 185 
 
 Poison dogwood, 81; elder, 81; hemlock, 
 90; ivy, 80, 254; oak, 81; sumach, 81 
 Poisoning and weather, 14; by .Amanita 
 phalloides, symptoms of, 36; by 
 muscarin, symptoms of, 34 
 Poisonous fungi, classification of, 37 
 Poisonous plants as impurities, 15 
 Poisons acting on the brain, 10; acting on 
 the heart, 11; on the spinal cord, 11; 
 classification of, 9; conditions in- 
 fluencing the formation of, 12; sea- 
 sonal variation of, 13 
 Poke, 55 
 Pollantin, 114 
 Pollen in grasses, 128 
 Pollination, the act by which the pollen 
 is transferred from anthers to stigma 
 of the same, or another flower. 
 PoUinosis, in 
 Polish wheat, 165 
 Polygonum hydropiper, 255; sachalinense, 
 
 212 
 Pomelo, 235 
 
 Poppies as poisonous plants, 66 
 Portulaca oleracea, 247, 255 
 Posidonia oceanica, 4 
 Post-mortem, an examination of the body 
 
 after death; an autopsy. 
 Post-mortem of animals killed by rag- 
 wort, in 
 Potato,. 225; as a poisonous plant, 102 
 
288 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Poulard wheat, 165 * 
 
 Pricklj' comfrey, 231 
 
 Prickly lettuce. 252 
 
 Prickly pear, 212 
 
 Primrose, Chinese, and skin eruptions, 
 95; evening, 248 
 
 Prince's feather, 244 
 
 Pringle, Cyrus G., aunt of, mentioned, 244 
 
 Privet, as a poisonous plant, 96 
 
 Proso, 236 
 
 Prosopis juliflora, 184 
 
 Protandry, that state of the flower in 
 which the anthers shed their pollen 
 before the stigma is ready to receive 
 it. 
 
 Protopin, 65 
 
 Protoveratridin, 51 
 
 Protoveratrin, 51 
 
 Provence cane, 129 
 
 Prunus amygdalus, 2^2; armeniaca, 2^2; 
 avium, 232; cerasus, 232; persica. 
 232; serotina as a poisonous plant, 
 67; species of, as poisonous plants, 67 
 
 Prussic acid, poisoning by, 45 
 
 Pseudomonas radicicola, 181; activity of, 
 220 
 
 Psychotria bacteriophila, 222 
 
 Pterocarpus, 1S4 
 
 Ptomaines, 18 
 
 Pubescent, hairy with fine, soft down, or 
 hairs. 
 
 Puccinia suaveolens, as a rust of Canada 
 thistle, 256 
 
 Pueblo corn, 159 
 
 Pueraria thunbergiana, 212 
 
 Pulvinus, the swelling at the base of the 
 leaves and leaflets of leguminous 
 plants by which motion is accom- 
 plished. 
 
 Pumpkin, 232 
 
 Pumpkin, ash, 232 
 
 Purgation, the evacuation of material 
 from the bowels as a result of the use 
 of purgatives. 
 
 Purgatives, 12 
 
 Purging cassia, 185 
 
 Purity tests, apparatus for, 260 
 
 Purple vetch, 187 
 
 Purslane, 247, 252 
 
 Pustulation, a condition in which pustules, 
 
 or blister-like vesicles are formed. 
 Pyrus communis, 231 
 Pyrus malus, 231 
 
 Quack grass, 254 
 Quince, 232 
 Quinoa, 237 
 
 Rachilla of grasses, 125 
 
 Radicula armoracia, 225 
 
 Radish, 225 
 
 Rag doll seed tester, 271 
 
 Ragweed, 243, 252 
 
 Ragweeds and hay-fever, 112 
 
 Ragwort as a poisonous plant, 109 
 
 Rain-guard of grass leaves, 125 
 
 Ramie, 228 
 
 Raphanus sativus, 225 
 
 Ranuncu lus acris, 59 ; bulbosus as the cause 
 of skin eruptions, 59; Ficaria, 59 
 
 Raspberry, 233 
 
 Rations, iiS 
 
 Ratios, nutritive, 119, 120 
 
 Rattle-box as a poisonous plant, 79 
 
 Rattleweed, 75 
 
 Ravenel, Dr. M. P., mentioned, 2 
 
 Ray-flowers, the flowers of a head which 
 are marginal, or strap-shaped. 
 
 Red cedar, 43 
 
 Red clover, 191; cutting, 192; description 
 of, 191-192; harvesting, 192; nutrient 
 value, 193; pollination of, 192; treat- 
 ment, 192; varieties, 193; yield of, 
 192 
 
 Red root as a poisonous plant, 52 
 
 Red-top, 129, 136; seed impurities of, 263; 
 sowing of, 137; yield of, 137 
 
 Redwood, 43 
 
 Reed, 129 
 
 Reeder, Dr. W. C, mentioned, 58 
 
 Reflex, the return of a nervous impulse, or 
 a body. 
 
INDEX 
 
 289 
 
 Regular, applied to flowers in which the 
 parts of the same whorl are alike in 
 shape and size. 
 Removal of animals to new locality, in- 
 fluence of, 15 
 Retching, to strain while vomiting; to 
 suffer the spasmodic muscular con- 
 tractions of the stomach during 
 vomiting. 
 
 Rheum rhaponticum, 229 
 
 Rhizomes of grasses, 123 
 
 Rhode Island bent grass, 129, 137 
 
 Rhododendron californicurn, 95; cataw- 
 biense, 95; cinnabarinum, 95; maxi- 
 mum as a poisonous plant, 95 
 
 Rhubarb, 229 
 
 Rhus diversiloba, 81; metopium, 82; ra- 
 dicans, 80, 254; toxicodendron, 80; 
 vernicifera, as a poisonous plant, 81; 
 vernix, 81 
 
 Ribbon-grass, 129 
 
 Ribes americanum, 233; aureum, 233; 
 grossularia, 2;^^; nigrum, 233; oxya- 
 acantha, 233; rubrum, 233 
 
 Rib-grass, 213, 254; as a remedy for poison 
 ivy, 82 
 
 Rice, 128 
 
 Rice bean, 207 
 
 Rice cultivation, 173; description of, 172; 
 distribution, 172; location of lands, 
 173; production, 155; soils, 172 
 
 Rich and Jones, work of, 39 
 
 Richardsonia scabra, 213 
 
 Ricin, 19, 80 
 
 Ricinin, 80 
 
 Ricinus communis, 237; as a poisonous 
 plant, 80 
 
 Ricketts, Dr. G. A., and poisoning by cow- 
 bane, 88 
 
 Roberts, Percival, herd of heifers of, 93 
 
 Robin, 19 
 
 Robinia pseudacacia, 184, 185; as a poi- 
 sonous plant, 70 
 
 Robinson, Martha, poisoned by Jimson 
 weed, 100 
 
 Robitin, 70 
 19 
 
 Roch's classification of poisonous fungi, 37 
 Root crops described, 225 
 Roots of grasses, 122 
 Rose bay as a poisonous plant, 95 
 Rosemary, 230 
 Roses, 230 
 Rosewood, 184 
 Rotation of corn, 161 
 Rotation, national system advocated, 237 
 Rotations of crops, 223 
 Rothamsted experiments, 224 
 Roughage, 118 
 Rough grama, 148 
 Rubiaceae, nodules on leaves of, 222 
 Rubber, 228 
 
 Rubus nigrobaccus, 233; occidentalis, 233; 
 strigosus, 233; trivialis, 233; villosus, 
 
 233 
 Rudbeckia hirta, 267 
 Rumex Acetosella, 246, 254; crispus, 254,. 
 
 255 
 Russian thistle, 246, 252 
 Russian vetch, 210 
 Rust of golden-rod, 31 
 Rutabaga, 225 
 Rye, 128; cultivation, 170; description of,. 
 
 170; production, 155; rotation of, 171 
 Rye grass, Italian, 141; perennial, 141 
 
 Saccharin, graphic formula of, 17 
 
 Saccharum officinarum, 227 
 
 Sachalin, 212 
 
 Sainfoin, 184, 187, 208 
 
 Salsify, 226 
 
 Salivation, the formation of an excess of 
 
 spittal, or saliva. 
 Salsola kali var. tenuifolia, 246 
 Salt bush, Australian, 212 
 Sand vetch, 210 
 Sanguinarin, 65 
 Sanguisorba minor, 213 
 Santonin, 89 
 Saponaria vaccaria, 267 
 Saponin, 58 , 
 
 Sapotoxin, 20, 58 
 
290 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Sansevieria cylindrica, 230 
 
 Scabrous, roughened. 
 
 Scarlet runner bean, 207 
 
 Schamberg, Dr. Jaj- and desensitization 
 
 for poison ivy, 83 
 Schmucker, Dr. S. C, mentioned, loi 
 Sclerotium, a hardened compact fungous 
 mycelium associated with the per- 
 ennation of the fungus producing 
 it. 
 Scopolomin, loi 
 Scuppernong grape, 234 
 Scurvy, a disease, which occurs on land 
 and sea, characterizied by spongy 
 gums and other symptoms due to 
 malnutrition, 46 
 Seaside oats, 129, 143 
 Seasonal variation of poisons, 13 
 Secale anatolicum, 170; cereale, 170; 
 
 montanum, 170 
 Seed collections, 153-154; crops, 236; 
 
 germination, rate of, 264-265 
 Seeding of alfalfa, 187 
 Seeds, agricultural, 259; comparison, 266; 
 number of in pound and bushel, 268; 
 real worth of, 266 
 Seed tester, rag doll, 271 
 Seed testing, apparatus for, 260; history 
 
 of, 259; practical 260-262 
 Senecio Jacoboea as a poisonous plant, 109 
 Senegal gum, 185 
 Senna, 185. 230 
 Sensitive plants, 182 
 Septoria polygonum, as a spot disease of 
 
 smartweed, 256 
 Sequoia sempervirens, 43 
 Serradella, 184, 208 
 Serrate, the margin with teeth pointing 
 
 forward like a saw edge. 
 Sesbania cannabina, 184; esculenta, 184 
 Sessile, applied to leaves without a leaf 
 stalk. , 
 
 Shaddock, 235 
 Shaftal, 212 
 Shallot, 227 
 Shallu, 128, 236 
 
 Shantz, H. L., observations on short 
 grass vegetation, 149 
 
 Sheaths of grass leaves, 125 
 
 Sheep-laurel, 92 
 
 Sheep sorrel, 254 
 
 Sheep's fescue, 140 
 
 Shepherd's purse, 248, 252 
 
 Short grass vegetation, 149; as an indi- 
 cator, 149 
 
 Siberian millet, 147 
 
 Side-oat grama, 148; analysis of, 148 
 
 Silage, 117; poisoning by, 45 
 
 Silene dichotoma, 267 
 
 Silo, 117 
 
 Sisal, 230 
 
 Six weeks' grama, 147 
 
 Skewers of oleander, poisonous, 98 
 
 Smilacin, 58 
 
 Smith, E. Philip, recent work on hay- 
 fever, 113 
 
 Smooth brome grass, 139 
 
 Snakeroot, white, as a poisonous plant, 
 104 
 
 Sneeze-weed, 102 
 
 Soapweed, 213 
 
 Socrates and the poison hemlock, 90; 
 death of, 90 
 
 Soilage, 117 
 
 Soil, influence of, in formation of poisons; 
 
 14 
 Soiling crops, 117 
 Soils for maize, 160 
 Soja, 184 
 Solanaceae, various poisonous plants of, 
 
 9Q 
 
 Solanidin, 102 
 
 Solanin, 20, 102 
 
 Solanum carolinense, 243, 250; dulcamara 
 as a poisonous plant, loi; melongena, 
 233; nigrum as a poisonous plant, 
 loi; tuberosum, 225; as a poisonous 
 plant, 102 
 
 Sorghum, 128; poisoning by, 45; hale- 
 pense, 145 
 
 Sorghums, 236; seed impurities of, 263 
 
 Sorgo, 128, 236 
 
INDEX 
 
 291 
 
 Sotol, 213 
 
 Source indicators of seeds, 266 
 
 Source of seeds, means of detecting, 266 
 
 Sowing of corn, 160 
 
 Soy, 184, 201; as a human food, 204; 
 cultivation of, 203; description of, 
 201; harvesting of, 203; nutritive 
 value of, 204; protein content of, 203; 
 rotations, 203; uses of, 204; varieties 
 of, 201 
 
 Spartein, 71 
 
 Spatulate, broader at the apex and nar- 
 rowed at the base like a spatula. 
 
 Spelt, 165 
 
 Spelt wheats, 165 
 
 Spergula sativa, 213 
 
 Spikelet, the ultimate division of a grass 
 inflorescence. 
 
 Spikelets of grasses, 125 
 
 Spinacia oleracea, 229 
 
 Spinach, 229; New Zealand, 229 
 
 Spratt, Ethel R., work on leguminous 
 nodules, 220 
 
 Spurges as poisonous plants, 79 
 
 Spurrey, 213 
 
 Squamula of grasses, 126 
 
 Squash, 232 
 
 Squirrel-tail grass, injury by, 3 
 
 Stachys Sieboldii, 226 
 
 Stagger-bush, 95 
 
 Stagger-grass, 51 
 
 Staggerwort, 109 
 
 Stamen, the male organ of the flower, its 
 anther producing the pollen. 
 
 Staminate, of or pertaining to the stamen. 
 
 Standard of feeding, 121 
 
 Staphisagrin, 6f 
 
 Starch from corn, 160 
 
 Stertorous, pertaining to deep snoring, or 
 laborious breathing. 
 
 Stebler's classification of source indica- 
 tors, 266 
 
 Stellaria media, 255 
 
 Stem crops, 227 
 
 Stemless locoweed, 74 
 
 Stems of grasses, 123 
 
 Stereo-isomerides, isomeric bodies in 
 which the same atoms or radicals 
 in tri-dimensional representations 
 of the molecules are in different 
 positions. 
 
 Stinking Willy in Nova Scotia, 109 
 
 Stipa capillata, injury by, 3 
 
 Stipe, the stalk of a pistil; or of a toad- 
 stool. 
 
 Stipulate, having stipules or outgrowths 
 at the base of the leaf-stalk. 
 
 St. John's wort as a poisonous plant, 86 
 
 Stool, the evacuation of the bowels; 
 feces; in grasses, one of the shoots 
 which arises in a cluster from the 
 roots. 
 
 Stools in grasses, 124 
 
 Stover, 117 
 
 Strawberry, 233 
 
 Study of grasses, methods, 153 
 
 Sublimation, 97 
 
 Sublimable principles, 97 
 
 Sudan grass seed, impurities of, 263 
 
 Sugar cane, 128, 227 
 
 Sulla, 212 
 
 Sunflower, 213 
 
 Susceptibility, individual, 15; specific dif- 
 ferences, 14 
 
 Swede turnip, 225 
 
 Sweet cherry, 232 
 
 Sweet clover, 184, 254; as a soil renovator, 
 198; description of, 196; seed impuri- 
 ties of, 264; nutritive value, 198 
 
 Sweet pea, 185 
 
 Sweet potato, 225 
 
 Sweet vernal grass and hay-fever, 112 
 
 Sweet vernal grass, 140 
 
 Symmetrical, having the same number, or 
 a multiple of the same number of 
 parts in the three outer whorls of 
 the flower. 
 
 Symphytum asperrimum, 213 
 
 Symptoms of poisoning by muscarin, 34 
 
 Syncarpous, the condition of the pistil 
 where its carpels, or divisions, are 
 united together. 
 
292 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Syncope, a fainting, or swooning with a 
 partial, or a complete, suspension of 
 circulation and respiration. 
 
 Syringin, 96 
 
 Syringopicrin, 96 
 
 Tamarind, 184 
 
 Tamarindus, 184; indica, 185 
 
 Tanaka, M., work of, 70 
 
 Tannia, 226 
 
 Tansy ragwort, 109 
 
 Taraxacum officinale, 254 
 
 Tare, 46 
 
 Tares of Bible, 142, 210 
 
 Taro, 226 
 
 Tasaki, B., work of, 70 
 
 Taxin, 42 
 
 Taxus baccata, 43; brevifolia, 43; 
 
 canadensis, 42 
 Tea, 229 
 Teasel, 254 
 Telegraph plant, 182 
 Tendriliform, 181 
 Tenesmus, pain of the rectum, or bladder, 
 
 with spasmodic contraction of the 
 
 muscles associated with these parts. 
 Teosinte as wild form of maize, 155 
 Tepiary, 207 
 
 Test for seeds, blotter, 271 
 Testa, 166 
 
 Tetragonia expansa, 229 
 Theobroma cacao, 236 
 Theory of Ehrlich, 20 
 Therm, 120 
 Thistle, Canada, 252 
 Thistle, pasture, 254 
 Thorax, the chest or framework of bones 
 
 and soft tissues of the upper part of 
 
 the body trunk. 
 Thorn apple, 100 
 Thunder-wood, 81 
 Thyme, 230 
 Tillering in cereals, 124 
 Tillers in grasses, 124 
 Timber trees of the Leguminosae, 184 
 
 Timothy, 131; number of seeds in a 
 pound, 131; rotations, 133; seeding 
 of, 133; seed impurities of, 264; yield, 
 
 Tires and slows, 105 
 Toad-flax, yellow, 250 
 Tobacco, 230 
 Tolu balsam, 184 
 Toluifera, 184; pereirae, 185 
 Tomato, 232 
 
 Tonic, characterized by continuous ten- 
 sion; not clonic. 
 Topinambour, 225 
 Touch-me-not as a remedy for poison ivy, 
 
 S3 
 Toxicodendrol, 82 
 Toxins, vegetable, 19 
 Toxophore, that part of the poison mole- 
 cule which carries the toxic group, 
 
 see diagram on page 22. 
 Tragacanth, 185 
 Tragopogon porrifolius, 226 
 Transformation of glucosides, 13 
 Trefoil, bird's nest, 213; yellow, 212 
 Trelease, Prof. William and cactus spine 
 
 balls, 6 
 Trembles, 105; cause of, 109 
 Trifid, three-cleft. 
 Trifolium, 184; alexandrinum, 187, 212; 
 
 hybridum, 193; incarnatum, 194; 
 
 pratense, 191; repens, 195; var. lata, 
 
 196; suaveolens, 212 
 Trigonella Foeno-groecum, 185, 212 
 Trippers of alfalfa flowers, 189 
 Tripping of alfalfa flowers, 189 
 Triticum aestivum, 165; compactum, 165; 
 
 dicoccum, 165; dicoccum dicoccoides, 
 
 165; durum, 165; hermonis, 165; 
 
 monococcum, 165; polonicum, 165; 
 
 several species, 164; spelta, 165; 
 
 turgidum, 165 
 Tropical fruits, 235 
 Truncate, appearing as if cut ofl' af the 
 
 top. 
 Trypsin, the enzyme of the pancreatic 
 
 juice which digests proteids. 
 
INDEX 
 
 293 
 
 Tubercles of LeguminosEe, 181, 218 
 
 Turkey wheat, 167 
 
 Turnip, 225 
 
 Tussock grasses, 124 
 
 Tympanites, the condition known as 
 "drum belly" where there is a dis- 
 tention of the abdominal walls 
 caused by a paralysis of the muscular 
 coat of the intestines and their infla- 
 tion with gas. 
 
 Udo, 227 
 
 Ulex europasus, 212 
 
 Ulluco, 226 
 
 UUucus tuberosus, 226 
 
 Ultra violet light and skin of poisoned 
 
 animals, 86 
 Umbel, an indefinite flower cluster where 
 
 the flower stalks all arise from the 
 
 same point and are surrounded by a 
 
 circle of bracts. Such clusters are 
 
 generally flat-topped. 
 Uniola paniculata, 143 
 Unpalatable poisonous plants, 15 
 Unsymmetrical, the parts of the flower are 
 
 of diflFerent numbers in the difl'erent 
 
 whorls. 
 Urd, 207 
 Uredospore, the summer, or repeating 
 
 spore of the rusts. It is binucleate 
 
 and unicellular. 
 
 Vaccine for hay-fever, 113, 114 
 
 Vaccinium corymbosum, 234; macrocar- 
 pon, 234 
 
 Vagus, the tenth cranial nerve which 
 functions in sensation and motion. 
 
 Valvate, applied to the parts of the calyx 
 and corolla of a flower when they 
 meet by their edges without over- 
 lapping. 
 
 Variation in amount of poison, 14 
 
 Varro and alfalfa, 187 
 
 Varro's work on agriculture mentioned, 
 187 
 
 Vasomotor, pertaining to the movement 
 of the non-striped muscles of the 
 arterial system. 
 
 Velvet bean, 187, 209 
 
 Velvet leaf, 244 
 
 Venation, the framework of veins and vein- 
 lets of a leaf with their arrangement. 
 
 Veratramarin, 51 
 
 Veratrin, 24, 51 
 
 Veratridin, 51 
 
 Veratrum viride, as a poisonous plant, 51 
 
 Verbena hastata, 243; urticifolia, 243 
 
 Vernal grass, sweet, 140 
 
 Vertigo, giddiness, dizziness; the feeling 
 of lack of equilibrium. 
 
 Vervain, 243 
 
 Vetch, bird, 212; chickling, 212; Dakota, 
 212; hair}^ 210, 211; kidney, 212; 
 Narbonne, 210; narrow-leaved, 211; 
 purple, 187, 210; Russian, 210; sand, 
 210; scarlet, 210 
 
 Vetiver, 129 
 
 Vexillum, the posterior large petal of the 
 papilionaceous flower which over- 
 laps the two lateral petals, or wings; 
 the standard. 
 
 Vicia, 1 84 ; angustif olia, 211; atropurpurea, 
 187, 210; cracca, 212; ervilia, 210; 
 faba, 207; fulgens, 210; narbonnen- 
 sis, 211; sativa, 210; villosa, 210, 2x1 
 
 Vigna, 184; catjang, 200; sesquipedalis, 
 200; sinensis, 200 
 
 Violets, 230 
 
 Viper's bugloss, 249 
 
 Viscera, any organ inclosed within the 
 large cavities of the body. 
 
 Vitamine, 46 
 
 Vitis Labrusca, 234; Vinifera, 234 
 
 Volume-weight of seeds, 265-266 
 
 Volva, that part of the universal veil, 
 which remains as a cup at the base 
 of the stipe of some toadstools; the 
 so-called death-cup. 
 
 Walnut pollen and hay- fever, 114 
 Water-melon, 232 
 
294 
 
 INDEX 
 
 Water hemlock as a poisonous plant, 87 
 
 Water hyacinth in Florida, 246 
 
 Weather and poisoning, 14 
 
 Weed-killers, chemical, 256 
 
 Weeds, absolute, 241; as annuals, 252; as 
 biennials, 254; as perennials, 254; as 
 winter annuals, 252; classification of, 
 252; crown, 254; definition of, 241; 
 destruction of, 255; distributed by 
 automobiles, 245; distributed by 
 flying seeds, 245; by trains, 245; 
 growth by runners, 245; injurious 
 nature of, 241-243; introduced in 
 manure, 257; introduction and distri- 
 bution, 243; legislation on, 257; lines 
 of travel, 246; means of distribution, 
 24s; relative, 241; repeated cutting 
 of, 255; seeds in Colorado, list of, 
 262; smothering with paper, 256; 
 special examples, 246; vitality of 
 buried seeds, 255 
 
 Welsh onion, 227 
 
 Wheat, 128, 164; adaptation of, 167; 
 bread, 165; cultivation of, 168; de- 
 scription of, 165; durum, 165; Polish, 
 165; production, 155; poulard, 165; 
 rotation of, 167; yield of, 168; naked, 
 16s 
 
 Whitall, Tatum & Co., mentioned, 154 
 
 White clover, description of, 195; dis- 
 tribution of, 197; hay, 197; pasturage, 
 197; rotation of, 196; seeding, 197; 
 soils, 197; uses of, 196 
 
 White hellebore as a poisonous plant, 5 1 
 White snakeroot as a poisonous plant, 104 
 Whorled milkweed as a poisonous plant, 
 
 99 
 Wikzemski, work of, 89 
 Wild black cherry as a poisonous plant, 
 
 67 _ 
 Wild indigo, 185 
 Wild rice, 128 
 Windsor bean, 207 
 Winslow, Dr., quoted, 66 
 Wistaria, i8r; sinensis, 185 
 Wolff-Lehmann standards, 121 
 Wooly loco weed as a poisonous plant, 
 
 74 
 Wormwood, 244 
 
 Xanthosoma atrovirens, 226 
 
 Yam, 226 
 
 Yautia, 226 
 
 Yeh-peh-ho, 230 
 
 Yellow clover, 187 
 
 Yew, 42 
 
 Yucca elata, 213; glauca, 213 
 
 Zea mays, 155; poisoning by, 45 
 Zingiber oflScinale, 226 
 Zygadenus veneoosus as a poisonous 
 plant, 47 
 
v^ 
 
 ; ^'^^ ( 
 
 
 
 
 ^°% 
 
 . ^^d* 
 
 
 
 1 ^^^ 
 
 .-^ ^0>JG, 
 
 S^°^ 
 
 >. "°:.€-.-.%\''" •:.^>'j:i^v:-°:>:-°;v- *: 
 
 
 
 O o Jl 
 
 «> 
 
 * ^ 
 
 
 '<'- ':p^:;:;i^>?'-:>:--X'^ 
 
 Vr 
 
 ^'\'^ 
 
 
 *«-I«^ 
 
 %o^ 
 
 
 
 
 ^'**\' *-?!<?. 
 
 
 
 * 'fy, ,.^ 1 
 
 6^ COHO^.^O, 
 
 
 

 r^ 
 
 &*-0<= 
 
 
 
 
 
 OKO 
 
 •^^.,.. 
 
 r-^; 
 
 
 L~ 
 
 
 
 \<^^ 
 
 .#^ 
 
 
 
 
 /:os=.:v-i<.<^— 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 « LlA 
 
 HECKMAN 
 
 BINDERY INC. 
 
 1 .. „, ® N MANCHESTER, 
 
 I Bound -To -PleasS^ INDIANA 46962 
 
 
 «>o'«